This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.

https://books.google.com
 TX 511.2 .F383 BK.2
Ferrell, John Appley,
Ferrell's advanced arithmetic .
Stanford University Libraries

cilen fra inni afrit RELL'S

3 6105 04928 8975

ADVANCED

ARITHMETIC

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
HDSTANFORD JUNIOR UNIT

EO

Crane & Company, Topeka, Kansas,

 23

SAA MO
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
LIBRARY

TEXTBOOK COLLECTION

GIFT OF

THE PUBLISHERS

ORD
STANF JUNIOR
UNIVE
E

STANFORD ORGANIZED1891 UNIVERSITY

LIBRARIES
 FERRELL 'S

ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

BY

J. A . FERRELL , B . S ., C. E.,
Professor ofMathematics in the Southwestern Normal School for Oklahoma. Author
of “ Teachers' and Students ' Manual of Arithmetic, " and
" Ferrell' s Advanced Arithmetic ."

CRANE & COMPANY , PUBLISHERS ,

TOPEKA, KANSAS.
1903.
 FERRELL'S ARITHMETICS.

Ferrell's Teachers ' and Students ' Manual

of Arithmetic .
165 Pages.

Ferrell's Elementary Arithmetic.

217 + xiil Pagos.

Ferrell's Advanced Arithmetic.

408 + xvi Pages.

CRANE & COMPANY, PUBLISHERS, TOPEKA, KAN .

Copyrighted , 1901, by CRANE & Co.

LIBRARY UNIONE LABEL

Leland Stanford , Jr.

UNIVERSITY
 PREFACE .

This book was prepared especially as an advanced arithmetic

for the public schools . It is the companion book of Ferrell
and Sisk's Elementary Arithmetic , which contains the mathe
matics for the third , fourth , and fifth school years .
Briefly , the plan of the book is as follows :
{

Arabic notation ( pp . 1-15 ).

Numbers { Processes ( 15–78 ).
PART I. Equation (79-92).
Expressing solutions Ratio (92–99).
Proportion (99–105 ).
Problems Nature and classes (105–111).

Methods of solution Analysis (113 =138);

Denominate numbers (148–179) .
Numbers
Involution and evolution (179–197).
Literal notation (197–209).
PART II . Formulas and their use (210-213).
Mensuration (213–246 ).
Problems
Percentage (247-308).
Mechanics (308-320) .
Miscellaneous (321-332).
Positive and negative (333-335 ).
Numbers Processes (335–357) .
PART III. One base (357–365 ).
Two bases (365–386 ).
Problems Three bases (386–393).
Quadratics (393-399).
Progressions (399–408).
The author claims for this book the following special features
of excellence :

I. IT 18 COMPLETE . — It comprehends every phase of the study

of numbers and problems, properly belonging to public -school
( iii)

81082
¡v PREFACE .

arithmetic. It includes the fundamental and derived processes

of numbers expressed by figures and letters — integral and

fractional, positive and negative. It gives all the operations
of simple equations, and a limited discussion of quadratics.
It classifies and discusses the nature of all kinds of arith
metical problems, and illustrates and explains the various
methods of solution .

II. IT IS SCIENTIFIC . - If any one thought more than another

has been an inspiration in the preparation of this book , it has
been this : There should be system in studying and teaching
arithmetic .
Part I gives the pupil ( 1) a thorough and practical discus
sion of the fundamental and derived processes (except involu
tion and evolution ) of numbers expressed by figures , and ( 2 )
one complete method by equations and one by proportion for
solving all the simpler arithmetical problems. There is not a
new plan of reasoning and a new method of solution for each

particular problem . Solutions are given complete . This part

contains the philosophical study of problems.

Part II ( 1) gives the pupil such a knowledge of expressing

numbers by letters as will enable him to understand and inter
pret a formula ; ( 2 ) it teaches him how to classify problems
into general types ; and (3 ) how to develop and use the formu
las for these types . This part applies the science of arithmetic to
the problems of practical business life .
Part III gives the pupil ( 1 ) a knowledge of positive and nega
tive numbers, ( 2 ) the method of solving more difficult prob
lems - problems of one, two, three or more unknown numbers,
and ( 3 ) a limited knowledge of quadratic equations and pro
 PREFACE .

gressions. This part prepares the pupil for the study of higher
mathematics .
III. IT IS TEACHABLE .— The teacher and the pupil are not
left to guess at the author's methods of presenting the various
subjects. Every part is explained and illustrated, and numer
ous examples are given . The pupil always has before him a
model to study and follow , and there is no excuse for his efforts
being haphazard and aimless . The plan of the book is adapted
to the developing mind both in arrangement and explanations.
For suggestions on teaching this book, see Introduction .
J. A . F .
 TABLE OF CONTENTS .

PART I.
Page.
I. Study of Numbers 1-78
A. INTRODUCTION ... 1-4
Definitions... 1
B. NOTATION AND NUMERATION OF INTEGERS . 4-15
Definitions. 4
Methods 5
Figures.. 6
Reading and writing numbers to one thousand 6
Notation and numeration of integers in general. 9
Reading and writing dollars and cents... 14
O. ADDITION OF INTEGERS 15-18
Definitions, signs, and principles 15
Process of addition .... 16
D. SUBTRACTION OF INTEGERS . 18-20
Definitions, signs, and principles. 18
Process of subtraction ... 18
E.MULTIPLICATION OF INTEGERS.. 21-25
Definitions, sign , and principles .. 21
Process ofmultiplication ... 23
F. DIVISION OF INTEGERS ... 25-35
Definitions, signs, and principles 25
Process of short division . 26
Three applications of division . 27
Different ways of expressing division 28
Disposing of the remainder. 29
Long division ... 30
General review ..... 32
G. SIMPLIFYING NUMERICAL EXPRESSIONS. 35-36
A term .. 35
Process 36
H. DERIVED OPERATIONS 37-50
1. Factoring ...... 37–44
Definitions and principles ..... 37
( vii )
‫ܗܘܩ‬ ‫ܗܝ ܒ‬

‫‪I‬‬

‫܂‬
 TABLE OF CONTENTS .

PART I.
Page.
I. Study of Numbers 1-78
A. INTRODUCTION .. 1-4
Definitions.. 1
B. NOTATION AND NUMERATION OF INTEGERS. 4-15
Definitions. 4
Methods 5
Figures . 6
Reading and writing numbers to one thousand 6
Notation and numeration of integers in general. 9
Reading and writing dollars and cents..... 14
O. ADDITION OF INTEGERS ...... 15-18
Definitions, signs, and principles 15
Process of addition .... 16
D. SUBTRACTION OF INTEGERS ..... 18–20
Definitions, signs, and principles . 18
Process of subtraction ..... 18
E. MULTIPLICATION OF INTEGERS . 21-25
Definitions, sign , and principles . 21
Process of multiplication ... 23
F. DIVISION OF INTEGERS . 25-35
Definitions, signs, and principles 25
Process of short division . 26
Three applications of division . 27
Different ways of expressing division 28
Disposing of the remainder.. 29
Long division . 30
General review .. 32
G. SIMPLIFYING NUMERICAL EXPRESSIONS . 35-36
A term ..... 35
Process 36
H.DERIVED OPERATIONS 37-50
1. Factoring.... 37-44
Definitions and principles.... 37
( vii)
viii CONTENTS .

Page.
Factoring by inspection .... ... 40
Factoring by division 41
Factoring expressions composed of two or more terms.. 42
Principles ofmultiplication and division relating to factor .. 43
2. Cancellation .... 45-46
Definition and principle. ... 45
Process .. 45
3. Great common divisor 46–48
Definition and principles .. 46
Process .. 47
4. Least common multiple . 48-50
Definition and principles.. 48
Process 49
I. COMMON FRACTIONS 51–84
Definitions and principles .. 51
Reducing fractions to higher terms.. 52
Reducing fractions to lowest terms.. 53
Reducing mixed numbers to improper fractions... 54
Reducing improper fractions to integers or mixed numbers. 55
Reducing fractions to L.C. D .. 55
Addition of fractions ... 56
Subtraction of fractions 57
Multiplication of fractions 58
Division of fractions..... 60
Greatest common divisor of common fractions . 62
Least common multiple of common fractions. 64
J. DECIMAL FRAOTIONS . 65-78
Definitions .... ... 65
Reducing decimals to higher terms. 68
Reducing decimals to lower terms. 68
Addition of decimals .. 69
Subtraction of decimals.. 70
Multiplication of decimals 71
Division of decimals . 72
Reduction of common fractions to decimals 74
Reducing decimals to common fractions.. 77
II. Study of Problems. 79–147
A. MEANS OF EXPRESSING SOLUTIONS . 79–105
1. Equations.. 79-92
Defiritions.. 79
 CONTENTS . ix

Page.
Classification as to source . 79
Transformation .... 80
To turn an equation around 80
Transposition of terms 81
Simplifyingmembers... 83
To multiply an equation .. 83
To divide an equation . 89
2. Ratio .... 92-99
Definitions.. 92
Writing the corresponding abstract terms of a ratio 93
Process of finding the numerical ratio . 97
3. Proportion 99-105
Definitions.. 99
Denominations of terms.. 100
Solving a proportion with abstract terms 100
Solving a proportion with concrete terms. 102
B. PROBLEMS OF ONE BASE — NATURE AND CLASSIFICATION ..... 105-111
Nature ... 105
Stating the parts of a problem ... 106
Classification 110
C. PROBLEMS OF ONE BASIS — SOLUTION 112-147
Two methods of solution 112
1. Equation method ... 112-138
Arranging the parts of a problem .. 112
Process of solving problems 116
Integral solutions . 116
Fractional solutions .. 122
Reciprocals .... 125
Solutions shortened . 127
Percentage solutions 131
2. Proportion method . 138-147
Process . 138

PART II.

I. Study of Numbers . 148–209

A. DENOMINATE NUMBERS 148-168
Definitions.... 148
1. English system 149-168
Linear measures 149
X CONTENTS .

Page .
Surface measures 154
Solid measures .. 156
Measures of capacity . 157
Measures of mass 159
Measures of time. 162
Measures of value . 164
Review and rapid drill work 164
2. French system .... 169-174
Linear measures 169
Surface measures 171
Solid measures.. 172
Measures of capacity . 172
Measures of mass 174
Measures of value .... 174
3. Compound denominate numbers. 174-179
Addition . 174
Subtraction . 176
Multiplication 177
Division ... 178
B. INVOLUTION . 179-183
Definitions .. 179
Process 180
Another method 181
C. EVOLUTION .. 183–197
Definition .. 183
1. Square root.. 184-190
First process. 184
Second process . 184
Second process shortened 187
2. Cube root 190–196
First process . 190
Second process . 190
Second process shortened 194
3. Roots of higher degree . 196-197
Process 196
D. NUMBERS EXPRESSED BY LETTERS 197-209
Explanations. 197
Addition ... 198
Subtraction 200
Multiplication 201
 xi
CONTENTS .

Page.
Division... 202
Involution 203
Evolution ... 205
Equations containing letters 207

II. Study of Problems... 210-332

A. DEVELOPMENT AND USE OF FORMULAS .. 210-213
Generalnumbers and general problems. 210
Solving the general problem or type . 211
B. MENSURATION ... 213-246
Definitions.. 213
1. Plane surfaces ... 216-232
Parallelograms. 216
Triangles . 221
Other quadrilaterals ...... 225
Regular polygons and circles . 227
2. Solids...... 232-241
Polyhedrons 232
Solids having curved surfaces 237
Similar figures .. 241
Review .... 244
B. PERCENTAGE.. 247-309
1. Percentage formula ... 247-251
Elements .... 247
Developing the percentage formula 248
2. Percentage without time .. 251-279
Profit and loss .. 251
Trade discount. 257
Commission . 261
Stocks and bonds . 264
Taxes.. 275
Duties 276
Insurance .. 278
3. Percentage with time 281-308
Terms used in interest 281
Time...... 281
Simple interest.. 284
Notes ... 290
Partial payments.. 292
Annual interest . 294
хіі CONTENTS .

Page.
Compound interest. 295
Bank discount . 297
True discount.. 300
Exchange.. 302
C. MECHANIOS . 308-320
Force 308
Work 313
Activity or power 315
Simple machines. 317
D. MISCELLANEOU8.. 321-332
Partitive proportion .. 321
Mixture problems... 322
Equation of payments . 324
Partnership ... 326
Longitude and time. 327

PART III.

I. Study of Numbers... 333–357

A. INTEGRAL NUMBERS 333–351
Positive and negative numbers 333
Numbers expressed by means of letters.. 334
Addition .. 335
Subtraction 339
Multiplication 343
Division ... 346
Factoring . 348
G. C. D .. 350
L. C. M. 350
B. FRACTIONAL NUMBERS 351-357
Reduction ... 351
Addition . 353
Subtraction 354
Multiplication .. 356
Division .. 357
II. Study of Problems.. 357-408
A. PROBLEMS OF ONE BASIS . 357-365
Solving equations of one unknown number . 357
Problems . 360
 CONTENTS . xiii

Page.
B. PROBLEMS OF TWO BASES..... 365–386
Solving equations of two unknown numbers 365
Problems . 373
C. PROBLEMS OF THREE OR MORE BASES. 386–393
Solving equations of three or more unknown numbers 386
Problems .. 388
D. PROBLEMS CONTAINING QUADRATIC EQUATIONS . 393-399
Quadratic equations.... 393
Problems.. 396
E. PROGRESSIONS 399-408
Arithmetical progressions.. 399
Falling bodies..... 403
Geometrical progressions.. 405
 INTRODUCTION .

To the Teacher :
I. PLAN. - Our best geometries first solve and give full ex
planations of all the fundamental problems and propositions
of a book ( or part ) of geometry for the pupil's study ; and then
give at appropriate places or at the close of the part a list of
problemsand propositions for the pupil to solve . The logic of
this plan appears in this : That the pupil is taught the nature
of problems and correct methods of solving them before he is
required to solve them for himself .
This is in general the author's plan of teaching not only ge
ometry , but all the branches of mathematics, especially all of
the lower branches .
NOTE.— It is bad pedagogy, contrary to business judgment, and a great
waste of time, to put a pupil at work trying to solve problems before he
has a knowledge of the nature of such problems as he is expected to
solve , or a knowledge of the plan by which such problems are to be
solved .
Throughout this book the matter is arranged in two divisions
or parts : explanatory part , and exercises . The explanatory part
consists of definitions, principles , rules, explanations, and ex
amples of processes and solutions. This part is to be learned
by the pupil. The exercises are to be worked out by the pupil.
II. How to USE THE EXPLANATORY PART. - Assign explanatory
matter for study and recitation . ( 1 ) At the time of assigning a
lesson , go over it with the pupil, and explain such (and only
such ) things as , in your judgment, your pupil will be unable
to understand for himself. (2 ) Require pupils to commit
definitions and principles to memory .

NOTE.- Do not tolerate “ parrot ” memorizing. Before the pupil at

tempts to commit a definition , he should find out what it means. Half
( xv )
xyi INTRODUCTION .

of the work of memorizing is done when the pupil understands the mean
ing of the language used .
(3 ) After reciting on principles, definitions, and the like,
the pupil should be sent to the blackboard without his book ;
and, after reaching the board , examples should be assigned and
he be required from his own recollection and reasoning to write
out and thoroughly explain the process or solutions.
NOTE. — It is the least of the author's intentions to permit the pupil to
pass over examples as something to which he may refer when in trouble
something to be studied or neglected at his pleasure. A thorough un
derstanding of the example comes first in time and importance in study
ing and teaching this book .
III. THE EXERCISES. - (1) In the number work, the exercises
are given mainly for practice. Accuracy and speed should be
the watchwords in number work . (2) In the problem work, the
exercises are given to test the pupil's ability in applying the
principles, solutions, and formulas which he has already
studied ; also as a drill, better to fix principles, models , and
formulas in the mind .
IV . ADDITIONAL EXERCISES. - Exercise LVI has only 26 prob
lems. Nearly all the problems in Exercises CIX to CXVI are
percentage problems, and the pupil should be able to solve any
of them by the method given in Article 80 . It is recom
mended that the pupil be given a thorough knowledge of the
solution of percentage problems by the equation method .
V . ANSWERS. — Answers are not put in this book. The author
believes that the presence of answers , either with the problems
or at the close of the book , fosters dependency and lack of self
confidence in the pupil. For teachers, who may need answers
to save time and labor in correcting and grading school work ,
the answers are printed in a pamphlet , and may be obtained
from the publishers.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

PART I.

I. STUDY OF NUMBERS.

A. INTRODUCTION .

1. Definitions. - Arithmetic is the introductory

branch of the science of numbers and problems.

Science is classified knowledge .

A Number is one or more units , considered as forming

one quantity , or amount. An expression of one or more units
is also called a number. The word number is a term signifying
one or more units , or an expression of one or more units .
NOTE. — A distinction should be made between “ number " as used in
the sentence , A number of apples were eaten , where the word number
means quantity or amount ; and “ number ” as used in the sentence , The
divisor is the number on the left, where the word number means the expres
sion on paper .

A Unit is a single thing, or one. Units are classed as con

crete or abstract, integral or fractional.

A Concrete Unit is one thing. As,

1 book , 1 man , 1 box .

An Abstract Unit is simply one, a ratio , and not a thing .

As, 1.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

A unit, not considered as a part of any other unit , is an

Integral Unit. As,
1, 1 book, 1 foot.
A unit, considered as a part of some other unit, is a Frac
tional Unit . As,
1 dollar, $ pint.
NOTE. - The is 1 fifth of 1 foot. Then , the unit , } , is a part of the
unit , 1 foot ; so , the 4 is a part of $ 1 and the $ is a part of 1 pint. The
unit of which the fractional unit is a part is called the Unit of the Frac
tion .

A number composed of concrete units is a Concrete

Number. As,
6 men , 15 dollars, 20 miles.
A number composed of abstract units is an Abstract
Number As,
6, 15 , 20 .
When a concrete number and an abstract number have each
the same number of units , they are called Corresponding num
bers . Every concrete number has its corresponding abstract num
ber.
NOTE . — This fact will be important, when you come to solve problems
by proportion and by formulas.
A Simple Number is a number whose integral units
are of the same kind and size. As,
250 bushels, 75 men .
A Compound Number is a number whose integral
units are of the samekind but of two or more sizes. As,
5 yards 2 feet ; 4 bushels 2 pecks 5 quarts.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 3

A number composed of integral units is an Integral

Number, or an Integer As,
12 men , 25 .

Note . — An integer may be either concrete or abstract.

A number composed of fractional units is a Fractional

Number, or a Fraction . As,

dollar,
NOTE. — A fractional number may be either concrete or abstract.

A number composed partly of integral units and partly of

fractional units is a Mixed Number As,
5 dollars, 03.

Note . - A mixed number may be either concrete or abstract.

A Problem is a question proposed for solution .

NOTE.- A problem is notalways stated in the form of a question . For
example ,
Find the cost of 10 books, at 30 $ each .
But such problems have all the essentials of questions, and may be
easily so stated . Thus,
What is the cost of 10 books, at 30¢ each ?

EXERCISE I.

1. What is arithmetic ?
2. Are there other branches of the science of number ?
3. What is meant by “ introductory branch " ?
4. What is science ?
5. What then is the science of number ?
6. What is a number ?
7. What is quantity ?
8. What is a unit ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC ,

9. In the sentence, The number on the right is the quotient,

does the word number signify one ormore units or does it sig
nify the expression that is written ?
10 . In the sentence, I do not know the number of marbles
that were lost, is the word number and the real number ofmar
bles the same thing ? What is the difference, if any ?
11. In the sentence, There are 7 books on the table , is the ex
pression , “ 7 books," and the real nurnber of books the same
thing ? What is the difference, if any ?
12. Number is sometimes defined as a collection of units.
Do the units have to be collected, or may they be considered
together as forming one quantity without being in reality col
lected ? Illustrate your answer with an example.
13. Give the classification of units.
14 . What is a concrete unit ? Give an example.
15. What is an abstract unit ? Give an example .
16 . What is an integral unit ? Give an example.
17. What is a fractional unit ? Give an example.
18. What is a concrete number ? Give an example.
19 . What is an abstract number ? Give an example .
20. What are corresponding numbers ? Give an example.
21. What is an integer ? Give an example.
22. What is a fraction ? Give an example.
23. What is the unit of a fraction ? Give an example.
24. What is a mixed number ? Give an example .
25. What is a problem ?
26 . Is a problem always in the form of a question ? Illus
trate your answer by examples.
27. Are all questions problems ? Illustrate your answer by
examples.
B . NOTATION AND NUMERATION OF INTEGERS. .
2 . Definitions. - Notation is the process of express
ing numbers by means of words, letters, or figures.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 5

Numeration is the process of reading numbers, expressed

in words, letters , or figures .
NOTE . — A pupil that can correctly write numbers can read them , for
the same knowledge of the method , of use of termsand characters, is re
quired in both . Hence , both processes are treated together in this book .

3. Methods. - Five methods of expressing numbers are

in common use :

( 1 ) By means of words that express the number of units

considered . As,
three, nine, twenty - five .

(2 ) By means of letters that express the number of units

considered . As,
III, IX . XXV .

Note . Neither of the above methods is used in arithmetical compu

tations. Their study belongs to the reader rather than to the arithmetic .

(3 ) By means of words that do not express the number of

units considered . As,
cost price , John's age, B's money.

NOTE . — This method of expressing number is used in the solution of

arithmetical roblems. It is self -explanatory , and does not require spe
cial study at this time.

( 4 ) By means of letters that do not express the number of

units considered . As,
X, 2 ay ,
Note . — This method is usually called algebraic notation . It is studied
and used in Parts II and III.

(5 ) By means of figures that express the number of units

considered . As,
3, 9, 25 .
Note . — This method as herein used is called the Arabic method . It
is the common method of expressing known numbers in arithmetical
computations.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4 . Figures. — The Arabic method of notation employs ten

characters , called Figures or Digits . Their forms and
names are as follows:
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
zero, one, two, three , four, five , six , seven , eight, nine.
NOTE . — The O is also called naught. Some authors claim that there
are only nine digits, and that 0 , representing no value, is not a digit.

5 . Reading and Writing Integers to One

Thousand . - In reading and writing numbers by the Arabic
method
( 1) The integers up to ten are named and written with fig
ures as follows :
one, 1 five, 5
two, 2 six , 6
three , 3 seven , 7
four, 4 eight, 8
nine , 9
( 2) In integers of more than nineunits , theunits are grouped
as far as possible into groups of ten each. Groups of tens up
to ten tens are named and written with figures as follows :
1 ten , ten , 10 5 tens, fifty , 50
2 tens, twenty , 20 6 tens, sixty , 60
3 tens, thirty , 30 7 tens, seventy , 70
4 tens, forty , 40 8 tens, eighty , 80
9 tens, ninety , 90

( 3 ) In integers of 10 tens or more, the groups of ten each

are grouped as far as possible into larger groups of 10 tens
each . One of these larger groups is called a hundred . Hun
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 7

dreds up to 10 hundreds are named and written with figures as

follows :

one hundred , 100 five hundred , 500

two hundred , 200 six hundred , 600
three hundred , 300 seven hundred , 700
four hundred , 400 eight hundred , 800
nine hundred , 900

( 4 ) Integers between 10 and 20 are named and written with

figures as follows :

1 ten 1 unit ; eleven ; 11

1 ten 2 units ; twelve ; 12
1 ten 3 units ; thirteen ; 13
1 ten 4 units ; fourteen ; 14
1 ten 5 units ; fifteen ; 15
1 ten 6 units ; sixteen ; 16
1 ten 7 units ; seventeen ; 17
1 ten 8 units ; eighteen ; 18
1 ten 9 units ; nineteen ; 19

(5 ) Any integer between 20 and 100 is written with figures

by placing the number of tens in the second place from the
right or tens' place and the number of units in the right-hand
place or units ' place. If there are no units , place a 0 in units' .
place . These numbers are read by naming the tens and units
in succession . Thus :

21, twenty -one 47 , forty - seven

78 , seventy -eight 86 , eighty - six
55 , fifty - five 34 , thirty -four
92 , ninety -two 63, sixty -three
99 , ninety -nine

(6 ) Any integer between 1 hundred and 10 hundred is writ

ten by placing the number of hundreds in the third place from
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

the right, or hundreds' place ; the number of tens in tens' place ;

and the number of units in units place . Fill vacant places
with O 's. These numbers are read by naming the hundreds,
tens, and units in succession . Thus :
125 , one hundred twenty - five
790 , seven hundred ninety
467, four hundred sixty -seven
806 , eight hundred six
512 , five hundred twelve
272 , two hundred seventy -two
638 , six hundred thirty -eight
301, three hundred one
999 , nine hundred ninety -nine
NOTE.- Do not use “ and ” in reading these numbers.
Since , 1 hundred = 10 tens, and
1 ten = 10 units ,
a figure in hundreds' place represents 10 times as many as the
same figure in tens' place ; a figure in tens' place represents 10
times as many as the same figure in units' place.

EXERCISE II.
Read rapidly :
800 065* 259
139 315 734
240 725 813
82 327 899 004 *
96 07* 444 863 117
56 516 992 629
43 99 607 403 999
* In integers , a 0 standing on the left ofother figures hasno effectupon
the number. 07 is 7 . 065 is 65. 004 is 4.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 9

Write :
6 . . 8. 9.
twenty -one fifty-four thirty - nine sixty-nine
seventy ninety eighty -one thirty-seven
eighty -nine seventy -two thirteen ninety - three
thirty - eight nineteen seventy -three forty - five
forty -six sixty -six ninety- eight eighty -four

10 . 11 .
Four hundred ninety -four Eight hundred seventy -two
Two hundred nineteen Three hundred thirty -three
Five hundred fifty - five One hundred fourteen
Seven hundred seventy -nine Nine hundred three
Eight hundred six Eight hundred seventy- six
Nine hundred sixty - nine Six hundred twenty - four
Eight hundred sixty Five hundred nineteen
Seven hundred ten Seven hundred ninety-four
Six hundred sixty- six Two hundred forty - eight
Four hundred Nine hundred ninety -nine

6. Notation and Numeration of Integers in

General. - By the Arabic method , integers larger than nine
are represented by figures placed side by side. Thus :
274139568

The 8 represents l's , or units of the first order ;

The 6 represents 10's , or units of the second order ;
The 5 , units of the third order ;
The 9 , units of the fourth order ;
and so on .

The order of any figure or unit is the number of its place ,

counting from the right.
10 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

This method of representing integers is based upon the fol

lowing law :
LAW . — Ten units of any one order make one unit of the next
higher order .

In reading and writing integers, the figures are considered ,

as far as possible , in groups of three figures each , commencing
at the right hand . These groups are called Periods. The
first twelve periods, counting from the right, are named as
follows :
units quintillions
thousands sextillions
millions septillions
billions octillions
trillions nonillions
quadrillions decillions

NOTE . - If the word , period ,follows the name, the possessive sign should
be used . Either period of thousands or thousands' period is correct.

Let it be required to read the number ,

346524207985325 .

Separating it into periods ,and naming the periods , we have

trillions, billions, millions, thousands, units.
346 , 524 , 207 985 , 325 .

How many units ? Ans., 325 .

How many thousand ? Ans ., 985 .
How many million ? Ans., 207 .
How many billion ? Ans., 524 .
How many trillion ? Ans., 346 .

Then read the number, beginning with the left -hand period .
Thus, 346 trillion ,524 billion , 207 million , 985 thousand , 325 (units).
NOTE . - In reading numbers, drop the word units, and say hundred ,
thousand, million , & c ., not hundreds, thousands,millions , & c . Never use
6 and ” in reading integers .
The figures in each period are read by methods explained in Article
5 ; then the name of the period is added .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . - 11
Let it be required to write seventy-five billion ,nine hundred
forty -eightmillion , five hundred one thousand, three hundred sixty
two .

How many billion ? Ans., 75.

How many million ? Ans., 948.
How many thousand ? Ans., 501.
How many units ? Ans., 362.
Then write the number. Thus, 75 ,948,501,362.
NOTE. - When it is desired to separate the periods of a number, com
mas are used ; as in the last number above.

Since a period has three places, the place on the right hand
is units of the period , the second place is tens and the third
place is hundreds. To illustrate, the first place in thousands is
units of thousands, or simply thousands ; the second place, ten
thousands ; the third place, hundred -thousands. The first place
in millions is millions ; the second, ten -millions ; the third ,
hundred -millions ; and so on .
The method of grouping three figures into a period , as ex
plained above, is the method used by the people of the United
States and France , and is called the French Method .
The English people and people of many other European na
tions consider a period as made up of six figures . This method
of grouping the figures is called the English Method .
The first six periods according to this method are named as
follows :
units trillions
millions quadrillions
billions quintillions
Let it be required to read 346524207985325 by the English
method .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Separating the number into periods, we have —

billions, millions, units .
346 , 524207, 985325
How many units ? Ans., 985325 .
How many million ? Ans., 524207.
How many billion ? Ans., 346.
Then read the number, beginning with the left-hand period .
Thus, 346 billion , 524207 million , 985325 (units ).
Note. — The figures in each period are read by the methods already
explained , then the nameofthe period is added .
EXAMPLES .

1. Read 3462465075 .
Process : 3,462,465,075 ; 3 billion , 462 million , 465 thousand, 75.
Note .— Use the French method unless the English method is called
for or indicated . Commas are not commonly used to separate the peri
ods, unless there are three or more periods. In smaller numbers, the
periods are located mentally .

2. Read 672000024941.
Process : 672,000 ,024 ,941; 672 billion ,24 thousand , 941.
3. Read 873002403400540 ( English method ).
Process : 873,002403,400540 ; 873 billion, 2403 million , 400540 .
4 . Write 894 billion , 1 thousand, 127.
Written : 894,000,001, 127 .
NOTE . — There are no millions ; fill the orders with O 's . There are no
hundreds of thousands or tens of thousands ; fill these orders with O 's .

5 . Write 1753 billion , 201400 million , 843004.

Written : 1753, 201400 ,843004.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 13

6. Write 5 units of the 6th order , 7 units of the 3d order, 1

unit of the 2d order , 8 units of the 1st order .
Written : 500718 .
NOTE.- Fill the 5th and 4th orders with O's .

EXERCISE III.

1. What is the law upon which the Arabic method of read

ing and writing numbers is based ?
2. What is the order of a figure ? How are orders numbered ?
3. How many figures in a period according to the French
method ? Where do you commence to point off a number into
periods ?
4. How many figures in a period according to the English
method ?
5. Name in order twelve periods of the French method .
6. Name in order six periods of the English method .
7. Do the French and English methods both conform to the
law of the Arabic method ?

Read by the French method :

8. 43250 13. 78604501257943
9. 678426 14. 10030040250641
10. 9407081 15. 83000034562135
11. 5675694073 16. 786429536742
12. 889970708432 17. 132103243576812

Read by the English method :

18. 765302456901327.
19. 1234567878785321.
20. 986435200340561256 .

Write :

21. 55 thousand, 421.

22. 704 million , 73 thousand , 25 .
14 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

23. 846 billion , 721 million , 1 thousand .

24. Twenty- five thousand seven hundred one.
25. Seventy -six billion , eight hundred one million , sixteen
thousand three hundred seven .
26. Seven units of the 5th order , nine units of the 4th order ,
six units of the 3d order, one unit of the 2d order , 8 units of the
1st order.
27. 8 units of the 7th order , 2 units of the 5th order , 5 units
of the 4th order, 9 units of the 1st order .
28. 125 quadrillion , 125 trillion , 125 million , 125 .
29. Five hundred sixty -six thousand two hundred eighty -one
million , eighty-nine thousand twenty - one.
30. 675421 billion , 604001 million , 345762.

7. Reading and Writing Dollars and Cents.

The dollar-mark , $ , is always placed before the number with
which it is used . Thus,

$ 5 , five dollars.
$ 908 , nine hundred eight dollars .
Cents may be expressed with dollars or with a dollar-mark .
When so expressed , two places are always used for cents.

100 cents = 1 dollar ; then ,

any number of cents less than a dollar may be written with two
figures, of which the right-hand figure is for the units of cents
and the left -hand figure is for the tens of cents (dimes ) . A
period (. ) is always placed between dollars and cents and the
word and is used there in reading. Thus,

$ 5.10 , 5 dollars and 10 cents ;

$ 12.06 , 12 dollars and 6 cents ;
$ .05 , 5 cents ;
$ 807.50 , 807 dollars and fifty cents .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC 15

Cents may be written by using the cent-mark, 4 . Thus,

34, 3 cents ; 206, 20 cents ; 85€, 85 cents .
EXERCISE IV .
Read :
2. 3.
$ 10 .10 $.40 25€
$ 59 . $ 72.55 . 75 5€
$ 408 $ 246 .05 $ .03 70€
$ 3906 $ 109. 13 $ . 99 99¢
5 . Write with $ : Two dollars and forty cents; seventeen dol
lars and seventy - five cents ; nine thousand five hundred sixty
three dollars and twenty-five cents ; two cents ; fifty cents .
6. Write with ¢ : Twenty- five cents; nine cents ; eighteen
cents ; one hundred twenty- five cents; ninety- five cents.
C . ADDITION OF INTEGERS.
8 . Definitions, Signs, and Principles. - Addi
tion is the process of uniting two or more numbers into one.
The numbers to be added are called Addends. The result
of addition is called the Sum or Amount.
The Sign of Addition , t , is read plus.
The Sign of Equality , = , is read equals.
17 + 9 = 26
is read 17 plus 9 equals 26 , and means that 9 added to 17 gives a result
of 26. 17 and 9 are addends, and 26 is the sum .
In the fundamental processes of mathematics, certain self
evident principles must be observed . In addition they are as
follows :
PRINCIPLES : 1. Only similar numbers can be added .
2 . The sum contains all the units of all addends.
3. The sum and the addendsmust be similar numbers.
16 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4. The sum is the same, regardless of the order in which the num
bers are added .

Note.- Similar numbers, as here used , are those whose integral units
are of the samekind and size.

9. Process of Addition . - Write the addends so that

figures of the same order will stand in a column. Always be
gin with units to add.
Ten units of one order make one of the next higher order. Then ,
in adding numbers of more than one order , if the sum of all
the units of any order is ten or more , the tens of that order
are considered as units of the next higher order, and are so
added .
EXAMPLE .

Add 576 , 342, 75 , 981, 203 .

Process. Explanation : ( 1) The sum of the units of the first col
576 umn ( the one on the right) is 17, or 1 unit of the 2d order
342 and 7 units of the first order. Write the ~ below , and
75
981 carry the 1 to the next column.
203 (2 ) The sum of the units of the 2d column, including
2177, result. the 1 carried , is 27 , or 2 units of the 3d order and 7 units
of the 2d order. Write the 7 below and carry the 2 to the
next column.
(3 ) The sum of the units of the 3d column , including the 2 carried , is
21, or 2 units of the 4th order and 1 unit of the 3d order. Write the 1
and the 2 below in their proper orders.

TESTS OF ACCURACY : ( 1 ) Review the work , or (2 ) add the col

umns in reverse order .

TE . - V other tests of accuracy in addition are suggested by

different authors. Such as, casting out the 9's, or by separating the
addends into two or more groups , adding each group, then adding
their sums. Such methods are not resorted to once in a thousand
times to test the accuracy of addition .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 17

EXERCISE V .
Copy and find sums:
1. 4. 5. 6.
346 766 555 276 321 482
425 675 462 549 374 888
879 578 888 695 999 476
276 989 951 598 846 327
942 876 377 846 594 348
379 768 894 589 666 555
566 898 856 444 389 776

y. 8. 9. 10 . 11 . 12 .
942 372 584 829 938 456
224 884 382 559 986 472
337 724 486 629 729 829
246 654 785 473 259 464
461 542 632 545 454 923
729 421 428 882 793 846
288 899 987 765 455 999

13. 14 . 15 . 16 . 17.
12467 99999 95487 57684 83579
86492 86897 58987 66666 54865
94876 58987 89987 57868 47986
87594 68859 66666 47984 55555
59187 45958 97869 38946 84484
67895 73986 77777 98979 98897
78957 54852 12345 78787 48864
98798 77958 99999 57978 87758
78978 68879 98765 86868 69589
67594 59987 88888 69699 57868
98979 68827 48767 37379 48573
64888 77989 56789 87654 48452
18 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

18 . 19 . 20 .
123456789 876543219 24678
547695437 34768492 579642
865796543 99999 8978687
759876987 7586493 59875879
666666666 59876538 4769876543
989898989 789437598 989898989
465798788 888888888 65943756
543543543 958764356 987689
999988888 579867958 8976576438
789789789 576576576 9578495789

D. SUBTRACTION OF INTEGERS .

10. Definitions, Sign , and Principles. - Sub

traction is the process of taking one number from another .
The number taken is called the Subtrahend . The number
from which the subtrahend is taken is called the Minuend .
The result of subtraction is called the Remainder or Dif
ference .
The Sign of Subtraction , - , is read minus.
Thus, 17-9 = 8
is read 17 minus 9 equals 8 , and means that 9 taken from 17 leaves 8 .
17 is the minuend ; 9 , the subtrahend ; and 8 , the remainder.
PRINCIPLES : 1. The minuend , subtrahend, and remainder must
be similar numbers.
2. The remainder equals the minuend minus the subtrahend .
3. The subtrahend equals the minuend minus the remainder .
4. The minuend equals the sum of the subtrahend and remainder.

11. Process of Subtraction.- Place the subtrahend

under the minuend , units under units , tens under tens, etc.
Always begin with units to subtract .
One of any order ( except the first order ) makes ten of the next
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 19

lower order . When a figure of the minuend represents fewer

units than the corresponding figure of the subtrahend, one
unit is taken ( “ borrowed ”' ) from the next higher order of
the minuend and considered as ten of the lower order.

EXAMPLES.
1. From 43 take 26 .
Process . Explanation complete : ( 1 ) We cannot take 6 units from 3
43 units ; but we can take one ten of the 4 tens, and add it to the
26 3 units. This will make 13 units . Then , 13 units - 6 units = 7
17 units . Write they below . ( 2 ) One ten has been taken from
the 4 tens, which leaves but 3 tens in the minuend . 3 tens - 2
tens leaves 1 ten . Write the 1 below .

2. From 704 take 375 .

Process . Explanation complete : (1) We cannot take 5 units from 4
704 units, and there are no tens in the minuend ; then we must
375 take 1 hundred from the 7 hundred : 1 hundred = 10 tens.
529 Now , we can take 1 of the 10 tens and add it to the 4 units.
1 ten + 4 units = 14 units. 14 units -5 units = 9 units. Write
the 7 below .
(2 ) Of thc 10 tens we took from hundreds' place , we have used 1 ten
and have 9 tens left . 9 tens -7 tens = 2 tens. Write the 2 below .
(3 ) We have used 1 hundred of the 7 hundred ; then we have only 6
hundred left. 6 hundred - 3 hundred = 3 hundred . Write the 3 below .

3. From 8801 take 5674 .

Process. Explanation shortened : (1) Looking upon 1, think 11 (why ? ).
8801 11-4 = 7 . Write the 7 below .
5674 (2) Looking upon the o , think 10 , then 9 (why ? ) . 9–7 = 2.
3127 Write the 2 below .
(3) Looking upon the 8, think 7 (why ? ) . 7-6 = 1. Write
the 1 below .
( 4 ) 8-5 = 3 . Write the 3 below .

TESTS OF ACCURACY : ( 1 ) Review the work ; or ( 2 ) the minu

end minus the remainder should equal the subtrahend ; or ( 3 ) the
sum of the subtrahend and remainder should equal the minuend .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE VI.
Copy and find remainders :
1. 4.
764 591 932 846 821
178 486 487 295
7.
837 700 500 400
639 583 479 365 123
11. 12 . 13 . 14 . 15 .
8426 7363 8342 1264 1348
7544 5486 486 947 796
16 . 117 . 18 . 19. 20.
1920 1930 2004 2245 6472
749 806 1759 1892 2803

21. 22. 23. 24 . 25 .

7038 8333 1675 2008 3004
5984 2345 597 1009 2106
Find remainders :
26 . 94675 - 67897 37. 345678 - 95876
27. 58406 - 57643 38. 193846 - 87909
28 . 70698 – 67899 39. 150000 — 74567
29. 54863 — 43794 40 . 183456 - 89999
30 . 60054 - 54376 41. 100000 — 65432
31. 92345 – 56789 42. 240000 — 186426
32 . 80125 — 43056 43. 170984 – 145096
33. 72010 – 35476 44 . 333333 – 273747
34. 82904 - 68926 45. 811221 – 456789
35 . 92500 - 47832 46 . 830405 - 640506
36 . 76543 – 34567 47. 900002 – 712345
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

E . MULTIPLICATION OF INTEGERS.
12 . Definition , Sign , and Principles. - Multi
plication is a process, shorter than addition , for finding the.
sum when one number is to be used as an addend several times.
The number to be used as the addend is called theMultipli
cand . The number showing how many times the multipli
cand is to be used is called the Multiplier. The result
of multiplication is called the Product. The expression ,
" multiplied by,” used to indicate multiplication , means that
the number placed before it is to be used as the multiplicand
and the number placed after it is to be used as the multiplier .
The expression , “ multiplied together ," is used to indicate the
multiplication of one number by another without designating
which number is to be used as the multiplier or multiplicand .
The Sign of Multiplication , X , is read times.*
“ 1X ” is read one time, or once ; “ 2x , ” two times, or twice .
5x 7 = 35
is read 5 times y equals 35 , and means that the sum obtained by using 7
as an addend 5 times is 35 . The 5 is the multiplier ; the 7 , the multipli
cand ; and the 35 , the product.

PRINCIPLES : 1. The multiplicand may be either concrete or ab

stract.
. 2. The multiplier must be abstract.
3. The productmust be similar to the multiplicand.
4 . When the two numbers to be multiplied together are both ab
stract, the product is the same, whichever number is taken as the
multiplier ,
NOTE.— Before proceeding with multiplication ,the pupil should have
a thorough knowledge of the multiplication table.
* Many authors also read the sign, X , multiplied by. In that reading, the multiplicand
must comebefore and the multiplier after the sign .
For reasons which it would not be profitable to discuss here, the author prefers to read the
sign times, and adheres to that reading throughout this book .
22 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

MULTIPLICATION TABLE.

1 x 0 = 0 2 x 0 = 0 3 x 0 0 4 x 0 = 0
1 x 1 1 2 x 1 = 2 3 x 1 = 3 4 x 1 = 4
1 x 2 = 2 2 x 2 4 3 x 2 6 4 x 2 8
1 x 3 = 3 2 x 3 6 3 x 3 9 4 x 3 = 12
1 x 4 = 4 2 x 4 = 8 3 x 4 - 12 4 x 4 = 16
1 x 5 - 2 x 5 10 3 x 5 = 15 4 x 5 = 20
1 x 6 2 x 6 = 12 3 x 6 = 18 4 x 6 = 24
1 x 7 - 2 x 7 = 14 3 x 7 = 21 4 x 7 = 28
1 x 8 2 x 8 = 16 3 x 8 = 24 4 x 8 = 32
1 x 9 9 2 x 9 = 18 3 x 9 = 27 4 x 9 -= 36
1 x 10 = 10 2 x 10 = 20 3 x 10 = 30 4 X 10 = 40
1 X 11 = 11 2 X 11 = 22 3 X 11 = 33 4 X 11 = 44
1 x 12 = 12 2 x 12 = 24 3 x 12 = 36 4 X 12 = 48

5 X 0 = 0 6 x () = 0 7 0
x = 0 8 x 0 = 0
5 x 1 = 5 6 X 1 = 6 7 x1 = 7 8 x 1 = 8
5 X 2 = 10 6 x 2 = 12 7 X2 = 14 8 x 2 = 16
5 X 3 = 15 6 x 3 = 18 7 x3 = 21 8 x 3 = 24
5 x 4 = 20 6 x 4 = 24 4
x = 28 8 x 4 = 32
5 x 5 = 25 6 x 5 = 30 5 = 35 8 x 5 = 40
5 x 6 = 30 6 x 6 = 36 6 = 42 8 x 6 = 48
5 X 7 = 35 6 X 7 = 42 x 7 : 49 8 x 7 = 56
5 x 8 = 40 6 x 8 = 48 7 x 8 = 56 8 x 8 = 64
5 X 9 = 45 6 x 9 = 54 7 x 9 = 63 8 x 9 = 72
5 x 10 = 50 6 x 10 = 60 7 x 10 = 70 8 x 10 = 80
5 x 11 = 55 6 X 11 = 66 7 X11 = 77 8 x 11 = 88
5 x 12 = 60 6 x 12 = 72 7 x 12 = 84 8 x 12 = 96
9 x 0 = 0 10 X 0 = 0 11 x 0 = 0 12 x 0 = 0
9 x 15 9 10 x 15= 10 11 x 1 11 12 x 1 = 12
9 X 2 = 18 10 X 2 = 20 11 X 2 = 22 12 X 2 = 24
9 x 3 = 27 10 x 3 = 30 11 x 3 33 12 x 3 = 36
9 x 4 = 36 10 X 4 = 40 11 x 4 44 12 x 4 48
9 x 5 = 45 10 x 5 = 50 11 x 5 55 12 x 5 = 60
9 x 6 = 54 10 x 6 = 60 11 x 6 66 12 x 6 = 72
9 x 75 63 10 X 7 = 70 11 x 7 77 12 x 7 84
9 x 8 = 72 10 x 8 80 11 x 8 88 12 x 8 = 96
9 x 9 = 81 10 X 9 = 90 11 x 9 = 99 12 x 9 = 108
9x10 = 90 10 X 10 = 100 11 X 10 = 110 12 x 10 = 120
9x11 = 99 10 X11 = 110 11 x 11 = 121 12 X 11 = 132
9 x 12 = 108 10 X 12 = 120 11 X 12 = 132 12 X 12 = 144
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 23

13. Process of Multiplication.- Place the multi

plier under the multiplicand ; multiply by each figure of the
multiplier, beginning with units . Always place the right-hand
figure of each product under that figure of the multiplier used
in obtaining it. Add these products for the complete product.

EXAMPLES.

1. Multiply 379 by 67.

Process. Explanation : (1 ) 7x9= 63 . Write the 3 below and
379 carry the 6 . 7 x 7 = 49 . 49 + 6 (carried ) = 55. Write
67 the 5 (units ) below , and carry the 5 ( tens). 7 * 3 = 21 .
2653 21 + 5 (carried ) = 26. Write the 26 below .
2274
( 2 ) Multiply by the 6 in the same way.
25393, result.
( 3 ) Add these products. The complete product is
25393.

NOTE . — The 6 of the multiplier is 6 tens, and the first figure of its
product , which is 4 , is also 4 tens. Therefore the 4 is placed under the
6 , or in the second order .

NOTE . — The “ Long Way ” given in the following examples is for ex

planation , and not to be practiced by the pupil.

2. Multiply 57 by 40 .
Long Way. ShortWay .
57
40 NOTE. - In the Short Way, we place the 4
57
00 under the 7, and the 0 to the right of the 4 . 40
228 Bring down the 0 and multiply by 4 only . 2280
2280

3. Multiply 370 by 500 .

Long Way. Short Way.
370 Note . - In the Short Way, we place the 5
500 under the 7 , letting the O’s fall to the right. 370
000 Multiply by the 5 , and bring down three O's 500
000 - one for the 0 in the multiplicand , and two 185000
1850 for the O's in the multiplier.
185000
24 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4. Multiply 246 by 502 .

Long Way . Short Way.
246
502 NOTE. - We need not multiply by the 0 in 246
the multiplier. But we must be careful to 502
492
000 put the 0 of the partial product obtained by 492
1230 multiplying by the 5 under the 5 . 1230
123192 123492

5. Multiply 678 by 1200 .

678
1200 NotE. - Multiply by 12, not by 2 and 1.
813600

TESTS OF ACCURACY : ( 1 ) Review the work, or ( 2 ) multiply the

multiplier by the multiplicand ,considering the multiplicand abstract.

EXERCISE VII.
Find products :
1. 400 X 583 * 16. 724 X 6743
2. 530 X 475 17. 594 x 3948
3. 640 X 873 18. 475 x 9873
4. 370 x 582 19. 649 X 8479
5. 420 X 897 20. 709 x 4377
6. 730 X 948 21. 806 x 9835
7. 890 X 345 22. 639 X 3829
8. 900 X 760 23. 738 X 5893
9. 730 X 800 24. 1263 X 85643
10. 1200 X 548 25. 2095 X 56789
11. 1100 X 675 26. 4075 X 83064
12. 246 X 375 27. 8764 x 93725
13. 856 x 948 28. 4609 X 85274
14. 987 X 987 29. 5007 x 95683
15. 876 x 955 30. 4199 X 87878

* Themultiplier is placed before and the multiplicand after the sign “ X."
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

31. Multiply 504763 by 943000 41. 75 x 94 x 237

32. Multiply 724256 by 23462 42 . 184 X 276 X 329
33. Multiply 958740 by 37542 43 . 101 X 279 X 834
34. Multiply 818475 by 30724 44 . 612 x 200 x 730
35 . Multiply 798643 by 48056 45 . 820 X 540 X 422
36 . Multiply 829374 by 58376 46 . 25 x 34 x 63 x 75
37. Multiply 941072 by 86754 47. 38 X 240 x 320 X 97
38 . Multiply 430762 by 10000 48. 39 X 800 X 600 X 240
39. Multiply 708340 by 25000 49. 42 x 560 x 720 x 980
40. Multiply 984632 by 92345 . 50. 125 X 336 X 457 x 789
F. DIVISION OF INTEGERS .
14 . Definitions, Signs, and Principles. - Divi
sion is the process of finding how many times one number
contains another. The number contained is called the Divi
sor. The number containing the divisor is called the Divi
dend . The result of division is called the Quotient.
The Sign of Division , : , is read divided by. The
Sign of Ratio , :, which is also a sign of division , is read
the ratio of---- to --.-.
PRINCIPLES : 1. The dividend , divisor and remainder must be
similar numbers.
2. The quotient must be abstract .
3 . The dividend equals the product of the divisor and quotient,
plus the remainder.
NOTE. - Many authors hold that the divisor may be abstract and the
quotient similar to the dividend . Such a principle is inconsistent with
the above definition of division . The author believes that the above
definition is broad enough to cover every application of division . ( See
Art. 16 .)
35 + 5 = 7
is read 35 divided by 5 equals 7.
26 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

35 : 5 = 7
is read the ratio of 35 to 5 equals 7. Each means that 35 things contain 5
of those things y times. ( See further explanation , Art. 17.) The 35 is the
dividend ; the 5 , the divisor ; and the 7 , the quotient.
15. The Process of Short Division . - In Short
Division , the process is performed mentally , and the dividend,
divisor, and quotient only are written . Short division should
be employed when the divisor does not exceed 12 .
Put the divisor on the left of the dividend , and begin at the
left of the dividend to divide . Write the quotient below .
It would be impossible to divide the whole of a large divi
dend at a glance ; but the number represented by the first one
or two figures on the left can be divided ; the remainder , if any
from this division , can be reduced to the next lower order and
the division continued until all figures of the dividend are used .
The following examples explain :
EXAMPLEB.
1. Divide 76 by 4 .
Process. Explanation : ( 1) 7 + 4 = 1, and 3 remaining. Write the i
4 ) 76 below the .
19 ( 2) The remainder 3 is tens. 3 tens +6 units = 36 units.
36 + 4 = 9 . Write the 9 below . Quotient 19 .
2. Divide 169 by 8 .
Process . Explanation : ( 1) 1 of the dividend is smaller than 8 ,
8 ) 169 then we use 16 .
21 ( 2 ) 16 + 8 = 2. Write the 2 below the 6 .
rem . 1 ( 3 ) 9 + 8 = 1 , rem . 1. Write the quotient 1 to the right
of the 2 , and the rem . 1 below . Quotient 21, remainder 1.
3. Divide 7220 by 6 .
Process . Explanation : (1) 7 + 6 = 1, rem . 1. Write the quotient 1
6 )7220 below the 7 .
1203 (2) Remainder 1 is 1 thousand . 1 thousand +2 hundred
rem . 2 = 12 hundred . 12 + 6 = 2 . Write the 2 below .
( 3 ) 2 +6 = 0, rem . 2. Write ( below .
(4 ) The remainder 2 tens = 20 units. 20 + 6 = 3 , rem . 2. Write the 3 at
the right of the 0, and the rem . 2 below . Quotient 1203, remainder 2 .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 27

TESTS OF ACCURACY : ( 1) Review the work , or ( 2 ) apply prin

ciple 3 .
EXERCISE VIIL

Copy and find quotients and remainders :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
8 )328 6 ) 372 9 ) 405 7 )595 5 )895

6 . 7. 8. 9. 10 .
4 )4567 6 ) 8946 7 )5938 3 ) 9874 9 ) 8064

11 . 12. 13 . 14 . 15 .
10 )4892 11 )5913 12)8736
: 11 ) 9878 10 )5306

Find quotients and remainders :

16. 81695 : 11 21. 73024 : 8 26. 235061 : 12
17. 59060 : 10 22. 16295 : 11 27. 456789 : 11
18. 73421 : 12 23. 18020 : 6 28. 760890-9
19. 12345 : 12 24. 16200-12 29. 888888 : 12
20. 23456 : 9 25. 90000 : 7 30. 987654 : 8

16. Three Applications of Division .

9 ) 36
4
The fact of this division is , that 36 things contain 9 of those
things 4 times.
NOTE . — Wemust be careful not to fall into the error of thinking that
36 contains 9 as a bucket contains water. The word “ contains, " as here
used ,means “ is made up of,” or “ is composed of.”
FIRST APPLICATION.- Problem : There are 36 apples in a lot.
How many times can we take 9 apples from the lot ?
Answer : From division we know that 36 apples contain 9
apples 4 times. Then , we can take 9 apples from the lot 4
times.
This is the most direct application of division , and the only
one which we have presented so far in this part.
28 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

SECOND APPLICATION . — Problem : There are 36 apples in one

lot and 9 apples in another. The first lot is how many times
as large as the second lot ?
Answer : From division , we know that 36 apples contain 9
apples 4 times. Then, 36 apples must be 4.times as large as 9
apples of the same size.

This is the application nearest like the direct application ,

and may be called the Ratio Idea of Division .
THIRD APPLICATION . - Problem : There are 36 apples in a lot.
What is } of the lot ?
Answer : From division , we know that 36 apples contain 9
apples 4 times. Suppose we take 9 of the 36 apples, and with
them begin 9 new lots ; for every timewe can take 9 apples
from the 36 apples, we can put 1 apple in each new lot. But
36 apples contain 9 apples 4 times. Therefore we can put 4
apples in each new lot. Thus, we have separated 36 apples
into 9 equalnew lots, and one lot contains ; of 36 apples, or
4 apples.
Note. If necessary, the teacher should illustrate this with objects.

This may be called the Fraction Idea of Division .

17. Different Ways of Expressing Division .

There are many ways or methods of expressing division . The
following are in common use :
( 1) 36 - 9
This expression is usually read , “ 36 divided by 9.” It
means ( 1) 36 contains 9, (2 ) the ratio of 36 to 9 , or (3 ) } of
36 . It is a generalmethod of expressing division .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

( 2) 3,6
This expression may be read, (1) “ 36 divided by 9," (2)
“ The ratio of 36 to 9," or (3) “ 36 ninths.” It, like the first
expression , is a general method of expressing division . ,
(3) 36 : 9
Read , “ The ratio of 36 to 9.” This expresses only the
Ratio Idea of Division.
(4 ) of 36
Read, “ One-ninth of 36 .” This expresses only the Frac
tion Idea of Division .
18. Disposing of the Remainder.
EXAMPLE
1. Divide 134 by 5 . 5 ) 134
264
Explanation : After we had obtained the quotient 26 , we
had a remainder of 4 . This 4 is to be divided by 5 . But we
learned in Expression ( 2) , Article 17, that 4 divided by 5
may be put in the form , t, and called “ four-fifths." This
we put on the right of the 26 and call the expression , 263,
“ twenty-six and four- fifths.” 26 % is the exact quotient.

When the exact quotient is an integer , the dividend is said

to be divisible by the divisor. Thus,
36 - 9 = 4 .
36 is divisible by 9 .
EXERCISE IX .
Find exact quotients :
1. 347 = 7 6 . 834 : 7 11. 4 of 965 16 . 238
2. 545 : 9 7. 209: 6 12. ģ of 677 17. 41
3 . 806 : 11 8. 707 : 11 13. ily of 509 18 . 856
4 . 793 : 12 9. 651: 5 14 . To of 327 19 . 181
5 . 820 : 9 10. 939 : 10 15 . 1 of 436 20. 409
 ED ETIC
30 ADVANC ARITHM .

19 . Long Division . - In Long Division , the process is

the same as in short division , but the work is written . Write
the quotient above or to the right of the dividend . The author
believes that placing the quotient above has some advantages.
EXAMPLES.
1. Divide 464 by 17.
Process.
27
17)464 Explanation : ( 1) 46 + 17 = 2 + . * 2x 17 = 34 . 46 - 34 = 12 .
34 Bring down 4. 124 + 17 = 7 + . 7x17 = 119. 124 - 119 = 5 .
124 Quotient 27, remainder 5 .
119
5 rem .
Since wemust now deal with large divisors, it is not always
easy to tell just what the quotient figure should be without
trying. The following examples will show how to find the
quotient figure by trial.
15
23 ) 387 Explanation : Suppose wedo not know how many times
23 23 is contained in 157 , and we try 5 times. 5x 23 = 115 .
157 157 – 115 = 42 . But 42 is larger than 23 ; therefore , 157
115 will contain 23 more than 5 times .
42

REMEMBER : When the remainder is larger than the divisor the

quotient figure is too small.
17 Explanation : If we do not know how many times 157
23) 387 contains 23, suppose we try 7 times. 7x 23 = 161. But 161
23 is larger than 157 ; therefore , 157 will not contain 23
157 7 times.
161
REMEMBER : When thenumber to be subtracted is larger than the
number from which you are to subtract, the quotient figure is too
large.
* Read , 2 + , " two plus." It here moans 2 and a remainder.
 31
ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

2. Divide 101655 by 251.

Process.
405
Explanation : After bringing down the first 5 of the div
251) 101655 idend , the 125 thus formed is too small to contain the
1004
divisor, 251. Put a o in the quotient, bring down the
1255 next figure, and proceed as before. Quotient, 405.
1255

3. Divide 3400 by 200 .

:
Process . Explanation : Cut off all O's found on the right of the
17 divisor,and an equal number of figures from the right
of the dividend . Divide the remaining part of the div
2,00 ) 34,00 idend by the remaining part of the divisor. Quotient, 17 .
4. Divide 3405 by 200 .
Process.
17260 Explanation : The 5 cut off is remainder. Exact
quotient, 1726 0 .
2,00 ) 34,05
5 rem .
5. Divide 3505 by 1700 .
Process.
21,000 Explanation : If there be a remainder from the di
17,00 ) 35705 viding, the part of the dividend cut off is annexed to
34 form the complete remainder. Exact quotient, 217% .
105 rem .
6. Divide 34050 by 1000 .
Process.
Explanation : When the divisor is 10 , 100, 1000 , etc.,
34880 the part cut off of the dividend is remainder, and the
1x000 ) 34,050 part not cut off is the integral quotient. Exact quo
50 rem . tient, 34168o.
EXERCISE X.
Find quotients :
1. 8547 : 37 7. 45368 : 106
2. 15170 : 74 8. 111366 ; 207
3. 38916 : 92 9. 176868 : 306
4. 48418 : 86 10. 258210 : 342
5. 373520 : 580 11. 150181 : 179
6. 597760 = 640 12. 177156 : 259
32 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

13. 510788 :-554 19. 429586 : 347

14. 324264-458 20. 355074 : 249
15. 481866 :-539 21. 715464 : 456
16. 363636 : 468 22. 800197 : 673
17. 514152 : 579 23. 11304202 : 1729
18. 316386 : 378 24. 100812054 : 5649

Find integral quotients and remainders :

..
25. 8581 ; 231 30. 600181 :-937
26. 15317 : 206 31. 45979 : 433
27. 39077 : 370 32. 112559 :-538
28. 49092 : 563 33. 176868 ; 578
29. 374813 ; 644 34. 324264 : 709

Find exact quotients :

35. 348657 : 1000 40. 98764379 : 137000
36. 4897531 : 10000 41. 13951475 :-958
37. 7306477 : 45000 42. 32657727 : 75632
38. 8907601 : 10800 43. 7391555011 : 8604
39. 325093 : 72000 44. 26083952680 : 36745

20. General Review .

EXERCISE XI.

1. Define addition , addend , sum .

2. Give the principles governing addition ,
3. Using thc following addends , explain in full the process
of addition :
24750 , 84723 , 203079.

4. Mr. Jones has real estate worth $ 7560 ; personal property,

such as household goods and stock , worth $ 1739 ; a stock of
merchandise worth $ 8420 ; and a bank deposit of $ 3124 . How
much is Mr. Jones worth altogether ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC 33

5 . The sum of 7084, 537, 9463, and one other number is

28221. Find the other number.
6 . Explain fully the process of subtraction, using the follow
ing example: 3408 – 1736 = ( ) ?
7. What is subtraction ? Subtrahend ? Minuend ? Differ
ence ?
8. Give the principles governing subtraction .
9, A man worth $8750 lost by fire a house worth $ 1280 .
What was he then worth ?
10. The remainder is 756 , and the subtrahend, 3146 . Find
the minuend.
11. The minuend and remainder are 14255 and 6728 respect
ively. Find the subtrahend.
12 . Explain fully the process of multiplication , using the
following example : 72x8407 = ( ) ?

13 . Define multiplication , multiplicand ,multiplier , product.

14. Give the principles governing multiplication .
15. 346 x ( ) = 195144 ?
16 . ( ) x 730 = 88330 ?
17. A has 246 cattle ; but B has 26 times asmany as A . How
many cattle has B ?
18. Two numbers multiplied together give a product of
463686 ; one of the numbers is 654 . Find the other number.
19 . Define division , divisor, dividend , quotient, remainder,
short division, long division .
20. Give the principles governing division .
21. Explain fully the process of short division , using the
following example : 758646 : 9 = 1 ) ?

22 . Explain fully the process of long division , using the fol

lowing example: 195144 --564 = ( ) ?
34 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

23. By what rule do you know when the quotient figure is

too large ?
24. By what rule do you know when the quotient figure is
too small ?
25. How many $ 1000 -shares in a capital stock of $ 2000000 ?
26. 194733+ ( ) = 231 ?
27. ( ) = 1248 = 321 ?
28. 239761 :( ) = 375 , remainder 136 ?
29. 74475 :-324 = 229 , remainder ( )?
30. How do you shorten the process of multiplication when
there are O's on the right of themultiplier or multiplicand ?
31. How do you shorten the process of division when there
are O’s on the right of the divisor ?
32. A and B start from the same place : A goes east 560
miles ; B goes west 489 miles . Find the distance between
them .
33. A and B start from the same place and travel in the
same direction - A , 1846 rods ; B , 359 rods. Find the distance
between them .
34. What is the number , from which , if 734 be taken , the
remainder is 591 ?
35. What is the number, to which , if 7428 be added , the sum
will be 24173 ?
36. Find the number , from which , if 430 be subtracted , the
remainder divided by 79 , the quotient will be 24 .
37. What number is that , from which , if 765 be subtracted ,
the remainder multiplied by 134, and 1795 be added to the
product , th sum will be 233.47 ?
38. If 375 be subtracted from the difforence between two
numbers , 126 will remain . 395 is the smaller number ; find
the larger .
39. Four men have $ 7500 : the 1st has $ 1500 ; the 2d , $ 1284 ;
the 3d , $ 2179 . How much has the 4th ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 35

40. Find the sum of four numbers , if the 1st is 177, the 2d
is 316 more than the 1st, the 3d is 741 more than the 2d , and
the 4th is 658 less than the 3d .

G. SIMPLIFYING NUMERICAL EXPRESSIONS.

21. A Term . - When a numericcl expression is separated
into parts by either of the signs, plus ( + ) or minus ( - ) , these
parts are called Terms ; when not so separated, the expres
sion itself is a term . Thus,

5-2 + 7 = 10
5 , 2 , 7 , and 10 are terms.

Sometimes a term is composed of two or more numbers joined

together by signs, X or . Thus,
3X4-8 : 2
3x4, and 8 + 2 , are terms.

Two or more termsmay be inclosed by parentheses , ( ) , and

considered as a single term . Thus ,
e
( 4 + 5 ) - ( 10–4 + 2 )
(4 + 5 ) and ( 10-4 + 2 ) are terms.

When an expression in parcntheses is to be multiplied by a

number, that number is usually placed just before the paren
theses. Thus,
5 ( 4 + 5 ) = 45
5 (4 + 5 ) means 5 times the sum of 4 and 5 , or 5 * 9 .

A dividend or a divisor may be composed of two or more num

bers joined by signs. Thus ,
5 (4 + 5 )
= 5 ( 4 + 5 ) = ( 12-3) .
12-3
These two expressions are equal as indicated . The dividend is 5 times
the sum of 4 and 5 , and the divisor is the difference between 12 and 3 .
Each expression is a term .
36 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

22. Process . - In simplifying a numerical expression ,

( 1) always simplify each term by itself and ( 2 ) add or sub
tract the terms as indicated by the sign , plus or minus .

EXAMPLES .

1. Simplify 7— (9-5) + 4x5–20 :-4 = ( ) ?

( 1 ) 7- (9-5 ) + 4x5 – 20 + 4 .
( 2 ) 7-4 + 20-5 = 18, result.
Explanation : 1st term , 7 ; 2d term , 9-5 or 4 ; 3d term ,4x5 or 20 ;
4th term , 20 + 4 or 5 .

2. Simplify 5 ( 12-10 ) + 4x6— (2 + 9–3) .

( 1 ) 5 (12-10 ) + 4x6– ( 2 + 9-3) .
( 2 ) 10 + 24-8 = 26 , result.
3. 8 (9-4 )
—27-9 + 3 (5 + 3–7) = ( ) ?
10
(1 ) 8 (9-4) -27 + 9 + 3(5 + 3-7).
10
(2 ) 4-3 + 3 = 4 , result .

EXERCISE XII.
Simplify :
1. 4-3 + 10–5 + 12
2. 12 : 4 + 7-6 + 14
3. 24–6x3 + 4x5X3
4. 74–10x7 + 8X3
5. 8- (4-2) + (9-3) - (8-5 )
6. 9+ ( 7 + 1) +2( 10-4 ) +5 x 6
7. 8 + 7 ,_21-3_207 + 3 )
10-5 ' 4 + 2 9-5

8. 5X8-3(5 + 3 ) + (25 + 5) = (11–5 )

12
9. 34-20 72
+ –7 + 8X5–7 ( 12-8 + 4-2)
7 3 ( 7-4 )

10. 5 (8 + 2 ) + 64 = (3 + 5 ) – (5 + 11-4 )
2 (7—2)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 37

H. DERIVED OPERATIONS.
1 . FACTORING .

23. Definitions and Principles . - A Prime

Number is an integer that cannot be formed by multiplying
two or more other integers together. Below is a table of prime
numbers, to be used for reference :

TABLE OF PRIME NUMBERS FROM 1 TO 1000 .

1

59 139 233 337 439 557 653 769 883

2 61 149 239 317 443 563 659 773 887
67 151 241 349 449 569 661 787 907
71 157 251 353 457 571 673 797 911
7 73 163 7 359 461 577 677 809
325 919
11 79 167 263 367 463 587 683 811 929
13 83 173 269 373 467 593 691 821 937
17 89 179 271 379 479 599 701 823 941
19 97 181 277 383 487 601 709 827 947
23 101 191 281 389 491 607 719 829 953
29 103 193 283 397 499 613 727 839 967
31 107 197 293 401 503 617 733 853 971
37 109 199 307 409 509 619 739 857 977
41 113 211 311 419 521 631 713 859 983
43 127 223 313 421 523 641 751 863 991
47 131 227 317 431 541 613 757 877 997
53 137 229 331 433 547 647 761 881

A Composite Number is an integer that can be formed

by multiplying two or more other integers together . As,
4, 6, 8, 9, 10 , 12, 15 , 16 .

An Even Number ends in 0 , 2 , 4 , 6 , or 8 ; all others are

Odd Numbers .

Factors of a number are those numberswhich , multiplied

together, form that number. As,
3 X5 X 7 = 105 .
3 , 5 , and 7 are factors of 105 .
38 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

A Prime Factor is a prime number that is a factor.

A Composite Factor is a composite number that is a
factor. Thus,
3X4 = 12.

3 is a prime factor of 12 ; 4 is a composite factor of 12 .

A Common Factor of two or more numbers is a factor

of each of them . Thus,
7x2 = 14 ; 7X3 = 21.
7 is a common factor of 14 and 21.

Two numbers that have no common integral factor (except

one) are prime to each other. Thus,
3 X 7 = 21
5x11 = 55
21 and 55 are prime to each other.

A number can have but one set of prime factors , but a num
ber that has three or more prime factors ( besides one) may
have more than one set of factors , some of which are compos
ite . Thus,
30 = 3 X2X5 ;
but 30 = 3 X 10 = 2 x 15 = 6x 5 .
30 has but one set of prime factors, 2 , 3, 5 ; but it has three sets of
factors, some of which are composite, 3 , 10 ; 2 , 15 ; 6 , 5 .

A Multiple of a number is a number that contains that

number an integral number of times. Thus,

24-12 = 2 .

24 is a multiple of 12.

A Common Multiple of two or more numbers is a

number that is a multiple of each of them . Thus,
24 : 6 = 4 . 24 : 8 = 3 .

24 is a common multiple of 6 and 8 .

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 39

A Divisor of a number is a number that will divide that

number and give an exact integral quotient. Thus,
24 : 4 = 6 .
4 is a divisor of 24 .
A Common Divisor of two or more numbers is a num
ber that is a divisor of each of them . Thus,
24 : 6 = 4 .
42 : 6 = 7 .
6 is a common divisor of 24 and 42 .
GENERAL PRINCIPLES: 1. Themultiplier and multiplicand are
factors of the product .
2. The divisor and the exact quotient are factors of the dividend .
3. Any composite number is equal to the product of all its prime
factors.
4. All of any set of factors of a concrete number must be abstract ,
except one factor, which must be concrete and similar to the number
itself.
Note . It is immaterial which factor is considered concrete . For ex
ample, factor the number 30 bushels .
2x3x5 bushels = 30 bushels .
2x5x3bushels = 30 bushels.
5x3x2 bushels = 30 bushels.
2x5x3x1 bushel = 30 bushels .
5 . A factor of a number is a factor of any multiple of that
number.
6 . A factor of any two numbers is also a factor of their sum and
their difference .
7. When a number is divided by one of its prime factors, the quo
tient is the product of all theremaining prime factors of the number .
PRINCIPLES TO BE USED IN INSPECTING A NUMBER FOR FACTORS :
1. One factor of a number is 2 , if the number ends in 0, 2, 4, 6 , or 8.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

2. One factor of a number is 3, if 3 is a factor of the sum obtained

by adding the digits of the number.
3 . One factor of a number is 4 , if 4 is a factor of the number ex
pressed by the two right-hand figures.
4. One factor of a number is 5, if the number ends in 0 or 5 .
5 . One factor of a number is 6 , if 2 and 3 are factors. ( See prin
ciples 1 and 2.)
6 . One factor of a number is 17, if "y is a factor of the sum of once
the first figure, plus 3 times the second , plus 2 times the third , plus
6 times the fourth , plus 4 times the fifth , plus 5 times the sixth , plus
once the seventh , plus 3 times the eighth , and so on , following the
order 1, 3, 2 , 6 , 4, 5 times the successive figures. Thus,
. 7 is a factor of 34755 .
For, by the principle ,
1x5 + 3x5 + 2x7 + 6x4 + 4x3 = 70 ,
and 7 is a factor of 70 .
7. One factor of a number is 8, if 8 is a factor of the number ex
pressed by the three right-hand figures .
8. One factor of a number is 9, if 9 is a factor of the sum ob
tained by adding its digits .
9. One factor of a number is 10 , if the number ends in 0 .
NOTE.— The 1st, 2d and 4th of these principles aremost practical. The
3d , 8th and 9th are often used . The 5th and 7th are sometimes used .
But the 6th is not used in practice ; for it takes longer to apply the prin
ciple than to divide by 7 .

24 . Factoring by Inspection . - When numbers are

small, they are usually factored by inspection .
EXAMPLES

1. Find the factors of 9.

Think : 9 = 3X3. Call : “ Factors 3, 3.”
2 . Factor 160 .
Think : 160 = 2x2x2x2x2x5 . Call : “ Factors, 2 , 2, 2, 2, 2, 5 ."
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 41

EXERCISE XIII.

Factor by inspection :
1. 25 4. 72 7. 112 10. 210
2. 40 5. 96 8. 128 11. 175
3. 75 6. 91 9. 150 12. 240

25. Factoring by Division . - When the number to

be factored is large, division is employed in finding the factors.
(See General Principles 2 and 7.) The successive divisors are
( 1) found by inspection ( see Principles to be used in Inspect
ing ) or ( 2 ) by trial.
EXAMPLES.

1. Find the prime factors of 210 .

Process.
Explanation : ( 1) By Prin . 4 , 5 is a factor of
5 ) 210 210 .
3 ) 42 (2 ) By Prin . 2 , 3 is a factor of 42.
2 ) 14 ( 3 ) By Prin . 1 , 2 is a factor of 14.
7 1.5 , 3 , 2 , and 7 are the factors of 210 .

2. Find the prime factors of 5040. Find 5 composite factors .

Process.
( 1) 2 ) 5040
2 ) 2520
2 ) 1260
2 ) 630
5 ) 315
3 ) 63
3) 21
7
Factors, 2 , 2 , 2 , 2 , 5 , 3 , 3 , 7 .
(2 ) 2x2 = 4 ; 2x2x2 = 8 ; 2x3 = 6 ;
2x2x3 = 12 ; 2x7 = 14 .
NOTE. - Two or more prime factors of a number multiplied together
always give a composite factor of that number.
42 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE XIV .

Find the prime factors of -

1. 2304 4. 17160 7. 73920 10. 282960
2. 2835 5. 20304 8. 39375 11. 146146
3. 3000 6. 32340 9. 36288 12. 1067220

Find fourteen factors for each of the following :

13. 210 15. 1155 17. 770
14. 330 16. 462 18. 510

26. Factoring Expressions Composed of Two

or More Terms. - It is sometimes necessary or conven
ient to factor an expression consisting of two or more terms.
This may be done by dividing by a factor common to all the
terms.
EXAMPLES.

1. Take the factor 5 out of 20 + 25 .

Process : 20 + 25 = 5 (4 + 5 ).

Explanation : 5 is contained in 20 4 times, and in 25 5

times . Thús, 5 is one factor and 4 + 5 is the other. 5 (4 + 5 )
may not only be interpreted as 5 times the sum of 4 and 5 , but
also 5 times 4 added to 5 times 5 .

2. Take the factor 5 out of 25-20 .

Process : 25 – 20 = 5 (5 – 4 ).

Explanation : 5 (5 – 4 ) may be interpreted 5 times the differ

ence between 5 and 4 , or 5 times 5 minus 5 times 4 .

3. Take the common factor out of 49–14 + 28 .

Process : 49 - 14 + 28 = 7 ( 7 – 2 + 4 ) .
 13
ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE XV .
Take out the common factors :
1. 24-4 6. 5 + 20-15
2. 72 +18 7. 18-9 + 36
3. 36 -16 8. 48-16 + 64
4. 57 +38 9. 25 + 30-45
5. 75-50 10. 14 + 28-21 + 7

27. Principles of Multiplication and Divi

sion Relating to Factors.— Factors are of common
occurrence in the processes of multiplication and division ,
and the following principles will be of service :
PRINCIPLES : 1. Multiplying any factor of a product by a num
ber , multiplies the product by that number .

Example : Indicate the multiplication of 3x5x4 by 2. (3

forms.)
Forms: ( 1) (2x3) X5 X4 = 6x5x4 ; or,
( 2 ) 3 X (2x5 ) 4 = 3 x 10 x 4 ; or,
( 3 ) 3x5x ( 2 x 6 ) = 3 X5 X 12.
2. Dividing any factor of a product by a number , divides the
product by that number.

Example : Indicate the division of 4 X6 X 8 by 2 . ( 3 forms.)

Forms : (1 ) (4 + 2 ) x6x8 = 2x6x8 ; or,
( 2) 4 x (6 + 2 ) x 8 = 4x3x8 ; or ,
( 3 ) 4X6 X (8 + 2 ) = 4 x 6 X 4 .

3. A quotient is multiplied by a number ( 1) by multiplying its

dividend by that number, or ( 2 ) by dividing its divisor by that
number .

Example : Indicate the multiplication of 24 : 6 by 3. (2 forms.)

Forms : (1 ) (3 x 24 ) + 6 = 72 +6 ; or,
(2 ) 24+ (6 + 3) = 24+ 2 .
Note. — The dividend or divisor may be expressed as a product of two
or more factors.
4 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

12X5
Example : Indicate the multiplication of 9X6 by 3. (4 forms.)
Forms : ( 1) (3X12) X5 36X5
9X6 9X6 ; or,
12X (3X5) 12X 15
( 2 ) 9X6 9X6 - ; or ,
12X5 12X5
(3) (9 : 3) X6 3X6 ; or,
12X5 12X5
(4 ) 9X (6 : 3) 9X2

4. A quotient is divided by a number ( 1 ) by dividing its dividend

by that number , or ( 2 ) by multiplying its divisor by that number .

Example 1 : Indicate the division of by 3. ( 2 forms.)

12 : 3 4
Forms : ( 1) 2 2 ; or,
12 12
( 2 ) 3X2 6

12X18
E.ample 2 : Indicate the division of 4X11 by 3 . ( 4 forms.)
(12 : 3) X18 4X18
Forms : ( 1 ) 4X11 4x11 ; or ,
12X (18 :-3) 12 X 6
( 2 ) 4X11 4x11 ; or,
12 X 18 12 X 18
( 3 ) (3X4)X11 12x11 i or',
12X18 12X18
( 4 ) 4X (3/11) 4X33

EXERCISE XVI.

Indicate as above the multiplication of

147
1. 4x7 by 8. (2 forms.) 14X21 by 7. (3 forms.)
2. 9x12 x3 by 5. (3 forms.) 5 . 6X5
10 by 5. (3 forms.)
14 X 24
6 . 9X18X3 by 3. (5 forms.)
3. 1752 by 25. (2 forms.)

Indicate as above the division of —

1250
7. 12 x 30 by 6. (2 forms.) 10 .
5X10 by 25. (3 forms.)
120 X 360
8. 15 X 20 X 45 by 5. (3 forms.) 11. 9 by 12 . ( 3 forms.)
12 . 42X 84
9. 144 by 12. (2 forms.) 25 X6 by 7. (4 forms.)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 45

2. CANCELLATION .

28. Definition and Principle . - Cancellation

is a process of shortening the work of division by omitting the
same factors from both dividend and divisor.

PRINCIPLE : Dividing both dividend and divisor by the same

number does not affect the quotient.
Note . —Dividing the dividend , divides the quotient (Art. 27 , Prin . 4 ).
Dividing the divisor , multiplies the quotient (Art. 27 , Prin . 3). But,
when the quotient is both multiplied and divided by the same num
ber, its value is unchanged .
29. Process . It is usual to write the dividend or the
factors of the dividend above a horizontal line, the divisor or
factors of the divisor below . Proceed to cancel and reject fac
tors common to both dividend and divisor. When all common
factors are rejected , divide the product of the remaining factors
of the dividend by the product of the remaining factors of the
divisor .
EXAMPLES.
1. Divide 50 X 96 by 15 X 8 .
4
10 12
Process : 50 x 96 = 40 .
15 X8
3
Explanation : (1 ) Cancel 5 out of 50 and 15, leaving 10
above and 3 below . (2 ) 96 contains 8 12 times ; cancel 8 and
96 , placing 12 above. ( 3 ) 12 contains 3 4 times ; cancel 3 and
12 , and place 4 above. (4 ) 4x 10 = 40.

2. How many times will 48 x 27 x 15 contain 9 X6X10 ?

4
3 3
Process : 48 x 27 x 13 =– 36 .
9 x 6 x 19
2
Explanation : (1 ) 6 in 48 8 times. Cancel 6 and 48 , and
place 8 above . (2 ) 9 in 27 3 times. Cancel, and write 3
46 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

above. (3 ) 5 is common to 15 and 10. Cancel, and write

3 above and 2 below . (4 ) 2 in 8 4 times. Cancel, and write
4 above . (5 ) 4x3x3 = 36 .

EXERCISE XVII.

1. 17 x 13 x 50 5. 625 x 720 X 81
= ( )? = ( )?
65 x 10 750 x 729
2. 72 x 105 x 160 6. 400 x 375 X 338
= ( )? = ( )?
24 X 42 X 120 507 x 625 X 80
3. 200 x 57 x 35 n . 2816 x 16200 X 8400
= ( )? = ( )?
75 x 70 x 19 528 x 1512 x 1280
4. 441 X 210 x 216 8. 5409 x 1728 X 840
= ( )? = ( )?
126 X 105 X 84 8640 X 10217

3 . GREATEST COMMON DIVISOR .

30. Definition and Principles. - The Greatest

Common Divisor of two or more numbers is the largest
number that is contained in each of them an integral number
of times.

PRINCIPLES : 1. Every factor of a number is a divisor of that

number .
2. The product of two or more prime factors of a number is a di
visor of that number.
3. A divisor of a number is a divisor of any multiple of that
number.
4. A common divisor of two numbers is a divisor of their sum
and of their difference .
5. The G. C. D. of two or more numbers is the product of all the
prime factors common to the numbers.
6. The G. C. D. of two numbers is the G. C. D. of either of them
and their sum , or difference .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 47

31. Process. — When the numbers are small, the G.C. D.

is usually found by factoring.

EXAMPLES.
1. Find the G. C. D. of 24 , 48 , and 72 .
Process .
24 = 2x2x2x3.
48 = 2x2x2x2x3.
72 = 2x2x2x3x3.
2 , 2 , 2 , 3 are common factors.
..2x2x2x3 = 24, G.C. D.

The following process is also used when the numbers are

small :

2. Find the G. C. D. of 15 , 45 , and 60

Process .
5 ) 15 , 45 , 60
3 ) 3 , 9 , 12
1, 3, 4
3 and 5 are all the common factors.
..3x5 = 15 , G. C. D.
NOTE. - In this process, use only such divisors as will divide all the
numbers.

When the numbers are so large as not to be easily factored

by inspection , the following process is used :

3. Find the G. C. D. of 254 and 381 .

Process.
1
Explanation : Since 127 is the G. C. D. of
254 ) 381 127 and 254 , it is also the G. C. D. of 254 and
254 2
381 ( Prin . 6 ). ..the required G. C. D. is 127.
127 ) 254
254
NOTE. - This plan or process of finding the G. C. D. is to divide the
larger number by the smaller ; then divide the divisor by the remain
der ; then continue to divide the last divisor by the last remairder, until
there is no remainder. The last divisor is the required G. C. D.
48 ADVAN
CED
ARITH
METIC
.

4. Find the G . C . D . of 221, 364, and 5512.

Process . Explanation : (1) The G . C . D .
( 1) (2 ) of 364 and 5512 is 52. But 52 is
15 not a factor of 221. (2 ) The G .
384)5512 52) 221 O . D . of 52 and 221 is 13 . Now ,
364 208 4 52 contains all factors common
1872 13)52 to 384 and 5512 ; 13 is the only
1820 52 factor common to 52 and 221.
52) 364 Therefore 13 is the G . C . D . of
364 221, 364, and 5512
. . the required G . C . D . is 13 .

EXERCISE XVIII.
Find the G . C . D . of
1. 36 , 48, 72. 6 . 1980, 2511.
2. 96 , 120, 1728. 7. 4340, 12504.
3. 210 , 840, 126 . 8. 3070 , 2149, 614 .
4 . 1022 , 2513 . 9 . 7384 , 6495 , 4321.
5. 1573, 6331. 10. 1360, 1632, 2040 , 4080.
4. LEAST COMMON MULTIPLE.
32. Definition and Principles. — The Least
Common Multiple of two or more numbers is the small
est number that contains each of them an integral number of
times .
PRINCIPLES: 1. A multiple of a number is divisible by that num
ber ; and a common multiple of two or more numbers is divisible by
each of them .
2 . A multiple of a number contains all the prime factors of that
number ; and a common multiple of two or morenumbers contains
all the prime factors of each of them .
3. The L. C . M . of two or more numbers contains every prime
factor of the several numbers the greatest number of times it is found
in any one of them .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 49
4 . The L. C . M . of two or more numbers is a multiple of all the
factors of those numbers.
5 . The L . C . M . is the product of one of thenumbers multiplied by
the quotient obtained by dividing the other numbers by their G . C . D .
NOTE. — The L. C . M . of more than two numbers may be found by find
ing the L . C . M . of two of them ; then , of that result and the third ; then ,
of that result and the fourth , and so on .
33 . Process . — The L . C . M . of two or more numbers may
be easily found by factoring,when the numbers are small.
EXAMPLES.

1. Find the L . C . M . of 15 , 12, and 10 .

Process.
15 = 3x5.
12 = 3x2x2.
10 = 5 X 2 .
The L . C. M . must contain 3 once, 5 once, and 2 twice. (Prin . 3.)
. . 3x5x2x2 = 60 , L . C . M .

Division is often employed in finding the L . C. M .

2. Find the L. C . M . of 10 , 12 , 24, and 30.
Process .
2 ) 10 , 12, 24 , 30
2 ) 5 , 6 , 12, 15
5 ) 5 , 3, 6 , 15
3 ) 1, 3, 6, 3
1, 1, 2 , 1
2x2x5x3x2 = 120, L . O . M .
NOTE. - In this process ,divide by any prime number thatwill divide
two or more of the numbers. Numbers not containing the divisor an in
tegral number of timesmust be broughtdown ; as 5 and 15 in the second
division above. When the final results are prime to each other , the con
tinued product of all the divisors and final results ( l's may be omitted ;
will be the L . C . M . ( Prin . 3.)
 D IC
50 ADVANCE ARITHMET .

When some of the numbers are factors of others, these fac

tors may be omitted in finding the L . C . M . (Prin . 4.)
3. Find the L. C . M . of 21, 15 , and 45.
Process .
3)21, 15, 45 Explanation : The 15 may be
7, 15 canceled from the process, for it
3x7x 15 = 315 , L . C . M . is a factor of 45.

The L . C. M . of two numbers may be found by principle 5 ,

as follows :
4. Find the L . C . M . of 160 , 240, and 230 .
I. Find the L . C . M . of 160 and 240. II. Find the L . C . M . of 480 and 230 .
(1) (4 ) 2
160 ) 240 230 ) 480
160 2 460 11
80 ) 160 20) 20230
160
.:. 80 is G . C . D . of 160 and 240. 30
(2 ) 160 : 80 = 2. 20 2
(3 ) 2x 240 = 480 , the L . C . M . of 10 ) 20
160 and 240 . 20
.:. 10 is G . O. D . of 480 and 230.
(5 ) 230 : 10 = 23 .
(6) 23 x 480 = 11040, the required
L.C.M .

EXERCISE XIX .
Find the L . C . M . of
1. 42, 50 , 72. 7. 75 , 125 , 50 , 100.
2. 120 , 96 , 48. 8. 105 , 84 , 63, 147.
3. 144, 240, 600 . 9 . 174 , 485 , 4611, 970 .
4. 256, 120, 360. 10. 264, 144 , 324, 576 .
5. 81, 540 , 360. 11. 1260, 198 , 480 , 330.
6. 24 , 36 , 48, 60. 12. 2862, 3498 , 4158 .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 51

I. COMMON FRACTIONS.

34. Definitions and Principles. - A Fraction is

a number composed of fractional units.
What is a unit ? Integral unit ? Fractional unit ?

A Common Fraction is a fraction expressed by two

numbers, placed one above and the other below a horizontal
line. Thus,
346
17 9

The number below the line is called the Denominator ,

and tells the size of the fractional unit . The number above
the line is called the Numerator, and tells the number of
units in the fraction . The numerator and denominator are
called the Terms of the fraction .

Explanation : The “ 17 " tells that

5 ....Numerator. the units are seventeenths ; the “ 5 ”
17..Denominator. tells that this fraction expresses five
units - five-seventeenths.
A common fraction is also an expression of division . Review
Article 17 .

The numerator of the fraction is the dividend , and the denom

inator, the divisor .

When the numerator is equal to or larger than the denomi

nator, the fraction is called an Improper Fraction .

PRINCIPLES : 1. A fraction is multiplied ( 1 ) by multiplying its

numerator , or ( 2 ) by dividing its denominator. ( See Prin . 3 ,
Art . 27.)
ILLUSTRATION .
Multiply ! by 3 .
1 3X1 3
Process : ( 1) 3 x 6 6 6 , 01 ,
1

1 1
( 2) 3 x 6 6 : 3 2
The results agree ; for of a number = } of it.
52 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

2. A fraction is divided ( 1 ) by dividing its numerator, or ( 2 ) by

multiplying its denominator. ( See Prin . 4 , Art . 27.)

ILLUSTRATION .
Divide f by 2 .
2 2: 2 - 1
Process : (1) ; 2 3 3 ; or ,
2 2 2
(2) 3 : 2 2X3 6
These results agree ; for of a number = å of it.

3. The value of a fraction is not changed ( 1) if both its terms

are multiplied by the same number , or ( 2 ) if both its terms are di
vided by the same number .
ILLUSTRATIONS.

1. Multiply both terms of } by 3.

3X1 3
Process : 3X2 6
1

3
But 6 2 Therefore, the value is not changed .

2. Divide both terms of 4 by 2 .

4 : 2 2
Process :
6 : 2 3
2 4
But 3 Therefore, the value is not changed .

35. Reducing Fractions to Higher Terms.

A fraction is reduced to higher terms by multiplying both its
terms by the same number, according to principle 3. This
does not change its value.

EXAMPLES.
1. Reduce to 9ths.
2 3X2 6
Process : 3 3X3 9 result .

Why multiply by 3 ? Because the denominator 3 is to be changed to

9. 3X3 = 9.
NOTE . — An integer may be treated as a fraction , having 1 for a denom
5 5
read 5 ones .
inator. 1 = 5 or 5 1 1 is
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 53

2. Reduce 7 to 5ths.
7 5X7 35
Process : result.
5X1

3. Reduce to 63ds.
Process : ( 1) 63 : 7 = 9 .
5 9X5 45
(2) 7 9X7 63 ' result .
Why divide 63 by 7 ?
4. Reduce is to 195ths.
Process : 15
( 1) 13 ) 195 7 15X7 105
13 (2 ) 13 15 X13 195 ) result.
65
65

EXERCISE XX .
Reduce
1. to 48ths. 6. li to 324ths.
2. to 63ds. 7. 35 to 333ds.
3. 11 to 37ths. 8. 94 to 2109ths.
4. 3 to 209ths. 9. ti to 708ths.
5. 1 % to 390ths. 10. 18.75 to 8181sts .

36. Reducing Fractions to Lowest Terms.

A fraction is in its lowest terms, when its numerator and denom
inator are prime to each other. Divide both numerator and
denominator by their G. C. D., or reject all factors common to
both numerator and denominator. This does not change its
value .
EXAMPLES.
1. Reduce 4 to thirds.
4 4 +2 2
Process : 6 3 ) result.
6 + 2
Why divide by 2 ? How many 3's in 6 ?
2. Reduce if to lowest terms.
Divide by G.C.D. of both terms. The G.C.D. of 12 and
18 is 6 .
12 12 : 6 2 12 6 )12 2
Process : 18 18 + 6 3 ' result ; or 18 result.
6 ) 18 3 9
54 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

3. Reduce 10's to lowest terms.

G.C. D. of 49 and 161 = 7 .
49 49 :- 7 7 49 7 ) 49 7 result ,
Process : 161
161 : 7 23 ' result ; or 161 7) 161 23 '

EXERCISE XXI.
Reduce to lowest terms
9 6
1. 360 4. 13 45 0 n. 8 89
1 27 10.
162 5. 444 8. 1000 11. 4767
342 36 0 0
4 8
3 . 135 9 . 308 1 94 04
6. 1430 6 30 370 44

37. Reducing Mixed Numbers to Improper

Fractions. - Reduce the integral part to the denomination
of the fractional part and add . The value is not changed .
EXAMPLES.
1. Reduce 34 to halves .
2X3 6 6 1 7
Process : ( 1 ) 3 = 2X1 ( 2) 2 + 2 2 result
7
2
( 1) Reduce the integer to halves , (2 ) add the j.
2X3 1 7
Shorter Form : 3) = 2 + 2 2 ' result.
2. 7 to 4ths .
Process: 74= **? + = 5 ,result.

3. Reduce 1723 to an improper fraction .

Mechanical Work :
17
23
51 Explanation : 17 reduced to twenty - thirds
34 will make 23x17, or 391 twenty -thirds. Add
391 ing the 9 twenty -thirds, we have 400 twenty
9 thirds , or 4,000
400
Result , 1989
EXERCISE XXII.
Reduce to improper fractions :
1. 1731 4. 1815 7. 9841 10. 371
2. 249 5. 75157 8. 304 11. 4881111
3. 13 % 6. 8912 9. 1321 12. 77871
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 55

38. Reducing Improper Fractions to Inte

gers or Mixed Numbers. This is done by division .
See Article 17. The value is not changed .

EXAMPLER .
1. Reduce 29 to an integer.
Process :
4 ) 20 Note.-- As an expression of division , “ 20"
5 , result. is the dividend and “ 4 " the divisor.

2. Reduce 3.55 to a mixed number .

Process : 191} , result .
18 )355
18
175
162
13
NOTE . - If the fractional part of the result is not in its low
est terms, reduce by Article 36 .

EXERCISE XXIII.

Reduce to an integer or mixed number :

1284 7 . 2201
1 2 1 10 . 4125
583
1. 132 95
96
2 . 5 27 5 . 18 9 5 3 6 0 0 93 74
3 4 2 400 33 0
3 . 87243 6. 17. 50 9. 84 21 12. 1,45 62
2 79 264 1260

39. Reducing Fractions to Least Common

Denominator . - The L.C.D. of two or more fractions is
the L. C. M. of their denominators . The process of reduction
is that of reducing fractions to higher terms. See Article 35 .
The values are not changed .

EXAMPLES.

1. Reduce 1 , 1 , á to L.C. D.
The L. C. D. is 12. Then the object is to reduce the several
fractions to 12ths.
56 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

6X1 6
Process : ( 1) 2 12
6X2
3 3X3 9
(2) 3X4 12
5 2X5 10
( 3) 2X6 12

2. Reduce 12 , 1 , 1 to L. C. D.
Process : 12 , 18 , 211.
(3) 12)72 ; 7 * 6 = 42.
6
4
; 5 * 4 = 20 .
( 1 ) The L.C. D. is 72. (4 ) 1872
72

3
; 11x3 = 33 .
(5 ) 24 ) 72
72 , 20
( 2 ) 42 33 ,, result.
72 , 72 72

NOTE . — The part on the right, which is the process of find

ing the numerators, may be put in such form as is conven
ient. As soon as the L. C. D. is found , the denominators
may be placed in (2 ) thus : 71, 72 , 72: Then find the numer
ators and place them above.

EXERCISE XXIV .

Reduce to L. C. D .:
9
1 . ž , 17 , 13. 6. 15 , 5 , 4 , 18
5
2 . 34 , 179 13 NOTE. - Reduce 15 to an improper
, 35 .
fraction before commencing to find
3. } , 17 , 3o.
L.C.D. Consider 5 as i.
4. 41, 37 , 11, 14 .
7. 121 , 9521, 18 .
5. 13 , 13 , 15 , 43.
8. 11, 11, 11 , 13.
9. 24 , 25, 26, 27.

40. Addition of Fractions . - Reduce all fractions

to L. C. D., add the numerators , and place the sum over the
L. C. D.
1
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 57

EXAMPLES .
1. Add 3 , 4 , &
Process : $ + $ + $ = 36 +30 + 3 = 48 = 138 , result .
Explanation : Mechanical work necessary to reduce the
fractions to L.C.D. need not be preserved . 20 thirtieths +
24 thirtieths +5 thirtieths = 49 thirtieths, or $ 8 .

Note. - If the result is an improper fraction , reduce it to an integer

or mixed number .

2. Add \ , 5 , 11.
Process : 1 + & + 11 = 3 ] +3! +32 = 3 ! = 236 = 2 ;, result .
NOTE . — The should be reduced to its lowest terms, š . In results,
all fractions should be in their simplest forms.

3. Add 63, 104 , 5145 .

Process : (1 ) $ + $ + its = ( 2 ) 63
1 + 13 + y's = 103
it = 1,6 = 12
223
Explanation : The result of adding the fractions is 13 .
Write the below the fractions, carry the 1 and add it to
the integers ; result , 22% .

EXERCISE XXV .
Find the value of
5
1. 11+ 6. 11 + 3 + 3 % +10
2. 183 + 2711 7. 18,15 +19.47 +2251
3. 4685 +18 8. 3165 + 1774 +170
4. * 1 + 34 +3 9. 1 } } + 1,376 +231
5. 31 + 3 + 37 10.739 + 1781 + 9313 +21133

41. Subtraction of Fractions.- Reduce the frac

tions to L. C. D. before subtracting. Subtract the numerator
of the subtrahend from the numerator of the minuend and
place the remainder over the L. C. D.
58 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXAMPLES
1. From 5 take is .
Process : 5-1 = 3 -36 = 37, result .
Explanation : 20 thirty -sixths - 15 thirty -sixths = 5 thirty

..
sixths , or 3. In the result, always reduce the fraction to its
simplest form .
2. From 17 take 141.
( 2 ) 17 }
Process : ( 1) 1-1 = 13 - 19 = 12 . 144
312, result .
3. From 174 take 58.
(2 ) 171
Process : ( 1) $ - $ = 73 - 9 = tf.
111f, result .
Explanation : Since $ is larger than _, 1must be taken from
17 and added to the ,making 14 or ; - 5 = 15. This leaves
only 16 in the minuend , from which to subtract the 5 .

EXERCISE XXVI.
Find the value of -
1. - 3 6. 44 } -36-30
2. 7-11 17. 8613 - 31
3. 18-07 8. 53813–26 }
4. 75-85 9. 45246-247113
5. 3713 -15 % 10. 14083-1486

42. Multiplication of Fractions. - When the mul

tiplier is a fraction , it may be followed by the word “ of ” or
the sign , “ X." Thus,
of 10 = } x 10 .
Reduce mixed numbers to improper fractions before multiply
ing .
EXAMPLES.
1. Find } of 35 .
Process Complete : (1 ) } of 35 = 3.5 = 5. ( See Art. 16 , 3d Ap .)
3 x ( 1) = (2 ) * 1 of 35 = 3 x 5 = 15 , result .
Teacher, show the pupil that (2 ) comes from (1 ) by multiplying by 3.
* " 3X ( 1) = ( 2 )” is read 3 times equation one equals equation two.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 59

5
Process Shortened : 3 x 35 = 15 , result.
7

2. Find 4 of 3 .

Process : Explanation : is 2 + 3 . Dividing

1 of j = 3 + 7 = , result . this by 7 is the same as dividing 2 by
3x7, or 21. 2 + 21 = 31.

3. Find of .
Process Complete : ( 1) of į = i.
3x ( 1) = ( 2) of j = 3x * = = , result.
3 x 2
Process Shortened : of j = }, result.
7x3

By the short process, we express all the numbers as fractions,

then multiply all numerators together for a new numerator,
and all denominators together for a new denominator . Employ
cancellation .

4. Find 1 of 4 of g .
2
1x3x8
Process : 1 of f of 8 } , result.
2x4x9
3

5. 74X = ( )?
3
Process : 71x 15 x3 10 , result .
2 x 25
5

6. Multiply of 8 by of 6 .
2
Process : { of 8x } of 6 = 3x8x1x6 12, resul
4x3

NOTE . — In the results all improper fractions should be reduced to in

tegers or mixed numbers, and all fractional parts should be reduced to
their lowest terms.
60 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE XXVII.

Find the value of -

1. 7X33 7. X 15 X 8 of 187
2. 6 X 68 8. 5x736 X 46 X 96
3. of } 9. 1263 x } } X1847 of 633
4. 5 of 14 of 150 10. 163 X 303x115
5. 17 X3X 280 11. 127-3. X 453 x 450
6. is of 2 ; x of 2 12. 87X83 x 338 333

43. Division of Fractions. - The easiest way to divide

in fractions is to invert the divisor and proceed as in multiplication
of fractions. To explain , we know that ,

1 apple contains 4 apple 2 times .

1 apple contains $ apple 3 times.
1 apple contains apple 4 times .
1 apple contains apple 2 times .
1 apple contains à apple 6 times.
1 apple contains : apple 3 times , etc.

Now , let us arrange these expressions in an abstract form :

1 : { = , or 2 .
1 : } = i , or 3 .
1 : 1 = 1 , or 4 .
1 : * = , or 2 .
1 : 1 = , or 6 .
1 : * = , or 3 .

Look at each divisor and the first form of the corresponding

quotient, and you will see that , in each case , the quotient is the
divisor inverted . This is an illustration of the general truth : In
verting a divisor shows how many times that divisor is contained in
опе . Commit this to memory . With this truth in mind, let us
study the following examples :
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 61

EXAMPLES.
1. Divide 14 by .
7 8
Process Complete : ( 1) 1 : (Above truth .)
8 7
7 2 8
14 ( 1) = ( 2) 14+ 14 x - 16 , result,

7
8
7 2 8.
Process Shortened : 14 ; 14x = 16 , result.
8
2. $ : 1 = ( ) ?

7
8
Process Complete : ( 1) 1+ 8

3 3 7 3 6
=
of (1 ) = ( 2 ) + of result.

7
4 8 7'
2
3 7 3 8 6
Process Shortened : result.
4 8 7
3 , 13 : 8 = ( )?
1
Process Complete : (1) 1+ 8 .
8
3
12 12 1 3
1; of (1)= (2) 17 of result.
17 8 34 '

3
12 12 1 3
Process Shortened : .8 Х result.
17 17 $ 34 '
2
NOTE. — The first step in the complete process gives us the divisor in
verted ; this may be done mentally. The “ Shortened Process " is simply
the last step in the Complete Process, and may be expressed thus : Invert
the divisor and proceed as in multiplication of fractions. Use the shorter
process in practice.

4. Divide 74 by 31.
3
3 9
Process : 71 +3} or 21, result.
2 1Ø 4'
62 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

121
5. )?
11 = (
121
NOTE . is a complex efraction , and means, like any other fraction ,
11
that its numerator, 12} , is to be divided by its denominator, 1 }. Then
the process is easy :
12 } 61 2 122
Process : = 12; +11 Х or 815 , result .
13 3 15

When the terms of the dividend are divisible by the respec

tive terms of the divisor, division of fractions may be per
formed in that way .

6. 1895 = = ( )?
88 11 88:11 8
Process : result .
132 12 132 + 12 11'

EXERCISE XXVIII .
Find the value of -
1. 13:39 5. 2711 : 2313 1535
9.
2. 124 : 31 6. 18:13:33 181 %
46
3. 841 + 1 % 82 29
7.41 10. 24,211
4. 183-150 8 . 3977 :) 23 810

44. Greatest Common Divisor of Common

Fractions.- The Greatest Common Divisor of two or morə
fractions is the largest fraction that is contained in each of
them an integral number of times .
One fraction is a divisor of another, when the numerator of
the first is a divisor of the numerator of the second , and the
denominator of the first is a multiple of the denominator of
the second . Thus,
e is a divisor of s .

This is plain when , according to the process of division of fractions,

the divisor is inverted .
$ x27
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 63

The numerator 4 of the divisor is a divisor of the numerator 8 of the

dividend , and will disappear ; the denominator 27 of the divisor is a
multiple of the denominator 9 of the dividend , and the 9 will disappear .
When the 4 and 9 both disappear, the quotient will be an integer , and
24 is a divisor of s.

PRINCIPLE : The Greatest Common Divisor of two or more frac

tions is that fraction whose numerator is the G.C.D. of the nu
merators of the several fractions and whose denominator is the
L. C. M. of their denominators .

EXAMPLES.

1. Find the G.C.D. of 11, 11, 16 , and 5 .

( 1) The G.C.D. of 15 , 25 , 5 , 5 = 5 .
( 2) The L. C.M.of 32, 64 , 16 , 8 = 64 .
..tis the required G.C.D.

2. Find the G.C. D. of 14 and 953.

( 1) Expressed as fractions, 14 ,', and 953 = 114 and 789.
(2 ) TheG.C.D. of 175 and 763 = 7 .
(3) The L. C.M. of 8 and 12 = 24 .
.. 2t is the required G. C.D.

EXERCISE XXIX .

Find the G.C. D. of -

1. , 15, and .
2. 1905, 39, 38 , and 38 .
3. 13, 8 , 9 , 94 , and 39
4. 511, 129 , and 411.
5. 93 , 56, 163, and 8 ) .
6. 4 , 34 , 94 , 14, and 54.
7. 3115 , 94 , 14 , 36, and 23 } .
8. 111 , 13, 103 , 253, and 16 % .
9. 102 , 173, 124, 267 , and 181.
10. 36 , 245, 121, 94, and 8 ) .
64 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

45. Least Common Multiple of Common

Fractions.- The Least Common Multiple of two or more
fractions is the smallest number that will contain each of
them an integral number of times .
One fraction is a multiple of another , when the numerator
of the first is a multiple of the numerator of the second , and
the denominator of the first is a divisor of the denominator of
the second . Thus,
$ is a multiple of .
Indicate the process of division by inverting the divisor. Thus,

The 8 is a multiple of 4 , and the 4 will disappear ; the 9 is a divisor of

27 , therefore the 9 will disappear, and the quotient will be integral.
PRINCIPLE : The Least Common Multiple of two or more fractions
is that fraction whose numerator is the L. C. M. of the numerators
of the several fractions, and whose denominator is the G.C.D. of
their denominators.
EXAMPLES .
1. Find the L. C.M. of % , 16 , and 31.
( 1) The L. C.M.of 3 , 9 , 21 = 63.
(2 ) The G.C.D. of 4 , 16 , 32 = 4 .
is 02 or 15 % is the required L.C. M.
2. Find the L. C. M. of 14 % , 911, 163, and 25 .
(1 ) The numbers expressed as fractionsare 19 " , "101", 3", **.
(2 ) The L. C. M. of 100, 100 , 50 , 25 = 100.
(3 ) The G.C.D. of 7 , 11, 3 , 1 = 1 .
. : 190 or 100 is the required L. C. M ,
EXERCISE XXX .
Find the L. C. M. of -

i . 9 , % , and . 6. 10, 3 , 4 , 5 , 123 , and 420

5
2 . 87 9
3 2 1156 , and 1 7. 183, 157, 193, and 4 } .
3. 3 , 30, 35, and 13 . 8. 371, 13 , 81, 107, and 18 % .
4. 331, 121, 63, and 7z. 9. 22.81 , 33 }, 621,57, and 166z.
5. 113 , 133 , 133, o's , and 10. 1429 , 555, 41} , and 333 } .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 65

J. DECIMAL FRACTIONS.

46. Definitions. - A Decimal Fraction has for its

expressed denominator 1 with O's annexed . Thus :

to , TV, 136 , 13 % .

A decimal fraction may be written without using figures for

its denominator . Thus :
To = .1 .
To = .05 .
12.4
1000 = .124 .
20450. = . 2015 .
1000

By this method of writing decimal fractions, ( 1) the numer

ator is written just as an integer ; (2 ) a period , called a Deci
mal Point, is put on the left of as many places in the
numerator as there are O's in the expressed denominator . If
there are not so many places in the numerator as are needed ,
O's are prefixed to the numerator to make the required number
of places .
A decimal fraction written in this way is called a Decimal.
The denominator of a decimal
of one place is 10 ; .7 is read 10 ;
of two places is 100 ; .46 is read 14 % ;
of three places is 1000 ; .307 is read 3.6.
of four places is 10000 ; .0453 is read 14587 ; and so on .

The decimal places are named from the decimal point to the
right, as follows :
The first place, tenths ;
the second place , hundredths ;
the third place , thousandths ;
the fourth place, ten - thousandths ;
the fifth place , hundred -thousandths; and so on .
66 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

The decimal orders are numbered from tenths to the right

as the integral orders are numbered from units to the left .

..hundredths

thousandths

a..housandths
housandths
Thus ,

-thousands

thousands

hundreds
housands

.hundred
Decimal Places .

.tenths
.hundred

Integral Places .

.units
.tens
o(6...

.ten

5th
.-ten
th
-...

...
t

-t
.

.
t

av ..

t ..
or.h
At

9
..

..

.co
2d
.....

11st.

4th
h

03d ..

2d ..

....

...
..
5t
..

..

..

Integral Orders. Decimal Orders .3d

The law of position (or order ) in decimals is the same as

that in integers .

LAW : Ten units of any one order make one unit of the next higher
order .

The denominator of a decimal is indicated by the name of

its right-hand place . Thus , in
.0246 ,

the name of the right-hand place is ten -thousandths ; the de

nominator is ten thousand .

When a decimal is annexed to an integer the expression is

called a Mixed Decimal. Thus :

5.01; and is read , 5160

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 67

A common fraction may be annexed to a decimal ; such an

expression is called a Complex Decimal. Thus:
12
.121 ; and is read , 100

5.377 ; and is read , 5300

In an expression containing two ormore decimal points all

decimal points may be omitted except the one farthest to the
left . Thus :
59.6.4 = 59.64.

Explanation : 59.6.4 = 59.6,4 ==59 * = 5997 = 59,64 = 59.64.

There is no such expression in our system of notation as a

common fraction with a decimal point on the left of it. Thus ,

3.
Explanation : 1 without the point is } of one integral unit. .03 is of
of one-tenth , which is the first decimal order . Therefore there is no
place in our system for such an expression as . .

EXERCISE XXXI.
Read :
1. .6 6. .049 11. 100.00001
2. .25 nr . 51.346 12 . .04567
3. .08 8. .00.01 13. 17.375
.73 9. 7.0834 14 . .06535
5. 12.5 10 . .759.63 15. 143.0033
Write as decimals :
21. 247 26. 59.
16. Jo 1000 10000
2012

17 . 22 . 27. 10010 0000

10 1000
8$
18 . 23 . 28. 1111111111
10 1000 100000
19 . 37 48615
100 24. 12113 29. 375 100000
30. 304_3048
}

371 25 . 47
20 . 100 10 10000
68 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

47. Reducing Decimals to Higher Terms.

If a 0 is annexed to a decimal, the numerator is multiplied by
10 ; but since another decimal place is thus added , the denom
inator is also multiplied by 10 , and the value of the fraction is
not changed . Thus :

.5 = .50 = .500 = .5000 , etc.

That is , 1 = 5.% = 10% = 100 % , etc
EXAMPLE.
Reduce .125 to 100000ths.
Process : .125 = .12500, result.
Explanation : Annex O's to the decimal till the number of
decimal places is equal to the number of O's in the required
denominator.
EXERCISE XXXII.
Reduce :
1. .7 to 1000ths. 6. 5.1 to 100ths .
2. .506 to 10000ths . . 7.05 to 1000ths.
3. .94 to 1000ths. 8. 56.084 to 10000ths
4. .08 to 10000ths. 9. 15 * to 1000ths .
5. .004 to 10000ths . 10. 14.506 to 100000ths.

48. Reducing Decimals to Lower Terms. If

there are O's at the right of a decimal, they may be dropped
without changing the value of the decimal . Thus :
.2300 = .23 ; that is ,
1360°0 = 100
EXAMPLES.
1. Reduce .750 to 100ths .
Process : .750 = .75 , result.
2. Reduce .24000 to 1000ths .
Process : .24000 = .240 , result.
* Simply place the decimal point after the 15 and add the 0's.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 69

EXERCISE XXXIII.
Reduce
1. .200 to 10ths . 6 . 5.0000 to an integer .
2. .3400 to 100ths. 7. 7.5000 to 10ths.
3. .10500 to 1000ths. 8. 15.0700 to 100ths.
4. .50000 to 100ths. 9. 70.0700 to 100ths .
5. .94000 to 100ths. 10 . .005000 to 1000ths .

49. Addition of Decimals . - Write the numbers to

be added so that the decimal points will form a column. Add
as in integers, placing the decimal point in the result beneath the
column of decimal points abovė.
EXAMPLE .

1. Add .501, 3.45 , .125 , 7.0034, 18.3024 .

Long Way . Explanation : In the long way, all Short Way.
.5010 decimals are reduced to the highest .501
3.4500 3.45
.1250 denomination , 10000ths. The de .125
7.0034 nomination of the sum is 10000ths. 7.0034
18.3024 Why ? 18.3024
29.3818 , result . In the short way, the decimals are 29.3818 , result .
not reduced to higher denomina
tions. The O's on the right do not affect the result . Use the short way
in practice .
EXERCISE XXXIV .
Add :
1. .52, .936 , 1.63 , .0075 .
2. .428 , .506 , .362, .521, .736 .
3. .002, 5.3043 , 7.5555 , 81.8008
4. 12.842, 18.9813 , 85.753, .00059.
5. 8.756 , .00015 , .04621, .989898 , .010101
6. $ 25.30 , $846.27 , $ 954.63 , $ 1205.84 , $746.98 , $ 1375.30 ,
$ 3.85 , $ 840.75 , $ 1684.35 .
NOTE. — When an expression of $ 's has only two decimal places, call
the decimal part cents ; if there are more than two decimal places, read
the decimal part as a fraction of a dollar,
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

7. $44.56 , $752.28, $984.31, $1200.50, $845.95, $7400.20,

$ 947.25, $75 .75 .
8. $56 .345, $824 .955, $ 5476 .375 , $1260, $ 95.625 , $4000.50,
a $ 1862.05 .
9. 586 .034, 7495 .6034 , 845. 9567, 1111.1111, 9988. 7766,
1200. 0001, .99864.
10. .04654, . 90083,.12456, .00665, .77777, .854321, .750864,
.999999.
50. Subtraction of Decimals. - Write the numbers
so that the decimal point in the subtrahend will be beneath
the decimal point in theminuend. Subtract as in integers, plac
ing thedecimal point in the result beneath the decimal points above.
EXAMPLES.

1. From 5.47 take 2.638.

Process : Explanation : Reduce theminuend to the de
5 .470 nomination of the subtrahend by annexing 0 to
2 .638 it. The denomination of the result is 1000ths .
2.832, result. Why ?
2. From .54652 take .369.
Long Way. Explanation : In the long way, the Sz
.54652 subtrahend is reduced to the de .54652
.36900 nomination of the minuend . The .369
. 17752 , result denomination of the result is .17752, result.
bude. 10000 . Why ? In the short way,
0ths
the subtrahend is not reduced to higher denominations. The O ' s on the
right do not affect the result . Use the short way in practice .
EXERCISE XXXV.
Subtract :
1. . 2464 from .65. 6. 3 .427 from 8 .245 .
2 . .38 from 5 .001. 7. .0347 from .5037 .
3 . .428 from .6 . 8. .0042 from .042.
4. .5743 from .8046 . 9. $ 1.20 from $ 7 .05 .
5 . 1. 5644 from 5. 10. $ 246 .75 from $4000 .
 71
ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

51. Multiplication of Decimals . — Multiply as in

integers , neglecting O's that may be on the left of the multiplicand
and multiplier, and place the decimal point in the result so that
there will be as many decimal places in the product as there are in
both multiplicand and multiplier .

EXAMPLES .

1. Multiply .852 by .35 .

Explanation : The multiplicand is thou

Process . sandths ; the multiplier is hundredths.
Hundredths times thousandths gives hun
.8 5 2
.35 dred -thousandths. Show this by use of
common fractions. Hundred -thousandths
4 260
25 56 is expressed by a decimal of 5 places. Af
ter placing the decimal point, cancel the
.298 2 0 , result.
O's on the right ; for the product should
be expressed in its lower terms.

2. Multiply .0037 by 2.5 .

:

Explanation : For the purpose of the

Process. multiplication , the multiplicand is 37
.0037 (neglecting the O's on the left) .
2.5 The product after multiplying contains
185 but three figures ; but there must be five
74 decimal places. Why ? Therefore two
.00 9 2 5 , result . O’s are prefixed and the decimal point
is placed to the left.

3. Multiply 246 by 3.07.

Process.
2 46
3.0 7
NOTE. — Have pupil explain .
1 7 2 2
7 38
7 5 5.2 2
72 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE XXXVI.
Multiply -
1. .75 by .23 . 7. 75.003 by 5.006 .
2. .428 by .501. 8. 1000.001 by 100.0001.
3. 4.763 by .034. 9. 1111.22 by 5.060701.
4. .00073 by .0059 . 10. $420.50 by .37.
5. .5064 by .00001. 11. $ 4860.05 by 246 .
6. 56.043 by .059. 12. $840.56 by 10.05 .

52. Division of Decimals. - Divide as in integers.

neglecting O's that may be on the left of the dividend or divisor .

Since the dividend is equal to the product of the divisor and

quotient (Art. 14 , Prin . 3 ) , the dividend will have as many
decimal places as both divisor and quotient. From this, the
following conclusions are evident :

( 1 ) The dividend must not have fewer decimal places than the
divisor. (Commit.)

NOTE . - If the dividend has not as many decimal places as the divisor,
enough O's to make them equal should be annexed to the dividend before
dividing .
EXAMPLE.

Prepare to divide .15 by .0025 .

Explanation : Two O's must be an
Form . nexed to the dividend , because there
are four decimal places in the divisor
.0025 ).1500 and only two decimal places in the div
idend .

( 2 ) If, after dividing , the number of decimal places used in the

dividend equals the number in the divisor , the quotient is an inte
ger . (Commit.)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .
EXAMPLE

Divide . 15 by .0025 .
Process.
60, result . NOTE.- In the actual process of divi.
.0025 ) . 1500 sion , the two O 's on the left of the divi
150 sor are not used ; the divisor is 25 .

(3 ) If, after dividing, the number of decimal places used in the

dividend exceeds the number of decimal places in the divisor, the
number of decimal places in the quotient must equal that excess.
(Commit.)
EXAMPLES.

1. Divide . 98745 by .29.

3.4 0 5, result.
. 2 9 ).9 8 7 4 5 Explanation : There are five deci
87 mal places in the dividend and two in
117 the divisor. The excess is three.
116 Therefore, the quotient must con
145 tain three decimal places.
1 4 5

2. Divide . 002868 by . 239.

Process . Explanation : After dividing the 2868
.012, result. (neglecting the O's on the left) by 239,
.239).002868 the quotient is 12 ; but the excess of
239 decimal places in the dividend over
478 those in the divisor is three. There
478 fore , the quotient must contain three
decimal places.

* If there is a remainder after using the last figure of the divi

dend, O'smay be annexed to thedividend and the division continued
at pleasure.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXAMPLE .

Divide 2.09 by .017.

Process.
1 2 2.9 4117 + , result.
.017) 2. 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0
17
39 Explanation : The plus
34
50
sign after the quotient
34 shows that there is a re
160 mainder, and that the di
153 vision could be continued
70 farther, if desired . After
68 dividing as far as desired ,
locate the decimal point
according to Rule 3.
30
17
130
119

EXERCISE XXXVII.
Divide —
1. .125 by .5. 7. .025 by 5 .
2. .5 by 1.28. 8. .025 by .5 .
3. .12 by .0016 . 9. 1000 by .001.
4. .12 by 16. 10 . .5484888 by .0067.
5 . 12 by . 16 . 11. $4326 .422 by $ 96.1.
6 . .001 by 1000. 12. 104.8576 by .001024 .
53 . Reducing Common Fractions to Deci
mals. — Since a common fraction is an expression of division ,
if the division be performed , the result will be an integer or a
decimal. In dividing, observe the rules for division of deci
mals.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 75

EXAMPLES .

1. Reduce .7 % to a decimal.
Process .
.18 7 5
16 ) 3.0000
16

:
Explanation : By reducing the to
1 40 a decimal and annexing it to the .7 , the
128
result is.7.1875. But all decimal points
120 may be omitted except the one on the
112 left.
80
80
.7.1875 = .71875 , result.

2. Reduce za to a decimal . (Continued 4 places .)

Process . Explanation : It will beobserved that
this division will never be complete ; for
.2121+ , result. 7 was the figure in the dividend at the
33) 7.0000 beginning. It was the remainder after
66
the 2d division , and also after the 4th
40 division . In such a process, the divi
33
sion will never be complete, if the de
70 nominator has any other factor than 2
66 or 5. These are factors of 10 , and by
40 adding O's to the numerator wemulti
33
ply by 10. The numerator can thus be
7 made to contain any number of 2's or
5's,but no other factor .

In such a decimal as is obtained in example 2 above , one or

more figures continue to recur in a certain order. Such deci
mals are called Recurring or Circulating Decimals ,
or simply Circulates. The part that recurs is called the
Repetend , and is marked by placing a dot over the first
and last figures of the repetend . Thus,

5, .2i3i.
76 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

The first, if written out, would be

.5555555 .. .to infinity
NOTE .— “ To infinity ” means that the expression would never termi
nate, but would continue forever as indicated .

The second , if written out, would be

.2134134134134 ......to infinity .
3. Reduce to a circulating decimal.
Process.
4 32, result.
3 7 ) 1 6.000 Explanation : After three divisions
1 48 the remainder is 16 , which is the same
1 2 0 as at the start. Therefore the repetend
111 consists of 3 figures.
90
74
16
4. Reduce to a circulate .
Process.
.3 i 8, result. Explanation : The same remainder
recurs after the first and third divi
2 2 )7.000
66 sions ; therefore the second and third
divisions will be repeated as long as
40
22 the division is continued , and the repe
tend is 18, commencing with the second
1 80
1 76 decimal place .
4
EXERCISE XXXVIII.

Reduce to decimals, obtaining complete results :

1. } 4. 1234 7. 73428
2. 1 } 5. 4371 8. .55
3. } Ž 6. 3.776 9. .0621
Reduce to decimals, obtaining results true to four places :
5 13. 16. .07s
10.
14. 121 17. 34.9 1105
11. 13
12. 24 15. 8.13 18. 741.0732
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 77

Reduce to circulating decimals :

5

colen
19 . 22 . 11 25. 12:33
20. 11 23. 183 26. 185
21. } 27. 1543

54. Reducing Decimals to Common Frac

tions.- Express the denominator , which is 1 with as many
O's annexed as there are decimal places . Then reduce the re
sult to its simplest form .
EXAMPLES.

1. Reduce .15 to a common fraction .

Process : .15 = 1€ = 2% , result.

2. Reduce .0036 to a common fraction .

Process : .0036 = 10% = 2:00 , result .
3. Reduce 5.125 to a mixed number.
Process : .125 = 11 % = 1 .
.. 5 % is the required result.
NOTE.- Reduce the decimal part to a common fraction and annex it
to the integer .

4. Reduce .124 to a common fraction .

12}
Process : .123 100 = 12) - 100 = ? Xido = .

5. Reduce .6 to a common fraction .

Process : ( 1) .6 = .666666 ...........to infinity .

10X (1) = (2 ) 10x.5 = 6.666666 .to infinity .
( 2 ) - ( 1) = ( 3 ) 9x.6 = 6 .
f of (3) = (4 ) .6 = f = , result.

NOTE.- Subtracting the repetend from 10 times the repetend leaves 9

times the repetend . Subtracting .666666 to infinity from 6.666666 to in
finity leaves 6. Therefore 9 times the repetend equals 6 , and the repe
tend equals g .
78 ADV ARI .
ANC THM
ED ETI
C
6 . Reduce .507 to a common fraction .
Process : (1) .507 = .507507507.. .... .. .... to infinity.
1000 X (1)= (2) 1000 X .507 = 507.507507 ......to infinity.
(2) – (1) = (3) 999 .507 = 507.
oto of(3)= (4 ) 507= 588= 18%,result.
PRINCIPLE : Any repetend may be expressed as a common frac
tion by writing the repetend for the numerator and asmany 9's for
the denominator as there are figures in the repetend .

7. Reduce 17 .54 to a mixed number.

Process : ,54 = ## = .
.. 17.54= 17791, result.
8. Reduce .25108 to a common fraction.
Process: (1).25108 =.25488 = 25 . 2787
25111 111 - 2787 929 ult .
T
(2 ) .25 ,111 = 100 100 11100 700 , re

NOTE. - In processes where circulating decimals are involved, reduce

the circulate to a common fraction before beginning the process. At
the conclusion , the resultmay be expressed as a circulate , if required.

EXERCISE XXXIX .
Reduce to common fractions or mixed numbers :
1. .375 7 .41 13. .63
2 . . 125 8. . 163 14. .063
3. 425 9. .473 15. .248
4. 5 .625 10. .03711 16 . .572
5. 8.875 11. 2.3333 17. .1252
6. .025 12 . 15.84 18. 7.01575
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC , 79

II. ' STUDY OF PROBLEMS.

A. THE MEANS OF EXPRESSING SOLUTIONS.
1. EQUATIONS.
55. Definitions. - A statement, in which the sign of
equality ( = ) is used between two numerical expressions to
show that they are equal, is an Equation . The expression
on the left of the sign is called the first or left member ; that on
the right, the second or right member. When a member of an
equation is separated into parts by either of the signs, plus
( + ) or minus ( - ) , or both , these parts are called Terms ;
when not so separated , the whole member is called a term .
See Terms, Article 21.
EXAMPLES .
1. 9-4 + 5 = 10 .
9 , 4 , 5 , 10 , are terms.
2. A's money- $ 50 = B's money.
A's money, $50, and B's money, are terms.
3. 4 pecks = 1 bushel.
Each member is a term .
4. Area of a surface 1 foot long , 1 foot wide = 1 square foot .
Each member is a term .

56. Classification as to Source.- Some equations

express constant relations, and are always true ; other equa
tions express relations depending upon conditions, and are
therefore true for particular conditions only .

The following are some of the equations which are always

true :
1. 6 + 4-7 = 3 .
2. 5X8 = 40 .
3. 56 : 8 = 7 .
4. 4 pecks = 1 bushel.
5. Area of a surface 1 foot long, 1 foot wide = 1 square foot .
6. 8x B's money + 3x B's money = 11XB's money .
80 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

The following equations are true for particular conditions

only :
1. Cost of 5 books = $ 8.50 .
2. 1 of A's age = B's age +6 years.
3. Weight of 1 load = 2475 pounds.
4. Money earned by 7 men in 2 days = $35 .

NOTE . - As equations of the first class are always true, they may be
used in the solution of any problem where such use is of service ; but
those of the second class only when by the conditions of the problem
they are true .

57. Transformation . - An equation may be changed ,

or transformed from a given to a required form , by subjecting
it to one or more of the following processes :

1. To turn an equation around .

2. To transpose the terms of an equation .
3. To simplify the members of an equation .
4. To multiply an equation .
5. To divide an equation .

58. To Turn an Equation Around . - To turn an

equation around is to put the left member on the right and
the right member on the left of the sign of equality .

PRINCIPLE : Equals are equal in whatever order considered .

It follows from this principle that any equation may be

turned around and still remain a true equation .

EXAMPLES .

1, 4 gills = 1 pint ; then , 1 pint = 4 gills .

2. Cost of 5 hats = $ 15 ; then , $ 15 = cost of 5 hats .
3. $ 740 - cost price = $560 ; then , $560 = $ 740 - cost price .

Note . — This process is so easy thatno exercise is given for practice.

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 81

59. Transposition of Terms. - Transposing a term

is changing it from one member of an equation to the other.
Note. — Transposition is looked upon by many pupils as beyond the
sphere of arithmetic . The following exercise is given with the aim of
suggesting that transposition depends upon the most elementary knowl.
edge of number and not upon some difficult mathematical principle .
EXERCISE XL .

Answer each question,then tell what number has been transposed :

1. 5 + 6 = 11; then , 5 = 11 - ( ) ?
2. 5 + 6 = 11 ; then , 6 = 11 - ( ) ?
3. 9 - 5 = 4 ; then , 9 = 4 + 0 ?
4. 9 = 6 + 3 ; then , 9 - ( ) = 6 ?
5. 7 – 4 + 9 = 12 ; then , 7 + 9 = 12 + ( ) ?
6. 7 - 4 + 9 = 12 ; then , 7 – 4 = 12 - ( )?
7. 7 - 4 + 9 = 12 ; then , 9 – 4 = 12 - ( ) ?
8. 5 + 4 = 12 - 3 ; then , 5 + 4 + ( ) = 12 ?
9. 14 - 8 = 4 + 2 ; then , 14 - 8 - ( ) = 2 ?
PRINCIPLES : 1. If equals be added to equals, the sums will be
equal.
2. If equals be subtracted from equals, the remainders will be
equal.
EXAMPLES.

1. $75 – $20 = $25 + $30 ; transpose $20.

Process : ( 1) $ 75 - $ 20 = $ 25 + $ 30 .
(2 ) $ 20 = $ 20 .
(1 ) + (2 ) = (3 ) $75 = $ 25 + $ 30 + $20.
Explanation : If (2) be added to (1), the sum of the first
members will be $ 75 - $ 20 + $ 20 . The two 20 's, one to be sub
tracted and the other to be added , balance each other and
may be canceled . This leaves $ 75 for the firstmember of (3 ) .
The second members of (1 ) and (2) added give $ 25 + $ 30 + $ 20 .
82 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

2. A's money + $50 = B's money ; transpose A's money.

Process . (1) A's monar + $50 = B’s money .
( 2) A's monog = A'smoney .
( 1) - ( 2) = (3 ) $50 = B’s money – A's money.
NOTE . — Let the pupil explain .

3. $40- $ 30 = $60- $ 50 ; transpose the $ 50 .

Process : ( 1) $40 – $ 30 = $60 – $ 5ø .
(2) $50 = $ 5Ø .
( 1) + (2) = ( 3) $ 40 – $ 30 + $ 50 = $60.
NOTE. — Let the pupil explain .

Each of these exercises and examples has illustrated one

principle , which may be called the law of transposition .

LAW . - Any term of one member of an equation may be trans

posed to the other member, if at the same time its sign is changed ,
the plus to minus or the minus to plus.

4. 30-15 + 40 = 66–11 ; transpose 11 and 15 .

Result : 30 + 40 + 11 = 66 + 15 .
NOTE. — The process should bemental.

5. 51–12 + 5 = 25 + 19. Transpose the 12 and the 19.

Result : 51 + 5-19 = 25 + 12.

6. 100 % of cost + $ 415 = 361 % of cost + $ 1050 . Transpose so

that only similar terms will be in the samemember .
Result : 100 % of cost - 363% of cost = $ 1050 – $ 415 .
NOTE . — The sign , % , is read per cent ; and it means hundredth or hun
dredths, according as it is used with one or more than one.

EXERCISE XLI.
1. Cost + $ 200 = 3X cost + $80 . Transpose $ 's to the first
member and cost to the second .
2. Cost of 15 hats = $ 70 + cost of 1 hat . Leave $ 's only in
second member.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 83

3. 25-17 + 44-19 = 36–15 + 12 . Transpose so as to leave

no minus signs.
4. 75 % of No. - 200 = 40 % of No. + 200. Transpose so that
similar terms will be together, per cent in the first member .
5. I of the tens + } of the units = } of the units. Put all the
units in the second member .
6. A's money- $600 = 4 of A's money- $ 200 . Transpose so
as to leave no minus signs.
7. 10 weeks' wages – $ 12 = 4 weeks' wages + $ 24 . Transpose
so that similar terms will be together, $ 's in the second mem
ber.
8. 5X my age +24 years = 3X my age +104 years . Transpose
so that similar terms will be together, years in the second
member .

60. To Simplify Members . - A member of an equa

tion is a numerical expression . By transposition , the terms of
any member may be made similar . A member whose terms
are similar may be simplified by the same processes that are
employed to simplify other numerical expressions. See Arti
cle 21.
EXAMPLE.

1. } of wt. + } of wt. + of wt. = 6 pounds +5 pounds +8

pounds.
Process : (1 ) I of wt. + } of wt. +1 of wt. = 6 pounds +5
pounds +8 pounds.
( 1) simplified = (2) 19 or 1/2 Xwt. = 19 pounds.
EXERCISE XLII.

Simplify the members of the resulting equations in Exercise XLI.

NOTE.- Before attempting to simplify, be sure that similar termsare
in the samemember .

61. To Multiply an Equation . - An equation is

multiplied by multiplying each of its members by the same
number.
84
ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

GENERAL PRINCIPLES : 1. Equals multiplied by the same num

ber give equal products.
2. Multiplying each term of a member of an equation by the same
number multiplies the member by that number .

Note . In addition to these general principles, a number of special

principles are illustrated in the following examples. They will be given
in connection with their respective illustrations, and should be commit
ted to memory .
EXAMPLES .

1. 1 bushel = 4 pecks. Multiply by 5 .

Process : ( 1) 1 bu . = 4 pk .
* 5 * ( 1) = (2 ) 5 bu . = 20 pk .

2. My age = 35 years. Multiply by 12 .

Process : (1 ) My age = 35 yr.
12x ( 1) = (2 ) 12 x my age = 420 yr.

3. Cost of 1 hat = $2. Multiply by 8. ( 2 forms.)

Process : ( 1) Cost of 1 hat = $ 2 .
8x (1 ) = ( 2) 8Xcou of 1 hat = $ 16 ; or,
8x ( 1) = (3 ) Cost : 8 hats = $ 16 .
Note . - Observe that either equation ( 2) or (3 ) is the required form ,
and that 8x cost of 1 hat = cost of 8 hats .

PRINCIPLES : 1. The cost of any number of articles of the same

kind is equal to that number of times the cost of 1 of those articles.

4. 4 + 9–3 + 6 = 16 . Multiply by 7 .
Process : (1 ) 4 + 9–3 + 6 = 16 .
7X ( 1) = (2 ) 28 + 63 – 21 + 42 = 112. ( Prin . 2.)

5. $50—A's money = } of B’s money . Multiply by 8 .

Process : ( 1) $50 - A’smoney = } of B’s money.
8x (1) = (2) $ 400 – 8X A's money = 4 x B’s money .
* " 5X (1) = (2) ” is read 5 times equation 1 equals equation 2.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

6 . 6x5 = 30. Multiply by 4 . (2 forms.)

Process : (1) 6X5 = 30 .
4x ( 1) = (2) (4 x 6 ) * 5 = 24 x 5 = 120 ; or,
4x(1) = (3) 6 x (4 x 5) = 6 x 20 = 120 . (Prin . 1 , Art. 27 .)
7. Area of a surface 1 foot long, 1 foot wide = 1 square foot.
Multiply by 6. (2 forms.)
Process : (1) Area of a surface 1 ft. 1., 1 ft. w . = 1 sq . ft.
6 X (1) = (2) Area of a surface 6 ft. 1., 1 ft. w . = 6 sq . ft. ; or,
6x (1) = (3) Area of a surface 1 ft. 1., 6 ft. w . = 6 sq. ft
NOTE 1. - In general, length means the longest dimension of a surface
or solid , butmathematically it simply means one of the two or three di
mensions, and it is not necessarily the longest.
NOTE 2 . - The equation in the above example expresses a certain area
— “ Area of a surface (of certain dimensions) = 1 sq . ft." Any process which
multiplies the area of this surface ,multiplies this equation . This can
be done by multiplying either the length or the width, but not both . A
surface 6 times as long and of the same width will have 6 times as much
area , or a surface of the same length but 6 times as wide will have 6
times as much area.
2 . (1) Multiplying the length or width multiplies the area ;
therefore, (2 ) the length and width bear to the area the same nu
merical relation as that of factors to the product.
NOTE. — “ Numerical relation " means relation as a number without
considering its denomination or kind . Two numbers expressing feet
(as , 4 feet and 5 feet) could not be factors, could not be multiplied to
gether , but their numerical values (4 and 5 ) could be multiplied together
and could be factors.
Question : Does Prin . 1, Art. 27, apply to example 7 ?
8. The volume of a solid 1 foot long , 1 foot wide, and 1 foot
thick = 1 cubic foot. Multiply by 12. (3 forms.)
Process : (1) Vol. of a solid 1 ft. l., 1 ft. w ., 1 ft. th . = 1 cu . ft.
12 x (1) = (2) Vol. of a solid 12 ft. 1., 1 ft. w ., 1 ft. th . = 12 cu . ft . ; or,
12x (1) = (3) Vol. of a solid 1 ft. 1., 12 ft. w ., 1 ft. th . = 12 cu . ft.; or,
12 (1) = (4 ) Vol. of a solid 1 ft. l., 1 ft, w ., 12 ft. th . = 12 cu . ft.
86 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

3. ( 1) Multiplying the length , width , or thickness multiplies the

volume; therefore , ( 2 ) the length , uidth , and thickness bear to the
volume the samenumerical relation as that of factors to the product.

Question : Does Prin . 1, Art. 27 ,apply to example 8 ?

9. The interest on $ 1 for 1 yr. at 1 % = $ .01. Multiply by

50 . ( 3 forms.)

Process : (1) Int. on $ 1 for 1 yr. at 1% = $.01.

50 x (1 ) = (2 ) Int. on $50 for 1 yr. at 1% = $ .50 ; or,
50 X ( 1 ) = ( 3 ) Int. on $ 1 for 50 yr. at 1% = $ .50 ; or,
50 ( 1 ) = (4) Int. on $ 1 for 1 yr. at 50% = $ .50.

4. ( 1 ) Multiplying the principal, time, or rate, multiplies the in

terest ; therefore, ( 2 ) the principal, time, and rate bear to the inter
est the same numerical relation as that of factors to the product.

Question : Does Prin . 1 , Art. 27 , apply to example 9 ?

10. The amount of wood sawed by 1 man in 1 day = 1 cord .

Multiply by 10. (2 forms.)

Process : ( 1) Amt. sawed by 1 man in 1 da . = 1 c .

10 ( 1) = (2 ) Amt. sawed by 10 men in 1 da. = 10 c.; or,
10 ( 1 ) = (3) Amt. sawed by 1 man in 10 da . = 10 c .

5. ( 1 ) Multiplying the number of working units or the time,

multiplies the amount of work done; therefore, ( 2 ) the working force
and the time bear to the work done the same numerical relation as
that of factors to the product.

Question : Does Prin . 1 , Art. 27, apply to example 10 ?

11. 8 : 4 = 2 . Multiply by 4. (2 forms.)

Process : ( 1) 8 + 4 = 2 .
4x (1) = ( 2 ) (4x8) +4 = 32+4 = 8 ; or ,
4x ( 1 ) = ( 3 ) 8+ (4 + 4 ) = 8 + 1 = 8. ( Prin. 3 , Art. 27.)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 87 .
12. The length of a surface of 72 sq . ft ., 8 ft . wide = 9 ft .
Multiply by 8. (2 forms.)
Process : (1) Length of a surface of 72 sq . ft., 8 ft. w . = 9 ft.
8x (1) = (2) Length of a surface of 576 sq. ft., 8 ft. w . = 72 ft. ; or ,
8X ( 1 ) = (3 ) Length of a surface of 72 sq . ft ., 1 ft . w . = 72 ft.
NOTE. — To multiply the length , (1)multiply the area , or (2) divide the
width .

Since, by principle 2 above, the length and width bear to the

area the numerical relation of factors to a product, the numer
ical relation of the area and one dimension to the other dimen
sion may be expressed as follows:
6 . The area and one dimension bear to the other dimension the
same numerical relation that the dividend and divisor bear to the
quotient.
Question : Does Prin . 3, Art. 27 , apply to example 12 ? Explain .
13. The width of a solid of 600 cu. ft., 15 ft. long, 5 ft. thick
= 8 ft. Multiply by 5. (3 forms.)
Process : (1 ) Width of a solid of600 cu . ft., 15 ft. 1., 5 ft. th . = 8 ft.
5x ( 1) = (2) Width of a solid of 3000 cu . ft., 15 ft. 1., 5 ft . th . = 40 ft. ; or,
5x ( 1 ) = ( 3 ) Width of a solid of 600 cu . ft., 3 ft . 1. , 5 ft . th . = 40 ft. ; or ,
5x ( 1) = (4 ) Width of a solid of 600 cu . ft., 15 ft. 1., 1 ft. th . = 40 ft.
NOTE. — To multiply one dimension , (1) multiply the volume, or ( 2) di
vide either of the other dimensions.

9. The volume and two dimensions bear to the third dimension

the samenumerical relation that the dividend and the factors of the
divisor bear to the quotient.
Question : Does Prin . 3, Art. 27, apply to example 13 ?
14 . The principal required to gain $ 36 in 6 years at 6 % =
$ 100 . Multiply by 6. (3 forms.)
88
ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Process : (1) Prin . reqd . to gain $ 36 in 6 yr. at 6 % = $ 100.

6x ( 1) = (2 ) Prin . reqd. to gain $ 216 in 6 yr. at 6 % = $ 600 ; or,
6x ( 1) = (3 ) Prin . reqd . to gain $ 36 in 1 yr. at 6 % = $600 ; or,
6 X (1 ) = (4 ) Prin . reqd . to gain $ 36 in 6 yr. at 1% = $600 .

Note . — To multiply the principal, ( 1) multiply the interest , or (2) di

vide the time, or ( 3) divide the rate .

8. The interest and any two of the other elements (principal,

rate , or time) bear to the third element the samenumerical relation
that the dividend and the factors of the divisor bear to the quotient.
Question : Does Prin . 3 , Art. 27 , apply to example 14 ?

15 . The time required by 10 men to saw 10 cordsof wood = 1

day. Multiply by 10. (2 forms.)
Process : ( 1) Time reqd . by 10 m . to saw 10 c. = 1 da .
10 x (1 ) = (2 ) Time reqd . by 1 m . to saw 10 c . = 10 da.; or,
10X (1) = (3 ) Time reqd . by 10 m . to saw 100 c . = 10 da.

NOTE.- To multiply the time, (1)multiply the work to be done, or ( 2)

divide the working force,

9. The work done and either clement (working force or time) beur
to the other element the same numerical relation that the dividend
and divisor bear to the quotient.

EXERCISE XLIII.

1. 17-4 + 6 = 19 . Multiply by 10 .
2. 1 bushel = 4 pecks. Multiply by 80 .
3. 3 quarts = 6 pints . Multiply by 12 .
4. 39.37 inches = 1 meter. Multiply by 200 .
5. 1 ton = 20 hundredweight . Multiply by 6 .
6. $ 50—4XA's money = $ 30 . Multiply by 13 .
7. Cost of 1 pound = 8 ¢ . Multiply by 11. ( 2 forms.)
8. Value of 1 book = 754 . Multiply by 11. (2 forms.)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 89

9. Wt.of 12 loads = 150000 pounds. Multiply by 8. (2 forms.)

10 . Price of 15 shares = $ 750. Multiply by 20 . ( 2 forms.)
11. 8X9 = 72. Multiply by 7 . ( 2 forms.)
12 . Area of a surface 1 ft . long, 1 ft. wide = 1 sq . ft. Multi
ply by 7. (2 forms.)
13. Volume of a solid 1 ft. long , 1 ft. wide, 1 ft. thick = 1
cu . ft. Multiply by 18 . (3 forms.)
14. 72 : 8 = 9. Multiply by 4. ( 2 forms.)
15 . Width of a surface of 30 sq. ft., 15 ft. long = 2 ft. Mul
tiply by 15 . ( 2 forms.)
16 . Length of a surface of 30 sq . ft ., 2 ft.wide = 15 ft . Mul
tiply by 5 . (2 forms.)
17 . Time required for $500 to gain $80 at 8 % = 2 yr. Multi
ply by 3 . (3 forms.)
18. Length of a wall 12 ft . high , 2 ft. thick, built by 6 men
in 8 days = 600 ft . Multiply by 2. (4 forms.)
19. Principal required to produce $ 80 at 8 % in 2 years = $500 .
Multiply by 12 . ( 3 forms.)
20. Rate required for $500 to produce $80 in 2 years = 8 % .
Multiply by 7. ( 3 forms.)
21. Thickness of a solid of 30 cu . ft., 6 ft. long, 5 ft . wide =
1 ft. Multiply by 10. (3 forms.)

62. To Divide an Equation . — The Third Applica

tion of Division is employed in dividing equations. An equa
tion is divided by taking the same part of each of its members.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES : 1. Equals divided by the same number
give equal quotients.
2 . Dividing each term of a member of an equation by a number
divides the member by that number .
Note. In addition to these general principles , all but one of the spe
cial principles given in Article 61 will be of service in the following ex
amples and exercise.
90 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC ,

EXAMPLES.

1. 21 bushels = 84 pecks. Divide by 7 .

NOTE. - Remember,that to divide by 7 means to take of each member .

Process : (1 ) 21 bu . = 84 pk .
of ( 1) = (2 ) 3 bu . = 12 pk.

2. Cost of 9 hats = $ 36 . Divide by 9. ( 2 forms.)

Process : ( 1) Cost of 9 hats = $ 36 .
of (1 ) = ( 2 ) f of cost of 9 hats = $ 4 ; or,
of ( 1) = (3 ) Cost of 1 hat = $ 4 .

NOTE.- Observe that either equation ( 2) or ( 3) is the correct result ,

and that } of cost of 9 hats = cost of 1 hat.

3. 25–15 + 30 = 40 Divide by 5 .
Process : ( 1 ) 25 – 15 + 30 = 40 .
of ( 1) = ( 2 ) 5-3 + 6 = 8. ( Prin . 2.)

4. 20Xmy age - 120 years = 8 X John's age. Divide by 4 .

Process : (1) 20 xmy age – 120 yr. = 8 x John's age.
1 of ( 1) = ( 2) 5 x my ago – 30 yr. = 2 x John's age.

5. 12 x 18 = 216 . Divide by 6. ( 2 forms.)

Process : ( 1 ) 12 x 18 = 216 .
( of ( 1) = (2 ) 1.2 x 18 = 2 x 18 = 36 ; or,
tof ( 1 ) = (3 ) 12x 168 = 12x3 = 36. ( Prin . 2 , Art. 27.)

6. Area of a surface 15 feet long and 12 feet wide = 180

square feet . Divide by 3. ( 2 forms.)
Process : ( 1) Area of a surface 15 ft.1. , 12 ft . w . = 180 sq . ft .
f of ( 1) = ( 2 ) Area of a surface 5 ft. 1. , 12 ft. w . = 60 sq . ft .; or,
1 of (1) = (3 ) Area of a surface 15 ft. 1., 4 ft . w . = 60 sq . ft.

NOTE. - Show how Prin . 2 , p . 85 , and Prin . 2 , Art. 27 , apply to exam

ple 6 .

7. The volume of a solid 18 ft . Jong, 12 ft. wide, and 6 ft.

thick = 1296 cu . ft. Divide by 6. (3 forms.)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 91

Process : ( 1) Vol. of a solid 18 ft. 1., 12 ft . w ., 6 ft. th . = 1296 cu . ft .

& of ( 1) = (2) Vol. of a solid 3 ft. 1. , 12 ft . w ., 6 ft. th . = 216 cu . ft.; or,
of ( 1) = (3 ) Vol. of a solid 18 ft . 1., 2 ft, w ., 6 ft. th . = 216 cu . ft .; or,
& of (1) = (4 ) Vol. of a solid 18 ft. 1., 12 ft. w ., 1 ft . th . = 216 cu . ft.

NOTE . - Show how Prin . 3 (2 ), Art. 61, and Prin . 2 , Art. 27 , apply to ex.
ample 7 .

8. 72 : 12 = 6 . Divide by 2 . ( 2 forms. )
Process : ( 1) 72 : 12 = 6 .
1 of (1 ) = (2 ) 7 + 12 = 36 + 12 = 3 ; or,
of ( 1) = (3 ) 72+ (2x12) = 72 + 24 = 3. ( Prin . 4 , Art. 27.)

9. Rate required for $ 500 to produce $ 750 in 15 years = 10 % .

Divide by 5. ( 3 forms.)
Process : ( 1) Rate reqd . for $500 to produce $ 750 in 15 yr. = 10 % .
of ( 1) = (2 ) Rate reqd . for $ 2500 to produce $ 750 in 15 yr. = 2% ; or ,
} of ( 1) = (3) Rate reqd . for $ 500 to produce $ 150 in 15 yr. = 2% ; or,
of (1 ) = (4 ) Rate reqd . for $500 to produce $ 750 in 75 yr. = 2 % .
NOTE . - Show how Prin. 8 , Art. 61, and Prin . 4 , Art. 27 , apply to ex
ample 9 .

10. The time required by 10 men to saw 120 cords of wood =

10 days . Divide by 5 . (2 forms. )
Process : ( 1) Time reqd . for 10 m . to saw 120 c . 10 da .
of ( 1) = (2 ) Time reqd . for 50 m . to saw 120 c . = 2 da. ; or,
of (1 ) = (3 ) Time reqd . for 10 m . to saw 24 c . = 2 da.
NOTE . - Show how Prin . 9 , Art . 61, and Prin. 4 , Art. 27, apply to ex
ample 10 .

11. Thickness of a solid of 480 cu . ft ., 10 ft. long , 8 ft . wide

= 6 ft. Divide by 2. ( 3 forms.)
Process : (1) Thickness of a solid of 480 cu . ft. , 10 ft . 1., 8 ft . w . = 6 ft .
} of ( 1) = (2) Thickness of a solid of 480 cu . ft., 10 ft.1., 16 ft . w . = 3 ft.; or,
of ( 1) = (3 ) Thickness of a solid of 240 cu.ft., 10 ft. 1., 8 ft. w . = 3 ft.; or ,
.

1 of (1 ) = (4 ) Thickness of a solid of 480 cu.ft., 20 ft.1. , 8 ft. w . = 3 ft.

Question : Why increase the width in (2 ) ? the length in (4 ) ?
NOTE . - Show how Prin . 7 , Art. 61, and Prin . 4 , Art. 27, apply to exam
ple 11.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE XLIV.
1. 18 – 12 + 24 = 30 . Divide by 6 .
2. 420 hundredweight = 21 tons. Divide by 7.
3. $ 560 — 40 % of cost = $280 . Divideby 40.
4. 18 X 30 = 540 . Divide by 6 . (2 forms.)
5. 4x12x10 = 480. Divide by 2. (3 forms.)
6 . 50 % of 75 % of a number = 250. Divide by 25. ( 2 forms.
7. Weight of 20 barrels = 5000 pounds. Divide by 10 . 19
forms.)
8. Cost of 30 oranges = 40 % . Divide by 30. (2 forms.)
9 . The volume of a solid 12 ft. long, 4 ft. high, 8 ft . thick
= 384 cu . ft . Divide by 4 . (3 forms.)
10 . Interest or $6000 at 8 % for 13 yr. = $640. Divide by 8.
( 3 forms.)
11. 24 : 8 = 3 . Divide by 3. (2 forms.)
12 . Time required by 14 women to make 7 dresses = 34 days.
Divide by 31. ( 2 forms.)
13. Width of a surface of 108 sq. ft., 12 ft. long = 9 ft. Di
vide by 9. ( 2 forms.)
14 . Length of a wall 12 ft. high , 2 ft. thick , built by 6 men
in 12 days = 900 ft . Divide by 6 . (4 forms.)
15 . Principal required to produce $640 in 14 years at 8 % =
$6000. Divide by 64. (3 forms.)
16 . Rate required for $6000 to produce $640 in 11 years = 8 % .
Divide by 4 . (3 forms.)
17. Time required for $6000 to produce $640 at 8 % = 1 } years.
Divideby 4. (3 forms.)
2 . RATIO .
63 . Definitions. - A ratio is an expression of the rela
tive magnitude of one number as compared with another of the
same kind taken as the standard . The number compared is
the antecedent; the one taken as the standard of comparison is
the consequent. These numbers are also the terms of the ratio ,
and together form a couplet.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC , 93

15 yd .: 5 yd . = 3
is read , “ The ratio of 15 yd . to 5 yd . equals 3," and means
that 15 yd . is 3 times 5 yd.
$8 : $ 12 =
means that $8 is goof $ 12 . Observe that a ratio is always ab
stract. 15 yd. is 3 times 5 yd ., but not 3 yd . times 5 yd . ; $8 is
of $ 12 , but not $ f of $ 12.
In arithmetic we have the indicated ratio, and the numericai
ratio . As,
In $ 32 : $ 16 = 2
$ 32 : $ 16 ( indicated ratio ).
2 (numerical ratio ).
For every indicated ratio whose terms are concrete there may
be written a corresponding indicated ratio whose terms are ab
stract As,
70 bu. : 14 bu . ( Termsconcrete.)
70 : 14 ( Terms abstract.)
Note . - The respective terms in the two ratios are numerically equal ;
the ratios are absolutely equal.
PRINCIPLE : The numerical ratio between any two similar con
crete numbers is the same as the numerical ratio between their cor
responding abstract numbers .
64 . Writing the Corresponding Abstracü
Terms of Ratios. - In solving ratios and proportions, it
is best to deal with abstract terms. The following principles
will be of service in determining the corresponding abstract
terms of ratios whose termsare concrete .
Note. — These principles are found in Article 61, but are not grouped
there as they are here.
94 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

1 . PRINCIPLES RELATING TO SURFACES : ( 1 ) The dimensions

( length and width ) bear to the area the same numerical relation as
that of factors to the product. ( 2 ) The area and one dimension
bear to the other dimension the same numerical relation that the
dividend and dirisor bear to the quotient.
II. PRINCIPLES RELATING TO SOLIDS : (1) The dimensions
(length , width , and thickness) bear to the volume the same numeri
cal relation as that of factors to the product. ( 2 ) The volume and
two dimensions bear to the third dimension the same numerical re
lation that the dividend and the factors of the divisor bear to the
quotient.
III . PRINCIPLES RELATING TO INTEREST : ( 1) The principal,
time, and rate bear to the interest the same numerical relation as
that of factors to the product. ( 2 ) The interest and any two of the
elements ( principal, rate , or time) bear to the third element the
same numerical relation that the dividend and the factors of the
divisor bear to the quotient.
IV . PRINCIPLES RELATING TO WORK : ( 1 ) The working force
and time bear to the work done the same numerical relation as that
of factors to the product. ( 2 ) The work done and either of the ele
ments (working force or time) bear to the other element the same
numerical relation that the dividend and divisor bear to the quotient.

EXAMPLES.

The following are examples of writing corresponding abstract

terms of ratios :
1. 70 bushels : 14 bushels .
Abstract : 70:14 .

2. 5 X 20 men : 4x8 men .

Abstract : 5 x 20 : 4x8.

3. } of cost of 32 books : 4 of cost of 21 books.

Abstract : } of 32 : 4 of 21.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 95

:
4.
12 team ofg, surf wide }: {, kenong she wide
Abstract : 12 x 9 : 9x8. ( Prin . I-( 1).)

Length of a solid of length of a solid of

$
5 . 72 cu . ft ., 4 ft . wide, 90 cu . ft., 5 ft . wide,
2 ft . thick 3 ft. thick
72 90
Abstraot : 4X2 : 5X3 ( Prin . II- (2 ).)

6 . S Interest on $ 500 ? : S interest on $ 100

at 6 % for 34 yr. S 7 at 8 % for 5 yr. I
Abstract : 500 x 6 x 31 : 400 x 8X5 . ( Prin . III- ( 1).)

Rate required for rate required for

r. $ 500 to gain $ 90 $ 400 to gain $ 160
in 3 years in 5 years
90 160
Abstract : ( Prin . III-( 2 ) .)
500X3 ' 400X50

8. Work done by : { work done by

15 men in 12 days 11 men in 8 days
Abstract : 15 x 12 : 11x8 . ( Prin . IV-( 1).)

Number of men re number of men re

9. quired to build 180 rd . quired to build 88 rd .
of fence in 12 days of fence in 8 days
180 88
:

Abstract : 12 8 ( Prin . IV-( 2 ).)

EXERCISE XLV .

Write the corresponding ratios with abstract terms :

1. 25 lb .: 15 lb.
2. 8x9 books : 7 x 12 books.
3. Cost of 10 shares : cost of 15 shares.
4. Value of 20 loads : value of 14 loads.
5. 7X my age : 12 X my age .
6. 9X cost of 10 hats : 12x cost of 5 hats.
96 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

2
Area of a surface area of a surface
ny.
( 10 rd . long, 8 rd . wide ? 17 rd . long , 12 rd . wide
Length of a surface of | length of a surface of
8.

..
160 sq . ft ., 8 ft . wide 360 sq . ft . , 18 ft . wide
Width of a surface of width of a surface of
9.
380 sq . rd ., 20 rd . long 510 sq . rd ., 30 rd . long
Volume of a solid volume of a solid
10 . 20 ft. long, 8 ft . high , 30 ft . long, 10 ft. high ,
2 ft . thick 1 } ft. thick

Length of a solid length of a solid

11. of 140 cu . yd . , 7 yd . of 120 cu . yd ., 5 yd .
high , 2 yd . thick high, 3 yd. thick
Width of a solid width of a solid
12 . of 120 cu . yd ., 8 yd . of 140 cu . ft., 10 ft.
long, 3 yd . thick long , 2 ft. thick
Thickness of a solid thickness of a solid
13 . of 108 cu . ft ., 12 ft . of 120 cu . ft. , 10 ft .
long , 9 ft . wide long, 8 ft. wide
Interest on $ 500 ) interest on $ 750
14 .
for 6 yr . at 10 % I | for 3 yr. at 8 %

15 . Time reqd . for $600 ? time reqd . for $480

to gain $ 75 at 6 % to gain $ 60 at 10 %
Rate reqd , for $510 rate reqd . for $ 6207
16 .
..

to bear $ 86.40 in 2 yr . S to bear $ 248 in 4 yr . S

Work done by ? work done by
17 .
..

12 men in 25 days 16 men in 20 days

Time reqd . by 6 men s time reqd. by 15 men
18 .
to build 40 rd . of fences
}:. {
Y to build 120 rd . of fences
Number of men reqd . number of men reqd .
19 . to build 140 rd . in 18 to build 320 rd . in 15
..

days days
Principal reqd . to principal reqd. to
20 . produce $ 112 in 21 yr. produce $ 120 in 3 } yr.
at 7 % at 5 %
 37
ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

65. The Process of Finding the Numerical

Ratio . — The process employed in determining the numerical
ratio between two numbers is division . ( See Second Applica
tion , Art . 16.) The antecedent becomes the dividend ; the
consequent, the divisor ; and the numerical ratio , the quotient.

PRINCIPLES : 1. The antecedent divided by the consequent equals

the numerical ratio .
2. When the terms are abstract, the antecedent divided by the nu
merical ratio equals the consequent.
3. The product of the consequent multiplied by the numerical ra
tio equals the antecedent,

EXAMPLES.

1. The antecedent is $ 20 , the consequent $ 5 . Find the nu

merical ratio .

Statement : $ 20 : $ 5 = ( ) ?
Process : 20 5 = 4.
Note . It is recommended that , in the process , the corresponding ab
stract terms be always used ; then , no trouble will arise in dealing with
complicated expressions, such as are found below .
The statement is made for the purpose of showing clearly the relation
of the given parts to the required part.

2. 12 is the ratio of 72 days to what ?

Statement : 72 da .:( ) = 12 ?
Process : 72 + 12 = 6 . ( Prin . 2.)
.. 6 days is the consequent.
Question : Why is the consequent days ?

3. 10 is the ratio of what number to 13 men ?

Statement : ( ) : 13 men = 10 .
Process : 10 x 13 = 130. ( Prin . 3.)
... 130 men is the antecedent.
98 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4. Find the ratio of the work of 6 men for 15 days to the

work of 9 men for 2 days.

:
}
Work of 6 men work of 9 men El
: 1?
Statement : { for 15 days for 2 days

m
Abstract : 6x15 : 9x2 = ( ) ?
6 x 15
Process : = 5.
9X2

5. One block ofmarble is 10 ft. long, 5 ft. wide, 2 ft . thick ;

another is 15 ft. long, 4 ft. wide, 5 ft. thick . The volume of
the first bears what ratio to the volume of the second ?

neo

-o
}
Volume volume
10 ft. l . , 15 ft. I.,
Statement : ( 1 ) 5 ft. W., 4 ft . W., = ( )?
2 ft. th . 5 ft. th .
10 x 15 x
(2 ) 5x 4x = ( )?
2 5
10x5x2
Process : -3.
15x 4x5

NOTE . — Employ cancellation wherever convenient.

6. A tract of land 50 rd . long, 30 rd . wide, is 13 times as large

as another tract, 45 rd . long . How wide is the second tract ?
{
{

Tract tract
Statement : ( 1) 50 rd . 1., 45 rd . l., = 1j ?
30 rd . w . ( ) rd . w .
50 X 45 x
(2) { 30 () } =1 ?
50 x 30
Process : = 25 .
45 x13
.. the required width is 25 rd .

7. What is the ratio of the principal required to product

$ 216 interest in 5 yr . at 6 % to the principal required to pro
duce $ 192 in 4 yr. at 8 % ?
}
}

Prin . reqd . to prin . reqd . to

Statement : ( 1) 3 produce $ 216 in produce $ 192 in x = ( ) ?
5 yr. at 6 % 4 yr. at 8 %
216 192
(2 ) = ( )?
5x6 :4x8
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 99

216 X 4x8
Process : g = 15.
5x 6 x 192

8. Find the ratio of the length of a surface of 144 sq . ft., 12

ft. wide , to the length of a surface of 180 sq . ft., 10 ft. wide.

=
(
}

}
Length of a surface length of a surface
Statement : ( 1) of 144 sq . ft. , 12 ft . : of 180 sq . ft., 10 ft. = ( )?
wide wide
144 180
( 2 ) 12 10 = ( ) ?
144 x 10
Process :
12 x 180

EXERCISE XLVI.

Find the required part in each of the following :

FIND THE RATIO . FIND THE CONSEQUENT FIND THE ANTECEDENT.
Antecedent. Consequent. Antecedent. Ratio . Consequent. Rutio .
1. 56 ft. 8 ft. 7. $64. 11. 13. 342 in . 1.
2. 540 yd . 18 yd . 8. 16 da . 1. | 14. 34 mi. 5.
3. 2760 men . 60 men . 9. 98 sq . ft. 10 . 15. 72 yr. 13 .
4. $ 1 . $ 20 . 10. $ 7000 . 140 . 16. .003 oz. 440 .
5. 34 bu . 16 bu . 11. ſ hr. 72. 17. 64 cords. 9.
6. 12 hr. 54 hr. 12. 24 gal. 18. **5 meters. 1852.
Find the numerical ratios in Exercise XLV.

3. PROPORTION .

66. Definitions. - A proportion is the expression of

equality between two indicated ratios . Every proportion ,
therefore , has 4 terms, which are numbered in order from
left to right. The first and fourth terms are the extremes ; the
second and third terms, the means. The double colon ( ::) is
usually ( but not always ) used for the sign of equality between
the ratios .
8 bu .: 3 bu. :: $ 10 : $ 15 ,

is read , “ 8 bu . is to 3 bu . as $ 10 is to $ 15 , " and means that

the ratio of 8 bu. to 3 bu . is equal to the ratio of $ 40 to $ 15 .
100 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

67. Denominations of Terms. - (1) All the terms

of a proportion may be concrete . As,
$25 : $ 12 : : 100 men : 48 men .
Remember, that the two terms of an indicated ratio must be similar ;
but terms in different ratios need not be similar, even though those ra
tios are in the same proportion .

( 2) One coupletmay be concrete and the other abstract . As,

$25 : $ 12 : : 100 : 48.
(3) All the terms may be abstract. As,
25 : 12 : : 100 : 48.
By dropping the denominations in a proportion, all or a part
of whose terms are concrete, a new proportion is formed whose
terms are abstract but are numerically equal to those of the
first proportion . Thus,
(1) 30 yr. : 12 yr.:: 90 bu .: 36 bu . ( Terms concrete.)
(2 ) 30 : 12 : : 90 : 36 . ( Terms abstract.)
68 . Solving a Proportion with Abstract
Terms. - Solving a proportion is the process of finding any
one of its termswhen the other three are known.
PRINCIPLES : 1. In any proportion whose terms are abstract, the
product of the extremes is equal to the product of the means,
Thus, (1) 7 : 15 :: 21 : 45 .
Then , 7x 45 = 15 x 21.
(2) 8 :3 :: 32 : 12.
Then , 8x12 = 3x 32.
2. Either extreme is equal to the product of the meansdivided by
the other extreme.
Thus , 20 : 34 : : 30 :51.

Then ,34 x 30 = 51, and 34X30 = 20.

20 51
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 101

3. Either mean is equal to the product of the extremes divided by

the other mean .
Thus, 36:14 :: 18 : 7 .
36 x 7 = 36 x 7
Then , - 18, and = 14 .
14 18

EXAMPLES.

1. Find the missing term : 12:25 :: ( ) : 125 ?

12 x 125
Process : - 60 .
25
Note . - Use cancellation where convenient.

2. Find the missing term : ( ) : 32 :: 60 : 8 ?

32 x 60
Process : = 240 .
8

3. Find the missing term : 13:12 :: 78 : ( ) ?

12 x 78
Process : 72.
13

4. Find the missing term : 9:( ) :: 72 : 4 ?

9x4
Process : = 1.
72

5. Find the missing factor : ( 12 X6 ) : 35 :: ( ) X8 : 70 ?

12 x 6 x 70 - 144.
I. Process : (1 )
35
(2 ) 144 + 8 = 18 .

Or, 12 x 6 x 70
II. Process : - 18 .
35 X8

NOTE . - The plan of the first process is to neglect the 8 and solve for
the entire third term ( 144) ; then , dividing by 8 will give the required
factor. The plan of the second process is this : Since the product of all
the factors of the extremes equals the product of all the factors of the
means, the product of all the factors of the extremes divided by the
product ofall but one of the factors of the means, will give that one,
102 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

120 X 100 108 x 100

6 . :: 12 : 9 ?
( ) x6 720 X 5
108 x 100 x 12 x 6
Process :

‫ܢܙ‬
720 x 5 x 120 x 100 x9500 *
.. the missing factor is 500 .

Note.- Where the fractions are to be multiplied together, their nu

merators are placed above and their denominators are placed below the
line (why ? ) ; when used as divisors , their denominators are placed above
and their numerators below the line (why ? ). Special attention should
be given to the fact, that if the required factor is in a denominator, it
will appear in the result as a denominator with 1 for its numerator.

128 72
17 . : 25 : 45 ?
16 ° ( )
128 x 45
Process :
16 x 72 x 25 = !
.. the required factor is 5 (in the denominator ).

EXERCISE XLVII . 1

1. 12 : 3 :: ( ) : 4 ? 125 1 23
9. ?
2. 12 : 3 :: 4 : ( ) ? 46x ( ) 7:36 7 175
:

3. ( ) : 72 :: 13 : 3 ? 8X5 25 x 24
10 . :: 12 : 72 ?
4. 43 : ( ) :: 20 : 600 ? 19x79x ( )
12 x 6 108. ( )
5. 221 : 13 :: ( ) : 21 ?
?

11. 27 : ::
:

6. ( ) : 11 :: 360 : 720 ? 14 x 28 19 49
162 210
1

7. :( :: } : 9 ? 12.
8. 93 : 4 :: 360 : ( ) . 540x5 : 700x6 :( ) :57

69. Solving a Proportion with Concreta

Terms. - In any proportion whose terms are concrete , a missa
ing part may be found as follows :

First, form and solve the corresponding proportion whose terms

are abstract ; then , determine from the given proportion by inspec
tion the denomination of the required term .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 103

EXAMPLES .
Find the missing part :

1. 7 da. : 12 da .:: ( ) mo.: 72 mo. ?

Abstract terms : 7:12 ::( ) : 72 ?
Process : 7x72 = 42 .
12
: . 42 mo. is the required term .

nea
Area of a surface area of a surface
2. 40 rd . long, 20 80 rd . long , ( :: 5 A .: 30 A.?
rd . wide rd . wide
Abstract terms : 20 x 40 : 80 x ( ) ::5:30 ?
20 x 40 x 30
Process : : 60 .
80 X 5
... 60 rd . is the required part.
{
:
}

800 reams of ( ) reams of

3. 16 pages to 24 pages to
38400
of pp. . I 27000
160 vol. of 320 vol.
pp . ?
the sheet the sheet }: { each each

?
Abstract terms : | 800 \ 38400 $ 27000
..

* 24 }
800 x 16 x 27000 x 320
Process : = 750 .
24 x 38400 x 160
.:. 750 reams is the required term .

Body of soldiers body of soldiers

( ) men long, 60 100 men long , 75 ::No. of men : itself ?
..

4.
men wide men wide
Abstract terms : ( ) x 60 : 100 x 75 :: No.: No. ?
100 x 75 x No.
Process : = 125 .
60 x No.
.. 125 men is the required part .

NOTE . — The “ No.” being in both numerator and denominator, cancels .

Time reqd . by time reqd. by

5. ( ) men to build 8 men to build :: 34 : 170 ?
102 rd . of fence 680 rd . of fence
102 680
Abstract terms: :: 34 : 170 ?
a 8
 104 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Process : 680 x 34
8 x 102 x 170 = *
.. 6 men is the required part.

Note . - Do not forget to use the reciprocal of the result, when the re
quired term is a factor of the denominator.

S Principal reqd. to principal reqd , to

6. gain $ 112 in ( yr. gain $ 120 in 31 yr . :: 8 : 9 ?
at 7 % at 5 %
112 120
Abstract terms : 9
Ox731 x 5 :: 8 : ?
120 X 8X7X3
Process :
112 x 5 x 9 x 10
.. or 21 yr. is the reqd . part .

EXERCISE XLVIII.

Find the missing part in each of the following :

1. $ 120 : ( ) :: 48 cords : 20 cords ?

Note. - The 2d term must be $ 's ; why ?

2. $ 3.50 : $50 :: 8 yd .: ( ) ?
NOTE. - The 4th term must be yards ; why ?

3. 44 in .: 18 in .::( ) : 900 in . ?
Vol. of a solid vol. of a solid
4. 20 ft . long, 8 ft . 30 ft . long, 10 ft . :: 32:45 ?
wide, ( ft . thick wide, 14 ft . thick
Length of a solid length of a solid
5. 140 cu . yd ., 7 yd . : ( ) cu . yd ., 5 yd . :: 20:16 ?
high , 2 yd . thick high , 3 yd . thick
Width of a solid width of a solid
6. 150 cu . ft., 9 ft. 180 cu . ft. , ( ) ft . :: 25 : 18 ?
high , 2 ft. thick high , 3 ft . thick
Thickness of a solid thickness of a solid
nr . 162 cu . ft ., 12 ft . 216 cu . ft ., 9 ft . : :( : 2 ?
long, 9 ft . high long , 8 ft. high
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 105

}
%
S. | Interest on $500 s interest on $ 720

:
:: 5 : 3 ?
for 6 yr. at 10 % for ( ) yr. at 8 % :3?
Time reqd . by 6 time reqd . by 15
9 . men to build 40 men to build 120 :: 5 : ( ) ?
( rd . of fence rd . of fence
mber of men reqd . number ofmen reqd .
10 . to build 320 rd . of to build 140 rd . of :: 96 : 35 ?
fence in 15 days fence in ( ) days

B. PROBLEMS OF ONE BASIS – NATURE AND

CLASSIFICATION .

70. Nature. - Typically , a problem consists of two parts :

( 1 ) A question , proposed for solution ; and ( 2 ) a statement of
a certain condition or relation , from which that solution may be
determined . These parts are called Question and Basis .
Thus,
If 6 books cost $ 2.40 , what cost 10 books ?
Parts : ( 1 ) What cost 10 books ? ( Question .)
( 2 ) 6 books cost $ 2.40 . (Basis.)

Note . — The above description refers only to such problems as require

but one unknown part or term to be found . One basis only is needed for
the solution of such a problem . In Part III, particular attention will
be given to problems of two or more bases.

Comparatively few problems are stated in the form of the

type ; yet, all problems have these two essential parts , expressed
or implied .

The following are some of the forms not typical:

1. Find 4 of 200 yards.
2. 150 ounces is of what ?
3. Reduce 40000 lb. to tons.
4. $210 is what part of $ 150 ?
5. Find the area of a floor 20 ft . long and 15 ft . wide .
6. What cost 6 doz . eggs at 20 ¢ per doz . ?
 106 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

These may all be reduced to the form of the type. Thus,

1. Since all (1 ) of 200 yd. is 200 yd., what is f of it ?
2 . If & of a number is 150 ounces ,what is the number ?
3 . Since 2000 lb . make 1 ton , how many tons in 40000 lb . ?
4 . Since $ 450 is all of $450, $ 210 is what part of it ?
5 . Since the area of a surface 1 ft. long, 1 ft. wide is 1 sq .
ft., what is the area of a floor 20 ft. long and 15 ft. wide ?
6 . If 1 doz, eggs cost 20 % , what cost 6 doz. ?

71. Stating the Parts of a Problem . Each part

of a problem may be stated in the form of an equation .
Take for example the parts —
( 1) What cost 10 books ? ( Question .)
( 2 ) 6 books cost $ 2 .40 . (Basis.)
The question may be stated as an equation between cost of
10 books and the required term . Thus,
Cost of 10 books = ( ) ?
In like manner , the basis may be stated as an equation be
tween cost of 6 books and $ 2 .40 . Thus ,
. ( 1 ) Cost of 6 books = $ 2.40 ; or,
( 2 ) $ 2 .40 = cost of 6 books.
Problems often involve the relation of more than two num
bers . The basis may have as many forms as it has different
numbers related . The following is an example :
If 15 men harvest 200 acres of grain in 10 days, in how many
days can 5 men harvest 30 acres ?
The relation here is among men (working force ) , time, and
work done ; and its three formsare :
( 1) Amt. harvested by 15 men in 10 days = 200 A . ; or,
( 2 ) Time reqd. for 15 men to harvest 200 A . = 10 days; or,
(3) Force reqd . to harvest 200 A . in 10 days = 15 men .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC , 107

The question is stated as before :

Time reqd. for 5 men to harvest 30 A . = ( ) da . ?

The following principles, which have been illustrated and

explained , should be learned :

PRINCIPLES : 1. Every problem has at least two parts, a question

( or requirement) and a basis.
2. The parts of a problem may always be stated in the form of
equations.
3. Every basis has as many forms as it has numbers related .

In each of the following examples , the question and all forms

of the basis are stated in equations.
EXAMPLES .

1. James has $720 , and John has as much . How much has
John ?
Parts : (1) { of James's money = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) 4 of James's money = $720 ; or,
$720 = 1 of James's money. ( Basis.)

2. What will 10 hats cost , at $ 2.40 each ?

Parts : (1 ) Cost of 10 hats = $ ( ) ? ( Question .)
(2 ) Cost of 1 hat = $ 2.40 ; or,
$ 2.40 = cost of 1 hat. ( Basis .)

3. 15 % of a debt is $ 630 . Find the debt.

Parts : (1 ) 100 % of debt = $ ( ) ? ( Question .)
( 2 ) 15 % of debt = $630 ; or,
$630 = 15 % of debt. ( Basis .)
Note.The sign , % , is read per cent and means hundredth or hundredths.
10 % = 14 % , 25 % = 18 , etc. 100% of anything is all of it.

4. In of a load of corn , there are 6 bushels . How many

bushels in 25 such loads ?
Parts : ( 1) Amount of 25 loads = ( ) bu . ? (Question .)
( 2 ) Amount of }i of a load = 6 bu . ; or,
6 bu . = amount of ii of a load . ( Basis .)
108 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

5. b of an article is worth $ .75 . What is 1 } of it worth ?

Parts : (1 ) Value of 13 of article = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) Value of g of article = $ .75 ; or,
$ .75 = value of of article. ( Basis .)

6. If 6 men plow 45 acres in 3 days , how many acres will 1

man plow in 1 day ?
Parts : (1) Amt. plowed by 1man in 1da. = ( ) A. ? (Question .)
( 2) Amt. plowed by 6 men in 3 da. = 45 A .; or ,
Force reqd . to plow 45 A. in 3 da. = 6 men ; or,
Time reqd . for 6 men to plow 45 A. = 3 da. ( Basis .)

7. If 25 boxes of pens are worth $ 7.50 , what is of a box

worth ?
Parts : ( 1) Value of f box = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) Value of 25 boxes = $ 7.50 ; or,
$ 7.50 = value of 25 boxes. ( Basis .)

8. The volume of a solid 7 ft. long , 5 ft . wide and 4 ft .

thick is 140 cubic feet. Find the volume of a solid 10 ft .
long, 7 ft. wide and 5 ft . thick .
Parts : (1 ) Vol. of a solid 10 ft . 1., 7 ft . W., 5 ft. th . = ( ) cu . ft. ? (Question .)
(2) Vol. of a solid 7 ft. 1., 5 ft. w ., 4 ft . th . = 140 cu . ft.; or,
Length of a solid of 140 cu . ft. , 5 ft . W., 4 ft. th . = 7 ft.; or,
Width of a solid of 140 cu . ft., 7 ft. 1., 4 ft. th . = 5 ft.; or ,
Thickness of a solid of 140 cu.ft., 7 ft. 1.,5 ft. w . = 4 ft. ( Basis.)

9. 21 is what part of 56 ?
Parts : (1) 21 = ( ) of 56 ? ( Question .)
( 2 ) 56 = all of 56 ; or ,
All of 56 = 56. ( Basis .)

NOTE.— “ 21 = ( ) of 56 ? " should be read , “ 21 equals what part of 56 ? "

10. 760 is how many times 38 ?

Parts : ( 1) 760 = ( ) x 38 ? ( Question .)
(2 ) 38 = 1x 38 ; or,
1x38 = 38. ( Basis.)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 109

EXERCISE XLIX .

State the question and all forms of the basis in each of the fol
lowing :
1. Find 20 % of $600 .
2. What cost of a ton of coal at $ 3.80 per ton ?
3. Clara is 12 years old ; her mother is four times as old .
How old is her mother ?
4. Find 300 % of $ 240 .
5. of my salary is $375 . What is my salary ?
6. 25 % of a certain debt is $ 1600 . Find the debt.
7. If 14 of a boat is worth $9900 , what is the whole boat
worth ?
8. 83% of a certain sum is $ 50 . What would 400 % of that
sum be ?
9. If ſ of a bolt of cloth is worth $ 3.20 , what are 13 such
bolts worth ?
10. If 7 of Mr. Brown's capital is $ 700 , how much is id of it ?
11. I deposit 48 % of mymoney, which is $ 960 , in the bank ,
and invest 28 % ofmymoney in calves . How much do I spend
for calves ?
12. 360 % of a number is 252. Find the number .
13. If 20 bu . of apples cost $ 18 , find the price per bushel.
14. If 5 men can saw 20 cords of wood in 4 days, how many
cords can 1 man saw in 1 day ?
15. 120 % of a number is 72. Find 35 % of it .
16. If 11 men can set 660 pages of type in 6 days, how many
pages will 21 men set in 8 days ?
17. 240 % of my age is 84 years. Find 380 % of it .
18. 75 bu , of wheat are worth $60 . What are 42 bu . worth ?
19. A lawyer charges $35 for collecting $ 700 . What % does
he charge ?
20. I bought an article for $ 5 and sold it so as to lose $ 3 .
What part ofmy investment did I lose ?
110 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

21. I bought an article for $ 5 and sold it for $7 .50. The

selling price is what % of the cost price ?
22 . 5 times mymoney would be $4620 . How much have I ?
23 . 50 doz, eggs sell for $ 4 .50 . Find the price per dozen .
24. Eggs are 9¢ per dozen . How many dozen can I buy for
$ 3 .60 ?
25. Eggs are 9¢ per dozen . What will 30 dozen cost ?
26 . Reduce 64 pints to quarts. (Basis omitted .)
27. The area of a surface 1 ft . long , 1 ft. wide is 1 sq . ft .
Find the length of a lot 150 ft . wide, containing 30000 sq. ft.
28. If 5 boys plow 12 acres in 11 days, in how many days
will 12 boys plow 60 acres ?
29. Find the volume of a stone 12 ft. long, 6 ft. wide, and 3
ft . thick . (Basis omitted.)
NOTE. — Preserve your work for use in Exercises L and LI.
72. Classification . — The problemsof one basis , though
varied in their forms of expression , when considered with ref
erence to the relation of the given part to the required part ,
consist of no more than ten different types ; and these may be
classed into four classes, as follows:
Class 1. Given a number , to find ( 1) a part of it, or (2 ) a mul
tiple of it. EXAMPLES.
1. What is the value of of an article which cost $ 7 . 20 ?
2 . What will 50 books cost, at $ 2.50 each ?
CLASS 2. Given a part of a number, to find ( 1) the number ,
(2 ) a multiple of it, or ( 3) a part of it.
EXAMPLES
1. 20 % of a sale is $540 . What was the whole amount of
the sale ?
NotE. - Any number of % less than 100% is a part ; any number of %
greater than 100 % is a multiple .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 111
2. of a certain farm is 25 acres. How many acres in 3
such farms ?
3. f of a certain article is worth $.75 . What is of it worth ?
Class 3 . Given a multiple of a number , to find (1 ) the number,
( 2 ) a part of the number, or (3) anothermultiple of it.
EXAMPLES
1. 1f 35 hats sell for $ 105, find the price of 1 hat.
2. At the rate of $ 120 in 2 months, how much money can be
earned in of a month ?
3 . 12 pounds troy equal 144 ounces; how many ounces do 7
pounds troy equal ?
Class 4 . Given two numbers, to find (1 ) what part one is of the
other, or (2 ) what multiple one is of the other.
EXAMPLES.
1. A commission merchant charges $ 96 for making a sale of
$ 3200. What per cent does he charge ?
2 . John has $ .50 and George has $5 . George's money is how
many times John 's ?
It may be ascertained to which of the above 10 types a prob
lem belongs by examining its parts . Thus, in example 2,
Class 3 ,
Parts : ( 1) Earnings for fmo. = $ ( ) ? (Question.)
(2 ) Earnings for 2 mo. = $ 120. (Basis.)
Here are given the earnings for 2 months, or 2 times a num
ber ; to find the earnings for month , or of the number. It
gives a multiple of a number, to find a part of it .
EXERCISE L .
1. Determine to which of the 10 types each of the examples
under Article 71belongs.
2. Determine to which of the 10 types each problem of Ex
ercise XLIX belongs.
112 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

C. PROBLEMS OF ONE BASIS - SOLUTION.

73. Two Methods of Solution . - Solving a
Problem consists in commencing with a given (or known )
relation and passing by means of an authorized process to the re
quired relation . There are two methods employed in arithme
tic for solving problems of one basis :
1 . The Equation Method , in which equations are used
throughout to express the steps of the solution . This method
includes what by many authors is called “ Arithmetical Analy
sis . "
2. The Proportion Method , in which the solution is
obtained by forming and solving a proportion .
1. THE EQUATION METHOD.
74 . Arranging the Parts of a Problem . For
the sake of convenience and system in solution , the following
rules should be observed in arranging the parts of a problem :
Rules : 1. The question , or requirement, of a problem should be
stated in the form of an equation with only the blank term on the
right of the sign of equality.
2. The basis of the problem should be stated in that form which
agrees in arrangement with the question , or requirement, as stated
according to Rule 1.
NOTE . - It is very necessary that the pupil should learn to state by the
above rules the parts of a problem without hesitation .

In the following examples, the parts of the problems are

properly arranged for solution .
EXAMPLES .

1. If 8 books cost $ 4 , find the cost of 3 books.

Parts : (1) Cost of 3 books = $( ) ? (Question .)
(2) Cost of 8 books = $ 4. ( Basis.)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 113

2. If 8 books cost $ 4 , how many books can be bought for $ 10 ?

Paris : ( 1) $ 10 = cost of ( ) books ? ( Question .)
( 2 ) $ 4 = cost of 8 books. ( Basis .)
Note . - Compare the arrangement of parts in Nos . 1 and 2,

3. Reduce 9 feet to inches . ( 1 foot = 12 inches .)

Paris : ( 1) 9 ft . = ( ) in . ? ( Question. )
(2 ) 1 ft . = 12 in . ( Basis .)

4. Reduce 72 inches to feet. ( 1 inch = i' foot.)

Parts : (1 ) 72 in . = ( ) ft. ? ( Question . )
( 2) 1 in . = 1' ft. (Basis.)
NOTE.- Compare the arrangement of parts in Nos. 3 and 4 .

5. I owe a debt of $ 720 , and can pay 45 % of it . How much

can I pay ?
Parts : ( 1) 45 % of debt = $ ( ) ? ( Question .)
( 2 ) 100 % of debt = $ 720 . ( Basis .)
Note. - Remember that 100% of anything is all of it.

6. I owe $ 120 and pay $ 40 . What % of the debt do I pay ?

Parts : ( 1) $40 = ( )% of debt ? ( Question .)
( 2) $120 = 100% of debt. ( Basis.)
Note.- Compare the arrangement of parts in Nos . 5 and 6 .

19. Find the interest on $500 for 2 years at 8 % .. (Basis omitted )

Parts : (1) Int. on $ 500 at 8% for 2 yr. = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) Int. on $ 1 at 1% for 1 yr. = $ .01. ( Basis .)

8. Find the principal required to produce $ 80 interest in 2

years at 8 % . ( Basis omitted .)
Parts : (1) Prin . reqd . to produce $80 in 2 yr, at 8% = * ( ) ? ( Question . )
(2 ) Prin , reqd . to produce $.01 in 1 yr. at 1% = $ 1. ( Basis .)

9. Find the rate required for $500 to produce $ 80 in 2 years .

( Basis omitted .)
Parts : (1) Rate reqd . for $ 500 to produce $ 80 in 2 yr . = ( )% ? (Question .)
(2) Rate reqd . for $ 1 to produce $ .01 in 1 yr. = 1% . ( Basis.)
 114 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

10 . Find the time required for $500 to produce $80 at 8 %

( Basis omitted .)
Parts : (1) Time reqd . for $500 to produce $80 at 8% = () yr.? (Question .)
(2 ) Timereqd. for $ 1 to produce $ .01 at 1% = 1 yr. ( Basis.)
Note. - Compare the arrangement of parts in Nos. 7 to 10.
11. Find the area of a floor 12 feet long and 8 feet wide.
( Basis omitted .)
Parts : ( 1) Area of a surface 12 ft. l., 8 ft. w . = ( ) sq . ft. ? (Question .)
(2 ) Area of a surface 1 ft. l., 1 ft. w . = 1 sq . ft. ( Basis .)

12. Find the length of a floor 12 feet wide, containing 240

square feet. ( Basis omitted.)
Parts : (1) Length of a surface of 240 sq. ft., 12 ft. w . = ( ) ft.? (Question .)
(2 ) Length of a surface of 1 sq. ft., 1 ft. w . = 1 ft. ( Basis.)
13. Find the width of a surface of 108 square feet, 12 feet
long. ( Basis omitted.)
Parts : ( 1) Width of a surface of 108 sq. ft., 12 ft. 1. = ( ) ft ? (Question .)
(2) Width of a surface of 1 sq. ft., 1 ft. l. = 1 ft. ( Basis.)
NotE. — Compare the arrangement of parts in Nos. 11 to 13.

It should be remembered that, in stating a problem , the

basis is omitted only when it is supposed that the pupil al
ready has the knowledge necessary to enable him to state the
basis for himself.
EXERCISE LI.
I. Arrange for solution the parts of each problem in Exercise
XLIX .
II. Arrange for solution the parts of each of the followiny :
1. 150 ounces is of what number ?
2. Reduce 120 feet to inches.
3. Reduce 228 inches to feet.
4 . If 5 books cost $ 25 , find the cost of 12 books,
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 113
5 . Basis same as in No. 4 . Find how many nooks can be
bought for $60 .
6 . If a boy earns $.50 in 5 hours, what will he earn in 13
hours ?
7. Find how long it will take $620 at 6 % to gain $ 9 interest.
8. Find how much interest $740 will gain at 8 % in 34 years.
9. Basis same as in No. 6 . How long can I hire him for
$ 3 .50 ?
10 . Find the area of a field 20 rods long and 12 rods wide .
11. A field of 240 sq. rd . is 8 rods wide. How long is it ?
12 . If 5 men excavate 20 tons of dirt in 2 days, how many
tons will 12 men excavate in 24 days ?
13. Basis same as in No. 12. In what time will 8 men exca
vate 120 tons ?
14. 25 % of mymoney is $250 . How much money have I ?
15 . Basis sameas in No. 14 . What per cent of mymoney is
$ 450 ?
16 . Find the volume of a rectangular cistern 8 ft. long, 5 ſt .
wide, and 7 ft. deep .
17. Atwhat rate will $800 produce $ 20 interest in 5 months ?
18. What is the time, when of the time past noon is 4 hours ?
19. The volume of a rectangular solid is 360 cu . ft ., the
length 15 ft., the width 8 ft. Find the thickness.
20. A can do a piece of work in 20 days. How much of it
can he do in 9 days ?
21. Basis same as in No. 20 . How long will A be in doing
46 of the work ?
22. I bought an article for $5 , and sold it for of the cost.
Find the selling price.
23. 42 is f of what number ?
24 . 400 is how many times 25 ?
116 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC

75 . The Process of Solving Problems. - After

the parts of a problem have been arranged according to the
rules given in the last article, the process of solving by equa
tions consists of one or both of the following steps :
STEPS : 1 . Perform such operation , or operations,upon the basis
as will change it to an equation, the numerical valueof whose first
member is unity .
2 . Perform such operation, or operations, upon the equation , ob
tained in Step 1, as will change it to an equation whose firstmem
ber is identical with the firstmember of the question .
If the numerical value of the first member of the question is
unity, the first step only is used ; if the numerical value of the
first member of the basis is unity, the second step only is used .
Example : If 24 hats cost $ 12, how many hats can be bought
for $ 16 ?
Solution : (1) $ 16 = cost of ( ) hats ? ( Question .)
( 2 ) $ 12 = cost of 24 hats . ( Basis. )
is of (2) = (3) $ 1 = cost of 2 hats.
16 X (3 ) = (4 ) $ 16 = cost of 32 hats, answer .

76 . Integral Solutions. - A solution whose equations

contain only integers in their first members is an integral solu
tion .

NOTE.- Integral solutions are not always free from fractions ( see Ex
ample 4, page 117 ) ; but fractions may occur in the second members of
the equations only .
EXAMPLES .

1 . Find the cost of 10 mats at $ 3 each .

Solution : (1 ) Cost of 10 mats = $ ( ) ? ( Question ;
(2 ) Cost of 1 mat = $ 3. (Basis .)
10 (2) = (3) Cost of 10 mats = $ 30 , answer.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 117

2. If 10 mats cost $ 30 , what will 1 mat cost ?

Solution : (1 ) Cost of 1 mat = $ ( ) ? ( Question .)
( 2) Cost of 10 mats = $ 30 . ( Basis.)
o of (2 ) = (3 ) Cost of 1 mat = $ 3 , answer.

3. If 10 mats cost $30, what cost 17 mats ?

Solution : (1 ) Cost of 17 mats = $ ( ) ? ( Question .)
( 2) Cost of 10 mats = $ 30 . ( Basis .)
it of ( 2 ) = ( 3 ) Cost of 1 mat = $ 3 .
17x (3 ) = (4 ) Cost of 17 mats = $51, answer.

4. If 10 mats cost $ 30 , how many can be bought for $63 ?

Solution : ( 1) $63 = cost of ( ) mats ? ( Question .)
( 2 ) $30 = cost of 10 mats. ( Basis. )
sb of ( 2 ) = ( 3 ) $ 1 = cost of } mat.
63 (3 ) = (4 ) $63 = cost of 62 or 21 mats , answer.

5. A man has $ 75 , and loans $ 35 . What part of his money

does he loan ?
Solution : (1 ) $ 35 = ( ) of his money ? (Question .)
(2) $ 75 = all of his money. ( Basis .)
45 of (2 ) = (3 ) $ 1 = 7's of his money .
35 X ( 3) = ( 4 ) $35 = 35, or 15 of his money, answer.

6. 12 is what part of 40 ?
Solution : (1 ) 12 = ( ) of 40 ? ( Question . )
( 2 ) 40 = all of 40. ( Basis .)
do of ( 2 ) = (3 ) 1 = 40 of 40.
12 x (3 ) = (4 ) 12 = 47 , or of 40, answer.

7. 40 is how many times 12 ?

Solution : (1) 40 = ( ) x 12 ? (Question .)
(2) 12 = 1x12. ( Basis .)
te of (2 ) = (3 ) 1 = ', of 12.
40 ( 3 ) = (4 ) 40 = 19, or 33 x 12 , answer.

8. If 5 men can do a piece of work in 42 days , in what time

can 14 men do it ?
118 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Solution : ( 1) Time reqd . by 14 men = ( ) da.? (Question .)

(2 ) Time reqd . by 5 men = 42 da . ( Basis .)
5x (2 ) = (3 ) Time reqd . by 1 man = 210 da.
1 of (3) = (4) Time reqd , by 14 men = 15 da. , answer.
9. Find the area of a surface 16 rods long and 10 rods wide.
Solution : (1) Area of a surf. 16 rd . 1., 10 rd . w . = ( ) sq. rd .? ( Question .)
(2 ) Area of a surf. 1 rd . 1., 1 rd . w . = 1 sq . rd . ( Basis.)
16x ( 2) = (3 ) Area of a surf. 16 rd . 1., 1 rd . w . = 16 sq . rd .
10 (3 ) = (4 ) Area of a surf. 16 rd . l., 10 rd . w . = 160 sq . rd ., answer.
10. Find the length of a surface of 160 square rods, 10 rods
wide .
Solution : (1) Length of a surf. of 160 sq. rd., 10 rd .w . = ( )rd.? (Question.)
(2 ) Length of a surf. of 1 sq . rd ., 1 rd . w . = 1 rd . ( Basis. )
160 X (2 ) = (3 ) Length of a surf. of 160 sq . rd ., 1 rd . w . = 160 rd .
1% of (3) = (4) Length of a surf, of 160 sq. rd ., 10 rd . w . = 16 rd ., answer.
11. Find the width of a surface of 160 square rods, 16 rods
long .
Solution : (1) Width of a surf. of 160 sq. rd.,16 rd. 1. = () rd.? (Question .)
(2) Width of a surf, of 1 sq . rd ., 1 rd . 1. = 1 rd . (Basis.)
160 X (2 ) = (3 ) Width of a surf. of 160 sq . rd ., 1 rd . 1. = 160 rd .
to of (3) = (4) Width of a surf, of 160 sq. rd ., 16 rd . 1. = 10 rd ., answer.
12 . If 5 men build 100 rods of fence in 10 days, how many
rods can 3 men build in 7 days ?
Solution : (1 ) Amt. built by 3 men in 7 da . = ( ) rd . ? (Question .)
( 2) Amt. built by 5 men in 10 da. = 100 rd . ( Basis .)
of (2) = (3) Amt. built by 1 man in 10 da. = 20 rd .
to of (3 ) = (4) Amt. built by 1 man in 1 da. = 2 rd .
3X (4 ) = (5 ) Amt. built by 3 men in 1 da . = 6 rd .
7X (5 ) = (6 ) Amt. built by 3 men in 7 da. = 42 rd ., answer.
13. If 5 men build 100 rods of fence in 10 days, how many
men can build 42 rods in 7 days ?
Solution : (1) Force reqd . to build 42 rd . in 7 da. = ( )men ? (Question .)
(2 ) Force regd . to build 100 rd . in 10 da, = 5 men . ( Basis .)
ido of (2) = (3) Force reqd . to build 1 rd . in 10 da. = 1őo, or a man .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 119
10x (3 ) = (4 ) Force reqd . to build 1 rd . in 1 da . = ! 8 , or , man .
42x (4 ) = (5 ) Force reqd , to build 42 rd . in 1 da. = 21 men .
of (5 ) = (6 ) Force reqd . to build 42 rd . in 7 da. = 3 men , answer.

14. If 5 men can build 100 rods of fence in 10 days, how

many days will be required for 3 men to build 42 rods ?
Solution : (1) Time reqd . for 3 men to build 42 rd . = ( )da.? (Question .) .
(2) Time reqd . for 5 men to build 100 rd . = 10 da . ( Basis .)
5x ( 2) = (3 ) Time reqd . for 1 man to build 100 rd . = 50 da.
joo of- (3 ) = (4 ) Time reqd . for 1 man to build 1 rd . = 1 da.
1 of (4 ) = (5 ) Time reqd . for 3 men to build 1 rd . = da.
42 x (5 ) = (6 ) Time reqd . for 3 men to build 42 rd . = 7 days, answer,

15. Reduce 42 gallons to quarts.

Solution : (1) 42 gal. = ( ) qt.? (Question .)
( 2) 1 gal. = 4 qt. ( Basis .)
42x (2) = (3 ) 42 gal. = 168 qt., answer.
16 . Reduce 172 quarts to gallons.
Solution : (1) 172 qt. = ( ) gal.? (Question.)
(2 ) 1 qt . = | gal. ( Basis.)
172x ( 2) = (3) 172 qt. = 43 gal., answer.
17. Find the interest on $500 at 6 % per annum for 3 years.
Solution : (1) Int. on $500 at 6 % for 3 yr. = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2) Int. on $ 1 at 1% for 1 yr. = $.01. (Basis .)
500 X (2) = (3 ) Int. on $500 at 1% for 1 yr . = $5 .
6X (3) = (4 ) Int. on $500 at 6 % for 1 yr. = $ 30.
3X (4) = (5 ) Int. on $ 500 at 6 % for 3 yr. = $ 90 , answer.
18. Find the rate required for $500 to gain $90 in 3 years .
Solution : (1) Rate reqd . for $500 to gain $90 in 3 yr. = ( )% ? (Question.)
(2) Rate reqd. for $1 to gain $.01 in 1 yr. = 1%. ( Basis.)
Bio of (2 ) = (3 ) Rate reqd . for $500 to gain $ .01 in 1 yr. = 607% .
9000 (3) = (4) Rate reqd . for $500 to gain $ 90 in 1 yr. = 18 % .
šof (4) = (5 ) Rate reqd. for $500 to gain $90 in 3 yr. = 6%, answer.
19. Find the time required for $500 to gain $ 90 at 6 % per
annum .
 120 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Solution : (1) Time reqd , for $500 to gain $90 at 6 % = ( ) yr. ? (Question .)
(2 ) Time reqd . for $ 1 to gain $ .01 at 1 % = 1 yr. ( Basis .)
boof (2 ) = (3) Time reqd , for $500 to gain $.01 at 1% = 500 gr.
9000 X (3 ) = (4 ) Time reqd , for $ 500 to gain $ 90 at 1 % = 18 yr .
& of (4) = (5 ) Time reqd . for $500 to gain $90 at 6% = 3 yr., answer.
20 . What principal will gain $90 interest in 3 years at 6 %
per annum ?
Solution : (1) Prin . reqd . to gain $ 90 in 3 yr. at 6 % = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) Prin , reqd , to gain $ .01 in 1 yr, at 1 % = $ 1 . ( Basis. )
9000 X (2 ) = (3 ) Prin . reqd , to gain $ 90 in 1 yr. at 1% = $ 9000 .
of (3 ) = ( 4 ) Prin . reqd . to gain $ 90 in 3 yr . at 1 % = $ 3000 .
& of (4 ) = (5 ) Prin . reqd . to gain $ 90 in 3 yr. at 6 % = $500 , answer.

EXERCISE LII,

1 . What will 20 hats cost at $ 2 .50 each ?

2 . 21 is what part of 49 ?
3. What cost 22 yards of muslin at 10 $ per yard ? 18 yards
of flannel at 40¢ per yard ?
4 . What are 40 acres of land worth at $ 50 .20 per acre ?
5 . The light from the sun reaches the earth in 8 minutes,
and it travels at the rate of 188000 miles per second. Find
the distance to the sun .
6 . A has $ 840 ; B has 7 times as much ; C has 5 times as
much as B . How much has B , and C ?
7 . What is the area of a surface 120 feet long and 30 feet
wide ?
8. A can travel on a bicycle 4 times as fast as he can walk .
If he can walk 2 miles an hour, how fast can he go on a bi
cycle ?
9. 4 acres is what part of 10 acres ?
10. I charge $ 75 for collecting $ 750 : whatpart of theamount
collected will pay me for collecting ?
11. If 1 man can build a certain fence in 12 days, how long
will it take 4 men to build it ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 121
12. An area of 140 sq . ft . is 7 ft. wide. How long is it ?
13. An area of 150 sq. ft. is 50 ft. long. How wide is it ?
14. A 's money, $500 , is how many times B 's money, $ 125 ?
15. Find the volume of a solid 9 ft. long, 7 ft. wide, and 10
it . high .
16 . A volume of 630 cu . ft. is 9 ft. long and 7 ft. wide . How
high is it ?
17. A volume of 630 cu. ft. is 10 ft. high and 7 ft. wide.
How long is it ?
18. $6800 is how many times $ 260 ?
* 19. The distance to the sun is 90240000 miles. Light trav
els from the sun to the earth in 8 minutes : what is the veloc
ity of light per second ?
20 . A lady earns $ 15 per month ( 20 days). How much is
that per day ?
21. If 20 men harvest 180 acres in 5 days, how much does
each man harvest per day ?
22. Three leaps of a fox is as far as two leaps of a hound .
Reduce 60 fox -leaps to hound- leaps.
Question : 80 f. 1. = ( ) h . 1.?
23 . Basis same as in No. 22. Reduce 60 hound-leaps to fox
leaps.
24. The minute-hand of a clock travels 12 times as fast as
the hour-hand. How long will the hour-hand be in traveling
20 minute -spaces ?
Question : Time reqd . by h . h . to travel 20 min . spaces = ( ) min .?
25. How long will the minute -hand be in traveling 3 hour
spaces ?

26 . The sun passes over 15 degrees of longitude in 1 hour:

how many hours will it be in passing over 100 degrees ?
27. If $ 4.86 buys an exchange on London for £1, how large
an exchange can I buy for $ 9720 ?
122 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .
28. Find the interest on $ 720 for 5 years at 8 % per annum .
29. What principal will produce $ 168 interest in 4 years at
7 % per annum ?
30. At what rate will $ 540 bear $81 in 3 years ?
77. Fractional Solutions. - Fractional solutions are
those in which the first members of all equations are fractions
or are expressed as fractions.
PREPARATORY STEP: Reduce the fractions in the first members
of the parts of the problem to a common denominator .
EXAMPLES.

1. of A 's money is $4500 . Find of it.

Solution : (1) Reduced to L . C . D ., 4 and 1 = 35 and 38.
(2) 38 of A 's money = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(3 ) 15 of A 's money = $ 4500 . ( Basis.)
i's of (3) = (4) ab of A 's money = $ 300.
16 (4 ) = (5 ) 18 of A 's money = $4800, answer.
2. If 1 ton of hay costs $5 , what costs To of a ton ?
Solution : (1) Cost of % T . = $( ) ? (Question.)
(2) Cost of 18 T . = $5 . ( Basis.)
1 of (2) = (3 ) Cost of 4 T . = $ .50.
7 * ( 3) = (4 ) Cost of io T . = $ 3 .50 , answer.
3 . Find of $ 4000 .
Solution : (1) of $4000 = $( ) ? (Question.)
(2) g of $ 4000 = $4000. ( Basis.)
of ( 2 ) = ( 3 ) } of $ 4000 = $ 500 .
3x ( 3) = (4) 3 of $4000 = $ 1500, answer.
4. 342 is of what number ?
Solution : (1) 4 of No. = ( ) ? (Question.}
(2 ) of No. = 342. ( Basis.)
of ( 2) = (3 ) 4 of No. = 114 .
4 * (3 ) = (4) 4 of No. = 456, answer.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 123

5 . What number added to šof itself will give 560 ?

Solution : (1) $ of No. = ( ) ? (Question .)
(2) f of No. + ß of No. = 560. ( Basis.)
(2) = (3) 4 of No. = 560.
14 of (3 ) = (4 ) of No. = 40 .
9x (4 ) = (5 ) f of No. = 360 , answer.
6 . What number less its 4 leaves 510 ?
Solution : (1) ? of No, = ( ) ? (Question .)
(2) / of No. - 4 of No. = 510 . (Basis.)
(2) = (3) } of No. = 510 .
1 of ( 3) = (4) of No. = 170 .
7 * (4) = (5 ) { of No. = 1190, answer.
7. Find that number whose g added to its will give 1240 .
Solution : (1) Reduced to L . C . D ., { and j = 13 and 19 .
(2 ) 4 of No. = ( ) ? (Question .)
(3) 17 of No. + 39 of No. = 1240. (Basis.)
(3 ) = (4 ) XI of No. = 1240.
s'i of (4) = (5 ) d4 of No. = 40 .
24 x (5) = (6) j1 of No. = 960 ,answer.
8. Find that number whose į less its | leaves 850 .
Solution : (1) Reduced to L. C. D ., 11 and 1 = ii and 11 .
(2) 11 of No. = ( ) ? (Question .)
( 3) if of No. - 11 of No. = 850. (Basis.)
(3) = (4) 11 of No. = 850 .
1, of (4 ) = (5 ) 44 of No. = 50.
44 x (5) = (6) 41 of No. = 2200, answer.
9. 720 is more than what number ?
Solution : (1) jof No. = ( ) ? (Question .)
(2) of No. + i of No. = 720 . (Basis.)
(2) = (3 ) of No. = 720 .
of (3 ) = (4 ) } of No . = 144 .
3x (4) = (5 ) { of No. = 432, answer .
10. 102 is less than what number ?
Solution : (1) of No. = ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) of No. - of No. = 102. ( Basis .)
(2 ) = (3 ) of No. = 102.
$ of (3) = (4) j of No. = 34 .
5x (4) = (5 ) Ě of No. = 170, answer.
124 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

11. $ is what part of } ?

Solution : (1) Reduced to L. C. D., į and ; = f and g.
( 2 ) g = ( ) of ? (Question .)
( 3 ) J = all of z. ( Basis .)
of ( 3 ) = (4 ) } = { of z .
6 x (4 ) = (5 ) grof .
.. } is of Z.

12. .12 is how many times .08 ?

Solution : (1) .12 = ( ) * .08 ? (Question .)
( 2 ) .08 = 1x.08 . ( Basis .)
f of ( 2 ) = (3 ) .01 = { of .08 .
12 x ( 3 ) = ( 4 ) .12 = 1 , or 13 X.08 , answer.

EXERCISE LIIT.

1. $ of a number is 1240 . Find / of the number .

2. My salary is $ 765 . If I spend 5 of it, what amount do I
spend ?
3. A man can build of a wall in 12 days. In what time
can he build ß of it ?
4. In selling , a merchant lost i of the cost on an article
which cost him $ 20.24 . How much did he lose ? What did
the article sell for ?
5. A has vi as much money as B. If they both have $6400 ,
how much has B ? How much has A ?

Basis : Ü of B’s money +11 of B's money = $6400 . (Why ?)

6. 48 is is of what number ?
7. io of a number is 1542. Find the number .
8. of a bolt of muslin costs $ 5 . What will thewhole bolt
cost ?
9. I charge zo of a debt for collecting it . If I receive $ 240,
what was the whole debt ?
10. $ 950 is in more than what number ?
1

11. $ 175 is a less than what number ?

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 125

12. Find the number whose á added to its is makes $ 920 .

13. Find the number whose less its leaves $ 2030 .
14. What number added to its gives 136 ?
.15. What number less its & leaves 75 ?
16 . What is f of a ton of hay worth at $ 3.20 per ton ?
17. If is of a farm is worth $ 1750, what is the whole farm
worth ?
18. B can do of a piece of work in of a day . What part
of it can he do in % of a day ?
19. 14 times a number exceeds its } by 54. Find 34 times
the number.
20. A loaned B 5 of hismoney and had $480 left. How much
money had A before making the loan ?
21. The sum of two numbers is 54; the smaller is f of the
larger. Find the numbers .
Basis : of larger + } of larger = 54. (Why ?)
78 . Reciprocals and Their Use . — The Recipro
cal of a number is one divided by that number.
EXAMPLES
1. The reciprocal of 15 = is.
Note. — The reciprocal of an integer is expressed as a common fraction
whose numerator is 1 and whose denominator is the given integer.
2. The reciprocal of .03 =
3. The reciprocal of 3. 25 = 16
.

NOTE. — The reciprocal of a decimal is expressed as a common fraction

whose numerator is 1 and whose denominator is the given decimal.
4. Thereciprocal of = 1 = = 1x1= .
Note. — The reciprocalof a common fraction is expressed by inverting
the fraction .
5 . The reciprocal of 3), or y = 10
NOTE. — Reduce to an improper fraction and proceed as in No. 4 above.
126 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

After stating the parts of a problem for solution often the

first step is to proceed from what is given , to unity ( Step 1, p .
116 ). This can always be done directly , either in integral or
fractional problems, by employing the following principle :

PRINCIPLE : The product of a number by its reciprocal equals 1.

EXAMPLES

1. If 20 books cost $ 50 , what cost 1 book ?

Solution : ( 1) Cost of 1 book = $( ) ? (Question . )
( 2 ) Cost of 20 books = $50. ( Basis .)
2 * (2 ) = (3 ) Cost of 1 book = $ 2.50 , answer .
NotE. - Did we multiply by the reciprocal of 20 ? We have heretofore
used “ of ” instead of “ X ” ; is “ of ” correct ? ( See Article 42.)

2 If 3 } cords of wood are worth $ 8 , what is 1 cord worth ?

Solution : ( 1) Price of 1 cord = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) Price of 3 } cords = $ 8 . ( Basis .)
is of (2 ) = (3 ) Price of 1 cord = $ 2.40, answer.
NOTE.— % is the reciprocal of 33.

3. At $ 1.25 per bu ., how much wheat can be bought for

$ 22.50 ?
Solution : (1 ) $ 22.50 = cost of ( ) bu . ? (Question .)
(2 ) $ 1.25 = cost of 1 bu . ( Basis .)
1 1
1.25 X 2) (3 ) $ 1 = cost of,1.25 bu .
( =
22.50
22.50 X (3 ) = (4 ) $ 22.50 = cost of 1.25 " or 18 bu . , answer.
1
NOTE.- . 1.25 is the reciprocal of 1.25.

4. 121 is what part of 371 ?

Solution : (1) 12. = ( ) of 371 ? (Question .)
( 2 ) 37 ) = all of 37) . ( Basis.)
of ( 2 ) = ( 3 ) 1 = 15 of 37 ) .
25 2
121 x ( 3 ) = (4 ) 121 = 2 X 9 or } of 372, answer .
3
NOTE.- * is the reciprocal of 37 ) .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 127
EXERCISE LIV .
Solve the problems in Exercise LIII by using reciprocals instead
of the fractional solution there given . Thus,
1. Solution : (1) of No. = ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) 4 of No. = 1240 . ( Basis .)
of (2) = (3) 1x No. = 1550 .
of (3) = (4) of No. = 13561, answer.

79 . Solutions Shortened . - While it is strenuously

urged that the pupil should always follow out a complete solu
tion for every problem , it will become monotonous and even
repulsive to the pupil to be compelled always to go the “ long
way around,” when he can grasp completely a more direct so
lution .
Since solving a problem consists in commencing with a known
condition and passing by means of a known authorized process
from that known condition to the unknown (required ) condition ,
then it follows that both the known condition and the process
employed may depend largely upon the knowledge and ability
of the person taught. The following suggestions will aid in
shortening many solutions:
( 1) Common fractions are usually to be preferred to deci
mals. Learn the following table :
EQUIVALENTS.
$ .061/4 = $ 116
$ .0813 = $ 112
$ . 10 = $ 1/10
$ . 1212 = $ 18
$ . 162 = $1
$ . 20 = $ 1%
$ .25 = $ 14
$ .3313 = $ 13
$ .50 = $ 12
128 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .
EXAMPLES.
1 . At 163¢ each , how many knives can be bought for $ 3.50 ?
Solution : (1) $3} = cost of ( ) knives ? (Question.)
(2 ) $ 1 = cost of 1 knife . ( Basis. )
8X (2) = (3 ) $ 1 = cost of 6 knives.
31 (3 ) = (4 ) $ 3} = cost of 21 knives, answer.
2. What will 220 dozen eggs sell for, at 121€ per dozen ?
Solution : (1) Price of 220 doz. = $( ) ? (Question.)
(2 ) Price of 1 doz. = $1 . ( Basis .)
220 (2) = (3) Price of 220 doz. = $ 27 ) , or $27.50, answer.
.(2 ) If the first member of the basis is a known factor of the
first member of the question , one step only is needed in solving
the problem .
EXAMPLES.

1. 4 times A 's money is $ 800 . If B has 12 times as much

money as A , how much has B ?
Solution : (1) 12x A 's money = $( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) 4X A ' s money = $ 800 . ( Basis .)
3x (2 ) = (3) 12x A 's money = $2400, answer.
2. Reduce 128 ounces avoirdupois to pounds.
Solution : (1) 128 oz. = ( ) lb . ? (Question .).
(2) 16 oz. = 1 lb . ( Basis.)
8x (2) = (3) 128 oz. = 8 lb ., answer.
NOTE. - Here the basis of solution is not given ; and may be stated in
either of the forms: 16 oz . = 1 lb . , or 1 oz, = t lb . As the number to be
reduced (128 oz.) is a multiple of 16 oz., the first form is as good as the
second , if not better. But if the number to be reduced had not been a
multiple of 16 oz ., the second form would have been the better, since
it starts with unity in its first member.

(3 ) If the first member of the basis is a known multiple of

the first member of the question , one step only is needed in
solving the problem .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 129

EXAMPLES.

1. If $ 85 will buy 30 books , how many books can be bought

for $ 17 ?
Solution : (1) $ 17 = price of ( ) books ? (Question.)
(2 ) $85 = price of 30 books. ( Basis .)
} of ( 2 ) = (3 ) $ 17 = price of 6 books, answer.

2. If 5 men can do a piece of work in 45 days, in what time

can 15 men do the same work ?

Solution : (1 ) Time reqd . by 15 men = ( ) da. ? (Question .)

(2 ) Time reqd , by 5 men = 45 da. ( Basis.)
☆ of ( 2) = (3 ) Time reqd . by 15 men = 15 da ., answer.

3. A bought two tracts of land at a uniform price per acre .

first was 80 rods long and 40 rods wide, and cost $ 4000 .
What did the other cost, which was 20 rods long and 8 rods
wide ?
Solution : ( 1) Cost of a tract 20 rd . l. , 8 rd . w7.. = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2) Cost of a tract 80 rd . 1., 40 rd . w . = $ 4000 . ( Basis.)
4 of ( 2 ) = (3 ) Cost of a tract 20 rd . 1., 40 rd . w . = $ 1000 .
ß of (3 ) = (4 ) Cost of a tract 20 rd . 1., 8 rd . w . = $ 200, answer .

( 4 ) When the basis of a problem is omitted , the pupil

should be permitted to use whatever basis he can readily un
derstand .
EXAMPLE .

Find the interest on $ 500 for 21 years at 6 % per annum .

Solution : ( 1) Int. on $500 at 6 % for 21 yr. = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) Int. on $500 at 6% for 1 yr. = $ 30 . ( Basis.)
21 x ( 2) = (3 ) Int. on $500 at 6 % for 21 yr. = $ 75 , answer.

NOTE . — Most advanced pupils will readily see that the “ Interest on
$ 500 for 1 yr. at 6 % = $ 30 ” ; others may be able only to see that “ Interest
on $ 500 for 1 yr . at 1% = $ 5 ” ; while the beginner will have to commence
with “ Interest on $ 1 for 1 yr . at 1% = $.01.”
130 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE LV .

1. What will 50 lb. of butter cost, at 20 ¢ per pound ?

2. What are 80 knives worth , at 25 ¢ each ?
3. I bought 15 bu . of corn , at 33 } ¢ per bu . How much dia
it cost me ?
4. What will 64 yds. of cloth cost, at 61 % per yd. ?
5. I bought 24 quarts of strawberries, at 85 € per qt . How
much did I pay for them ?
6. At 124¢ each , how many tin pails can be bought for $ 4 ?
7. At 25 € each , how many melons can be bought for $ 5 ?
8. At 50 ¢ per bu ., how many bushels of apples can be bought
for $ 12 ?
9. At 33 } ¢ each , how many books can be bought for $ 11 ?
10. 15 is what part of 75 ?
11. A bill of exchange on London costs $ 4.86 per f . How
many £ 's will the bill call for, if it cost $ 486 ?

NOTE . — The English pound , or sovereign , £ , is worth about $ 4.86 in

American gold .

12. Reduce 315 gallons to barrels (31.5 gal. = 1 bbl.) .

13. A block of marble 10 ft . long , 8 ft . wide, and 6 ft. high ,
is worth $ 120 . Find the value of a block 5 ft. long, 2 ft . wide ,
and 2 ft. high .
14. A has $ 1000 ,which is 3 times as much as B has ; C has 9
times as much as B. How much has C ?
15. If 20 men build 24 miles of fence in 8 days, in how many
days can 5 men build 8 miles ?
16. Since 80 ° Réaumur is as hot as 100 ° Centigrade, how
many degrees Centigrade will correspond to 240 ° Réaumur ?
17. Reduce 160 ounces avoirdupois to pounds.
18. The sun passes over 15 degrees of longitude in 1 hour.
In what time will it pass over 135 degrees ?
19. John , who is 16 years old , is 4 times as old as James ;
Henry is 12 times as old as James : how old is Henry ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 131

20. If 96 pounds of sea -water contains 3 pounds of salt , how

many pounds of salt in 16 pounds of sea -water ?
21. If the interest on $500 for a certain time at a certain
rate is $ 25 , what is the interest on $ 125 for the same time at
the same rate ?
22. 15 times A's money is $720 . How much has B , who has
5 times as much as A ?
23. The wages of 3 men for 2 days is $ 9 . Find the wages of
12 men for 8 days.
24. If 20 men in 15 days build 5 miles of fence, how many
miles can 5 men build in 45 days ?

80. Percentage Solutions. In arithmetic, the term

Per Cent means hundredth or hundredths. The
sign , % , is used for the words per cent.

1 % = ido ;
5 % = 16o ;
121 % = 13!; and
100 % = 188 .

You should not think of percentage as something new in

principle ; it is only a new form of expressing hundredths .

PRINCIPLE : 100 % of any number is all of it.

To aid in shortening percentage solutions the following ta

bles are given , and should be committed to memory :

TABLES.

2 % = 10 of 100 % 1243 % = 1 of 100 %

4 % = 1/25 of 100 % 16 %% = % of 100 %
5 % = 120 of 100 % 20 % = 1 of 100 %
644 % = 116 of 100 % 25 % = 14 of 100 %
813 % = 112 of 100 % 331 % = 19 of 100 %
10 % = 1/10 of 100 % 50 % = 12 of 100 %
132 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

100 % = 50X2 % 100 % = 8x1212 %

100 % = 25 X4 % 100 % = 6X1643 %
100 % = 20x5 % 100 % = 5 x 20 %
100 % = 16 x 644 % 100 % = 4X25 %
100 % = 12 x 843 % 100 % = 3X3348 %
100 % = 10x10 % 100 % = 2x50 %
EXAMPLES
1. Find 12 % of 630 pounds.
Solution : (1 ) 12% of630 lb . = ( ) lb .? (Question .)
( 2) 100% of 630 lb . = 630 lb . (Basis .)
Ito of (2 ) = (3) 1% of 630 lb . = 6. 3 lb .
12x ( 3) = (4 ) 12% of 630 lb . = 75 .6 lb ., answer.
2. Mr. Jones has $ 1600 , of which 25 % is in the bank. How
much has he in the bank ?
Solution : (1) 25% of $ 1600 = ( ) ? (Question .)
(2) 100% of $ 1600 = $ 1600 . (Basis.)
4 of (2) = (3) 25 % of $ 1600 = $400, answer.
Note. - By knowing (from the table) that 25% is 1 of 100 % , we at once
take ţ of the basis , which gives the required answer without having to
pass first to unity.
3. I sell goods for Mr. Carr, amounting to $400 , on which I
charge a commission of 2 % . Find my commission .
Solution : (1) 2% ofsales = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) 100 % of sales = $ 400. ( Basis .)
s of (2) = (3) 2% of sales = $8, answer.
Note. - Commission for selling is always some % of the selling price.
4. I bought goods for a merchant, amounting to $80 . I
charged 5 % commission . Find my commission.
Solution : (1 ) 5 % of purchase = $( ) ? (Question .)
(2) 100% of purchase = $80 . ( Basis.)
ad of (2)= (3) 5% of purchase = $4, answer.
Note . - Commission for buying is always some% of the purchase price.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 133
5 . An article cost $4 .20, and was sold at a profit of 163 % .
Find the gain .
Solution : (1) 16 %% of cost = $( )? (Question.)
(2) 100 % of cost = $4.20 . ( Basis.)
I of ( 2) = (3) 163% of cost = $ .70 , answer.
NOTE. — The profit or loss is always some % of the cost price.
6 . I bought goods for $300, and sold them at 33$ % profit .
Find the selling price.
Solution : (1) 333% of cost = $( ) ? (Question.)
( 2) 100 % of cost = $ 300. ( Basis .)
$ of ( 2) = (3 ) 33} % of cost = $ 100.
(4) $300 + $ 100 = $400, answer.
NOTE. — The profit added to the cost gives the selling price .
7. I bought a horse for $ 72, and sold him at a loss of 121 % .
Find the selling price .
Solution : (1) 121% of cost = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2) 100 % of cost = $ 72. ( Basis .)
$ of (2 ) = (3 ) 121% of cost = $ 9 .
(4 ) $ 72 - $ 9 = $63, answer .
NOTE. - The loss subtracted from the cost gives the selling price.
8. 17% of a number is 68. Find the number.
Solution : (1) 100% of number = ( ) ? (Question.)
( 2 ) 17 % of number = 68 . ( Basis.)
1, of (2) = (3) 1% of number = 4.
100 X (3 ) = (4 ) 100% of number = 400 , answer.
Note . - When we cannot solve by a shorter plan , we can always go
from what we have given to 1 % ; then from 1 % to the required num
ber of % .
9. A lawyer is paid 5 % for collecting a debt. If he gets $45 ,
what is the amount of the debt ?
Solution : (1) 100 % of debt = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2) 5% of debt = $45. ( Basis. )
20x (2) = (3) 100% of debt = $900 , answer.
131 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

10. My gain on a certain article, which I sold at a profit of

25 % , is $ .75 . Find the cost price .
Solution : ( 1) 100% of cost = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) 25% of cost = $ . 75. ( Basis . )
4X (2 ) = (3 ) 100% of cost = $ 3 , answer.

11. My loss on a certain article , which I sold at a loss of

163 % , is $ 1.25 . Find the cost price .
Solution : (1 ) 100 % of cost = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) 163% of cost = $ 1.25 . ( Basis .)
6x (2 ) = ( 3 ) 100% of cost = $ 7.50 , answer .

12. In one book -case I have 50 books ; this is 124 % of my

library. How many books have I in my library ?
Solution : (1 ) 100% of library = ( ) books ? (Question .)
(2 ) 121% of library = 50 books. ( Basis.)
8X (2 ) = (3 ) 100 % of library = 400 books, answer.

13. 55 is 25 % more than what number ?

Solution : ( 1) 100% of No. = ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2) 100 % of No. + 25 % of No. = 55. ( Basis.)
( 2 ) = ( 3 ) 125 % of No. = 55 .
☆ of ( 3 ) = (4 ) 25 % of No. = 11.
4X (4 ) = (5 ) 100% of No. = 44, answer .

14. An article was sold at 50 % above cost for $ 4.20 . What

did the article cost ?
Solution : ( 1) 100% of cost = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) 100 % of cost + 50 % of cost = $4.20 . ( Basis .)
(2 ) = (3 ) 150 % of cost = $4.20 .
fof ( 3 ) = (4 ) 50% of cost = $ 1.40.
2x ( 4 ) = (5 ) 100% of cost = $ 2.80 , answer.

15. 70 is 12 % less than what number ?

Solution : ( 1 ) 100 % of No. = ( ) ? (Question . )
(2 ) 100% of No.- 123% of No. = 70. ( Basis . )
( 2 ) = ( 3 ) 871% of No. = 70 .
1 of (3 ) = ( 4 ) 121% of No. = 10 .
8x (4 ) = (5 ) 100 % of No. = 80, answer.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 135

16. $ 7 is what % of $ 20 ?
Solution : (1 ) $ 7 = ( )% of $ 20 ? (Question .)
( 2) $ 20 = 100 % of $ 20 . ( Basis .)
o of ( 2 ) = (3 ) $ 1 = 5 % of $ 20.
7x ( 3 ) = (4 ) $ 7 = 35 % of $20, answer.

17. A lawyer gets $ 35 commission for collecting a debt of

$ 500 . What % commission does he charge ?
Solution : (1) $ 35 = ( )% of debt ? (Question. )
(2) $500 = 100% of debt. ( Basis. )
sto of ( 2) = ( 3 ) $ 1 = 1 % of debt.
35 (3 ) = (4 ) $ 35 = 7 % of debt, answer.

18. I paid $52 for a buggy ,and sold it so as to gain $ 13 . Find

the % of profit.
Note. - As profit or loss is some per cent of the cost, in this problem
we really want to know how many % $ 13 is of the cost , or $52.

Solution : ( 1) $ 13 = ( )% of cost ? (Question .)

( 2 ) $52 = 100% of cost. ( Basis .)
4 of (2 ) = ( 3 ) $ 13 = 25 % of cost, answer.

19. Find 8 % of 15 % of $ 3500 .

Solution : (1 ) 15% of $ 3500 = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) 100 % of 100% of $ 3500 = $ 3500 . ( Basis .)
ido of ( 2 ) = (3 ) 1% of $ 3500 = $ 35.
15 x ( 3 ) = (4 ) 15% of $ 3500 = $525 .
(5 ) 8 % of $525 = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(6 ) 100% of $525 = $525. ( Basis .)
Too of (6 ) = (7 ) 1 % of $525 = $5.25 .
8x (7 ) = (8 ) 8% of $525 = $ 42, answer.
PLAN.- The plan of this solution is to find 15 % of $ 3500 ; then , 8% of
that result. This gives 8% of 15 % of $3500.

Another form : ( 1) 8% of 15 % of $ 3500 = $ ( ) ? (Question .)

(2 ) 100 % of 100 % of $ 3500 = $ 3500. ( Basis.)
ito of (2 ) = (3) 1 % of 100% of $ 3500 = $ 35 .
ido of (3 ) = (4 ) 1% of 1 % of $ 3500 = $.35 .
8X (4 ) = (5 ) 8 % of 1% of $ 3500 = $ 2.80 .
15 x (5 ) = (6 ) 8% of 15 % of $ 3500 = $ 42, answer.
 136 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

20. 75 is how many % more than 60 ?

Solution : (1 ) 75 = ( )% of 60 ? (Question .)
( 2 ) 60 = 100 % of 60. ( Basis . )
od of ( 2 ) = (3 ) 1 = 10 % of 60 .
75 X ( 3 ) = (4) 75 = 125% of 60.
... 75 is 25 % more than 60 .

NOTE. — Since 100% of 60 is all of 60 , 125 % of 60 is 25 % more than 60 .

21. 40 is how many % less than 50 ?

Solution : ( 1 ) 40 = ( )% of 50 ? (Question .)
(2 ) 50 = 100% of 50. ( Basis .)
od of ( 2 ) = ( 3 ) 1 = 2 % of 50.
40 x ( 3 ) = (4 ) 40 = 80 % of 50 .
... 40 is 20 % less than 50 .

22. A's money is 25 % more than B's ; then , B's money is

how many % less than A's ?
Solution : (1) 100% of B's money = ( )% of A's money ? (Question .)
(2) 100 % of B’s money + 25% of B's money = 100 % of A's money.
(Basis.
(2 ) = (3 ) 125 % of B’s money = 100 % of A's money .
I is of (3 ) = (4 ) 1% of B’s money = 4 % of A's money .
100 x ( 4 ) = (5 ) 100% of B’s money = 80% of A's money .
.. B's money is 20 % less than A's .

23. A's money is 20 % less than B's ; then , B's money is how
many % more than A's ?
Solution : ( 1) 100% of B’s money = ( )% of A's money ? (Question .)
( 2) 100 % of B's money – 20 % of B’s money = 100% of A's money.
(Basis .)
(2 ) = (3 ) 80% of B’s money = 100 % of A's money .
4 of (3 ) = (4 ) 20% of B’s money = 25 % of A's money .
5x (4 ) = (5 ) 100 % of B’s money = 125 % of A's money .
.. B's money is 25 % more than A's .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 137

EXERCISE LVI.
1. Find 6 % of $ 300 .
2. Find 121 % of $ 4000 .
3. Find 20 % of į of $ 1600 .
4. 8 % of 30 % of $ 360 is how much ?
5. Find 40 % of 50 % of $ 1 .
6. I owe A $640 ; B , $830 ; C , $ 720 ; D , $ .25 . How much
will each get , if I can pay but 20 % , or $ .20 on the $ 1 ?
7. A certain tax levy is 14 % . Find A's taxes, if his prop
erty is worth $ 46420 .
8. 9 % of a debt is $ 189.72. What is the debt ?
9. $3200 is 16 % of what ?
10. $3200 is 40 % of what ?
11. $ 75 is 33 } % more than what number ?
12. $ 80 is 163 % less than what number ?
13. $ 250 is how many % more than $ 200 ?
14. $ 750 is how many % less than $ 900 ?
15. A's money is 121 % more than B's ; then , B's money is
how many % less than A's ?
16. A's money is 25 % less than B's ; then , B's money is how
many % more than A’s ?
17. A has a flock of 1800 sheep . He sells 15 % to B , who
sells 10 % of his to C. After these sales how many has each ?
18. I drew from a bank $60, which was 15 % of my deposit .
What sum had I left in the bank ?
19. B sells a pair of shoes at 10 % less than list price ; if list
price is 331 % above cost , and B sells them for $ 1.80 , find the
cost .
20. What is the face value of Government bonds which pay ,
at 6 % , an income of $ 720 per annum ?
21. 1 bushel is how many per centmore than 3 pecks ?
22. 1 yard is how many per cent less than 1 meter ?
NOTE . - 36 inches = 1 yard ; 39.37 inches = 1 meter .
23. 1 meter is how many per cent more than 1 yard ?
138 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

24 . 1 pint is what per cent of 1 gallon ?

25. 5 months is what % of 9 months ?
26 . 20 % of 50 % of $600 is what per cent of 80 % of 30 % of
$ 400 ?
Plan . - (1) Find 80% of 30 % of $ 400 ; (2) find 20% of50% of $600 ; (3) find
what % the second result is of the first result.
Study the definitions and principles (omitting the formulas
and relations), and solve by the method here given all the
problems in Profit and Loss, Trade Discount, Commission ,
Stocks and Bonds, Taxes, Duties, and Insurance. ( See Part
II, pp. 251-280 .)
2. THE PROPORTION METHOD.
· 81. Process . - The process of solving a problem by the
proportion method consists in (1) stating a proportion according
to the following principle,and (2) solving that proportion.
PRINCIPLE : In two equations of the same nature, and depending
upon the same condition , the numerical ratio between the first mem
bers is equalto the numerical ratio between the second members.
ILLUSTRATION.
Suppose, (a) Cost of 1 book = $ 3,
Then, 40 x (1) = (b ) Cost of 40 books = $120 .
30 ( 1) = (c ) Cost of 30 books = $90.
20 X (1) = (d ) Cost of 20 books = $60 .
15 x (1) = (e ) Cost of 15 books = $ 45 .
5 * (1) = (f) Cost of 5 books = $ 15 .
Nore . - The last five equations were all obtained from the first, and
( 1) are all of the samenature, having “ cost of books ” for their first mem
bers and " $ 's " for their second members ; (2 ) they all depend upon the
same condition — that 1 book costs $ 3.
1. Compare (b ) (d).
(b ) Cost of 40 books = $ 120 .
( d ) Cost of 20 books = $60 .
( 1 ) 40 : 20 = 2 .
( 2) 120 :60 = 2 .
: : 40 : 20 : : 120 :60 .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 139

2. Compare ( c ) and ( f) .
( c ) Cost of 30 books = $ 90 .
( f) Cost of 5 books = $ 15 .
( 1) 30 : 5 = 6 .
(2 ) 90 : 15 = 6 .
.. 15 : 5 :: 90 : 15 .

3. Compare ( e ) and ( f) .
( e ) Cost of 15 books = $ 45 .
(f) Cost of 5 books = $ 15 .
( 1) 15 : 5 = 3 .
( 2 ) 45 : 15 = 3 .
.. 15 : 5 :: 45 : 15 .

When the parts of a problem are stated for solution , the

equations formed are of the same nature and depend upon the
same condition ; therefore , the above principle may be used in
stating the proportion . After the proportion is stated it is
solved by methods in Articles 68 and 69 .

EXAMPLES.

1. If 10 books cost $ 20 , what will 35 books cost ?

Solution : ( 1 ) Cost of 35 books = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2) Cost of 10 books = $ 20 . ( Basis.)
(3 ) 35:10 ::( ) : 20 ? ( Proportion .)
2
35 x 20
= 70 .
IV
.. the required number is $ 70 .

2. If I can buy 15 hogs for $ 75 , how many can I buy for $ 90 ?

Solution : (1 ) $ 90 = cost of ( ) hogs ? (Question .)
..

(2 ) $ 75 = cost of 15 hogs. ( Basis .)

(3 ) 90:75 ::( ) : 15 ? ( Proportion .)
18
90 x 15
(4 ) = 18
75
8
6. the required number is 18 hogs.
140 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

3. Reduce 8 bushels to pecks.

Solution : (1 ) 8 bu . = ( ) pk . ? (Question .)
( 2 ) 1 bu . = 4 pk . ( Basis .)
(3 ) 8 : 1 ::( ) : 4 ? ( Proportion .)
8x4
(4 ) - 32.

1
.. the required number is 32 pecks.

4. If 30 acres of land cost $ 450, how much was that per acre ?
Solution : ( 1 ) Cost of 1 acre = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) Cost of 30 acres = $450 . ( Basis.)
( 3 ) 1:30 ::( ) : 450 ? ( Proportion .)
15
1 x 450
(4) 15 .
3Ø
.. the required answer is $ 15 .

5. If 50 shares of stock cost $4000 , what will 78 shares cost ?

Solution : (1 ) Price of 78 shares = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) Price of 50 shares = $ 4000 . ( Basis .)
(3 ) 78:50 ::( ) :4000 ? ( Proportion .)
78 X 4000
(4 ) = 6240 .
50
... 78 shares will cost $ 6240 .

6. A tract of land 40 rods long, 20 rods wide, contains 5

acres . What must be the length of a tract 60 rods wide to con
tain 30 acres ?
1st Solution : (1 ) Length of a tract of 30 A.,60 rd . w . = ( ) rd. ? (Question .)
( 2) Length of a tract of 5 A., 20 rd . w . = 40 rd . ( Basis.)
30 5
( 3 ) 60 - 20 :: ( ) : 40 ? ( Proportion.)
30 x 20 x 40
= 80 .
60 x 5
.. the required length is 80 rods.

“ 30 5
NOTE. and do not in fact truly represent the numerical
60 " 20
values of the two lengths considered in this problem . The “ 30 ” and
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC , 141

665 " are acres , while the “ 60 " and " 20 " are rods. There are 160 square
30 x 160 5 x 160
rods in an acre , and and would represent the true numer
60 20
ical length. But, in working out the proportion , one of these 160's
would cancel the other, and they may therefore be omitted altogether .

It is not necessary in the proportion method that the blank

term should always appear alone in the right member of the
question , or in the rightmember at all for that matter ; it may
fall anywhere in the equation , but care must always be taken
to arrange the question and basis in the same order . Number 6
may be solved as follows :

2d Solution : ( 1) Area of a tract ( ) rd . 1., 60 rd . w . = 30 A.? (Question .)

(2 ) Area of a tract 40 rd . 1., 20 rd . w . = 5 A. ( Basis .)
(3 ) ( ) x 60:40 x 20 :: 30 : 5 ? ( Proportion.)
40 x 20 x 30
(4 ) 80 .
60 x 5
.. the required length is 80 rods.

7. A tract of land 40 rods long, 20 rods wide, is worth $ 800 .

Find the width of a tract 50 rods long that is worth $ 1500 .
Solution : ( 1) Value of a tract 50 rd . 1., ( ) rd . w . = $ 1500 ? (Question .)
(2 ) Value of a tract 40 rd . 1., 20 rd . w . = $ 800. ( Basis.)
(3 ) 50 % ( ) :40 x 20 :: 1500 :800 ? ( Proportion .)
40 x 20 x 1500
(4 ) = 30 .
50 x 800
.. the required width is 30 rods.

8. Goods that cost me $ 320, I sell for $ 416 . How should I

mark goods that cost me $ 40 to make a proportional profit in
selling ?
Solution : ( 1) Selling price of $40 worth of goods = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2) Selling price of $320 worth of goods = $416 . ( Basis.)
(3 ) 40 : 320 : :( ) : 416 ? ( Proportion .)
40 X 416
(4 ) -52.
320
.. the goods should be marked to sell for $52.
142 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

9. I sell 40 pounds of sugar, 16 ounces to the pound, for $ 3.20 .

For how much should I sell 40 pounds, 15 ounces to the pound ?
Solution : ( 1) Value of 40 lb., 15 oz. to the lb. = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) Value of 40 lb., 16 oz. to the lb. = $3.20. ( Basis .)
(3 ) 40 x 15 : 40 16 ::( ) : 3.2 ? ( Proportion .)
40 x 15 x 3.2
(4 ) = 3.
40 x 16
.. the required value is $ 3 .

Note. — When the same factor occurs in each part of the problem , it
has no effect upon the result. If the 40's were omitted in the above
problem , would that make any change in the result ?

10. A grocer sells a quantity of sugar by a false weight of 15

ounces to the pound for $ 3.20 . How much does he gain by the
cheat ?
Solution : ( 1) Cost of the number of lb. of 15 oz. each = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2) Cost of same number of lb. of 16 oz. each = $ 3.20 . ( Basis .)
(3 ) 15:16 ::( ) : 3.2 ? ( Proportion .)
15 x 3.2
(4 ) :3.
16
.. the true selling price is $ 3 , and his gain by cheating is 20 % .

Note . — The thief gets pay for trueweight (16 oz . to the lb.). If he had
delivered full weight, the sales would have been worth $ 3.20 ; what is
the amount worth which he does deliver ?

11. A lawyer who collects for 5 % , gets $34.60 for collecting a

debt. Find the amount of the debt.
Solution : ( 1) 100 % of debt = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
( 2 ) 5 % of debt = $ 34.50. ( Basis. )
( 3 ) 100 : 5 ::( ) : 34.5 ? ( Proportion .)
100 X 34,5
(4) = 690 .
5
... the amount of the debt is $690 .

12. A's property is assessed at $3800 . What is his tax at

96 ¢ on the $ 100 ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 113

Solution : ( 1) Tax on $3800 = $ ( ) ? (Question .)

..
(2 ) Tax on $100 = $.96 . ( Basis .)
( 3 ) 3800 : 100 : :( ) : .96 ? ( Proportion .)
3800 X.96
= 36.48 .
100
.. A's tax is $ 36.48 .

13. B owns $ 2500 of the capital stock of a $ 200000 stock

company. The company has $14000 for distribution among its
stockholders . How much does B get ?
Solution : (1) The dividend on $ 2500 = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) The dividend on $ 200000 = $ 14000 . (Basis.)
(3 ) 2500 : 200000 ::( ) : 14000 ? ( Proportion .)
2500 x 14000
(4 ) - 175 .
200000
... B's dividend is $ 175 .

14. A certain body of soldiers , standing 125 in rank and 60

in file, change the file to 75 : what is the change in rank ?
Solution :
( 1) Length of a certain body ofmen 75 men w . = ( )men ? (Question.)
(2 ) Length of same body of men 60 men w . == 125 men . ( Basis .)
No. No.
(3) : ::( ) : 125 ? (Proportion .)
75 60
No. X 125 X 60
(4 ) = 100 .
75 x No.
.. the rank is changed to 100 men .
NotE. - If there were two different numbers of men , the amount of
each would have to be expressed ; but as it is, the same “ No.” (what
ever its size) falls both above and below , and does not affect the result.

15. If 800 reams of paper are consumed in printing 38400

volumes of a 160-page book , octavo size , how many reams of
paper will be required in printing 27000 volumes of a 320 - page
book , duodecimo size ?

NOTE. - In making a book octavo size each sheet is folded into 8 leaves,
making 16 pages ; in a duodecimo size each sheet is folded into 12 leaves ,
making 24 pages.
144 ADVANCED ARITHMETIO .

Solution :
(1) Amt. of paper reqd . for 27000 vol. of 320 pp. each = ( ) reams of 24
pp . to the sheet ? (Question .)
(2 ) Amt. of paper reqd . for 38400 vol. of 160 pp. each = 800 reams of 16
pp . to the sheet. ( Basis .)
( 3) 27000 x 320 : 38400 x 160 ::( ) * 24 : 800 x 16 ? ( Proportion .)
27000 x 320 x 800 x 16
(4 ) - 750 .
38400 x 160 x 24
... 750 reamswill be required .

16. What rate is required for $ 600 to produce $ 192 interest in

?

4 years
Solution : ( 1) Int. on $ 600 for 4 yr. at ( )% = $ 192 ? (Question .)
(2 ) Int. on $ 1 for 1 yr. at 1% = $ .01. ( Basis .)
( 3) 600 x 4x ( ) : 1x1x1:: 192 : .01 ? ( Proportion .)
1x1x1x192 19200
(4 ) = 8.
600 X 4x.01 2400
.. the reqd . rate is 8% .

17. What principal will be required to bear $225 at 9 % in

33 years ?
Solution : (1) Int. on $ ( ) for 3 yr. at 9 % = $ 225 ? (Question .)
(2 ) Int. on $ 1 for 1 yr. at 1% = $ .01. ( Basis.)
(3 ) ( )x31x9: 1x1x1 ::225 :.01 ? ( Proportion .)
1x1x1x225 = 750 .
33 x9x.01
.. the required principal is $750 .

18. If 8 men mow 36 acres in 9 days of 9 hours each , how

many men can mow 48 acres in 12 days of 12 hours each ?
Solution :
( 1) Amt. mowed by ( )men in 12 da. of 12 hr. each = 48 A. ? (Question .)
(2 ) Amt. mowed by 8 men in 9 da. of 9 hr. each = 36 A. ( Basis.)
(3 ) ( ) x 12 x 12 : 8X9X9:: 48 : 36 ? ( Proportion . )
8 X9 X9 X 48
(4 ) = 6
12 x 12 x 36
.. the required answer is 6 men .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 145

19. A garrison of men have food to last 9 months, giving

each man 1 pound 2 ounces per day. What should be the daily
allowance to make the same food last 1 year 8 months ?
NOTE.— ( 1 ) 1 lb. 2 oz . = 18 oz. ; 1 yr. 8 mo. = 20 mo.

Solution :

= a certain amount ? (Question .)

(1){ in 20'mo,atten oz . each per da.}
Food eaten by garrison
= same amount (Basis .)
(3 ) 20 x ( ) : 9x18 :: Amt.: Amt, ? (Proportion .)
9x 18 xamt.
(4 ) -810
20 X amt.
... the required answer is 8 ' oz .

20. If 50 men in 10 days of 9 hours each , build a wall 250

yards long, 8 feet high , 3 feet thick , how many hours per day
must 75 men work to build a wall 650 yards long, 9 feet high ,
4 feet thick , in 30 days ?
Amt, built by 75 men A wall 650 yd . 1.,
Solution : (1 ) working 30 da. of
( ) hr. each } = { ft. h ., 4 ft . th ? (Question . )
9
Amt. built by 50 men
(2 ) working 10 da. of ŞA wall 250 yd . 1. ,
9 hr. each }- {8 ft . h ., 3 ft. th . ( Basis .)
(3 ) 75 x 30 x ( ) : 50 x 10 x 9 ::650 X 9 X4 : 250 x8x3 ? (Proportion .)
50 x 10 X 9 X 650 X 9 X4
= 7.8
75 x 30 x 250 x 8X3
.. the required answer is 7.8 hr.

EXERCISE LVII.

1. Find the cost of 150 bushels of apples at $ .65 per bushel.

2. If 12 tons of hay can be bought for $ 36 , how much must
be paid for 50 tons ?
3. A farmer sows 6 bushels of grain on 45 acres . At that
rate, how many bushels will be needed to sow 3.6 acres ?
4. If it requires 42 yd . of carpet | yd . wide to cover a floor,
how many yards of carpet 1 yd . wide will be needed ?
 ED ETIC
146 ADVANC ARITHM .

5 . In preparing a certain mixture, 12 gills of water were

mixed with 7 gills of other ingredients. How many gills of
other ingredients should be mixed with 42 gills of water ?
6 . 15 % of a debt is $ 16 .50. Find 80 % of it.
7. A grocer uses false weightwhereby 154 oz. is sold for a
pound. What is the true value of groceries which he sells for
$ 320 ?
8 . If 20 yd . of cloth 1.5 yd. wide sell for $ 15 , how wide
must 51 yd . of the same kind of cloth be to sell for $ 42.50 ?
9 . What are a servant’s wages for 3 weeks 5 days, at $ 1. 75
per week ?
10. A body of soldiers are 42 in rank and 24 in file . If they
were changed to 36 in rank , how many in file would they be ?
11. An equatorial degree is 365000 feet. How many feet in
75° 24',measured on the equator ?
12 . If a troy pound of English standard silver is worth £330,
what is 1 lb . av . worth ?
13. If coffee which cost $225 is now worth $318 .75, what was
the cost of coffee now worth $ 1285 .20 ?
14. A bin 7 ft. long, 24 ft. wide, 2 ft . high , contains 28 bu .
of corn . How deep must one be which is 18 ft. long, 4 ft.
wide, to contain 120 bushels ?
15 . If 150000 bricks are used in building a house whose walls
average 11 ft. thick ,30 ft. high ,and all together are 216 ft.long,
how many bricks will be required to build a wall 2 ft. thick , 24
ft. high , and 324 ft. long ?
16 . It requires 800 reams of paper to print 28800 volumes of
a duodecimo book of 320 pages to the volume. How many
reams of paper will be required to print 24000 volumes of an
octavo book of 520 pages to the volume ?
17. The premium on a draft for $4320 is $21.60 : how large a
draft can I buy at a premium of $32. 10 ?
18 . The rate of premium as in No. 17 . What will be the
premium on a draft for $ 1234. 20 ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 147

19. A property worth $ 2540 rents for $ 139. 70 : at that rate,

what should property valued at $ 4000 rent for ?
20 . At the rate in No. 19,what is the value of property which
rents for $ 192. 70 ?
21. What is the tax on $3450 worth of property at $ 1.60 on
the $ 100 ?
22. If A charges 5¢ on the dollar for collecting a note and
receives as his commission $ 24 .50 , what is the face of thenote ?
23. A man failing is able to pay only $65 on the $ 100 of his
debts. What does E get, if this man owes him $824 ?
24 . A stock company whose capital is $4256000 is ready to
distribute $ 148960 among its stockholders. Smith gets a divi
dend of $ 157 .50 : how much stock has he ?
25 . If 16 men build 18 rods of fence in 12 days, how many
men can build 72 rods in 8 days ?
26 . If $ 100 gain $ 8 in 12 months, how many dollars will gain
$ 144 in 4 months ?
27. If 6 men spend $ 150 in 8 months, how much will 15 men
spend in 20 months ?
28. If 180 men in 6 days of 10 hours each dig a trench 200
yd . long , 3 yd . wide, 2 yd . deep , in how many days of 8 hr. each
can 100 men dig a trench 180 yd . long, 4 yd . wide, 3 yd . deep ?
29. If a regiment of 840 men has food for 60 days, how many
days should the same food last a garrison of 1260 men ?
30. If a pipe discharging 4 gallons per minute fill a cistern
in 2 hours, in how many minutes may the cistern be filled by
a pipe discharging 9 gallons per minute ?
31. If the use of $ 1500 for 3 yr. 8 mo. 25 da. is worth $336 .25,
what is the use of $ 100 for 1 yr. worth ?
32. If 4 horses draw a car 9 miles per hour, how many miles
per hour will an engine of 150 horse-power draw a train of 12
such cars , adding its own weight, 3 cars ?
 PART II.
I. STUDY OF NUMBERS.
A . DENOMINATE NUMBERS.
82. Definitions. - A denominate number repre
sents quantity as composed of units of a particular denomina
tion or kind . As,
50 bushels , 30 minutes, 8 pounds.
Most magnitudes may be expressed in units of two or more
sizes. Thus, timemay be expressed in seconds, minutes, hours ,
etc .

The process of determining the number of units of one size

in a number expressed in units of another size , is called re
duction . As,
( 1 ) To find how many quarts in 10 gallons ; or ,
(2 ) To find how many gallons in 40 quarts .

When the change is from a larger (higher) to a smaller

( lower) unit , as in ( 1) , the reduction is descending ; when
from a smaller to a larger unit , as in (2 ) , the reduction is as
cending .
In order to change or reduce a number from units of one size
to units of another, the relative size of these units must be
known. The equation which states this relation is the basis of
solution . These equations are given in the tables. The plan
and process of solution are the sameas learned in Part I.
( 148 )
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 119

There are two systems of measurement in use in the United

States , The English System and The French System .
The English System , originated by the English , has come
into common use among the people of the United States for
all ordinarymeasurements and computations ; except the Eng
lish units of value, which are not used in the United States.
The French System , originated by the French , is used in the
United States principally by scientists in making scientific
measurements and computations.

I. ENGLISH SYSTEM .

83. Linear Measures. - A Line is that which has

only one dimension , length . The linear measures , or units, are
used in measuring heights, lengths, widths, distances, etc.
There are two tables, the Common Linear Table and
the Surveyors' Linear Table .

COMMON LINEAR TABLE.

1 yard ( yd . ) = 3 feet ( ft. ) .

1 ft . = 12 inches ( in . ) .

SURVEYORS' LINEAR TABLE .

1 mile (mi. ) = 80 chains ( ch . ) .

4 rods (rd . ) , or
1 chain = 66 ft . , or
100 links ( 1. ) .
1612 ft. , or
1 rod
25 1 .

Note 1. - A link is 7.92 inches long. It is seldom , if ever, necessary in

practice to reduce links to inches or inches to links.

NOTE 2. - In ordinary land -surveying, surveyors use a chain 100 links,

or 66 feet, long ,-sometimes called Gunter's Chain . Civil engineers gen
erally use a “ steel tape," 100 feet long.
150 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXAMPLES
1. Reduce 5 yd . 2 ft. 9 in . to inches.
Plan . — 1) Reduce the yards to feet, and add the 2 ft. (2) Reduce the
feet to inches, and add the 9 in. Each step contains one problem and
one addition .
Solution : (1) 5 yd . = ( ) ft.? (Question .)
(2) 1 yd . = 3 ft . ( Basis.)
5x (2) = (3) 5 yd . = 15 ft.
(4 ) 15 ft. + 2 ft. = 17 ft.
(5 ) 17 ft. = ( ) in .? (Question .)
(6 ) 1 ft. = 12 in . (Basis.)
17 X (6 ) = (7) 17 ft. = 204 in .
(8 ) 204 in . + 9 in . = 213 in ., answer.

2. Reduce 2 mi. 20 ch . 74 1. to links.

Note.- If, in the judgment of the teacher, the solution is sufficiently
clear to the pupil without stating the “ Question” each time, the “ Ques
tion ” may be omitted . Thus,
Solution : (1) 1 mi. = 80 ch . ( Basis .)
2 x (1) = (2) 2 mi. = 180 ch.
(3) 160 ch . + 20 ch . = 180 ch .
(4) 1 ch . = 100 1. ( Basis.)
180 X (4 ) = (5 ) 180 ch . = 18000 1.
(6 ) 18000 1. + 74 1. = 18074 1., answer.
3. Prepare the surveyors' linear table for use in reduction
ascending .
NOTE. - In reduction descending , the order of the process is from
higher to lower units, and the larger unit in each equation is on the
left. In reduction ascending, this order is reversed , and the smaller
unit is placed on the left. Thus,
1 in.=ml.=1 .
11. = idordch.
.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 151

1 ft. = 3*3 rd .
16 ch .
1 rd . = 4 ch .
1 ch . = sto mi.

4. Reduce 24348 1. to higher units.

Solution : ( 1) 1 1. = ido ch . ( Basis.)
24348 X ( 1) = (2 ) 24348 1. = 21388 ch . = 243 ch . + 48 1.
( 3 ) 1 ch . = sto mi. (Basis.)
243x( 3 ) = ( 4) 243 ch. = 3 mi. + 3 ch.
.. 24348 1. = 3 mi. 3 ch . 48 1.

Another Solution : ( 1) 1 1. = z ; rd . ( Basis .)

24348 X ( 1 ) = ( 2 ) 24348 1. = 973 rd . +23 1.
( 3) 1 rd . = 4 ch . ( Basis .)
973 x (3 ) = ( 4 ) 973 rd . = 243 ch . + 1 rd .
(5 ) 1 ch . = zo mi. ( Basis.)
243x( 5) = ( 6 ) 243 ch . = 3 mi. + 3 ch.
.. 24348 1. = 3 mi. 3 ch . 1 rd . 23 1 .

Note . - In the first solution , equation (2), 21348 ch . is simplified by di

viding the 24348 by 100. The quotient is 243 ch ., the remainder is 14 % chi.
But do ch . is 1 1., therefore 14 % ch . = 48 1. Thus, the quotient represents
the number of chains, and the remainder the number of links.

5. Reduce 444 rd . to miles.

Solution :. ( 1) 1 rd . = 4 ch . ( Basis .)
444 x (1) = (2 ) 444 rd. = 111 ch .
(3 ) 1 ch . = z mi. (Basis .)
111 (3) = (4 ) 111 ch. = 13; mi., or , 1.3875 mi., answer.

Note . - In reducing to “ higher units ,” the remainders are left as intea

gers, and the quotient only is reduced higher. In reducing to a particu
lar denomination , as in No. 5 , the exact quotient is obtained each time and
all carried to the required denomination . In reducing fractions to
“ lower units ," when the result is a mixed number, leave the integral
part, and reduce only the fraction lower .
152 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC ,

6. Reduce ſyd . | ft . to inches .

Solution : ( 1) 1 yd . = 3 ft. ( Basis.)
ſ of (1) = ( 2) ; yd . = 2 ft .
(3 ) 2 ft. + 1 ft. = 24 ft.

( 4 ) 1 ft. = 12 in . ( Basis .)
21 * (4 ) = (5 ) 21 ft. = 27 in ., answer.

7. Reduce & ft. to the fraction of a mile .

Solution : ( 1 ) 1 ft. = dle ch . ( Basis .)
is of ( 1) = ( 2 ) Kft . = 105 ch .

( 3 ) 1 ch . = zb mi. ( Basis .)
10 57 of ( 3) = (4 ) 10056 ch . = 16 96 mi., answer.

8. Reduce .32 rd . to the decimal of a mile.

Solution : ( 1) 1 rd. = $ ch , = .25 ch .
.32 of ( 1) = (2 ) .32 rd . = .08 ch .

( 3) 1 ch . = zb mi. = .0125 mi.

.08 of ( 3 ) = ( 4 ) .08 ch . = .001mi., answer.

NOTE. - When a decimal result is required , it may be obtained as

above by expressing all fractions as decimals ; or the solution may be
expressed in common fractionsand the result only reduced to a decimal.

9. Find in integral units the value of ß mi. minus i rd .

Solution : ( 1 ) 1 mi. = 80 ch . ( Basis .)
ģ of ( 1) = ( 2 ) ſ mi. = 17 ; ch .

(3 ) 1 ch . = 4 rd . ( Basis.)
f of (3 ) = ( 4 ) ch . = ? & rd .
(5 ) rd . - / rd . = 30 rd . - * & rd . = 3 rd . = 27 % rd .

(6 ) 1 rd . = 163 ft . = 33 ft . ( Basis.)
of (6 ) = (7 ) } } rd . = 73 X 33 ft . = 12. ft.

(8 ) 1 ft. = 12 in . ( Basis.)
of (8 ) = (9 ) ft. = 2 in .
:: š mi.- Á rd . = 17 ch . 2 rd . 12 ft. 2 in .

1
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 153
10 . Reduce 1 ft . & rd . ch . to the fraction of a mile.
Solution : (1) 1 ft. = g g rd . ( Basis.)
(2 ) ft. = og rd .
(3) s'e rd . + { rd. = 1šs rd. + 1'i' rd. = {f } rd.
(4 ) 1 rd . = 4 ch . ( Basis.)
(5 ) 193 rd . = 133 ch .
(6) 193 ch. + ch . = !!} ch. + 381 ch. = 45 ch
( 7) 1 ch. = somi. (Basis.)
(8) 453 ch . = 3 *kg mi., answer ,
NOTE . - Notice that number 10 may be stated in the form of an exam
ple of addition . Thus, i ft . + i yd . + } ch . = ( ) mi. ?

EXERCISE LVIII,

1. Reduce 1 mi, to rods.

2. Reduce 1 mi. to feet.
3. Reduce 7 mi. 240 rd . to inches.
4 . Reduce 3 mi. 79 ch . to links.
5 . How many yards in 1 mile ?
PLAN. — (1) Reduce 1 mi. to ft., (2) reduce the ft. to yd .

6 . Reduce 4 mito integral units.

7. Reduce 7 mi. 's ch . á rd. & ft . to inches.
8. Reduce 4 mi. ch . rd . to integral units .
9. Reduce .35 mi. 7.3 ch . to inches.
10 . Reduce .37 mi. 5 .7 ch . to links.
11. Reduce 340000 1. to miles.
12. Reduce 248000 in . to higher units .
13. Reduce 12480 ft. to higher units.
14. Reduce 25 ft. to the fraction of a chain .
15. Reduce 33 ft . to the fraction of a mile .
154 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

16 . Reduce 5 .5-ft. to the decimal of a mile.

17. Reduce 1 1. to the fraction of a mile .
13. Reduce 1 l. 1 ft . 1 rd . 1 ch . to the fraction of a mile.
19. li ch . - Hard . = ( ) mi.?
PLAN .— (1) Reduce the ch. to rd, and subtract; (2) reduce the result
to mi.

20. ia mi. + 2ch . + ş ft . = ( ) in .?

21. á mi. is ch . + $ rd. – 2 ft. = ( ) in .?
22. 5 ch . - 3.5 rd . + 48 ft . - 11 in . = ( ) mi.?

84 . Surface Measures. - A Surface is that which

has only two dimensions, length and width . The number of
square units in a surface is its Area . A Square Unit is
the amount of a surface 1 unit long and 1 unit wide.
Unit.1

Square Unit.
There are two tables of surface measures, corresponding to
the two tables of linear measures . The one is the Common
Square Measures, used to measure the area of such sur
faces as floors, ceilings, carpets , cloth , and the like.
TABLE.

1 sq . yd . = 9 sq . ft.
1 sq . ft. = 144 sq . in .
The other table is the Surveyors ' Square Measures,
used in measuring the area of land.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 155
TABLE .

1 township ( Tp .) = 36 sq . mi., or Sections (Sec.) .

1 sq . mi. = 640 acres ( A .) .
1 A . = $ 160 sq . rd .
| 10 sq. ch .
1 sq . ch . = 16 sq . rd .
1 sq . rd . = 2721/4 sq . ft.
EXERCISE LIX.
1. How many acres in a section ?
2 . How many acres in a township ?
3. How many square rods in a square mile ?
4 . Reduce 12 sq. yd. 7 sq. ft. to square inches.
5 . Reduce 25 sq. yd . 5 sq . ft . to square inches.
6. Fill the following blanks, preparing the table for work in
reduction ascending :
1 sq . ft. = Togsq. rd.
1 ( ) sq. ch .?
1 sq. rd. = ( ) A .?
1 sq . ch . = ( ) A .?
1 A . = ( ) Sec.?
1 Sec. = ( ) Tp.?
Also ,
1 sq . in .= ( ) sq. ft.?
1 sq . ft. = ( ) sq. yd. ?
7. Reduce 2592 sq. in . to sq. yd .
8. Reduce 32000 A . to sections.
9. How many townships in 648 sq . mi. ?
10 . How many square miles in 231200 sq . rd . ?
11. How many sq . ch . in 2 Sec .?
12 . Reduce 7 sq.mi. 120 A . 150 sq . rd . to square rods.
156 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

13. Reduce 202480 sq. rd . to higher units.

14. Reduce ſ A . to lower units .
15 . Reduce .625 sq. rd . to lower units.
16 . Reduce 7 sq. yd . to sq . inches.
17. Reduce 10 sq. ft. to the fraction of a sq. yd.
18 . Reduce 18 sq. in . to the decimal of a sq. yd .
19 . sq. mi. + .5 A . + 120 sq . rd . = ( ) sq . rd .?
20. 12.5 sq. ch . + 64 sq. rd. = ( ) sq . mi.?
21. .6 sq. yd . = ( ) A . ?
PLAN .— (1) Reduce sq . yd . to sq. ft.; (2) reduce sq. ft.to sq. rd .; (3) re
duce sq. rd . to A .
22. 1 A . - sq. rd . + 240 sq. ft . = ( ) sq. in .?
23. A. - sq. rd. + 240 sq. ft. = ( ) Sec.?
24 . 5 sq .mi. - 20.4 A . ti sq . ch . = ( ) Tp .?
85 . Solid Measures. - A Solid is that which has
three dimensions, length , width , and thickness. The number of
cubic units in a solid is its Volume. A Cubic Unit is
the amount of a solid 1 unit long, 1 unit wide and 1 unit
thick .
UNIT1

T
VI
IU
1 UNIT
Cubic Unit.
The Cubic Measures are used in measuring volumes of solids,
and the capacities of bins, tanks, and the like.
TABLE .

1 cu . yd . = 27 cu . ft.
1 cu . ft. = 1728 cu . in .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 157

EXERCISE LX.

1. Reduce 5 cu . yd . 15 cu . ft. to cu. in .

2. A cord of wood is 8 ft . long, 4 ft. wide, and 4 ft. high .
How many cubic feet does it contain ?
Basis : Vol. of a solid 1 ft. 1., 1 ft. w ., 1 ft. h . = 1 cu . ft .

3 . How many cubic inches in a cord ?

4. Reduce 5 cords (C .) to cubic ft.
5 . 288 cu . in . is what part of a cubic yd .?
NOTE. - Prepare the table for reduction ascending before solving No .5 ,

6 . 12 cu . ft. 6 cu . in . is what part of 1 C .?

7 . Reduce cu. ft. to cu . yd .
8. gcu . yd. + 241 cu . ft . = ( ) cu . in .?
9. A perch ofmasonry is 164 ft . long, 11 ft. thick , and 1 ft.
high . How many cubic feet does it contain ?
10 . 1 cu . ft . - 36 cu. in . = ( ) cu . yd .?

86 . Measures of Capacity . The extent of room or

space within a vessel is called its Capacity . Measures of
capacity are classed as Dry Measures and Liquid Measures. The
dry measures are used to measure quantities of grain , fruits,
seeds, and the like.
TABLE.

1 bushel (bu .) = 4 pecks (pk . ).

1 pk . = 8 quarts (qt.).
1 qt. = 2 pints (pt. ) .
NOTE. — 1 bushel contains 2150.4 + cu . in . Fruits, vegetables, seeds
and the like are bought and sold by the bushel ; but the amount of the
bushel is often expressed by weight rather than size . ( See p . 161.)
158 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE LXI.

1. Reduce 20 bu . to pints .
2. Reduce 2 bu . 2 pk . to quarts .
3. Reduce 7 bu . 3 pk . 7 qt . to pints .
4. Reduce 9 bu . 1 pk. 4 qt . 1 pt. to pints .
5. Reduce 768 pt. to bushels .
6. Reduce 679 pt. to higher units .
7. Reduce f bu . to pints .
8. Reduce 12 bu . to lower units .
9., f bu .ti pk . ti qt. + i pt . = ( ) pt . ?
10. f bu . + å pk . + * qt . + i pt . = ( ) bu .?
11. 5 bu.- pk. + 3 qt. -14 pt. = ( ) pt. ?
12. į bu.- 4 pk.7.375 qt.:-11 pt. = ( ) bu . ?
13. Find the value of 4 bu . 3 pk . of apples at 20 ¢ per peck .
14. A grocer buys 2 bu . of cherries ; he then sells 1 bu . 3
pk, of them ; again , he buys 1 bu . 1 pk . 3 qt. of cherries ;
finally he sells all the cherries he has at 6c per quart . Find
the value of the last sale .

There are two tables of Liquid Measures in use , ( 1) the Com

mon Liquid Measures , used in measuring such liquids as water
and milk , and (2 ) the Apothecaries' Liquid Measures, used by
apothecaries in measuring liquid medicines :

COMMON TABLE .

1 hogshead (hhd . ) = 2 barrels (bbl.) .

1 bbl. = 311/2 gallons (gal.) .
1 gal. = 4 qt.
1 qt. = 2 pt.
1 pt. = 4 gills ( gi.) .

Note . - 1 gallon contains 231 cu . in . The dry measure quart contains

9.45 cu . in . more than the liquid quart.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 259

APOTHECARIES' TABLE .

1 gallon (* Cong.) = 8 pints (* 0 .)

1 () . = 16 fluid ounces ( f3 ) .
1 f3 = 8 fluid drams (f3 ) .
1 f3 = 60 minims (m .) .

EXERCISE LXII.
1. Reduce 1 hhd. to gills.
2. Reduce 2 hhd. 1 bbl. 21 gal. to quarts .
8 . Reduce gal. 1 qt. to gills .
4. Reduce 1008 gi. to barrels.
5 . Reduce 1008 pt. to higher units .
6 . Reduce 5 Cong . to minims.
7. Reduce 5 0 . 2 f3 3 fz to minims.
8. Reduce 1260 m . to higher units.
9. A physician wishes to prepare a 5 % solution of carbolic
acid . How much water and how much acid must be used to
make 2 fluid ounces ?
NOTE.- 5% of the 2fz is carbolic acid , and the rest is water .
10. What will 1 bhl. of syrup sell for, at 30¢ per gallon ?
87 . Measures of Mass. — The Mass of a body is the
amount of matter it contains. The Weight is the measure
of the attraction between that body and the earth . Weights are
used to measure the mass of a body.
NOTE . - To be accurate in comparing the masses of bodies by their
weights, the weights must be taken at the same altitude, in the same
latitude, and under the same conditions. But for ordinary purposes, this
accuracy is not observed .
i The Latin words are Congius and Octavus.
 160 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC ,

There are three tables of weights : ( 1) The table of Avoir

dupois Weights, used in weighing all ordinary articles,
such as groceries, meats, live stock , etc.
TABLE.

1 ton . ( T .) = 20 hundredweight (cwt.).

1 cwt. = 100 pounds ( lb . ).
1 lb . = 16 ounces (oz .).
(2) The table of Troy Weights , used in jewelry stores ,
and atmints, when the Government weighs gold and silver for
making money.
TABLE .

1 pound (lb .) = 12 ounces (oz.) .

1 oz . = 20 pennyweights (pwt.).
1 pwt. = 24 grains (gr. ) .
(3 ) The table of Apothecaries ' Weights, used by
druggists in filling prescriptions.
TABLE

1 pound ( lb . = 12 ounces ( 3 ).
1 3 = 8 drams ( 3) .
1 3 = 3 scruples (3 )
1 = 20 grains (gr.).
NOTE. — The grain , ounce, and pound of the troy weights are identical
with the grain , ounce, and pound, respectively , of the apothecaries'
weights. The troy or apothecaries' pound contains 5760 gr., but the av
oirdupois pound contains 7000 gr.

Grain and vegetables are often bought and sold by weight

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 161
bushels instead of the measured bushels. In the majority of
States the bushel is of the following weight:
TABLE.

1 bu . of wheat = 60 lb .
1 bu . of corn = 56 lb .
1 bu . of oats = 32 lb .
1 bu . of Irish potatoes = 60 lb .
1 bu . of sweet potatoes = 55 lb .
NOTE. — The pounds of the above table are avoirdupois pounds. These
equivalents are not the same in all States, and the teacher should teach
the pupil the table corrected for his own State .

EXERCISE LXIII.

1. Reduce 1 T. 3 cwt. 4 lb . to ounces.

2 . Reduce 7000 oz. to higher units.
3. Reduce 1 lb . 43 53 23 17 gr. to grains.
4 . Reduce 6743 gr. troy to higher units .
5 . Reduce 6743 gr. apothecaries' to higher units .
6 . Reduce 1 lb . avoirdupois to highest integral units of the
troy table.
7. Reduce 2 lb . apothecaries ' to highest integral units of the
avoirdupois table .
8. A man sells 9600 lb . of Irish potatoes at 70¢ perbu. How
much do the potatoes bring ?
9. A silver dollar weighs 17 pwt. 41 gr. What is the weight
of $80 in silver ?
10. A druggist buys lactopeptine at $8 per lb . and sells it at
124¢ per 3. What is his per cent of gain ?
11. How many bales of 70 lb . each in 14 T. 17 cwt. 50 lb . of
hay ?
12. A man sold 3 loads of corn of 2352 lb . each . How many
bushels did he sell ?
162 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

88. Measures of Time. - These measures are used in

giving the time of day, in Longitude and Time problems, and
in computing the interest on notes and bills .

TABLE.

1 year (yr.) = 12 months (mo. ) .

1 mo. = 30 days (da . ) .
1 da . = 24 hours (hr.) .
1 hr. = 60 minutes (min . ) .
1 min . = 60 seconds ( sec . ) .

Calendar Months :

January , 31 days . July , 31 days.

* February , 28 days. August , 31 days .
March , 31 days. September , 30 days.
April, 30 days . October , 31 days .
May , 31 days. November, 30 days .
June, 30 days . December, 31 days .

NOTE. — The above data give three different lengths to the year. (1 )
From the table, 1 yr . = 12 mo. = 360 da. This may be called the common
interest year. The custom in the majority of the States is to use 360 da .
for a year. (2) By counting the number of days of the calendarmonths,
the length of the year is found to be 365 days. This is called the com
mon year. (3 ) Leap Year.— The average length of a year (a complete
revolution of the earth around the sun ), expressed in mean solar time
(sun time) is 365 days, 5 hours, 48 minutes, 47.8 seconds. The Julian
Calendar called the year 36544 days. For ordinary purposes it is
best to use whole days ; so the 14 day each year amounted in 4
years to 1 day . In this way, the Julian Calendar had 3 common years
of 365 days each , then 1. leap year of 366 days. The extra day was
added to February. This calendar, by counting 36574 days for a
year, used 11 minutes 12.2 seconds too much . The Gregorian Cal
endar corrected this error by omitting the leap year on centennial
years, except those which are multiples of 400. The act of Parlia
* February has 29 days in leap years.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 163

mentwhich changed from the Julian Calendar (old style) to the Gre
gorian Calendar (new style ) dropped 11 days out of themonth of Sep
tember, 1752, making September 3d , old style , September 14th , new style .
The civilized nations, except Russia , have adopted the Gregorian Cal
endar .
Remember that, when the number of a year is divisible by 4 , it is a
leap year; except a centennial year, whose number must be divisible by
400 in order to be a leap year.

There are 52 weeks 1 day in a common year, and 52 weeks 2

days in a leap year. A week has 7 days, named Sunday , Mon
day, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday , Friday, Saturday .

EXERCISE LXIV .

1. Reduce 365 da. 5 hr. 48 min . 47.8 sec. to seconds.

2. Reduce 31556936 sec. to higher units.
3. Namethe months in order and give the number ofdays in
each .
4 . Learn the number of each month , as January, 1st; Sep
tember, 9th ; June, 6th ; etc.
5 . Find which of the following are leap years: 1756 , 1835 ,
1800, 1892, 1876 , 1900 , 1904 , 1906 , 1952 , 2000 .
6 . Find the number of days from June 10, 1895, to March
17, 1896 .
19. Find the exact time from 10 o'clock A . M ., Wednesday ,
June 12, 1901, to noon the following Monday.
8. Find the exact time 9170 minutes after 3 P. M ., Saturday,
June 22, 1901.
9. When was a note due if it was dated June 12, 1901, and
due in 93 days ?
10. When was a note due if it was dated December 10, 1879 ,
and due in 125 days ?
 164 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

89. Measures of Value . - The money of a country is

its circulating medium and adopted standard of value. The
following is the table of English units of value, or denomina
tions of money .
TABLE.

1 pound ( £ ) = 20 shillings ( s .) .
1 s . = 12 pence* ( d . ) .
1 d . = 4 farthings ( far.) .

NOTE . — The value of the English pound (or sovereign ) in United States
money is $4.8665 .
EXERCISE LXV.

1. Reduce £ 5 to pence .
2. Reduce 7543 far. to £ .
3. Reduce 8424 far. to higher units .
4. A bill for £ 200 12 s. is worth how many dollars ?
5. A bill for $ 4300 is worth how much in English money ?

90. Review and Rapid Drill Work.- Heretofore

you have been required to consider each step in the process of
reduction of denominate numbers as a problem , and to solve it
as such .
Being now familiar with the nature of reduction , you should
hereafter give your attention to speed and accuracy in obtain
ing the result .
DIRECTIONS.

FOR REDUCTION DESCENDING : Multiply by the number of units

of the next lower denomination which makes one unit of the denom
ination to be reduced .
For REDUCTION ASCENDING : Divide by the number of units of
the given denomination , which makes one unit of the next higher de
nomination .

Note . — Use the corresponding abstract numbers in this work .

* The singular of pence is penny .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 165

EXERCISE LXVI.
· Reduce, orally
1 . 5 bu . to pk . 4. 14 pt. to qt.
2. 6 qt. to pt. 5 . 48 pt. to pk .
3 . 8 pk. to pt. 6. 128 qt. to bu .

7. 48 in . to ft. 10. 300 1. to ch .

8. 20 ch . to 1. 11. 198 ft . to ch .
9. 1 mi. to rd. 12. 72 in . to yd .
13 . 12 sq. yd. to sq. ft. 16 . 20 A . to sq. rd .
14 . 3 sq . ft . to sq . in . 17. 70 sq . ch . to A .
15 . 1 mi. to sq. ch . 18. 480 sq . rd . to A .

19. 2 cu . yd . to cu . ft. 22. 1 gal. to cu . in.

20. 1 cu. ft. to cu . in . 23. 462 cu . in . to gal.
21. 1 bu. to cu . in . 24. 54 cu . ft . to cu . yd .
25. 1 day to min. 28. 50 min. to hr.
26 . 1 hr. to sec . 29 . 6 hr. to da.
27. 1 yr. to mo. 30 . 3 mo. to yr.
31. 3 lb . av . to oz. 36 . 128 oz. av. to lb .
32. 3 lb . troy to oz . 37. 120 oz. troy to lb .
33. 33 to 3 . 38. 96 z to lb .
34. 4 pwt. to gr. 39. 243 to Z .
35. 5 3 to gr. 40. 120 m . to f3 .
EXAMPLES

1. Reduce 5 bu. to pints.

Process : 5x4x8x2= 320 .
. . 5 bu . = 320 pt.
Explanation : (1) Multiplying by 4 reduces to pecks ; by
8 , to quarts ; by 2 , to pints. Therefore the required number
166 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC ,

is the continued product of 5 , 4 , 8 , and 2 , or 320. This mul

tiplying should all be done mentally , and no more figures
should be used than are given above.

2. Reduce 7 cwt. 5 lb. 4 oz . to ounces .

Process : A. B.
( 1 ) 100 x 7 + 5 = 705. 7
or, 100
( 2 ) 16 x 705 + 4 = 11284 ,
705
16
4230
705
4
.. 7 cwt. 5 lb. 4 oz . = 11284 oz . 11284

Explanation : Ifthe pupil can multiply by 16 (and he ought

to ), use form A ; if not, use form B. In B , the 5 is added to
the product of 7 and 100 before writing the result.

3. Reduce 1512 pt. to hogsheads.

Process :
A. B.
2 ) 1512 3
189
4 ) 756 756
or ,
189 1312x2
= 3,
2 2x4x63 x2
63)378( 6 + 2 = 3
378
.. 1512 pt. = 3 hhd .
Explanation : Form A is a much -used form . Multiplying
by 2 and dividing by 63 is the same as dividing by 31). The
author has some preference foi form B , when all or nearly
all of the divisors are small .

4. Reduce 37560 hr . to years.

Process : 313
3130
37369 313
24 x 30 x 12 72 431.
3
6. 37560 hr. = 435 yr.
1
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 167

5. Reduce 435 pt . (dry ) to higher units .

Process : 2 ) 435
8 ) 217 + 1
4 ) 27 + 1
6 + 3
. : 435 pt . = 6 bu . 3 pk . 1 qt. 1 pt.

6. Express in integral units Tīy hhd .

Process : ( 1) 7 x 2
129
60
21
( 2 ) 7 X 63
1407 = 317.
60 x 2
20
( 3 ) 27 x4
= 17 = 210 .
40
10
( 4 ) 7 x2
13 .
10
5
. iz hhd . = 3 gal. 2 qt. 13 pt.

7. Reduce .175 bu . to lower integral units .

Process : .175
4
evl

.799
loka
bl

8
5.6
2
1.2
.. .175 bu . = 5 qt. 1.2 pt.

8. Reduce 8.75 lb. troy to lb. av.

8.75 x 5760
Process : = 7}.
7000
.. 8.75 lb. troy = 7 } lb. av.
Plan .— ( 1) Multiplying by 5760 reduces to gr ., and ( 2) dividing by 7000
reduces to lb. av .
 168 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE LXVII.
Reduce :
1. 2 mi. 20 ch . to inches. 19. 5 T . 4 cwt. to oz.
2. 3 sq .mi. 5 A . to sq. rd . 8. 1 T. 6 oz. to oz.
3. 7 cu . yd. 5 cu. ft. to cu . in . 9. 3 } lb . troy to gr.
4 . 7 bu . 5 qt. to pt. 10. 2 3 43 23 to gr.
5 . 51 gal. 1 pt. to gi. 11. 5 yr. 4 mo. 17 da . to da .
6 . 5 0 . 1 fz to m . 12 . £7 11 d . to far.

Reduce to higher units :

13 . 143759 in . 17. 840 pt. (liquid ).
14. 73498 cu . in . 18. 842 pt. (dry ).
15 . 4375 gr. troy. 19 . 546304 min .
16 . 3470 A . 20 . 4444 oz . av .

Reduce to lowest denomination of the table :

21. & yd . 25. Å bu. $ pk . 3 qt.
22. . 05 yr. 26 . .5 sq . rd .
23. 11 rd . 27. fcu . yd . + .7 cu . ft.
24. .34 hr. 28. .6 lb . + pwt.

Reduce to highest denomination of the table :

29. 56gr. troy. 33. 1 3 2 9 .
30. 5 pt. (dry ). 34 . 120 da .
31. 1008 sq. ch . 35. .75 qt. (liquid ).
32 . 549. cu . in . 36. 7 pk . + .8 qt.
Reduce :
37. 5 lb . av . to lb . troy . 40. 456 gal. to cu. in .
38 . 7 lb . apoth . to lb. av. 41. 340 bu . to gal.
39. 60 bu . to cu . in . 42. 576 gal. to bu ,
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 169
2 . FRENCH SYSTEM .
91. Linear Measures.
TABLE.
1 Myriameter (Mm . ) = 10 Kilometers (Km .) .
1 Km . = 10 Hectometers (Hm . ).
1 Hm . = 10 Dekameters (Dm .).
1 Dm . = 10 meters (m .).
1 m . = 10 decimeters (dm .).
1 dm . = 10 centimeters (cm .) .
1 cm . = 10 millimeters (mm . ).
Note. — 1meter = 39.39 inches. By means of this equivalent, any num
ber expressed in units of this table may be expressed in units of the
English linear table , and vice versa .
Reduction descending and ascending may be performed here
just as in the English System ; but, owing to the fact that we
are now dealing with a decimal system - a system in which 10
units of one denomination make one of the next higher - the
process of reduction may be much shortened . The shorter
processes are developed in the following examples :
EXAMPLES
1. Reduce 5 Hm . 4 Dm . 2 m . to m .
Process : 5 Hm . 4 Dm . 2m .= 542 m ., result.
NOTE . - When there are no denominations omitted between the high
est denomination given and the denomination required , the figures
written in order side by side will be the abstract number correspond
ing to the required result.
2. Reduce 7 Mm . 9 Km . 4 Dm . to Dm .
Process : 7 Mm . 9 Km . 4 Dm . = 7904 Dm ., result .
NOTE. - Put a 0 in place of the denomination omitted .
3 . Reduce 5 Km . to dm .
Process : 5 Km . = 50000 dm ., result.
Note . - Put a 0 in place of each denomination omitted , from Km . to
dm . inclusive .
170 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4. Reduce 34579 dm . to higher units .

Process : 34579 dm . = 3 Km . 4 Hm . 5 Dm . 7 m . 9 dm . , result.
Note. — This is just the reverse of the process used in reduction de
scending. It is plain , that by dividing successively by 10's , the succes
sive remainders would be 9 , 7 , 5 , etc., and that the result would be just
as given above .

5. Reduce 1605 mm . to higher units .

Process : 1605 mm . = 1 m . 6 dm . 5 mm . , result.
Note . — The 0 cm . is omitted in the result.
6. Reduce 5.046 Dm . to cm .
Process : 5.046 Dm . = 5046 cm . , result.
Note. - To reduce from Dm . to cm ., wemustmultiply by 10 three times.
This is done by moving the decimalpoint three places to the right .
7. Reduce 54603.25 m . to Hm .
Process : 54603.25 m . = 546.0325 Hm .
Note. – To divide by 10 twice ,move the decimal point two places to
the left.
8. Reduce 3 Hm . 6 Dm . to yards.
Process : (1 ) 3 Hm . 6 Dm . = 360 m .
360 x 39.37
( 2) = 393.7 .
36
... 3 Hm . 6 Dm . = 393.7 yd .
NOTE . - Always reduce to meters, and then to inches.

9. Reduce 218 yd . 2 ft . 2 in . to Dm .
Process : (1) 218 yd . 2 ft. 2 in . = 7874 in .
7874
(2) 20 .
39.37 x 10
. : 218 yd . 2 ft . 2 in . = 20 Dm .
NOTE . - Always reduce to inches, and then to meters.
EXERCISE LXVIII.
Reduce :
1. 5 Mm . to m . 6. 43675 dm . to Km .
2. 9 Km . 8 Dm . to dm . 7. 4367.3 m . to Hm .
3. 7 Hm . to mm . 8. 4735 cm . to higher units .
4. 5 Mm . 7 Hm . to cm . 9. 54843 m . to higher units.
5. 8 m . 5 dm . to mm . 10. 4.003 Dm . to mm .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 171

11. 7 Mm . 8 Km . 6 Hm . 5 Dm . 4 m . to mm .
12. 3 Mm . 8 Hm . 7 Dm . 5 dm . 4 cm , to mm .
13. 36 Mm . to miles.
14 . 236220 ft. to Dm .
15 . 540 .0632 Dm . to inches.

92. Surface Measures.

TABLE .

1 sq . Mm . = 100 sq . Km .
1 sq. Km . = 100 sq . Hm .
1 sq . Hm . = 100 sq . Dm .
1 sq . Dm . = 100 sq . m .
1 sq . m . = 100 sq . dm .
1 sq . dm . = 100 sq . cm .
1 sq . cm . = 100 sq . mm .
NOTE. - A square Dekameter is also called an are. The are is the unit
of land measure. A square meter is equal to 39.37 39.37 sq. in., or
about 1550 sq . in .
EXERCISE LXIX .
Reduce :
1. 15 sq. Mm . to sq. m .
2 . 75 sq. Km . to sq . dm .
3. 4 sq. Dm . to sq. mm .
4. 540000 sq. cm . to sq. m .
5. 89506000 sq . dm . to ares.
6. 48675056 sq. Dm . to higher units.
7. 520 sq. m . to sq. in .
8. 25 sq. Dm . 12 sq. m . to sq. in .
9. 17 sq. km . to sq. yd.
10. 520 sq. rd . to sq. m .
11. 740 A . to ares.
12. 1 sq . mi. to sq. Hm .
172 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

93 . Solid Measures.
TABLE.
1 cu . Mm . = 1000 cu . Km .
1 cu . Km . = 1000 cu . Hm .
1 cu . Hm . = 1000 cu . Dm .
1 cu . Dm . = 1000 cu . m .
1 cu . m . = 1000 cu . dm .
1 cu . dm . = 1000 cu . cm .
1 cu . cm . = 1000 cu . mm .
NOTE. - A cubic meter is also called a stere. The stere is used in meas
uring wood . A cubic meter is equal to 39.37 x 39.37 x 39.37 cu . in ., or
about61023. 3779 + cu . in .
EXERCISE LXX .
1. 75 cu . Km . to cu . m .
2 . 748 cu . Dm . to cu . cm .
3 . 10 cu . m . to cu . ft.
4. 4856000000 cu. dm . to cu. Dm .
5 . 8000000000 cu . m . to cu . Km .
6 . 182769534 cu . ft. to cu . Dm .
7. How many cords of wood in a pile containing 500 cu . m .?
8. How many steres of wood in a pile containing 500 cu . yd . ?
94. Measures of Capacity .
TABLE .
1 Myrialiter (M1. ) = 10 Kiloliters (K1.) .
1 Kl. = 10 Hectoliters (Hl.) .
1 Hl. = 10 Dekaliters (D1.) .
1 Dl. = 10 liters (1. ) .
1 l = 10 deciliters (d1. ) .
1 dl. = 10 centiliters ( cl. ) .
1 cl. = 10 milliliters (ml. ).
NOTE. — The liter is equal in volume to a cubic decimeter (about 1.05
liquid quarts, or .9 dry quart).
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 173
EXERCISE LXXI.
Reduce :
1 . 5 Kl. to 1. ry. 40000 cl. to Hl.
2 . 9 Ml. to D1. 8 . 45675 dl. to higher units .
3. 7 Hl.51. to di. 9. 7043.08 cl. to Di.
4. 4 Kl. 4 Hl. to cl. 10. 48 1. to qt.
5 . 5 D1. 8 1. to qt. 11. 25 gal. to 1.
6 . 7 Hl. to gal. 12 . 75 bu. to Di.

95 . Measures of Mass.
TABLE .

1 Tonneau ( T .) = 10 quintals ( Q . ).
1 Q . = 10 Myriagrams (Mg. ).
1 Mg. = 10 Kilograms (Kg.).
1 Kg. = 10 Hektograms (Hg.).
1 Hg . = 10 Dekagrams (Dg: ) .
1 Dg. = 10 grams ( g .) .
1 g . = 10 decigrams (dg.).
1 dg . = 10 centigrams (cg . ) .
1 cg . = 10 milligrams (mg. ).
NOTE. - The gram is the weight of a cubic centimeter of distilled water
(about 15 .42 grains troy).

EXERCISE LXXII.
Reduce :
1 . 6 T . to g. 7 . 240 dg. to g .
2 . 9 Q . to Dg. 8 . 4380 cg. to Dg.
8 . 7 Mg. to dg. 9. 5863 cg . to higher units .
4. 5 Dg. to mg. 10 . 840 dg. to gr.
5 . 50 Mg. to lb . troy. 11. 123. 36 lb . troy to Mg.
6 . 50 Mg. to lb . av . 12. 123. 36 lb . av. to Mg.
174 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

96 . Measures of Value.
TABLE .
1 franc (fr.) = 10 decimes ( d .) .
1 d . = 10 centimes ( c.).
1 c. = 10 millimes (m .).
NOTE . — The franc is equal in value to 19 .39.
EXERCISE LXXIII.
Reduce :
1. 5 fr. to m . 6 . $ 5.79 to fr.
2 . 15 fr. 7d . to m . 7. 45 fr. to $ 's.
3. 50 fr. to d . 8 . 3800 c. to ¢ .
4 . 240 c . to fr. 9. 5790 m . to mills.
5. 4834 m . to higher units. 10 . 3860 dimes to d .
3 . COMPOUND DENOMINATE NUMBERS.
97. Addition .
EXAMPLES
1. Add 1 bu . 2 pk. 4 qt. 1 pt.; 5 bu. 1 pk . 2 qt.
Process : · Explanation : (1) Write the names
bu. pk . qt. pt.
4 1
of the successive units of the table
used , putting them in horizontal or
5 1 2 0 der , with the largest to the left.
6 3 6 1 , result . (2 ) Write the addends below
each part in its place, as indicated by the table above.
(3) Add as we have done heretofore , placing the sum ob
tained by adding each column below . Result, 6 bu . 3 pk . 6 gt.
1 pt.
2 . Add 2 gal. 3 qt. 1 pt. 3 gi.; 7 gal. 1 pt. 3 gi.; 8 gal. 2 qt.
3 gi.
Process: Explanation : (1) 3 gi. + 3 gi. + 3
gal. qt. pt. gi. gi. = 9 gi. But 9 gi. = 2 pt. 1 gi.
2 3 1 3
7 Write the 1 below , and carry the
0 1 3
8 2 0 3 2 pt.
(2) 2 pt. (carried ) + 1 pt. + 1 pt.
18 3 0 1, result . = 4 pt. But 4 pt. = 2 qt. Write o
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 175

below , and carry the 2 qt. We use the 0 to show that there
are no pints left .
(3 ) 2 qt. (carried ) +2 qt.+3 qt. = 7 qt. = 1 gal. 3 qt. Write
the 3 qt. below , and carry the 1 gul.
(4 ) 1 gal. ( carried )+8 gal. +7 gal. +2 gal. = 18 gal. 'Write
18 below . Result, 18 gal. 3 qt . 1 gi.

NotE . — Teacher should point out the similarity between this and Ad
dition of Simple Numbers.

3. Add 5 yd . 2 ft. 8 in .; 7 yd. 2 ft. 9 in .; 17 yd. 2 ft . 11 in .

Process : Explanation : ( 1) Sum 28 in . = 2 ft. 4

ཁབབ

yd . ft. in . in . Write the 4 below , and carry the 2 .

5 2 8 ( 2) Sum 8 ft. = 2 yd . 2 ft. Write the
7 2 9 2 (ft.) below , and carry the 2 (yd .).
༠

17 2 11 (3 ) Sum 31 yd . Write the 31 below .

31 2 4 , result . Result, 31 yd. 2 ft. 4 in .

EXERCISE LXXIV .
Add :
1. hr. min . sec . 2. gr. mo. da. 3. yd . ft . in .
7 18 36 50 8 12 9 1 11
9 35 40 46 5 25 8 0 3
11 43 34 2 9 14 11 2 7

4. cu . yd . cu . ft. cu . in . 5. sq . yd . sq . ft. sq . in . 6. T. cwt. lb.

120 17 540 12 0 73 7 5 40
242 9 1048 46 8 96 18 12 72
483 21 1436 52 5 100 50 15 00
368 0 421 37 7 18 84

17. lb. z . Z. 3. gr. 8. hhd. bbl. gal. qt. pt.

1 1

5 7 7 2 14 2 1 25 3
11 11 5 1 18 4 0 30 2
7 9 0 2 15 5 1 11 1 0
176 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

98. Subtraction .
EXAMPLES.
1. From 15 T. 6 cwt. 12 lb. 5 oz. take 6 T. 10 cwt. 8 lb. 14 oz.
Process : Explanation : (1) 5 is smaller
T. cwt. lb. OZ . than 14. Wemust take 1 lb , from
15 6 12 5 the 12 lb. and add it to the 5 oz .
6 10 8 14
1 lb.+5 oz . = 21 oz . 21-14 = 7 .
8 16 3 7 , result . Write the 7 below .
(2 ) There are only 11 lb. left in
theminuend . (Why ?) 11 -8 = 3 . W..te the 3 below .
( 3) 10 is larger than 6. (What shall wedo ?) 1 T. +6 cwt.
= 26 cwt. 26 – 10 = 16. Write the 16 below .
(4) There are 14 T. left in the minuend . (Why ?) 14-6
= 8 . Write the 8 below . Result, 8 T. 16 cwt. 3 lb. 7 02 .
NOTE . - TO her should point out the similarity between this and Sub
traction of Simple Numbers.

2. A note dated July 10 , 1897, was paid September 23 , 1899.

How long was the time between these dates ?
:

Process : Explanation : Write the latest

date above. Write the number
yr. mo, da.
1899 9 23 of the month : September, 9th
1897 7 10 month ; July , 7th month . The
pupil should learn the number of
2 2 13, result .
each month in the year.

3. When I looked at my watch last it was 18 min . after 9

o'clock , but it is now 12 min . after 11 o'clock . How long has
it been since I looked at my watch ?
Form :
hr. min .:
11 12 NOTE . - 18 minutes after 9 o'clock is 9 hr. 18
9 18 min . (from noon or midnight).
1 54, result.

EXERCISE LXXV.

1. From 13 bu. 1 pk . take 8 bu . 2 pk .

2. From 2 cwt. 38 lb. take 1 cwt. 49 lb.
3. From 2 T. 5 cwt. 41 lb. take 1 T. 10 cwt. 74 lb.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 177

4. From 5 mi. 65 ch . 1 rd . take 3 mi. 78 ch . 3 rd .

5. From 50 yr. 3 mo. 12 hr. 50 min . 10 sec . take 24 yr. 6 da.
5 min .
6. From £ 12 3 s . 9 d . 2 far. take £ 6 17 s . 11 d . 3 far .
7. From 25 cu . yd . 16 cu . ft . 127 cu . in . take 7 cu . yd . 26 cu .
ft. 240 cu . in .
8. Find the time from Jan. 11, 1895 , to June 1, 1901.

99. Multiplication .
EXAMPLES.

1. Multiply 3 bu . 1 pk . 5 qt. 1 pt. by 7 .

Process : Explanation : ( 1) 7x1 pt. = 7 pt. =
bu . pk . qt. pt. 3 qt. 1 pt. Write the 1 below , and
3 1 5 1 carry the 3 .
7
( 2 ) 7x5 qt. = 35 qt. 35 qt. +3 qt.
23 3 6 1 , result. (carried ) = 38 qt. = 4 pk . 6 qt . Write
the 6 below , and carry the 4 .
(3 ) 7x1 pk = 7 pk . 7 pk. +4 pk . = 11 pk . = 2 bu . 3 pk . Write
the 3 below , and carry the 2 .
(4 ) 7x3 bu . = 21 bu . 21 bu . +2 bu . = 23 bu . Write the 23
below . Result , 23 bu . 3 pk. 6 qt. 1 pt.
NOTE . — The teacher should point out the similarity between this and
Multiplication of Simple Numbers.

2. Multiply 27 yd . 2 ft. 9 in . by 9.
Process : Explanation : (1 ) 9x9 = 81. 81 in . = 6
yd . ft. in . ft. 9 in . Write the 9 below , and carry
27 2 9 the 6 .
9
(2) 9x2 = 18 . 18 ft . +6 ft. = 24 ft. = 8
251 0 9 , result. yd . Write 0 below , and carry the 8 .
(3) 9 x 27 = 243. 243 yd . +8 yd . = 251
yd . Write the 251 below . Result, 251 yd. 9 in .

3. Multiply 5 T. 8 cwt. 54 lb. 6 oz . by 8 .

Process :
T. cwt. lb. OZ .
5 8 54 6 Note. - Have the pupil explain
8 this example.
43 8 35 0 , result.
178 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE LXXVI.
Multiply :
1. 12 yd . 1 ft . 10 in . by 8 .
2. 5 mi. 43 ch . 51 ft . 9 in . by 11 .
3. 17 sq . yd . 7 sq . ft . 7 sq . in . by 7 .
4. 3 Tp. 21 Sec . 25 A. 9 sq . ch . by 25 .
5. 11 cu . yd . 16 cu . ft. 128 cu . in . by 20 .
6. 24 bu . 3 qt . by 24 .
7. 4 gal. 3 qt. 1 pt. 2 gi. by 8 .
8. 6 Cong . 5 0. 7 fz 3 f 3 35 m . by 12 .
9. 7 T. 13 cwt. 46 lb. 10 oz . by 120 .
10. 5 lb. 4 oz . 18 pwt. 22 gr . by 9 .
11. 8 lb. 9 3 7 3 25gr. by 24 .
12. 5 yr. 7 mo. 3 da . by 40 .

100. Division .

EXAMPLES.

1. Divide 27 bu . 3 pk . 7 qt . by 6 .
Process : Explanation : ( 1) 27 + 6 = 4 , re
bu . pk . qt. pt . mainder 3. Write the 4 below ,
6 ) 27 3 3 0 and reduce the 3 bu . to pecks.
4 2 4 1 , result. ( 2) 3 bu . + 3 pk. = 15 pk . 15+ 6
= 2 , remainder 3. Write the 2
below , and reduce the 3 pk . to quarts.
(3 ) 3 pk . +3 qt. = 27 qt. 27 + 6 = 4 , remainder 3. Write the
4 below , and reduce the 3 qt. to pints . 3 qt. = 6 pt. 6 = 6 = 1 .
Write the 1 below . Result, 4 bu . 2 pk . 4 qt. 1 pt.

NOTE. — Teacher should point out the similarity between this and Divi
sion of Simple Numbers.

2. Divide 112 T. 16 cwt. 59 lb. by 7 .

Process :
T. cwt. lb. NOTE. — The pupil should explain
7 )112 16 59
this example .
16 2 37 , result .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 179

EXERCISE LXVII.
Divide :
1. 490 bu . 2 pk . 4 qt. by 100.
2. 161 yd. 1 ft. 6 in . by 17.
3. 3 yr. 11 mo. 4 da. by 14 .
4. 65 gal. 2 qt. 1 pt. by 7.
5 . 3 lb . apoth. by 120.
6 . 1 Tp . 5 sq . mi. 430 A . by 21.

B . INVOLUTION .
101. Definitions. - A composite number that can be
formed by using the same number as a factor a number of times
is called a Power of thenumber used ; and the number used
is called the Root of the power. The degree of a power is the
number of times the root is used in producing the power. Thus,
3X3 = 9.
9 is the second power of 3.

A small figure placed just above and to the right of a num

ber indicates the degree of the power to which the number is to
be raised , and is called an Exponent. The number itself is the
first power ; the number used twice as a factor gives the second
power or square ; the number used three times as a factor gives
the third power or cube ; used four times gives the fourth power ;
five times , the fifth power, and so on . Thus,
31 = 3 (First power.)
32 = 3X3 = 9 ( Second power or square.)
33 = 3X3X3 = 27 ( Third power or cube.)
34 = 3X3X3X3= 81 ( Fourth power.)
35 = 3X3X3X3X3 = 243 ( Fifth power.)
36 = 3X3X3X3X3X3 = 729 (Sixth power.)
180 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Involution is the process of finding a required power of

a given root.
102. Process. Since by the definition a power is a
product, the process of finding a power is multiplication .
EXAMPLES

1. 54 = ( ) ?
Process : 5455x5x5x5 = 625, result.
2. 5342= ( )?
Process : 534
534
2136
1602
2670
285156 , result.
3. ( 1 ) = ( ) ?
Process : (* )3= 15 X X = 12 , result .
NOTE .- To raise a common fraction to a given power, both the nu
merator and denominator must be raised to that power.
4. .0433 = ( )?
Process : .043
. 0 43
129
17 2
.0018 49
.043
55 47
7 396
.0000 7 9 5 0 7, result.
Explanation : Proceed as in multiplication of decimals .
EXERCISE LXXVIII.
Commit to memory the powers:
1. 12; 22; 32; 42; 52; 62; 72; 82; 92; 102.
2. 13 ; 28; 33; 43; 53; 63; 73 ; 83; 93; 103.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 181

Raise the following numbers to the powers indicated :

1. 173 5. ( 5 ) . 9. 472.
2. 1272. 6. ( 13 ) 3. 10. .0313.
3. 374. 7. (377 )3. 11. 5.062.
4. 135. 8. ( 2457) 12. (.143) .

103. Another Method . The multiplication may be

performed by separating the root into two numbers , and mul
tiplying each part of the multiplicand by each part of the
multiplier .
EXAMPLES.

1. 52 = ( 3 + 2 )2 = ( ) ?
Process : 3 + 2
3 + 2
6 + 4
9+ 6
9 + 12 + 4 = 25 , result,

2. 72 = (5 + 2 ) = ( ) ?
Process : 5 + 2
5 + 2
10 + 22
52 + 10
52 + 2x10 + 22 = 25 + 20 + 4 = 49, result.

These examples are illustrative of the following principle :

PRINCIPLE : The square of the sum of two numbers is equal to

the square of the first plus twice the product of the first times the
second plus the square of the second .
By referring to the two numbers as 1st and 2d , this principle
may be stated in an equation as follows:

( 1st + 20 ) = 1st2 + 2x1st X2d + 2d”. (Commit.)

182 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

3. 62 = ( )?
Process : 62 = (4 + 2)2 = 42 + 2 X4X2 + 22 = 16 + 16 + 4 = 36 ; or ,
62 = (3 + 3)2 = 32 + 2x3x3 + 32 = 9 + 18 + 9 = 36 ; or,
62 = (1 + 5 )2 = 12 + 2x1x5 + 52 = 1 + 10 + 25 = 36 , result.
NOTE. - A numbermay be separated into any two of its addends and
this principle will apply.
4. (17)2= ( ) ?
Process : 172 = (10 + 7)2 = 102 + 2 x 10 x 7 + 72 = 100 + 140 + 49 = 289, result .
5. 53 = ( ) ?
Process : 2 + 3
2+ 3
6 + 9
4 + 6
4 + 12 + 9
2 -+- 3
12 + 36 + 27
8 + 24 + 18
8 + 36 +54 + 27 = 125,result.
6 . 93 = ( ) ?
Process : 5 + 4
5 +4
5 * 4 + 42
52 + 5x4
52 + 2x5X4 + 42
5 + 4
52 x 4 + 2x5 x 42 + 48
53 + 2 x 52 x 4 + 5 x 42
53 + 3 x52x 4 + 3x5 x 42 + 43 = 729, result.
Note. — The teacher should carefully explain each step in this multi
plication .
This example illustrates the following principle :
PRINCIPLE : The cube of the sum of two numbers is equal to the
cube of the first plus three times the square of the first times the sec
ond plus three times the first times the square of the second plus the
cube of the second ; or,
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 183

( 1st + 20 )3 = 1 st + 3X1st X 20 + 3 1st X 2d ? + 2dº.

(Commit.)

7. 233 = ( ) ?
Process : 233 = ( 20 + 3)8 = 203 +: 3 202 X 3 + 3 x 20 x 32+ 33 =
8000+ 3600 + 540 + 27 = 12167, result.

NOTE . — These two principles have been here presented , not so much
for their practical value in involution , as to prepare for their use in evo
lution - extracting square root and cube root.

EXERCISE LXXIX .

1. 112 = (7 + 4) = ( ) ? 6. 83 = ( 3 + 5 ) = ( ) ?
2. 10 $ = (3 + 7)2 = ( ) ? 7. 123 = ( 10 + 2)3= ( )?
3. 132 = (5 + 8 ) 2 = ( ) ? 8. 143 = ( 10 + 4) = ( )?
4. 212 = ( 20 + 1 ) = ( ) ? 9. 238 = ( 20 + 3) = ( )?
5. 342 = ( 30 + 4 )2 = ( ) ? 10. 463 = ( 40 + 6) = ( )?

C. EVOLUTION .

104. Definition.- Evolution is the process of find

ing a required root of a given power.
The number itself is the first root ; one of the two equal fac
tors which compose a number is its second or square root ; one of
the three equal factors which compose a number is its third or
cube root ; one of the four equal factors which compose a num
ber is its fourth root ; and so on .
The required root of a given number may be indicated in
either of two ways :
( 1 ) By the use of the radical sign , V , with a small figure or
figures placed between the two parts to indicate the degree of
the root. Thus,

9121, the square root of 121.

3 1728 , the cube root of 1728 .
✓ 256 , the fourth root of 256 .
184 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

( 2 ) By a fractional exponent. Thus ,

1211, the square root of 121.

17281, the cube root of 1728 .
2567, the fourth root of 256 .
Note. — The radical sign without the small 2 is commonly used to in
dicate the square root of a number. Thus,

V 64 , the square root of 64.

1. SQUARE ROOT.

105. First Process . The square roots of integral

squares can usually be obtained by factoring. When a num
ber is separated into two equal factors , one of the factors is
the square root of the number .

EXAMPLES .
1. 7 225 , = ( ) ?
Process : 225 = 5x5x3x3 = 15 x 15 .
:: V 225 = 15 , result .

2. V 144x64 = ( ) ?
Process : 144 x 64 = 12 x 12 x 8 x8 = 96 x 96 .
.. 144 x 64 = 96 , result.

EXERCISE LXXX .

1. Commit to memory the square root of 1 , 4 , 9 , 16 , 25 , 36 ,

49, 64, 81 , 100 .

Find by factoring the square root of -

2. 900 5. 324 8. 81 x 25
3. 625 6. 576 9. 676 x 100
4. 256 7. 1296 10. 144 X 729

106. Second Process. - When numbers are large, or

when they are not perfect squares, the process to be employed
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 185

in extracting the square root is developed from the following

equation , which was learned in Involution :

( 1st + 20 ) = 1st +2x1st x 20 + 2 '.

Preparatory to the development of this process, the following

principles should be learned :

PRINCIPLES : 1. When an integral number is separated , from

right to left, into periods of two figures each , the number of periods
thus formed will equal the number of integral places in the square
root of the number.

NOTE. — This principle holds, even though there may be but one figure
in the left-hand period .

This principle may be illustrated as follows :

V1 = 1,
V1'00 = 10 ,
✓ 1'00'00 = 100 ,
71'00'00'00 = 1000 .

Thus, it appears that for integers less than 1/00, the square root can
not have more than one integral place ; for integers less than 1'00'00 ,
the square root cannot have more than two integral places; and so on .

2. When an integer is separated from right to left into periods of

two figures each , the square root of the largest integral square in the
left period will give the first or left figure of the square root of the
number ; the square root of the largest integral square of the number
formed by the first two periods will give the first two figures of the
square root of the number ; and so on .

This principle may be illustrated as follows :

2369 = 55696 ; then , V 5'56'96 = 236 .

The largest integral square in 5 is 4 .
74 = 2.
180 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Then , 2 is the first figure of the square root, 236 .

The largest integral square in 556 is 529 .

V 529 = 23 .
Then , 3 is the next figure of the square root, 236 .
EXAMPLE.

Find the square root of 288369.

STEP 1.– To find the first or left figure of the root.
Process : Explanation : By separating the number
28/83/695 into periods of two figures each , it appears
25 that the square root will contain three fig
3 ures ( Frin . 1). The largest integral square in
28 is 25 , of which 5 is the square root. There
fore , the first or hundreds figure of the root is 5 ( Prin . 2 ).
STEP 2. — To find the second figure of the root. By Step 1, it
was found that the first figure of the root is 5 ; then , the
number represented by the first two figures of the root
must lie between 50 and 60, and the square of this number is
the largest integral square in 2883, the first two periods of
the number whose root is to be found ( Prin . 2). If this num
ber, which lies between 50 and 60, be represented as the sum
of two numbers, then its square may be represented by the
following equation :

( 1st + 2d )2 = 1st2 + 2 x 1st x 2d + 2d2; or,

(1st + 2d )2 = 1st? + 2d (2x1st + 2d )
Now , since (1st + 2d ) represents a number lying between 50
and 60, let
1st = 50 ,
and proceed to find 2d .
Process : 28'83²69 50 + 3 = 53 .
1st2 = 2500 (to be subtracted ). 25 00
2 x 1st = 100 ( trial divisor).. 100 383
2d = 3 (found by trial)... 3
2 x 1st + 2d = 103 (complete divisor)... 103
2d (2x 1st + 2d ) = 309 (to be subtracted ) 309
74
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 187

Explanation : After subtracting the 2500 from the first two

periods,there is left 383. Now , 383 must contain 100 x 20 + 2d2.
Since the ad represents the units of the second place , 2d2 is
small as compared to 100 x 2d ; finding how many times 383
contains 100 will practically find the ad . Using 100 for a
trial divisor, proceed just as in finding the quotient figure in
long division . The 2d is found to be 3. The complete dirisor
is formed by adding the 3 to the 100, making 103. This com
plete divisor multiplied by the 3 in the root gives 309, the
number to be subtracted .

STEP 3. — To find the third or units figure of the root. By

Steps 1 and 2 , the first and second figures of the root are 5
and 3 respectively. Then , the number represented by the
three figures of the root must lie between 530 and 540, and
the square of this numbermust not be greater than 288369.
As in Step 2, consider this root as made up of two parts ,
and its square as represented by the equation
(1st + 2d ) = 1st2 + 2d (2 x 1st + 2d ).

Let 1st = 530 ,

and proceed to find the ad as before .

Process : 28'83'69 530 + 7 = 537 , result.

1st2 = 280900.. 28 09 00
2x1st = 1060 1060 74 69
7

2d = 7.....
2 x 1st + 2d = 1067 . 1067
20 (2x 1st + 2 ) = 7469 7469

EXERCISE LXXXI.

By steps as above, find :

1. V 1849 3. 7478864
2. V 19044 4. 7950625

107 . Second Process Shortened.- The process

of extracting square root , as just given , may be much shortened
188 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

( 1 ) by consolidating the severalsteps into one continuous pro

cess. In example , p . 186 , 25 subtracted in Step 1 amounts to the
same as the 2500 subtracted in Step 2 , and the 280900 sub
tracted in Step 3 amounts to the same as the 2500 and the 309
subtracted in Step 2 ; ( 2 ) by dropping all O's that do not affect
results .
EXAMPLES.
1. 288369 = ( ) ?

Process : Explanation : ( 1) Separate the number

as before , into periods of two figures each .
28'83 69 537
25 ( 2) 5x5 = 25 . Place 5 in the root, sub
103 383 tract 25 from 28, and bring down the
309 next period .
1067 7469 (3 ) 2x5 = 10 . Place 10 on the left for a
7469 trial divisor, and try 10 into 38 ( instead of
100 into 383 as before), 38 + 10 = 3 + . Then ,
3 is the second figure of the root. Place the 3 on the right
of the 5 in the root and on the right of the 10 in the divisor.
Multiply 103 by 3 , write the product 309 beneath the 383, sub
tract, and bring down the next period .
(4 ) 2x 53 = 106. Place the 106 on the left for a trial divisor ,
and proceed as before.

Note . — The teacher should assist in comparing this shortened process

with the process by steps, and explain all differences not clear to the
pupil.

2. V 611.5729 = ( ) ?
Process :
b'11.57 /29 24.73 NOTE . - In decimals, the periods are
4 formed from the decimal point to the
44 211 right. Otherwise , the process is the
176 same as in integers.
4873557 When a number is not an exact
3409 power, O's may be added for decimal
4943 14829 places, and the process continued at
14829 will .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 189

3. 75793649 = ( ) ?
Process : Explanation : If, after bringing
5 %79'36'49 2407, result. down a period , the number thus
4 formed is too small to contain
44 179 the trial divisor, place a 0 in the
176 root, bring down the next period ,
48 33649 cancel the old trial divisor, form
4807 33649
a new trial divisor, and proceed
as before ,

4. 10 = ( ) ?
Process : (1) ✓ 625 = 7 25 x 25 = 25
(2 ) V 1024 = V 32 x 32 = 32
10*2*1 = 1 , result .

Explanation : The square root of a common fraction is the square

root of its numerator divided by the square root of its denominator.
This follows as a reverse of the process of squaring a common fraction. Com
mon fractions whose terms are not integral squares , should be reduced
to decimals, and their square roots should be extracted as in No. 5 ,
below .

5. V .043 = ( ) ? (Result true to 4 decimal places. )

.04'30'00'00.2073 + , result. Explanation : (1) When the
4 right-hand period of a decimal
4 3000 is not complete , it should be
4072849
made so by annexing O's.
414315100 ( 2 ) When there is a remain
12429
der after using the last period
in either decimals or integers, periods of O’s may be annexed
and the process continued at will.

EXERCISE LXXXII.
Find the value of —
1. V 6889 5. V 62001 9. v . 1406850064
2. 75625 6. 793636 10. ( 1984 )
3. 73136 7.74556.25 11. (13 )
4. V 3025 8. 716.096144 12. (1483.256 )
190 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Obtain results true to three decimal places :

---
13. 23 17. V 3.141592 21. ( * )
14. 3 } 18. 745.7 22. (424 )
15. 51 19. V 326.004 23. ( 23114 )
16. 112 20. 1.0007 24. ( 33.473 )
2 . CUBE ROOT.

108. First Process . - The cube roots of integral cubes

can usually be obtained by factoring . When a number is sep
arated into three equal factors , one of the factors is the cube
root of the number .
EXAMPLES
1. 1728 = ( ) ?
Process : 1728 = 4 X 4X4x3x3x3 = 12 x 12 x 12.
.: 1728 = 12, result.

2. 164 X 512 = ( ) ?
Process : 64 x 512 = 4X4 X4 X4X4 X4x2x2x2 = 32 x 32 x 32.
. : 8 64 X512 = 32, result.

EXERCISE LXXXIII.

1. Commit to memory the cubes of the integers from 1 to 10 .

By factoring , find —
2. 2744 . 5. 3375 . 8. 27 X 729 .
3. 1331. 6. 4096 . 9. 1216 x 1000 .
4. V 4913 . vy . 38 x 729. 10. V 512 X 343.

109. Second Process. - When numbers are large or

when they are not perfect cubes, the process to be employed in
extracting the cube root is developed from the following equa
tion , which was learned in Involution :

( 1st + 20 )3 = 1st + 3 x 1sťx20 + 3 x 1st x 2d² + 20 %.

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 191
Preparatory to the development of the process, the following
principles should be learned :
PRINCIPLES : 1. When an integral number is separated from
right to left into periods of three figures each , the number of periods
thus formed will equal the number of integral places in the cube root
of the number .
NOTE. — This principle holds even though there may be but one or two
figures in the left-hand period .
To illustrate :
1 .1 = 1.
131'000 = 10 .
1 '000'000 = 100 .
V 1'000'000'000 = 1000 .
Thus, it appears that for integers less than 1'000, the cube root can
not have more than one integral place ; for integers less than 1'000 /000
the cube root cannot havemore than two integral places; and so on .
2 . When an integer is separated from right to left into periods
of three figures each, the cube root of the largest integral cube in the
left period will give the first or left figure of thecube root of the num
ber ; the cube root of the largest integral cube of the number formed
by the first two periods will give the first two figures of the cube root
of the number ; and so on .
To illustrate :'
2363 = 13'144' 256 ; then , 13 ' 144' 256 = 236 .
The largest integral cube in 13 is 8.
g = 2.
Then, 2 is the first figure of the cube root, 236 .
The largest integral cube in 13144 is 12167.
P12167 = 23.
Then , 3 is the second figure of the root, 236 .
192 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXAMPLE .
Find the cube root of 154854153 .
STEP 1. – To find the first or left figure of the root.
Process : 154'854'153(5
125
29
Explanation : By separating the number into periods of
three figures each , it appears that the cube root will contain
three figures (Prin . 1.) The largest integral cube in 154 is 125 ,
of which 5 is the cube root. Therefore, the first or hun
dreds figure of the root is 5 (Prin . 2).
STEP 2. - To find the second figure of the root. By step 1 it
was found that the first figure of the root is 5 ; then the num
ber represented by the first two figures of the root must lie
between 50 and 60 , and the cube of this number is the larg
est integral cube in 154854 (Prin . 2 ).
If this number which lies between 50 and 60 be repre
sented as the sum of two numbers, then its cube may be rep
resented by the following equation :
(1st + 2d )3 = 1st3 + 3 x 1st2 x 2d +3 x 1st x 2d2 + 2d3 ; or,
( 1st + 2d )3 = 1st3 + 2d ( 3 x 1st2 + 3x1st x 2d + 2d2).
Now , since (1st + 2d ) represents a number lying between
50 and 60, let
1st = 50 ,
and proceed to find 2d .
Process : 154/ 854'153 50 + 3 = 53.
1stö = 125000 (to be subtracted ). . 125000
3x1st2 = 7500 ( Trial divisor) . 7500 29854
3 x 1st x 2d = 450.. 450
2d2 = 9... 9
3x1st2 + 3 x 1st x 2d + 2d ? (Completedivisor) 7959
2d (3 x 1st2 + 3 x 1st x 2d + 2d ).. 23877
5977

Explanation : After subtracting the 125,000 from the first

two periods, there is left 29854. Now , 29854 must contain
2d( 3 x 18+2 +3 X 1st X 2d + 2d2). Of this expression , the 2d repre
sents the figure of the root sought, and ( 3 X 1st2 +3 x 1st x 2d +
2d4) represents the complete divisor . Since the ad represents
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 193

the units of the second place in the root, the second and
third terms of the complete divisor are small as compared
with the first. Therefore, 3 x 18ta, or 7500, is used as a trial
divisor . Finding the root figure is done in the sameway as
finding the quotient figure in long division ; but since the
trial divisor is somewhat smaller than the complete divisor,
allowance must be made for this in selecting the figure of
the root. The second figure of the root is found to be 3 .
The complete divisor is found by adding to the 7500 the values
of 3 x 186 x 2d and 2d2, or 450 and 9 , making in all 7959. This
complete divisor, multiplied by the root figure 3, gives the
number to be subtracted , 23877.
STEP 3. — To find the third figure of the root. The first and
second figures of the root have already been found to be 5
and 3 respectively. Then , the number represented by the
three figures for the root must lie between 530 and 540, and
the cube of this number must not be greater than 154854153.
As in Step 2 , consider this root as made up of two parts and
its cube as represented by the equation ,

(1st + 2d )3 = 1st3 + 2 (3 x 1st2+3 x 1st x 2d +202) .

Let 1st = 530 ,

and proceed to find the ed as before.

154'854'153 530 + 7 = 537 , result .

1st3 = 148877000 148877000
3 x 1st2 = 842700 .842700 5977153
3 x 1st x 2d = 11130 . 11130
2d2 = 49 . 49
3x1st2 + 3 x 1st x 2d + 2d ? 853879
2d (3 x 1st2 + 3x1st x 2d + 2dº). 5977153

EXERCISE LXXXIV .

By steps as above , find

1. 3274625 . 3. 91818816 .
2. 7189057 . 4. P2087336952.
194 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

110. Second Process Shortened . The process of

extracting cube root , as just given , may be much shortened
( 1 ) by consolidating the several steps into one continuous pro
cess and ( 2 ) by dropping all O's that do not affect the result .
EXAMPLES.
1. V 154854153 = ( ) ?
Process : Explanation : (1 ) Separate
154'854'153 537 , result . the number as before into
125 periods of three figures each .
7500 29854 ( 2) 53 = 125. Place the 5 in
450 the root, subtract the 125
9
from 154, and bring down
7959 23877 the next period .
842700 5977153 (3 ) The trial divisor is formed
11130
49 by annexing a 0 to the root al
ready found , squaring the re
8538795977153
sultandmultiplying the square
by 3. 502 X 3 = 7500 . 29854 +
7500 = 3+ . Place the 3 in the root. The complete divisor is
obtained by adding together the trial divisor , three times the last
figure of the root times the remainder of the root with a 0 an
nexed, and the square of the last figure of the root . 3x3x 50 =
450 ; 32 = 9. 7500 + 450 + 9 = 7959, complete divisor. Multiply
the complete divisor by the last figure of the root, subtract
the product , and bring down the next period .
(4 ) Proceed as in ( 3).

2. V 8489664 = ( ) ?
Process : Explanation : If after bringing
8'489/664 204 down a period , the number thus
8 formed is too small to contain the
1299 489664 trial divisor, place a 0 in the root,
120000 bring down the next period , can
2400 cel the old trial divisor, form a
16
new trialdivisor, and proceed as
122416 489664
before .

3. V 513 = ( ) ?
Process : 8525 = % , result.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 195

Explanation : The cube root of a common fraction is equal

to the cube root of the numerator divided by the cube root
of the denominator . Common fractions,whose terms are not
integral cubes, should be reduced to decimals , and their
cube roots should be extracted as in No. 4 or 5 below .

4. V.074088 = ( ) ?
Process :
.074'088 .42, result . Explanation : Separate
64
the number from the decimal
4800 | 10088 point to the right into periods
240
4 of three figures each ; then ,
proceed as in integers.
5044 10088

5. 12.3458 = ( ) ? (Result true to three decimal places. )

Process :
12.345'800'000 2.311 + ,result.
8
1200 4345 Explanation : (1) When the
180
9 right- hand period of a decimal
is not complete , it should be
1389 4167 made so by annexing O's . ( 2)
158700 ( 178800 When there is a remainder
690 after using the last period in
1 either decimals or integers,
159391 159391
periods of O’smay be annexed
16008300 19409000 and the process continued at
6930 will.
1
16015231
16015231
3393769

EXERCISE LXXXV .
Find the value of :
1. 15625 4. 1 517781627
2. 13824 5. 189119224
3. P 1225043 6. 3 1967221277
196 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

7 . 865304767683 14. /66335045871501

8. V 997002999 15. 7 1225.043
9 . V 260917119 16 . 529.475129
10 . V 3422470843 17. W .013312053
11. V 351895816000 18. ( 0925 )
12. V 35773897375 19. ( 151 )
17 28
13 . 1881365963625 20. (1988-)
12167

Obtain results true to three decimal places :

21. 25 23. 3 .63 25. .006%
22. 45 24. .244 26 . (247}) }
3. ROOTS OF HIGHER DEGREES.
111. Process. - If the index of a root has no other fac
tors than 2 's or 3’s , that root may be extracted by applying
processes already explained .
PRINCIPLE : Any root may be extracted by extracting in succes
sion the roots indicated by the factors of the index of that root.
Explanation : The 4th root is the square root of the square
root ; the 6th root is the square root of the cube root ; the
8th root is the square root of the square root of the square
root ; and so on .
EXAMPLES.

1. 64 = ( ) ?
Process : ( 1) 3'64 = 4 .
(2) 74= 2, result.
NOTE. — The order is not material. The square root may be extracted
first, and then the cube root.
2. 1531441 = ( ) ?
Process : (1) 0 531441 = 81.
(2 ) V 81 = 9.
(3) V 9 = 3, result.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 197
Roots may often be found by factoring and inspecting the
result .
3. 3125 = ( ) ?
Process : 3125 =5x5x5x5x5.
.:: V 3125 = 5, result.
4 . 71401 = ( ) ?
Process : 1401 = 7x7x7x7.
.:: V 1401 = 7, result.
EXERCISE LXXXVI.
1. 256 3. 940353607 5 . V 78125
2. 14641 4. 0531441 6. 248832
D . NUMBERS EXPRESSED BY WORDS OR LETTERS.
112 . Explanations. — In writing out the solutions of
problems, a great many words are used to express numbers .
Some of the words commonly used in this way are the follow
ing :
number area
value volume
price work
cost force
gain time
loss interest
weight principal
length rate
width sum
thickness amount, etc.
NOTE. - Suppose this problem is given : “ Five times the cost of my
horse is $320 ; find its cost.” The relation given in the problem may be
properly expressed as follows :
5x cost = $ 320 .
198 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Here the word “ cost ” refers to a particular number and “ 5 Xcost ” is 5

times that number .

Not only are words used to express numbers, but letters are
also thus used .

NOTE. — Suppose that

Cost of 1 apple = 1 % ; then
Cost of 2 apples = 24 ;
Cost of 3 apples = 3 ¢ ; and in general,
Cost ofany number of apples = that number of cents .
Now , if n be used for the word number, the expression becomes
Cost of n apples = ng .

In the same way it is common to use v for value, p for price ,

c for cost, etc.
It is as necessary to add , subtract ,multiply , and divide num
bers thus expressed as it is to perform these processes with
numbers expressed in figures .

113. Addition .
EXAMPLES .
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6 .
40 4 x 10 4 tens 4 x cost 4Xc 40
50 5 x 10 5 tens 5 X cost 5xc 5 c
60 6 x 10 6 tens 6 X cost 6XC 6 C
150, s um . 15 X 10, sum . 15 tens, sum . 15 X cost, sum . 15 X C, sum . 15 C, sum .

Note . - Carefully compare the above examples (1) as to form of ex

pression and ( 2 )as to results . Notice that “ 4C ” is read four c , and means
4 c's or 4Xc. As a number, 4c is the same as 4Xc.

. Add 10 Xcost, 7 Xcost, 5 X number , 9 X cost, and 6 X number .

Process : 10 x cost +5 x number
7x cost +6 x number
9 x cost
26 x cost +11 x number, result.
Note. - In this example there are five numbers to be added , three of
one kind and two of another. Those of the same kind are united . The
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 199

resulting numbers cannot be united into one number ; but the sign, + ,
placed between them , shows that they are to be considered together as
one sum .

EXERCISE LXXXVII .
Add :
1. 2 . 3. 4.
5 X weight 17 x area 3 X time 16 x loss
7 X weight 21 x area 12 Xtime loss
9 X weight area 21 x time 12 x loss
15 X weight 11 x area time 27 x loss

5. 6. 7. 8 9.
13 Xg 75 Xc 12 x amt. 53 xf 183th .
7Xg 18 XC 95 x amt. 121 xf 72 Xth .
25 Xg 3XC 37 x amt. 137 Xf 128xth .
18X9 54 Xc 19 x amt. 86 xf 943xth .
20 Xg 75 XC 95 X amt. 243 xf th .

10 . 11. 12 . 13 . 14 .
72 r 851 18 w 70 24 s
8r 371 63 w 89 v 17 s
143 r 1281 172 w 27 v 12 s
59 r 3741 94 w 34 v 9 s

15. 12 X work , 17 X work , 9 X work , 7X sum , 18 Xsum , 14 X work ,

26 Xsum , 6 X work , 34 X sum , and 12 Xsum .
16. 5Xc, 7xf, 8Xc, 12 X c, 17 xf, 18 xf, and 9 Xc.
17. 24 w , 72 w , 120 w , 74 t , 951, 71 w , and 39 t.
200 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

114. Subtraction .

EXAMPLES.

1. 2. 3. 4.
25 X value 25 Xv 25 v 25 p
17 x value 17 Xv 17 v 17 p
8 X value, dif. 8 Xv, dif. 8v, dif. 8p, dif.

5. From 25 c take 17 n .
Process : NOTE . - The minuend and subtrahend
25 c are not similar numbers ; therefore , the
17 n
difference can only be indicated by plac
25 C - 17 n , result.
ing the sign , - , between them .

EXERCISE LXXXVIII.
Subtract :
1. 2. 3. 4.
36 X weight 125 X time 146 X cost 105 x loss
12 X weight 57 x time cost 49 xloss

5. 6 . n. 8. 9.
120 Xg 224Xf 175 X amt. 365 Xv 459Xw
38 Xg 189 xf 48 X amt. 175 Xv 299 Xw

10 . 11. 12 . 13 . 14 .
317 P 41 t 111r 215 s 5121
195 p 28 551 778 711

15 . 16 . 17 . 18 . 19 .
75 X cost 157 x No. 17 xw 139 v 751
28 x area 139 X price 14 Xt 74p 38 W
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC 201

115 . Multiplication .
EXAMPLES
1 . 12 tens
6 Explanation : 6x 12 tens are 72 tens.
72 tens
2 . ten 3. 12 X cost
6 6
6 Xten , or 6 tens, product. 72 X cost,product.
4. 12 Xw 5 . 12 n
6 6
72 Xw, product. 72 n , product.
6 . Multiply p by n.
Explanation : (1 ) 1xp = p.
(2) 2xp = 2 p .
(3 ) 3Xp = 3p ; and so on .
( 4 ) n Xp = np , result.

Thus, writing letters together, as np , indicates the product

of n and p. It is common also to use the expression n xp to
indicate the product. Both are correct.
7. Multiply 5xp by n .
Result : nx5xp =5xnxp, or 5 pn .
Note. - If p and n are abstract , by Principle 4, p . 21, they may stand
in any order ; it is customary to put the numerical factors before the
letters or words.

8. Multiply 7c by 9a .
Result : 9 ax7c = 9xa x7xc = 63 ac.
Note. - Since factors may stand in any order, the " and 9 may be put
together,making 63.
202 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE LXXXIX .
Multiply :
1.
7x cost 24 x area 137 tens 56 X rate
12 36 48 17

5. 6. 8.
16 Xv 45 X w 158 Xth 48x1 129 XP
18 15 29

11. 12 . 13 . 14.
17 p 152 12 pr 6 lw
w h

17 . 18 . 19 .
5 wh 6 pt 7 wl
41 5 Xr 7Xh

116 . Division .
EXAMPLES.

1. Divide 12 tens by 6 .
Process : 6 / 12 tens
2 tens, result .
2 tens, result . or, 12 tens + 6 = 12 tens =
PRINCIPLE : Dividing any factor of a continued multiplication
divides the product .
2. Divide the cost by 6 .
Process : Cost+6 = Cost, result.
NOTE. — The result can only be indicated , and the fractional form is
usually employed .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 203

3. Divide 5 xc by 9 .
5xc 5 c
Process : 5XC + 9 = or, 9 result.
4. Divide 16 w by n .
16 w
Process : 16 W + n = result .
n
5. Divide 151 by 25 w .
151 31
Process : 151 + 25 w = result.
25 W 5 w '
Note . - Cancel any common factors found in both numerator and de
nominator.

6. 5ln - 7 wn = ( ) ?
51
5 In
Process : 5 ln +7 wn = result.
7wn 7w
NOTE . - n is common to both numerator and denominator .

EXERCISE XC .

Perform the process indicated :

1. 64 x cost : 8 . 11. W X1 ; h .
2. 96 X price : 12. 12. 5xi+10 p .
3. 36 X value : 6 . 13. i : pr .
4. 20 X weight : 5 . 14. 5Xt : 75 .
5. 7x cost : 14 . 15. 12 lw = 16 lh .
6. 12 x price = 72. 16. 35i : 7pt.
7. cost : 8 . 17. ipt = prt .
8. 12 p +30 . 18. 12 cn :-27 wn .
9. 16 Xw ; w . 19. 18 rt - 40 pt.
10. w ; 1. 20. 120 prt : 144 pnt.

117. Involution .
EXAMPLES.
1. Square p .
Process : pxp = p ?, result.
Note . - Read “ p ?”' p square.

2. Square the number.

Process : Number X number = (number)?, result .
204 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

3. Square 5 a .
Process : 5 a x5 a = 25 a ” , result .

4. Square a + b .
Process :
a +b Questions : Do this process and
a +b result agree with the principle on
ab +62 page 181 ? Can you repeat that
a2 + ab principle from memory ?
a² + 2 ab + b2, result.

5. Cube 71.
Process : 71x71x71 = 343 18 , result.

NOTE . — Read “ 73 " I cube.

5 a
6. Cube
W
5 a 5 a 5 a 125 q3
Process : result .
w w w W3

5
7c
17 . = ( ) ?
(4n
H
7c 70 70 70 70 16807 65
Process : XIX Х result .
4n 4n 4n 4n 4n 1024 n5 ?

8. (a + b )3 = ( ) ?
Process :
a +b
a +b
ab +62 Questions : Do this process and
a2 + ab result agree with principle , page
a² + 2 ab + 12 182 ? Can you repeat that prin
a + b ciple from memory ?
a²b + 2 ab2 +33
al + 2 a²b + ab2
a +3 alb + 3 ab2 + 63, result .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 205

EXERCISE XCI.

Give results orally :

7n 8 пр
1. Square ( 1) n ; (2 ) 2n ; (3 ) pn ; ( 4 ) ; (5 )
w 5 wa'
2. Square ( 1 ) a + h ; ( 2 ) v + p ; ( 3 ) n + r ; (4 ) w + l.
5w 2 lw
3. Cube ( 1 ) n ; ( 2 ) 5n ; ( 3 ) nl; (4 )
3 q ; (5 ) 3 pt
4. Cube ( 1 ) ath ; ( 2 ) vtp ; ( 3 ) n + r ; ( 4 ) w + 1.

Give written processes :

3 5
4 rl
5. 9. 13. ( 2 + n ) ?
W (
9 vt
3
9 a 5 ab ) 4
6. 10 . 14. ( 8 a + 46 )
14b 7 се
1261 3
11 np
. 11 . 15. ( w + 5 )
149 a 16 bc
6
2 n
8. ( a ?) ? 12 . 16. (4r + 3 n )3
4 ar
118. Evolution .

EXAMPLES.

1. Va = ( ) ?
Process : Va> = Vaxara, result .

Question : What is the square root of a number ?

2. V 9 a²b2 = ( ) ?
Process : V 3 ab x 3 ab = 3 ab , result.

36 a 2
3.
V 25c2 = ( ) ?

Process : 36 a2 6 a 6 a 6 a
result .
25 c2 5c5c5c
206 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4. V64 ař = ( ) ?
Process : 64 q ' = 4 a x4 a x4 a = 4a, result.
Question : What is the cube root of a number ?
..

3 27 and
5.
216 13w3 = ( ) ?
3 27 aºp3 3 3ar 3 ar 3 ar 3ar
Process : x 2 result ,
216 13w3 6 lw 6 lw 6lw 6 lw

6. V 81 w414 = ( ) ?
Process : 181 w424 = V 3 wl X 3 wl X 3 wlX3wl = 3 wl, result.

7. V a² + 2 ab + 62 = ( ) ?
Process : Va2 + 2 ab + 12 = V (a + b ) (a + b ) = a + b , result.

NOTE .- “ ( a + b )( a + b )" = a + b multiplied by a + b .

8. Pa +3 a²b + 3 ab? + 13 = ( ) ?

Process : a3 + 3 a26 + 3 ab2 +63 = P (a + b )(a + b)(a + b ) = a + b , result.

EXERCISE XCII.

Give results orally : ;

1. Square root of (1) %; (2) 4n*; (3) 167 ; (4) 647 * ;

p ?l2
(5 ) 81 w2

2. Square root of ( 1 ) 12 + 2 lr + r ; ( 2 ) n2 + 2 nc + c .
64 på
i

3. Cube root of ( 1 ) cº ; (2 ) 27 63; ( 3 ) 125 wºh3 ; ( 4 ) v3

13,3
(5 ) 216 n3

4. Cube root of ( 1 ) p3 +3 p2r + 3 pp.2 + p8; ( 2 ) 18 + 31?w + 3lwa + w8.

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC , 207
Give written process :
(125 c ) :
9. (p2 + 2 rp + pa)
121 t2 )
10 . (w2 + 4w + 4 )
( p p222)
h3d3
| 18w3
11. (+8 + 3 tºr + 3 tr2 + x)}
[ 49 ]
12. (n8 + 3 n ?r + 3 nr2 + 3)!
2500 m2
119 . Equations Containing Letters. - Formulas,
which are equations containing letters, are often used in arith
metic . For example ,
( 1 ) C = np.
Now , there are three numbers in this equation . If any two
of them are known , the other may be found. For
(1) = (2) np = C.
(2) = n = (3) p =
(2) =p= (4) n =
If the values of n and p be substituted (put in place of the
letters) in ( 1 ) , the result will express the value of C ; if the
values of C and n be substituted in (3 ) , the result will express
the value of p ; and if the values of C and p be substituted in
( 4 ) , the result will express the value of n .
NOTE . - When an equation , containing letters, is so arranged that one
letter stands alone in the left member, that letter is said to be expressed
in terms of the others. Thus, in ( 1), C is expressed in terms of p and n ;
in (3 ), p is expressed in terms of C and n ; and in (4 ), n is expressed in
terms of C and p .
208 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXAMPLES .
1. A = lw . ( 1 ) Express the value of w in terms of A and 1.
( 2 ) Express the value of l in terms of A and w .
Process : ( 1) A = lw .
( 1 ) = ( 2 ) lw = A.
( 2) +1= (3 ) w = 2 1st result.
A 2d result.
( 2 ) + w = (4 ) 1 =
mo
2. F = T . Express the values of m , v, and t, each in terms
t

of the other numbers .

mo
Process : ( 1 ) F =
m v
(1 ) = (2) -F .
t

tx ( 2 ) = (3 ) mv = Ft.
Ft
(3) + v = ( 4 ) m = -- 1st result.
V
Ft
( 3 ) + m = (5 ) v = m 2d result.
(3) = (6 ) Ft = mv.
mi
(6 ) + F ' = ( 7) 1 = F , 3d result.

8. 432 = 16 (2t - 1) . Find the value of t.

Process : ( 1) 432 = 16 (2 t - 1).
( 1) = (2 ) 16 ( 2 t -1) = 432.
( 2 ) + 16 = ( 3 ) 2t - 1 = 27 .
Transposing , we get (4 ) 2 t = 28 .
} of (4 ) = (5 ) t = 14 , result.
4. S = 1 gta. Express the values of g and t, each in terms of
the other numbers .
Process : ( 1 ) S = } gta.
( 1) = ( 2 ) 3 gta = S.
2s
(2 ) + ] t2 = (3 ) g = +2 , 1st result.
2 S
(2 ) + 1 g = (4 ) = g
2S
V (4) = (5 ) t = 2d result .
g
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 209

5. A = p + prt. Express the values of p , t, and r .

Process : ( 1) A = p + prt = p ( 1 + rt).

( 1) = (2) p (1 + rt) = A.
А 1st result .
( 2 ) + ( 1 + rt) = (3 ) p =
1 + rt '
( 1) = ( 4 ) p + prt = A.
Transposing , we get (5 ) prt = A - p .
A - P. 2d result .

>
(5 ) + pr = (6 ) 1 =
pr
A -P
(5 ) + pt = ( 7) r = 3d result.
pt

EXERCISE XCIII.
pВ
1. P = Express the values of p and B.
100
2. F = Ma. Express the values of M and a .
3. W = Fd . Express the values of F and d .
4. W = Mda. Express the values of M , d , and a .
5. 25 X 30 = 15 M. Find the value of M.
6. 369.84 = 19 ( 24-1) . Find the value of g .
7. 1302.48 = 16.08 ta. Find the value of t.
W
8. A = Express the values of W and t.
550t
9. V = lwh . Express the values of l, w , and h .
10. H ? = B² + P2. Express the values of P and B.
E
11. C = Express the values of E and R.
R
12. A = TR”. Express the value of R.

NotE. — The Greek letter a (pi) is used for the number 3.1416 .

13. Find the value of Fin No. 3 , if W = 75 and d = 15 .

14. I = prt. Find the value of p , if I, r and t are respectively
192 , 187 , 4 .
15. Find the value of B in No. 10 , if H and Pare respectively
50 and 30 .
210 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

II. STUDY OF PROBLEMS.

A. DEVELOPMENT AND USE OF FORMULAS.

120. General Numbers and General Prob

lems.- If I say, " The fence is 40 rods long," I use a particular
number , 40 rods. If I say, “ The fence is l rods long," I use a
generalnumber , I rods, which may prove to be 40 rods, or some
other number of rods. This general form of expressing a num
ber thatmay vary in its numerical value is of great service in
mathematics.
Examine the following problems:

1. What will 5 books cost, at $ 2 each ?

2. What will 25 lb. of meat cost, at 10 ¢ per lb.?
3. Find the value of 140 A. of land , at $ 40 per A.
4. What will 12 horses sell for , at $ 75 each ?

These are all different problems, yet they all belong to the
same type.
TYPE : What will a given number of articles cost , at a given price
each ?

By using letters to represent the numbers in this type, it may

be expressed in the following form :

What will n things cost, at $ p ( or pe ) each ?

Such a type, which is a representative of a great class of
problems, is often spoken of as a General Problem . It is of
great service, in solving particular problems, to know to what
type they belong.
EXAMPLES.
1. What is the area of a field 50 rd . long , 30 rd . wide ? Give
the type.
TYPE : What is the area of a surface (or field ) i rd. long , w rd . wide ?
Note. - In giving types, it is well to use initial letters, as far as con
venient, to represent the numbers ; as, 1 for length and w for width .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 211

2 . Find the interest on $ 400 for 24 years at 7 % per annum ?

Give the type .
TYPE : Find the interest on $p for t yr. at r % per annum .
3. Find the length of a solid of 3600 cu . ft., 20 ft. wide, 6 ft .
thick .
TYPE : Find the length of a solid of v cu . ft.,w ft. wide,t ft. thick .
EXERCISE XCIV.
Give the types :
1. Find 20 % of $500 .
2 . How many books will bring $ 10 at $5 each ?
3. $75 is 15 % of what number ?
4 . What must be the width of one acre ( 160 sq . rd .), if it is
40 rd . long ?
5 . What force is required to add 10 ft . per second to the ve
locity of 15 lb . of matter ?
NOTE. — Use a (acceleration) for the number of feet, and M (mass ) for
the number of pounds.
6. 75 is what % of 150 ?
7. I sold 20 lb . of butter for $2. Find the price per lb.
8 . Find the width of a wall of 2340 cu . ft., 130 ft . long , 11
ft . thick .
121. Solving the General Problem or Type.
The same reasoning and plan are used in solving the general
problem , or type, as are used in solving the particular problem .
EXAMPLE

Find the cost of n things, at $p each .

Solution : (1) Cost of n things, at $ p each = $ ( )? (Question .)
(2) Cost of 1 thing, at $ 1 each = $ 1. ( Basis .)
px (2) = ( 3) Cost of 1 thing, at $ p each = $ p.
nx(3) = (4) Cost of n things, at $p each = $np , result.
212 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

If the cost be represented by C and (4 ) be expressed in its

abstract form , it becomes

(5 ) C = np .

This equation is called a Formula , and it expresses an ab

stract numerical relation that is always true .

RELATION : The cost of a number of things of the same kind is

equal to the product of the number of things and the price of one of
the things .

This formula relates three numbers : the cost, the number of

things , and the price of each . When any two of these numbers
are given , the third may be found by aid of the formula .

EXAMPLES

1. Find the cost of 20 bu . of apples, at 30 € per bu .

Solution : (1) C = np .
(2 ) C = 20 x 30 = 600 .
.. the cost is 600 % , or $ 6 .

2. How many bushels of apples at $.30 each can I buy for

$ 18 ?
Solution : (1 ) C = np .
( 2 ) 18 = .3 n .
( 2) = ( 3) .3 n = 18.
18
( 3 ) + .3 = (4 ) n = .3 = 60.
is the reqd . answer is 60 bu .

3. If 50 bu . of apples cost $ 15 , find the price per bushel.

Solution : ( 1) C = np .
( 2) 15 = 50 p .
( 2) = ( 3 ) 50 p = 15 .
so of ( 3 ) = (4 ) p = 13 = .3 .
.. the price is $ .3, or 30 % .
NOTE. - In examples 2 and 3 , the work would be shortened by one
equation if the formula had been turned around in the first equation so
that the required number would appear in the left member .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 213

EXERCISE XCV .

1. If n bu . of apples cost $ C , find the price per bu . Answer :

p = 1n
2. If $ C are paid for apples at $ p per bu., find the number
С
of bushels bought. Answer : n = .
p
Use answer to No. 1 as a formula .
3. Find the price per acre , if 120 A. of land sell for $ 1440.
4. I sold 5000 lb. of bacon for $ 400. Find the price per lb.

Use answer to No. 2 as a formula :

5. I spend $ 15.60 for turkeys , at $ .65 each . How many did .
I buy ?
6. A dealer invests $975 in buggies , at $75 each . How many
did he buy ?
B. MENSURATION .

1. LINES AND ANGLES.

122. Definitions. - Define a line. (See p.149.)

A B
A line whose length has but one direction AB, a line;
also , a straight line.
is a Straight Line .

A line whose length changes direction at с D

every point is a Curved Line. CD, a curved line.
B
Two lines that never approach each other D
AB and CD, parallel
are Parallel. lines,

NOTE . - Lines that are parallel have the samedi

rection and never meet. If two lines meet, they А
form one or more angles, and have different di
rections.
с
An Angle is the difference of direction
B
between two lines that meet .
ACB, an angle .
214 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Note 1. - As line BC, starting

from the position AB, swings
around point C , the direction of RU
line BC is continually changing,
and the difference of direction be
tween line AC and line BC is con
tinually growing larger. Angle
ACB is smaller than angle ACB' ;
angle ACB' is smaller than angle AL
ACB'' ; and so on .
NOTE 2 . - If two lines, coming together, stop at the point of meeting,
they form but one angle . If only one line stops at the point ofmeeting,
they form two angles. If neither line stops at the point ofmeeting, they
form four angles.

One angle . Two angles.

Four angles.

When the directions of two lines thatmeet are such that, if

the lines are continued past the point of meeting , they form
equal angles, the lines are Perpendicular to each other.
When the angles thus formed are not all equal, the lines are
Oblique to each other.
В.

AC and BC are oblique to

AC and BC are perpendicu each other.
lar to each other.
NOTE. — The lines forming an angle are called its sides, and the point
ofmeeting of the sides is called the vertex of the angle.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 215

B
B B

A A С C
A
ACB, a right angle. ACB, an acute angle. ACB, an obtuse angle.

A Right Angle has its sides perpendicular to each other .

An Acute Angle is smaller than a right angle .
An Obtuse Angle is larger than a right angle .
NOTE . — The common unit of angular measure is the degree, marked (° ).
1 right angle = 90 °

A line parallel with the regular с

lines of writing or print is a Hori
zontal Line. A B
AB, a horizon
A line perpendicular to the regular tal line.
D
lines of writing or print is a Ver
CD, a vertical line.
tical Line.
Note . — The word “ horizontal” came to be applied to lines, probably
because in writing upon upright surfaces such as blackboards, such lines
are parallel with the horizon ; but if the surface on which you write is
parallel with the horizon , all lines made on that surface are also parallel
with the horizon .
EXERCISE XCVI.

Define and draw ( free-hand ) :

1. A line. 7. Two oblique lines.
2. A straight line . 8. A right angle.
3. A curved line . 9. An acute angle .
4. Two parallel lines . 10. An oblique angle .
5. An angle . 11. A horizontal line.
6. Two perpendicular lines. 12. A vertical line.

NotĖ.- Become familiar with these lines and angles before passing to
the next subject.
216 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

2. PLANE SURFACES.

123. Parallelogram .-- Define Surface. ( See p . 154.)

A Plane is a surface each of whose dimensions has but one
direction .

A Polygon is a plane bounded by straight lines . The

straight lines are called sides, and the points where the sides
meet are called angles or vertices.
D С

A Quadrilateral is a polygon of
four sides. The lines joining the al B
ternate angles are called diagonals . A A
ABCD, a quadrilateral ; AC a
diagonal.

A Parallelogram is a quadrilateral whose opposite

sides are parallel. The line on which a parallelogram rests is
usually called its base , and the perpendicular distance from
the base to the opposite side (or opposite side produced ) is
called its altitude.

A Rectangle is a parallelogram whose angles are right

angles .

A Square is a rectangle whose sides are equal.

D E С D C
С D

А F B A B
ABCD, a parallelogram and ABCD, a rectangle ; AB, the А B
rhomboid ; AB , the base ; base ; DA or CB , the al
EF, the altitude, titude. ABCD, a square ; AB, base ;
CB or AD, the altitude.

A Rhomboid is a parallelogram whose For form of rhomboid ,

see parallelogram .
angles are not right angles.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

A Rhombus is a rhomboid whose

sides are equal. E B
ABCD , a rhombus ; AB , the
base ; DE, the altitude.
EXERCISE XCVII .
Define and draw ( free-hand, but carefully ) :
1. A quadrilateral. 4 . A square.
2. A parallelogram . 5 . A rhomboid .
3. A rectangle . 6 . A rhombus.
Define:
7. A surface. 11. A diagonal.
8. A plane. 12 . A polygon .
9. A side. 13. A base.
10 . A vertex. 14. An altitude.
NOTE. — These termsmust be defined as applied to polygons.
PROBLEM 1 : Letting b represent the length and a the width of a
rectangle , develop the formula for the area .
BY EQUATIONS.
Solution : (1) Area of a surface b ft. I., a ft. w . = ( ) sq. ft.?
(Question ).
(2) Area of a surface 1 ft. l., 1 ft. w . = 1 sq. ft.
( Basis).
6x (2) = (3 ) Area of a surface b ft. 1., 1 ft. w . = b sq. ft.
a x (3)= (4) Area of a surface b ft. l., a ft. w . = ab sq . ft.,
answer .
BY PROPORTION .
Solution : (1) Area of a surface b ft. 1., a ft. w = () sq. ft.? (Question .)
(2) Area of a surface 1 ft. 1., 1 ft . w . = 1 sq. ft. (Basis.)
(3 ) bxa: 1x1:: ( ) : 1 ?
wbXaxl = ba , answer .
* 1x1
Using A for area , the result may be written as follows :
A = ba.
218 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

RELATION I. Abstractly , the area of a rectangle is equal to the

product of the base and altitude .

EXAMPLES.

1. Find the area of a wall 20 ft . long and 71 ft . high .

Solution : (1 ) A = ba .
(2 ) A = 20 x7} = 150.
.. the required area is 150 sq . ft .

2. A rectangular field is 80 rd . long and contains 10 A.

wide is it ?
Solution : (1) 10 A = 1600 sq . rd .
(2 ) ab = A.
(3 ) 80 a = 1600.
(3 ) + 80 = (4 ) a = 20 .
.. the required width is 20 rd .

3. A sidewalk 4 ft. wide contains 960 square feet. How

many yards long is it ?
:

Solution : ( 1) ab = A.
( 2 ) 4 b = 960 .
4 of (2) = (3) b = 240 .
.. the required length is 240 ft. or 80 yd.
NOTE. — Before applying the formula , the dimensions must be ex
pressed in linear units of the same denomination ; then , the area will be
square units of that denomination . Use only the corresponding abstract
numbers in the formula .

PROBLEM 2 : Develop the formula for the square .

Development : A square is a rectangle , whose base (b) and altitude (a )
are equal. If we call one side of the square s, we can substitute s for a
and b in the formula, thus :
A = sXs ; or ,
A = 82 .

RELATION II . Abstractly , the area of a square equals the square

of one of its sides .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 219

EXAMPLES.

1. Find the area of a square one of whose sides is 46 ft.

Formula : ( 1) A = 82.
( 2 ) A = 462 = 2116 .
.. the required area is 2116 sq . ft.
2. The area of a square is 102400 sq . rd . Find the length of
one side .
Formula : ( 1 ) 32 = A.
( 2 ) 32 = 102400.
( 2) = (3 ) s =- 320 .
.. the required result is 320 rd .

PROBLEM 3 : Develop the formula for the parallelogram .

Development : Let ABCD be a par F D E
allelogram , whose base is AB. Draw
BE from B perpendicular to CD,
cutting off the part BEC . Place this
part on the left as shown in AFD,
forming the rectangle ABEF. Thus, A B
the parallelogram has been changed
to a rectangle, whose base and altitude are the same as those of the par
allelogram . Then , the area of the parallelogram is equal to that of the
rectangle ; or,
A = ba .

RELATION III. The same as that of the formula for a rectangle .

EXAMPLES.

1. Find the area of a parallelogram whose base and altitude

are 25 ft . and 50 ft . respectively .
Formula : ( 1 ) A = ba .
( 2 ) A = 25 x 50 = 1250.
.. the reqd . area is 1250 sq. ft .
2. The area of a parallelogram is 1440 sq . rd . What is its
length , if it is only 16 rd . wide ?
Solution : (1 ) 16 b = 1440. (Why ?)
(2 ) b = 1419 = 90 .
.. the reqd . length is 90 rd .
Note . - In rapid work , the formula may be omitted , as in example 2 ;
but never until its use is thoroughly understood - not until the pupil
knows just what substituting in a formula means.
 220 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE XCVIII.

1. In what respect is a square a parallelogram ? In what

. respect a rectangle ?
2 . What is the difference between a square and a rhombus ?
3. Is it true that the formula Arab, will apply to a rectan
gle ? A square ? A rhomboid ? A rhombus ? Why ?
4 . Show how the formula Arab is modified to A = g2 for the
square.
5 . Carefully draw and cutout of paper a parallelogram ; then ,
cut it into two parts and put the parts together to form a rec
tangle as is indicated in problem 3 . Can every parallelogram
(not already a rectangle) be thus reduced to a rectangle ?
6 . In figure in problem 3, does the perpendicular BE have to
be erected at B , or may it be erected somewhere else along the
base ?
7. Commit the relations I to III.
Find the area of the following parallelograms:
8. Base 90 ft., altitude 37 ft.
9 . Base 3 ft., altitude 12 in .
NOTE . - Dimensions must be expressed in the same denomination be
fore applying the formula .
10 . Base 5 mi., altitude 700 rd .
11. Base 51 yd ., altitude 164 ft.
In each of the following parallelograms, find the dimension not
expressed :
12. Area 2700 sq . m ., altitude 60 m .
13. Area 960 A ., base 600 rd .
14 . Area 1156 sq . ft., base 34 ft.
15 . Area 100500 sq . yd ., altitude 450 ft.
16 . Area 57500 sq. cm ., base 46 dm .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 221

124. Triangles. - A Triangle

is a polygon of three sides . Any side
of a triangle may be considered its base ,
and the perpendicular from any vertex
A B
to the opposite base is the altitude cor E
responding to that base. ABC, a triangle ; AB, the base ;
CE, the altitude.

A B А B A E
B
ABC, an equilateral trian ABC, an isosceles tri ABC, a scalene triangle ; AB,
gle ; also, equiangular. angle . the base ; CE, the altitude.

An Equilateral Triangle has its three sides equal.

An Isosceles Triangle has two of its sides equal.

A Scalene Triangle has no two of its sides equal.

Every triangle has three angles , which together measure just

180 ° .

An Equiangular Triangle has its three angles equal.

( For form of equiangular triangle, see equilateral triangle .)

Note . — Each angle of an equiangular triangle measures just 60 °.

С
A Right Triangle has one of its
angles a right angle. The side opposite
the right angle is called the hypotenuse ;
the other two sides are usually called А! B
base and perpendicular . ABC, a right triangle ; AB,
the base ; CA, the perpendicu
lar or altitude ; CB, the hypote
nuse ,
222 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

B
ABC, an obtuse triangle . ABC, an acute triangle .
An Obtuse Triangle has one of its angles an obtuse
angle.
An Acute Triangle has all of its angles acute angles .
EXERCISE XCIX .
Define and draw :
1. A triangle. 5. An equiangular triangle.
2. An equilateral triangle . 6 . A right triangle .
3. An isosceles triangle . 7. An obtuse triangle .
4 . A scalene triangle. 8. An acute triangle .
9. Define (1) base, (2) altitude, (3) vertex, (4 ) hypote-,
nuse, (5) perpendicular.
10. How many degrees in all the angles of a triangle ?
11. Can two of the angles of a triangle be right angles ? Can
two of them be obtuse ? Why ?
12 . Construct an obtuse triangle and draw its three altitudes.
PROBLEM 1: Develop the formula for the triangle.
Development: Let ABC be a triangle .
Upon the base AB construct the rectangle
ABED , just as high as the triangle. From C
drop a perpendicular CF to the base AB. 2
Parts 1 and 2 are equal, and parts 3 and 4 are
equal. Therefore ,the triangle is just half as
large as the rectangle. But the base and al
titude of the triangle are the same as those of the rectangle . Therefore ,
ab
A=
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 223

RELATION IV . Abstractly, the area of a triangle is equal to the

product of its base and altitude, divided by 2 .

EXAMPLES

1. Find the area of a triangle whose base and altitude are

respectively 40 ft . and 15 ft.

Solution : A = 40 x 15 = 300 .
2
.', the required area is 300 sq. ft.

2. The base of a triangle is 75 ft ., its area is 400 sq . yd .

Find its altitude.
Solution : ( 1) 400 sq. yd . = 3600 sq . ft.
75 a
( 2) - 3600 .
2
3600 X 2
( 3) a = = 96 .
75
.. the required altitude is 96 ft .

RELATION V. In right triangles , abstractly , the square of the

hypotenuse equals the square of the base plus the square of the per
pendicular.
NotE . — The development of this relation is too difficult to be given
before the pupil has studied geometry. It gives us an important formula :
H ? = B ? + P

EXAMPLES.

1. The base of a right triangle is 36 ft .; the altitude, 27 ft.

Find the hypotenuse .
Solution : (1) H2= B2 + P2.
(2) H2 = 362 + 272 = 2025 .
(3 ) H = V 20 = 45 .
.. the required result is 45 ft .

2. Find the diagonal of a square , one of whose sides is 32

inches .
224 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

NotE. - ABCD is a square. AC , the diagonal, is

the hypotenuse of the right triangle CAB. AB = 32,
BC = 32.
Solution : (1) H2= 322 + 322 = 2048.
(2 ) H = V 2048 = 45.25 + .
. . the diagonal is 45 .25 in .
A B
3. Find the base of a right triangle whose perpendicular is
52 rd . and whose hypotenuse is 65 rd .
Solution : (1) B2 + P2 = H 2.
( 2 ) B2 + 522 = 652.
( 3 ) B2 = 652 – 522 = 1521 .
(4 ) B = V 1521 = 39.
... the required result is 39 rd .
4 . The diagonal of a square is 60 yd. Find one side.
NotE. — The diagonal is the hypotenuse of the right triangle whose
sides are equal.
Solution : (1) 32 + 82 = H2; or,
(2) 2 s2 = H 2 = 602 = 3600 .
of (2) = (3 ) g2 = 1800 .
(4) s = V1800 = 42.426 + .
. . the reqd. side is 42.426 yd .
EXERCISE O .
1. Study the formula for the area of a triangle till you can
develop it from memory .
2 . Find the base of a triangle whose area is 5700 sq. ft. and
an altitude of 76 ft.
3. Find the altitude of a triangle whose base is 40 rd , and
whose area is 5 A .
4 . Find the perpendicular of a right triangle when the base
and hypotenuse are respectively 30 ft . and 50 ft.
5. Find the base when the perpendicular and hypotenuse are
respectively 45 ft. and 90 ft.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 225

6. Find the hypotenuse when the base and perpendicular are

respectively 25 in . and 35 in .
7. Find the diagonal of a rectangle whose base and altitude
are respectively 10 ft . and 36 ft.
8. Find the altitude of a rectangle whose base and diagonal
are respectively 37 ft . and 90 ft .
9. A house measures 20 ft. from north to south ; 15 ft . from
east to west, and 12 ft . high. Find the distance on the floor
from the northwest to the southeast corner.
10. In the house described in No. 9 , find the distance from
the northwest lower corner to the southeast upper corner.
11. Commit to memory Relations IV and V.

125. The Other Quadrilaterals . - A Trapezoid

is a quadrilateral, having only two parallel sides . The parallel
sides are called bases.

A Trapezium is a quadrilateral, having no two of its sides

parallel .

PROBLEM : Develop the formula for the trapezoid .

Development : LetABCD be a trap D F C

ezoid ; AB, lower base ( B ) ; DC , upper
base (b ) ; and FE , altitude. The di
agonal BD divides the trapezoid into
two triangles. In the triangle DAB,
having for its base AB ( B ) and its al А E B
titude FE (a ), we have
aB
Area =
2

In the triangle BCD, having for its base DC (b ) and for its altitude FE
(a ), we have
ab
Area
226 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

But the sum of the areas of the two triangles is the area of the trape
zoid . Then ,
aB ab aB + ab
A =
2 2 2

Factoring a out of both terms of the numerator of the fraction , we have

the formula :

--
A a ( B + b)
2

RELATION VI. Abstractly , the area of a trapezoid is equal to the

product of the altitude and the sum of the bases , divided by 2 .

There is no formula for a trapezium . If one of its diagonals

and the altitudes from the other vertices upon that diagonal
are known , its area may be easily found by the formula for tri
angles.

EXAMPLES.

1. Find the area of a trapezoid , if its altitude is 26 ft . and

its bases are 50 ft . and 75 ft.

26 (50 + 75 )
Solution : A = 1625 .
2
.. the reqd . area is 1625 ss q . ft .

2. Find the upper base of a trapezoid whose lower base is 35

in ., altitude 15 in ., and area 360 sq. in .

15 (35 + b )
Solution : ( 1 ) = 360.
2
2x (1) = (2 ) 15 ( 35 + b ) = 720 .
15 of ( 2 ) = (3 ) 35 + b = 48 .
(4) b = 48 - 35 = 13.
is the reqd . base is 13 in .

3. Find the area of a trapezium whose diagonal is 48 ft. and

the altitudes upon that diagonal are respectively 10 ft . and 17
ft .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 227

Explanation : Let ABCD be the trapezium ; DB, the diag

onal ; and EA and CF , altitudes. In the triangle DBC , we
have given the base DB,and altitude CF ; and in the triangle
DAB, we have the base DB , and altitude EA.

SOLUTION . D
E
48 x 17
1st triangle : A = 408 .
2
48 x 10
2d triangle : A = = 240 .
2 B
.. area of trapezium = 408 sq . ft. +240 sq. ft =
648 sq . ft.
EXERCISE CI.
1. Define and draw a trapezoid ; draw one diagonal and the
altitude .
2. Define and draw a trapezium ,
3. Find the area of a trapezoid whose bases are 46 yd . and 80
yd ., and whose altitude is 36 yd .
4. Find the altitude of a trapezoid whose bases are 30 ft . and
50 ft ., and whose area is 480 sq . ft .
5. Find unknown base of a trapezoid whose altitude is 24
in ., area 912 sq . in ., and given base 45 in .
6. Find the area of a trapezium whose diagonal is 78 ft ., and
altitudes upon that diagonal are 43 ft . and 21 ft.
7. Study until you can solve from memory the problem of
this Article .

126. Regular Polygons and Circles . - A Reg

ular Polygon has its sides equal E
and its angles equal. A regular poly
gon may always be separated into
equal isosceles triangles by drawing F С
lines from its center to each vertex .
A line from the center, perpendicular
to a side, is called the apothem . The G B
lines bounding a polygon are called its OG , apothem .
perimeter.
NOTE.- A pentagon has 5 sides ; a hexagon , 6 sides ; a heptagon , 7
sides ; an octagon , 8 sides ; a decagon , 10 sides.
228 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

A Circle is a plane bounded by a curved line, all parts of

which are equally distant from a point D
in the plane. The point is called the
center and the curved line bounding the
circle is called the circumference . A
Α! B
straight line, passing through the center
of a circle and terminating at each end
in the circumference , is called a diam
eter . A straight line extending from С
the center to the circumference is called ADBC, a circumference ; AB, a
diameter ; OC, a radius.
a radius .

PROBLEM 1 : Develop the formula for the regular polygon .

Development : Let ABCDFG be a regular F

polygon . Divide it into equal triangles by
drawing lines from the center to each vertex .
Draw OE , the apothem , which is the length
of the altitude of each triangle . Represent С
the bases of the triangles by b , b' , 6 '', etc.
Then ,
ab
In 1st triangle : A = 2 E
ab'
In 2d triangle : A = 2
ab'
In 3d triangle : A = 2 2 and so on .

The whole area = abi +ab/ + ab" +etc .; or,

; or ,
2
alb + + + etc .)
2
But b + b' +6" + etc . = the perimeter ( P ) of the polygon . Then , the for
mula for the polygon is –
aP
A
2

RELATION VII . Abstractly , the area of a regular polygon is

equal to the product of its apothem and perimeter , divided by 2 .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 229
RELATION VIII. The ratio of the circumference (C ) of a circle
to its diameter (D ) is 3.1416 (- ).
NOTE 1. — The character a is the Greek letter pi,and is used for 3.1416 ,
in order to shorten the work in writing formulas.
NOTE 2. - The development of this relation is too difficult to be given
here . It is found in geometry .

Formula :
D = 3 . 1416 .

Since the diameter equals two times the radius ( R ), we may

substitute 2 R for D .
2 R = # ; or ,
c = 2 TR.
RELATION IX . The circumference of a circle is equal to 2 times
3 . 1416 times the radius.
PROBLEM 2 : Develop the formula for the area of the circle.

Development : The figures above suggest the idea , that as the number
of sides of a regular polygon increase , the polygon approaches the form
of a circle . Proceeding upon the suggestion , and considering a circle a
regular polygon of an infinite number of sides, we observe that the
apothem becomes the radius of the circle and the perimeter becomes the
circumference and the formula for the polygon
A -a P
becomes
230 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

But from the last formula we know that the circumference equals
2 * R. Putting this in the place of C , we have

1-27 RR ; or,
2
R ^.

RELATION X. Abstractly , the area of a circle is equal to 3.1416

times the square of the radius .

EXAMPLES

1. Find the area of a regular pentagon whose apothem is 10

ft . and one side 14.53 ft .
Solution : (1 ) P = 5 x 14.53 ft. = 72.65 ft.
10 x 72.65
(2) A = = 363.25 .
2
.. the area is 363.25 sq. ft.

2. Find the diameter of a circle whose circumference is

219.912 rods .
Solution : (1 ) C = 3.1416 .
D
219.912
(2 ) . = 3.1416 .
D
( 3 ) 219.912 = 3.1416 D.
219.912
(4) D = = 70 .
3.1416
.. the diameter is 70 rd .
3. Find the area of a circle whose radius is 200 ft.
Solution : ( 1) A = R².
( 2 ) A = 3.1416 x 40000 = 125664.
.. the area is 125664 sq. ft .

4 . Find the area of the square that can be inscribed in a

circle whose diameter is 20 ft .

NOTE . — A square is inscribed in a circle , if all of its angles lie upon the
circumference. A square is circumscribed about a circle , if it incloses
the circle with its sides touching the circumference.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 231

Explanation : In the figure , OB and OC are

radii of the circle, and are therefore each 10
feet long. But these radii are sides of the
right triangle COB, which is one -fourth of
the required square ABCD . Find the area
of the triangle and multiply by 4 . А С
10 x 10 = 50 .
Solution : In the triangle : A =
2
.. the area of square = 4 x 50 sq . ft . = 200
sq . ft . B

EXERCISE CII.

1. Study and give from memory the solutions of the two

problems of this Article .
2 . Commit to memory Relations VII to X.
3. Define and draw a regular polygon .
4. What is a pentagon ? Octagon ? Decagon ?
5. Define a circle ; circumference ; diameter; radius; perim
eter ; apothem .
6. What is the formula for the area of a circle ? A regular
polygon ?
7. Find diameter of a circle whose area is 2827.44 sq . in .
8. Find the radius of a circle whose circumference is 376.992
feet.
9. Find the apothem of a regular polygon whose area is 20800
sq . yd . and whose perimeter is 520 yd .
10. Find the area of a circle whose circumference is 37.6992
ft.
11. Upon how much pasture can a horse graze , if he is tied
by a rope 60 ft . long ?
12. A horse is tied to the corner of a house 40 ft. wide and 60
ft . long, by a rope 90 feet long. Over how much ground can
the horse go ?
13. Find one side of the square that can be inscribed in the
circle whose diameter is 50 ft.
232 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

14 . Find the area of the circle if one side of its inscribed

square is 25 ft.
15. Find the circumference of a circle whose area is 254 .4696
sq . ft.
16 . The radius of a circle is 34 inches. Find the area of the
inscribed square .
17. A circle is 62.832 ft. in circumference. Find the area of
the circumscribed square .
3. SOLIDS.
127. Polyhedrons. - Define solid . (See p . 156 .)
A Polyhedron is a solid bounded by planes. The bound
ing planes are called faces. The lines of intersection of the
planes are called edges. The points where the lines of inter
section meet are called vertices.

A rectangular solid . A cube.

A Rectangular Solid is a polyhedron bounded by rec
tangular planes.
A Cube is a rectangularsolid whose dimensions are all equal.
A Prism is a polyhedron two of whose faces
called bases are parallel polygons, and the other
faces, called lateral faces, intersect in parallel lines .
The altitude of a prism is the perpendicular dis
tance between the planes of its bases. If all the
lateral faces of a prism are rectangles , the prism is
a rightprism ; if not , it is an oblique prism . A right triangular
prism .
Note 1. - We will study only right prisms in this book . The lateral
(or convex ) surface of a prism is the sum of the areas of the lateral faces ;
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 233

the total surface is the sum of the lateral area plus the areas of the two
bases.

NOTE 2. - A prism with a triangle for a base is a triangular prism ; with

a square base, a square prism ; with a hexagon for a base , a hexagonal
prism , etc.

A Pyramid is a polygon one of whose

faces, the base, is a polygon , and the lateral
faces triangles meeting in a point called the
vertex of the pyramid . If the lateral faces are
all equal isosceles triangles , the pyramid is called
a right or regular pyramid ; if the lateral faces are
not isosceles triangles , the pyramid is an oblique A right pentagonal
Pyramid . The perpendicular distance from the pyramid .
vertex to the base is called the altitude .
The slant height of a right pyramid is the distance from the
vertex to the middle point of one side of the base .

Note. -A pyramid with a triangle for a base is a triangular pyramid ;

with a square base, a square pyramid ; with a pentagon for a base, a pen
tagonal pyramid , etc.
EXERCISE CIII.
Define :
1. A solid . 12. An oblique prism .
2. A polyhedron . 13. A triangular prism .
3. A face of a polyhedron . 14. A square prism .
4. An edge of a polyhedron . 15. An octagonal prism .
5. A vertex of a polyhedron . 16.A pyramid .
6. A rectangular solid . 17. The altitude of a pyramid .
7. A cube . 18. A triangular pyramid .
8. A prism . 19. A pentagonal pyramid .
9. Bases of a prism . 20. A right pyramid .
10. The altitude of a prism . 21. Lateral area .
11. A right prism . 22. Total area .

PROBLEM 1: Letting 1, w and t represent length , width and

234 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

thickness respectively , develop the formula for the volume of a rec

tangular solid .
BY EQUATION .
Solution :
( 1) Vol. of a solid I ft. 1., w ft.w., t ft . th . = ( ) cu . ft . ? (Question .)
(2) Vol. of a solid 1 ft. 1., 1 ft. w ., 1 ft. th . = 1 cu . ft. (Basis.)
1x (2 ) = (3 ) Vol. of a solid 1 ft . l., 1 ft. W., 1 ft . th . = lcu . ft .
w X (3 ) = (4 ) Vol. of a solid i ft. 1., w ft . w ., 1 ft. th . = lw cu . ft .
tx (4 ) = (5 ) Vol. of a solid i ft . 1., w ft. w ., t ft. th . = lwt cu . ft ., answer.
BY PROPORTION ,
Solution :
(1 ) Vol. of a solid 1 ft. l., w ft . w . , t ft . th . = ( ) cu . ft .? (Question. )
(2 ) Vol. of a solid 1 ft . 1., 1 ft. w ., 1 ft. th . = 1 cu . ft , (Basis .)
( 3 ) 1 xwxt : 1x1x1 : :( ) : 1 ?
1 xwxtx 1
(4)
1x1x1 = lwt, answer.
Using V for volume, the resultmay be written as follows:
V = lwt.

RELATION XI. Abstractly , the volume of a rectangular solid is

equal to the continued product of its length , width and thickness .
PROBLEM 2 : Develop the formula for the volume of a cube.
Development : Since a cube is a rectangular solid whose length , width ,
and thickness are all equal, each dimension in the last formula may be
represented by E (edge ). Then , the formula may be written
V = EX E XE ; or ,
V = E3.

RELATION XII. Abstractly, the volume of a cube is equal to the

cube of its edge .

PROBLEM 3 : Develop the formula for the lateral or convex area

of a right prism .
Development: Since the lateral faces of a right prism are rectangles
all having one common altitude, the altitude of the prism , and the sum
of their bases the perimeter of the base of the prism , the sum of their
areas will be the product of these ; or,
L. A. = Pa .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 235
RELATION XIII. Abstractly, the lateral area of a right prism
is equal to the product of the altitude and the perimeter of the base.
PROBLEM 4 : Develop the formula for the total area of a right
prism .
Development : If the area of each base be represented by B , the sum of
the areas of the two bases added to the lateral area will give the total
area ; or,
T. A . = aP + 2 B.
RELATION XIV . Abstractly , the total area of a right prism is
equal to the product of the altitude and perimeter of the base, plus
two times the area of the base.
NoȚE. - Remember thatthe area of the bases of a prism will have to
be found by the formulas for finding the areas of polygons.
PROBLEM 5 : Develop the formula for the volumeof a right prism ,
letting B represent the area of the base and a the altitude.
Solution : (1) Vol. of a prism with B sq. ft. base, a ft. high = () cu . ft.?
(Question .)
(2) Vol. of a prism with 1 sq . ft. base , 1 ft. high = 1 cu. ft.
(Basis .)
BX( 2) = (3 ) Vol. of a prism with B sq . ft. base , 1 ft, high = B cu . ft.
ax (3 ) = (4 ) Vol. of a prism with B sq . ft. base, a ft. high = Ba cu . ft .,
answer.
Using V for volume, the formula may be written
V = Ba .
RELATION XV. Abstractly , the volume of a right prism is equal
to the product of the area of the base and the altitude.
Note. - Have the pupil solve the above by proportion .
PROBLEM 6 : Develop the formula for the lateral area of a right
pyramid .
Development : In a right pyramid , the lateral area is composed of equal
isosceles triangles whose bases together form the perimeter ( P ) of the
base of the pyramid , and whose common altitude is the slant height (8)
ofthe pyramid. Therefore,
L, A.= 5
236 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC ,

RELATION XVI. Abstractly , the lateral area of a right pyramid

is equal to the product of the perimeter of the base and the slant
height, divided by 2 .

PROBLEM 7 : Develop the formula for the total arca of a right

Pyramid .
Development : If the area of the base ( B ) be added to the lateral area ,
the sum will be the total area , or,
Ps
T. A . = * + B .
2

RELATION XVII. Abstractly , the total area of a right pyramid

is equal to the product of the perimeter of the base and the slant
height, divided by 2 , plus the area of the base .

RELATION XVIII. Abstractly , the volume of a right pyramid is

equal to the product of the area of the base and the altitude , divided
by 3 .

Note. - The development of this relation is too difficult to be given

before the pupil has studied geometry. It may be expressed in the fol
lowing formula :
Ba
V =
3

EXERCISE CIV .

1. Study until you can solve from memory each problem of

this Article .
2. Commit to memory Relations XI to XVIII .
3. Find the area of a rectangular solid 15 ft . long , 12 ft.
wide, and if ft. thick .
4. Find the length of a solid whose volume is 1800 cu . in . ,
width 30 in . , thickness 12 in .
5. Find the volume of a cube, one of whose edges is 46 in .
6. Find one edge of a cube whose volume is 39304 cu.in.
7. Find the volume of a cube whose total area is 486 sq . in .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 237

8. Find the lateral area and total area of a square prism ,

each side of the base being 7 in , and the altitude 48 in .
9. Find the volume of the prism in No. 8 .
10. One side of the base of a square prism is 9 in ., its volume
is 1620 cu . in . Find its total area .
11. A right prism has for its base a right triangle whose per
pendicular and hypotenuse are respectively 12 in . and 15 in .,
and the altitude of the prism is 30 in . Find the lateral area ,
total area , and the volume.
12. A square pyramid has for one side of its base 48 in . and
its altitude 128 in . Find the slant height, the lateral area ,
total area , and volume.
13. A hexagonal pyramid has for one side of its base 12 in .,
the apothem of the base 10.4 in . If the volume is 7488 cu . in . ,
find the altitude, slant height, totalarea .
14. Find the distance from one lower corner to the diagonal
upper corner of a cube whose edge is 20 ft. (See Exercise C ,
No. 10.)

128. Solids Having Curved Surfaces. - A

Curved Surface is a surface one or both of whose dimen
sions change direction at every point.

A Globe or Sphere is a solid bounded

by a curved surface all parts of which are
equally distant from a point within called
the center. A straight line passing through
the center of a sphere and terminating at
each end in the surface is a diameter of the
sphere . A straight line extending from the
center to the surface is a radius of the A sphere.
sphere .
A cylindrical surface is a surface which uniformly and con
tinuously changes the direction of one and only one of its
dimensions.
2:38 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

A Right Cylinder is a solid bounded by

two equal parallel circles and a cylindrical sur
face joining the circumferences of these circles
at right angles to the planes of the circles . The
circles are called bases, and the perpendicular
distance between the bases , the altitude.
If, at the center of a circle , a perpendicular
A right cylinder.
to the circle be erected , and lines could be
drawn from some point in the perpendicular to every point in
the circumference of the circle , the lines thus drawn would
form a continuous curved surface . Such a sur
face is called a conical surface. A solid thus
bounded by a circle and a conical surface is
called a Right Cone. The circle is called
the base ; the point at the top , the apex ; the
perpendicular from the apex to the base, the
altitude ; and a straight line from the apex to
the circumference of the base , the slant height. A right cone.

Note . — The author has found it difficult to frame definitions for cylin
der and cone sufficiently accurate to satisfy him and at the same time
sufficiently simple in its wording to be easily comprehended by the aver
age pupil. The teacher should be especially careful in explaining these
definitions.

RELATION XIX . Abstractly , the area of the surface of a sphere

is equal to 4 times 3.1416 times the square of the radius of the
sphere .

NOTE. - The development of this relation is too difficult to be given

before the pupil has studied geometry. It may be expressed in the fol
lowing formula :
A = 4 RP.

Notice that this area is just 4 times the area of a circle having the same
radius.

PROBLEM 1 : Develop the formula for the volume of a sphere.

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 239

Development: A sphere is sometimes thought of as made up of an in

finite number of pyramids, all having their vertices at the center of the
sphere ; the radius of the sphere for their altitudes ; and their bases so
infinitely small as to form one continuous surface — the surface of the
sphere . Thus considered , the volume of the sphere is the sum of the
volumes of all these pyramids, the sum of whose bases is the area ( A ) of
the surface of the sphere, and whose common altitude is the radius ( R ) of
the sphere . Then , AR
V =
3

But from relation XIX ,

A = 4 * R2.
AR 41 R²R
Then , I' = ; or,
3 3

4 , R3
V =
3

RELATION XX . Abstractly , the volume of a sphere is equal to 4

times 3.1416 times the cube of the radius, divided by 3 .

PROBLEM 2 : Develop the formulas for the right cylinder.

Development: If we may regard the circle as a regular polygon of an

infinite number of sides ( see problem 2, p. 229), then , the cylinder may
be considered as a regular prism with an infinite number of lateral faces
so small as to form a curved surface. Then , all the formulas for the right
prism are true for the right cylinder.
L. A. = Pa .
T. A. = Pa + 2 B.
V = Ba .

Note.- In the cylinder, the base ( B ) is the area of the circle and the
perimeter ( P ) is the circumference of the circle .
RELATIONS : See those for the prism ( Relations XIII -XV ) .

PROBLEM 3. Develop the formulas for the right cone.

Development: The same line of reasoning that makes the cylinder a
prism with an infinite number of faces, makes the cone a regular pyra
210 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

mid with an infinite number of lateral faces so small as to form a curved

surface. Then , all the formulas for the right pyramid are true for the
right cone.
Ps
L. A. =
2
Ps
T. A. + B.
2
Ba
V'
3
RELATIONS. See those for the pyramid (Relations XVI
XVIII) .
EXERCISE CV .
1. Develop problems 1 , 2 and 3 .
2. Repeat the relations XIII -XV, making necessary changes
to adapt them to the cylinder .
3. Repeat the Relations XVI-XVIII, making the necessary
changes to adapt them to the cone.
4. Commit to memory Relations XIX -XX .

-
5. Find the surface of a globe whose radius is 25 inches .
6. Find the volume of a globe whose diameter is 15 inches .
7. Find the radius of a sphere whose surface contains 5026.56
sq . ft.
8. Find the volume of the sphere in No. 7 .
9. Find the lateral area of a cylinder , if the perimeter of the
base and the altitude are respectively 18 in . and 24 in .
10. Find the total area of a cylinder whose altitude is 48 in . ,
and the radius of whose base is 10 in .
11. Find the volumes of the cylinders in Nos. 9 and 10 .
12. Find the lateral area of a square pyramid , the area of
whose base is 113.0976 sq . in . and whose volumeis 2261.952 cu . in .
13. Find the diameter of a sphere whose volume is
60101701.6116 cu . in .
14. Find the volume of a cone, if the radius of the base is
14 ft. and the altitude 21 ft .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 241
15. Find the whole area of a cone, if the circumference of
the base is 100.5312 in . and the slant height is 36 in .
16 . Find the altitude in No. 15.
17. Find the lateral area of a cone whose slant height is 21
in . and whose base contains 254 .4696 sq. in .
18 . Find the volume of the cone in No. 17.
19. Find one edge of the cube that can be inscribed in a
sphere whose diameter is 20 ft.
Note. - Compare this problem with your solution of No. 14 , Exercise
CIV . The process here will be found to be the reverse of that.

129. Similar Figures . - Geometrical figures which

have the same form are called Similar Figures. All
squares are similar, all equilateral triangles are similar, all circles
are similar, all globes are similar.
NOTE. — When the figures to be studied in a problem are similar, the
problem will usually so indicate.

PRINCIPLES IN SIMILAR FIGURES: 1. Corresponding linear parts

are proportional.
2. Areas are proportional to the squares of corresponding linear
parts .
3. Volumes are proportional to the cubes of corresponding linear
parts.

To illustrate : If in two circles their radii be represented by R and r ,

their circumferences by C and c, and their areas by A and a , then ,
from prin . 1 , C : C : : R : r , and
from prin . 2, A : a : : C2 : c2 ; or ,
A : a : : R2 : p2.

If in two spheres their diameters be represented by D and d, their

surfaces by A and a ,and their volumes by V and v, then ,
from prin . 2, A : a : : D2 : dº, and
from prin . 3, V : v : : D3 : d .
242 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXAMPLES.

1. If a yardstick standing upright casts a shadow of 21 ft .,

how high is a flagpole whose shadow , at the same time, is 75 ft . ?

NOTE.— The yardstick (3 ft.) and the flagpole are the perpendiculars,
and the two shadows the bases of two similar right triangles .

:
Solution : ( 1) 3 : P :: 21 : 75.
3 x 75
(2) P = = 90 .
23
. : the flagpole is 90 ft. high .

2. A , who is 6 ft . tall, has a statue 30 ft. tall. ( 1 ) If in the

statue the foot is 5 ft . long, how long is A's foot ? ( 2 ) A's
forefinger is 4 in . long ; how long is the corresponding finger in
the statue ?

NOTE. — The statue and the man are similar figures.

(1 ) Solution : ( 1 ) 6 : 30 :: F : 5 .
6 x5
(2 ) F = - = 1.
30
.. A's foot is 1 ft . long.

( 2 ) Solution : ( 1 ) 6 : 30 :: 4 : f.
30 x 4
( 2) f = = 20 .
6
.. the finger of the statue is 20 in ., or
1 ft. 8 in . long .

3. There are two statues of the same shape ; the height of

one is 4 ft . and of the other 16 ft . If it cost 50 ¢ to paint the
first, what will it cost to paint the other ?

NOTE. — Similar surfaces are proportional to the squares of their cor

responding linear parts .

Solution : (1) 42: 162:: .5 : C .

256 x.5
(2) C = = 8.
16
.. the required cost is $ 8 .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 243

4. The statues in Example 3 are made of the same kind of

material: if the material for the larger one cost $256, what
did the material for the smaller cost ?
NOTE. — The prices are proportional to their volumes, and from prin
ciple 3, to the cubes of their corresponding linear parts.
Solution : (1) 43: 16 :: C : 256.
(2) C = 64 40x 96256 = 4.
. . the required cost is $4.
5. A 20 -inch water-pipe branches into 3 equal pipes : what
must be the diameter of each , that they together may convey
the same water as the original pipe ?
Note. — The area of the opening in each small pipemust be f of that
of the large pipe. Areas of the circular openings are proportional to the
squares of their diameters.
Solution : (1 ) 202: D2: : 1 : .
( 2 ) D2 = 400 .
(3) D = 11.547 – .
. . the area of each small pipe must be 11.547 – in .
6. How many balls 2 inches in diameter will equal in vol
ume one 2 feet in diameter ?
NOTE. – Balls are similar figures.
Solution : (1 ) 2 ft. = 24 in .
(2) V : v : :243 : 23.
(3) V = 13824 XXv_V – 1728 v .
'. it will require 1728 small balls .
EXERCISE CVI.
1. The diameters of two circles are to each other as 3 : 4 ;
the circumference of the first is 42 ft . : find the circumference
of the second.
2 . How many pipes 2 in . in diameter will carry as much
water as 3 pipes 6 in . in diameter, neglecting the friction ?
211 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

3. Two men buy a grindstone 2 ft . in diameter ; the first

grinds till the stone is 18 in . in diameter. How much should
each pay, allowing a circular hole in the center 3 in . in diam
eter , which , if it were counted as stone, would be worth 2 ¢ ?
4. A and B buy a ball of twine 6 in . in diameter for 16 ¢ . A
winds off the twine till the ball is but 3 in . in diameter , and
then gives the ball to B. How much should each pay ?
5. How many leaden balls } in . in diameter can be made
from a leaden ball 2 in . in diameter ?
6. The diameter of Jupiter is 11 times that of the earth : ( 1 )
Its surface is how many times that of the earth ? ( 2 ) Its vol
ume is how many times that of the earth ?

130. Review.
EXERCISE CVII.

1. Find the hypotenuse of a right triangle , if its base and

perpendicular are 36 ft. and 48 ft ., respectively .
2. Find the base of a right triangle , if the hypotenuse and
perpendicular are 100 ft . and 80 ft ., respectively .
3. The base and perpendicular of a right triangle are equal,
and the hypotenuse is 125 ft.: find the perpendicular .
4. Find the length of one side of the square that can be cut
from a circle whose diameter is 250 inches.
5. How long is the ladder that can stand 27 ft . from a wall
36 ft . high , and reach the top of it ?
6. Find the area of a triangle whose base and altitude are
180 ft. and 75 ft ., respectively .
7. Find the area of a right triangle whose base and perpen
dicular are 30 ft. and 40 ft ., respectively .

TE.— In a right triangle the base and perpendicular may con

sidered the base and altitude.

8. The area of a right triangle , whose base and perpendicular

are equal, is 1800 sq . ft .: find the length of the base .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 245

9. The area of a triangle is 1200 sq. ft., its altitude is 30 ft. :

find the length of its base.
10 . Find the area of the inner surface of the walls of a
house, if the dimensions are 30 ft . by 20 ft . by 12 ft. in the
clear.
11. Subtract from the result found in No. 10 the area of 6
windows 6 ft.by 2 ft. 3 in ., and 3 doors 6 ft. 8 in . by 3 ft. 4 in .
12. A field is in the shape of a parallelogram whose base is
50 rd . and whose altitude is 20 rd. : find how many acres it
contains.
13. A rectangular field has one side twice as long as the
other ; its area is 20 acres : find the length of its sides .
NotE.— Reduce the acres to square rods.
14. The length of a rectangular field is to its width as 8 to 5 ,
and it contains 25 acres : find its sides .
15 . A trapezoid has for its bases 49 ft. and 71 ft., and its
altitude is 50 ft. : find its area .
16 . A pasture, in the form of a trapezoid , contains 1200
acres , its parallel sides are 2 mi. and 3 mi. long : how far
across it ?
17. In a trapezoid the bases are to each other as 2 to 3, the
altitude is 14 ft ., and the area is 350 sq. ft. : find the length of
the bases.
18. The circumference of a circle is 326 .72536 ft. : find the
radius, diameter, and area.
19. The area of a circle is 45238 .896 sq . ft.: find the radius
and circumference.
20. How long must a rope be to fasten a horse so that he
may graze upon acre and no more ?
21. Two sides of a rectangle are 30 ft. and 40 ft .: find the
area of the circumscribed circle .
NOTE. — The diameter of the circle is the diagonal of the rectangle .
2-16 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

22. A circle is circumscribed about a rectangle whose sides

are to each other as 3 to 4 : find the area of the rectangle if
the diameter of the circle is 60 ft .
23. Find the number of cubic inches in a bushel measure, a
right cylinder whose altitude is 8 inches and the radius of
whose base is 94 inches.
24 . What will it cost to paint the convex surface of a cylin
drical tank 8 ft. high and 14 ft. across the bottom , if the
painter charges 154% per sq . yd .?
25. How many gallons of water will the tank described in
No. 24 hold ? ( Consider the dimensions inside measure.)
26 . Find the volume of a rectangular solid , if its base is a
rectangle 10 in . by 25 in . and its altitude 20 in .
27. Find the surface of the solid in No. 26 .
28. Find the surface and the volume of a cube, if its altitude
is 17 ft .
29. The apothem of the base of a right hexagonal pyramid is
8 in ., the length of one side of the base is 9.2376 in ., and the
altitude of the pyramid is 3 ft . Find the volume.
30 . Find the whole surface of the pyramid in No. 29.
31. Find the volume of a right cone the diameter of whose
base is 18 ft. and whose altitude is 30 ft .
32 . Find the surface of the cone in No . 31.
33. The circumference of a sphere is 188 .496 in .: find its
volume and surface.
34. The diameter of a sphere is 48 in . : find its surface and
volume.
35. The volume of a sphere is 1767. 15 cu . in .: find its radius,
diameter, circumference, and surface.
36 . The surface of the earth is 196663355.7504 sq. mi.: find
its volume.
37. The bases of two similar triangles are respectively 10 in .
and 16 in . If the altitude of the smaller is 9 ft. 2 in ., find the
altitude of the larger .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 247

B. PERCENTAGE .

THE PERCENTAGE FORMULA .

131. Elements . There are three elements in percent

age problems:

( 1) A number some per cent of which is to be considered . This

number is called the Base ; and , in the percentage formula to
follow , it is represented by B.
( 2 ) A number of per cent of the base. This number * is repre
sented in the formula by p .
( 3 ) The number which equals the per cent of the base considered .
This number is called the percentage ; and , in the formula , is
represented by P.

To illustrate :
5 % of 240 is 12.

5 is the number of per cent, p .

240 , is the base , B.
12 is the percentage , P.

Many authors speak of two additional elements , Amount and

Difference. For example :

25 % more than cost = 100 % of cost + 25 % of cost. (Amount.)

25 % less than cost = 100 % of cost - 25 % of cost . (Difference.)

It is not necessary to put any special study or emphasis upon

these as elements .

25 % more than a number = 125 % of that number.

25 % less than a number = 75 % of that number .

* This number has received the name Rate , and in the formulas of most arithmetics is
represented by R. It is probable that it has been so called from the fact that this number is
often a rate . For example : Rates ofinterest, rates of commission , rates of gain or loss, rates
of insurance, are usually expressed in per cent. But when applied to the simple percentage
problem , the word rate is a misnomer. One number may be some per cent of another, but not
some rate of another.
218 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CVIII.
Recite this exercise orally :
1. 50 % more than cost = ( ) % of cost ?
2. 94 % more than my age = ( % of my age ?
3. 47 % less than $500 = ( ) % of $500 ?
4. 35 % less than the price = ( ) % of the price ?
5. 143 % of $ 900 = ( % more than $ 900 ?
6. 663 % of $ 600 = ( % less than $ 600 ?
7. 100 % more than a number = ( ) % of that number ?
8. 100 % less than a number = ( ) % of that number ?
9. 500 % of a number = ( % more than that number ?

132. Developing the Percentage Formula.

The percentage formula is the equation which relates the three
elements , base , per cent, and percentage. It may be developed
either by the equation method or the proportion method of so
lution .

PROBLEM : Find p % of B.

NOTE . — Weknow that 100 % of anything is all of it ; then ,we know that .
100 % of B = B .
BY EQUATIONS.
Solution : (1 ) p % of B = ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) 100 % of B = B . (Basis. )
B
ido of (2 ) = ( 3 ) 1% of B =
100
PB answer .
px ( 3 ) = (4 ) p % of B =
100 '
BY PROPORTION .
Solution : ( 1) p % of B = ( ) ? Question .)
(2 ) 100% of B = B . (Basis.)
(3 ) p : 100 ::( ) : B ?
pxB_PB answer.
(4 ) 100 100 '
But, since this answer represents the percentage , P , we have
pB
P =
100 °
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 249

RELATION : Abstractly , the percentage is equal to the product

of the base and the number of per cent, divided by 100.

EXAMPLES.
1. Find 8 % of $50 .
pВ
Solution : (1 ) P =
100 *
8 x 50
(2 ) P = = 4.
100
Answer, $ 4.

2. $ 20.80 is 4 % of what number ?

4 B
Solution : ( 1 ) = 20.8 . (Why ?)
100
20 8 x 100
( 2) B = = 520 .
4
Answer, $520 .

3. What % of $600 is $510 ?

Solution : (1 ) 600 P = 540. (Why ? )

100
540 x 100
( 2 ) p = 600 = 90 .

Answer , 90 % .

4. 600 is 50 % more than what number ?

NOTE . - 50% more than a number is 150 % of that number.

150 B
Solution : ( 1) 600 .
100
600 x 100
(2 ) B = -400 , answer.
150

5. 520 is how many % less than 650 ?

6
Solution : ( 1) 50 p = 520 .
100
520 x 100
(2 ) p = 650 = 80.

Answer , 20% less . (Why ?)

250 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

6. $600 is 20 % less than what number ?

Note. - 20% less than a number is 80 % of it .

80 B
Solution : (1 ) 600 .
100
600 x 100
(2 ) B = = 750 .
80
Answer, $ 750 .

7. Find a number B , if p % of it is P. (By the equation

method.)
Solution : ( 1 ) 100% of B = ( ) ? (Question . )
( 2) p % of B = P . (Basis.)
Р
(2 ) + p = ( 3) 1% of B =
P
100 P
100 X ( 3 ) = (4 ) 100% of B = ; or ,
P
100 P
B result.
р
Note. — Let the pupil give the relation .

EXERCISE CIX .

1. Commit to memory the relation given on p . 249.

2. Develop from memory the percentage formula .
3. Show how formula in example 7 can be obtained directly
from the percentage formula .
4. P is how many % of B ?
NOTE . — The solution of number 4 gives the formula p = 100 P
B
100 P
5. Show that p = can be obtained directly from the per
B
centage formula .

6. $54 is 9 % of what ?
7. Find 47 % of $ 460 .
8. 56 is what % of 64 ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 251

9. 564 is 20 % more than what ?

10. 376 is 20 % less than what ?
11. What number added to 20 % of itself gives 564 ?
Note . - Show that Nos. 9 and 11 are the same.

* 12. What number less 20 % of itself gives 376 ?

NOTE.— Show that Nos. 10 and 12 are the same.

13. What number added to 163 % of itself gives 770 ?

14. What number less 58 % of itself gives 105 ?
15. $ 360 is how many % of $600 ?
16. is how many % more than { ?
17. } is how many % less than ?
18. 5 % of 420 is how many % less than 35 ?
19. $ 35 is how many % more than 7 % of $400 ?
20. 40 % of $500 is how many % of of $ 800 ?

2. PERCENTAGE WITHOUT TIME.

133. Profit and Loss .

PRINCIPLES: 1. The gain or loss is some number of per cent of

the cost price .
2. The selling price is equal to the cost price plus the gain or
minus the loss .
TERMS.

C , cost price . L , Loss.

S , selling price. p , number of % of gain or
G , gain or profit . loss .

Development of formulas for Profit and Loss :

1. G_PC
1000 (Prin . 1.)
С
2. L = p ( Prin . 1.)
100
252 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

RELATION I. Abstractly , the gain or loss is equal to the product

of cost price and the number of per cent of gain or loss, divided by
100 .
When there is a gain ,
( 1) S = C + G . (Prin . 2.)
pС
But, ( 2 ) G = 100

Then , (3) S = C + pC_100C + pC ; or,

100 100

3. S - C ( 100 + p )
100
When there is a loss ,
( 1 ) S = C - L . (Prin , 2.)
But, ( 2) L = pC
100
Then , (3) S = C - PC = 100 C - pc .; or,
100 100

C ( 100 — p )
4. S =
100

RELATION II. Abstractly , the selling price is equal to the product

of the cost price and 100 plus the per cent of gain , divided by 100 ;
or the product of the cost price and 100 minus the per cent of loss ,
divided by 100 .
EXAMPLES.

1. How much does a man gain by selling an article that cost

$ 12.50 at 40 % profit ?
Solution : G = 40 x 12.5 = .5 . (Why ?)
100
Answer, $ 5 .
2. An article cost $ 1.20 : for how much must it be sold to
gain 20 % ?
Solution : S = 4.2 x 120 = 5.04. (Why ?)
100
Answer , $5.04.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 253

3. A drover paid $ 1320 for cattle that he afterwards sold at a

loss of 163 % What did he lose ?
Solution : L = 163 x 1320 = 220. (Why ? )
100
Answer, $ 220 .
NOTE. — Use cancellation when practicable. 16 ] is contained in 100 6
times .

4. Flour that cost $ 4.50 per barrel sold for $4.95 per barrel.
What was the per cent of gain ?
Solution : (1) S = C (100 + p) .
100
( 2 ) 4.95 4.5 (100 + p ) .
100
( 2) = (3 ) 4.5 (100
100
+ p ) -4.95 .

100 x (3 ) = (4 ) 450 + 4.5 p = 495.

Transpose, (5 ) 4.5 p = 495 – 450 = 45 .
(5 ) + 4.5 = (6 ) p = 10 .
Answer, 10% .
Another Solution : (1 ) G = S - C = $4.95 – $ 4.50 = $ .45 .
CP = G .
(2)
100
(3 ) 4.5 P = .45 .
100
100 X ( 3 ) = (4 ) 4.5 p = 45 .
( 4 ) +-4.5 = (5 ) p = 10 .
Answer, 10% .

5. Find the per cent of loss, if goods that cost $ 2720 sell
for $ 2380 .
Solution : ( 1 ) S = C (100 - p ).
100
( 2 ) 2380 = 2720 ( 100 – p ) .
100
100 ( 2 ) = (3 ) 238000 = 272000 – 2720 p .
Transpose , ( 4 ) 2720 p = 272000 - 238000 = 34000 .
34000 =
(4 ) + 2720 = (5 ) p = 2720 = 12 .
Answer , 121% .
254 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Another Solution : (1) L = C - S = $2720 - $ 2380 = $ 340 .

( 2 ) C P = L.
100

(3 ) 2720 P = 340 .
100
(4 ) 2720 p = 34000 .
34000
(5 ) p = 2720 = 123.
Answer, 12 % .

Note . - In No. 4 , first solution , equation (2 ) turned around gives equa

tion (3 ). If I had transposed , I would have a minus sign before the p .
In No. 5 , first solution , I transposed in equation (3) to get equation (4 ).
If I had turned the equation around as in No. 4 , I would have a minus
sign before the p . If the letter has a plus sign in the right member ,turn the
equation around , to change to the left member ; if the letter has a
minus sign , transpose , to get rid of theminus sign.

6. A merchant bought goods at 20 % less than market value

and sold them at 20 % more than market value. What % did
he gain ?
Solution : (1 ) C = 80 % of market value. (Why ?)
( 2) G = 40 % of market value. (Why ? )
>>
Note . — The problem then becomes , “ 40 % is what % of 80 % ? ”

Ср EG .
( 3)
100
80 P
(4 ) = 40 .
100
40 x 100
(5 ) p = = 50 .
80
Answer, 50% .

Oral Solution : Since the cost is 80 % of arket value , and the gain is
40% of the market value , the gain is one -half , or 50% of the cost.

7. A man lost 163 % by selling a house for $ 538 less than it

cost. Find the cost .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 255

pc
Solution : (1 ) L =
100
163C
(2 ) 538 =
100
538 x 100
(3 ) C = = 3228 .
163
Answer , $ 3228 .

8. A merchant sold goods for $ 980.28 , thereby losing 10 % .

Find the cost .

Solution : ( 1) S = C (100 - p )
100
C ( 100 – 10 ) _90 C
( 2) 980.28 =
100 100
980.28 x 100
(3 ) C : - 1089.2 .
90
Answer, $ 1089.20.

9. How must I mark a pair of shoes that cost $ 2.40 , to gain

25 % ? (Key : Come and buy.)
2.4 ( 100 + 25 )
Solution : S = = 3.
100
Answer , m.yy.
NOTE . - Keys are employed by many merchants to mark the selling
price as well as the cost price of their goods, in a manner known to
themselves only. The letters of the key , taken in order , represent the
figures :
come a n d bu y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Then , $ 3.00 = m.yy . A separate character, as x , is often used instead of
repeating a letter . Thus m.yy may be written m.yx.

EXERCISE CX .

1. What is the base in profit-and -loss problems?

2. Commit to memory relations I and II.
3. Give from memory the formulas under relation I.
4. Develop all the formulas for profit and loss.
256 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC

p% $G $L
484 25
564
840
420
248
590
730
a.

16 .
17. 61 27 30
18 . li 120 | 192
19. Jones sells goods costing him $ 1500 at a profit of 16 % .
Find the gain .
20. I sold 100 hogs, averaging 300 lb . each , at a profit of
331 % . If they cost me $ 1200, find the selling price per lb .
21. What was the loss, if a pair of shoes that cost $ 2.50 sold
at 20 % loss?
22. How would you mark an article that cost $3 .20 to sell
at a 20 % profit ? ( Key : Buy for cash .)
23. If $ 187.50 is gained on goods that cost $ 1250 , find the
selling price, and per cent of gain .
24. If $ 260 is lost on goods that cost $ 1300 , find the selling
price and per cent of loss.
25 . If goods sold at 16 % profit for $ 1085 , find the cost
price .
26 . If goods sold at 25 % loss for $480 , find the cost price.
27. Sold a horse for $80 , losing 20 % ; with the $ 80 bought
another, and sold him , gaining 20 % . Find the loss on the
two transactions.
28 . A , failing in business, paid B $ 1512, which is only 60¢
on the $ 1 (60 % ). How much did A owe B ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 257

29. Mr. Smith bought goods and sold them at a loss of 12 % ,

losing $ 137. Find the selling price .
30. I bought a horse , and afterwards sold him at a loss of
20 % ; I added 20 % to what I then had , and with this amount
bought another horse. I sold the second horse at a profit of
20 % for $ 144 . What did the first horse cost ?

134. Trade Discount. - Wholesale merchants usually

mark the selling price of their goods so that they can make a
reduction from this price in selling to their customers. The
marked price is often spoken of as list price. The reduction
from the list price is called Trade Discount.

NOTE.— Discounts are made for one or more of the following reasons:
(1) The goods may be marked in the first place with the expectation of
making a uniform reduction to all retail customers, ( 2 ) for large purchas
ers, and (3 ) for cash .

‫و‬
• 25 % off ,” or “ 25 off,” means 25 % less than the list price .
“ 25 and 10 off ” means 25 % less than list price ,and then 10 %
less than the amount left after the first reduction . “ } and 5
off, " means the same as 33 } and 5 off .”

PRINCIPLES : 1. The first discount is some number of per cent

of the list price.
2. Each succeeding reduction , or discount, is some number of per
cent of the amount left after making the last preceding reduction .
3. The selling price, after any discount, is equal to the price be
fore the discount, minus the discount.

TERMS.

L , list price .
D , discount .
S , S ' , S '' , etc., successive selling prices .
P , number of % off.
258 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Development of the formulas for Trade Discount.

pL
1. D = ( Prin . 1.)
100

RELATION I. Abstractly , the discount is equal to the product

of the list price and the number of per cent of discount, divided
by 100.
( 1) S = L - D . ( Prin . 3.)
p L = 100L - PL
( 2) S = L ; or,
100 100

2. S = L ( 100 - p )
100

RELATION II. When there is one reduction , abstractly , the sell

ing price is equal to the product of the list price and 100 minus
the number of per cent of reduction , divided by 100 .
When there are several reductions, the amount left, or S , of the first
reduction becomes the L for the next reduction , and so on .
Then , if another per cent ( p ') be taken off the new selling price ,

S ' = S ( 100 — p ') ( Prin . 2.)

100

Putting in place of S its value from the formula above, we have :

3. S ' = L ( 100 - p ) ( 100 — p ')

100 x 100

In the same way, a formula for any number of reductions may be

obtained .

RELATION III. After any number of reductions, abstractly ,

the selling price is equal to the fraction whose numerator is the
product of the list price and the several remainders found by sub
tracting each number of per cent from 100 , and whose denominator
is the product of as many 100's as there are reductions.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 259

EXAMPLES
1. Find a discount of 20 % off of a list price of $540.
20 x 540
Solution : D = = 108.
100
Answer, $ 108.

2. If the list price is $ 460, find the selling price at 30 off .

460 x 70
Solution : S = 322. (Why ? )
100
Answer , $ 322 .
3. If the list price is $500 , find the selling price at 20 and 10
off .
500 x 80 x 90
Solution : S = 360 .
100 x 100
Answer, $ 360 .
4. I sold an article that cost me $ 12 , at $ , 15 , and 5 off.
Find the selling price .
12 x 663 x 85 x 95
Solution : S ' = 6.46 .
100 x 100 x 100
Answer, $6.46.
NOTE . - 33 } will cancel663 and 100 .
5. If an article sells at 30 off for $ 14 , find the list price .
L ( 100 – p ) = s .
Solution : ( 1) 100
70 L
(2 ) - 14 .
100
14 x 100
(3 ) L = = 20 .
70
Answer , $ 20 .
6. If an article sells at 30 and 10 off for $6.30, find the list

price.
L (100 - p ) (100 – p ') - S.
Solution : ( 1) 100 x 100
70 x 90 x L
( 2 ) 100 x 100 = 6.30 .
6.30 x 100 x 100 -
( 3) L = = 10 .
70 x 90
Answer , $ 10.
260 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

7. An article , listed at $ 20 , sold at ( ) and 10 off for $ 13.50 .

Fill the blank.
20 (100 – p ) x 90
Solution : ( 1) 13.50 =
100 x 100
10000 X ( 1) = ( 2 ) 135000 = 1800( 100 - p ).
(3 ) 135000 = 180000 - 1800 p .
Transpose , (4 ) 1800 p = 180000 – 135000 .
(5 ) 1800 p = 45000.
45000
(6 ) P = 1800 = 25 .
Answer, 25 % .

EXERCISE CXI.

1. What does “ 125 and 10 off ” mean ?

2. Give the principles governing Trade Discount.
3. Develop the formulas and commit to memory the rela
tions .

No. $ L P % & D $
?

4. 580 10 , 10 ?
5. 460 ? 69 ?
6. 500 20 , ? ? 375
7. ? 15 , 10 ? 459
8. 720 ? 20 ? 432
?

9. ? 15 63 81
?

10 . ? 304 04 1216 16

11. A man sold goods listed at $ 137 at 20 % off. What did

they sell for ?
12. Goods sold at 25 and 5 off of a list price of $540 . Find
the amount of the discount.
13. Goods marked at $ 380 sold at } , 10, and 10 off. Find the
selling price.
14. Merchandise sold at 20 and 15 off for $ 1360 . Find the
list price .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 261

15. I bought an article, marked it at $ 20 , and sold it at 30

and ( ) off for $ 12.60 . Fill the blank .
16. How must I mark goods that cost me $ 450 so that I may
sell 10 off of list price at a gain of 20 % .
17. I sold an article at 20 and 10 off . If the discounts
amount to $ 3.50 , for how much did the article sell ?
NOTE.— The 1st discount is 20% of the list price , and the 2d discount
is 10% of 80 % of list price.

135. Commission . - Very often merchandise , especially

such as produce and live stock , is bought and sold in distant
markets. Usually , such buying and selling are not done by the
parties furnishing the money and the commodities, but by
agents employed for that purpose . An agent, or commission
merchant, charges for his services a certain per cent on the
amount he receives in selling or the amount he pays out in
buying. This charge is called Commission .

PRINCIPLES : 1. The commission is always some number of per

cent of the price of that which is bought or sold .
2. The proceedsare equal to the selling priceminus the commission .
3. The amount is equal to the selling price plus the commission .
TERMS.

S , price of the sale or purchase.

P , number of per cent of commission .
C , commission .
P , part left after deducting the commission .
A , amount of investment and commission .
NOTE. — S is selected to represent the price of both purchases and
sales - that on which commission is based .

Development of the formulas for commission .

C = PS
( Prin . 1.)
100
262 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

RELATION I. Abstractly , the commission is equal to the product

of the purchase ( or sale ) and the number of per cent of commission ,
divided by 100.

To find the proceeds : ( Prin . 2.)

P = S - C = S pS 100S -- ps
; or ,
100 100

P = S ( 100 — p )
100

RELATION II . Abstractly , the proceeds are equal to the product of

the purchase ( or sale) and 100 minus the number of per cent of
commission , divided by 100 .

To find the amount : ( Prin . 3.)

pS
A = S + C = S + ; or ,
= S+ 100

A = S ( 100 + p )
100

RELATION III. Abstractly , the amount of investment and com

mission is equal to the product of the purchase (or sale) and 100
plus the number of per cent, divided by 100.

EXAMPLES.

1. I sell goods for $ 1430 , commission 4 % . Find my com

mission .
1430 x4
Solution : C = = 57.2.
100
Answer, $ 57.20 .

2. How much must an agent remit to his principal, if he sell

goods to the amount of $ 1200, commission 2 % ?
1200 x 98
Solution : P = = 1176 .
100
Answer, $ 1176.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 263

3. I send my agent $ 1442 to be invested in goods , commis

sion 3 % . What is the price of the goods bought ?
S ( 100 + p ).
Solution : ( 1) A =
100
S x 103
(2 ) 1442 =
100
1442 x 100 =
(3 ) S = = 1400 .
103
Answer, $ 1400 .

4. A lawyer charges $ 35 for collecting a debt of $ 700 . Find

his % of commission .
700 P – 35 .
Solution : ( 1)
100
35 x 100
(2 ) p = 700 = 5 .

Answer, 5 % .

EXERCISE CXII .

1. What is commission ? A commission merchant ?

2. Name and explain the terms used in commission ,
3. Develop the formulas for commission .
4. Commit to memory the principles and relations.

No. $ S p % $ C $ P $ A

5. 724 / 50 4 ?
a.

6 . 840 23 ?
7. 920 ? 892 40
8. 128 | 80 ? 6 44 ?
9. ? ? 48 75 1901 25
1225 11
ano

10 . 3 ?
11. ? 2 26 50 ?
GO

12 . 15 ? 588 70
au

13 . ? 14 854
264 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

14 . A commission merchant sells 8000 lb . of bacon at 10¢

per pound ; he pays freight $50 , and drayage $2. If his com
mission is 2 % , what are the net proceeds ?
NOTE . — “ Net proceeds” are the balance after deducting all expenses.
15 . An agent receives $475 with which to purchase goods. If
his commission is 11 % ,what amount does he invest ?
16 . My agent sells 50 head of hogs averaging 225 pounds, at
5¢ per pound. He invests the net proceeds in wheat at $ .50
per bushel. His commission for selling is 3 % ; for buying ,
2 % . How much wheat does he buy ?
17. My commission at 2 % for selling 600 hogs, averaging 225
1b . each , is $135 . What did I get for the hogs ? how much per
hog ? how much per pound ?
18 . I received an account sales, stating that my net proceeds
were $ 4301.30 ; freight, $ 55 .70 ; drayage, $8.00 ; commission ,
$ 135 . Find the rate of commission .
NOTE. - An “ account sales " is a final statement made by the agent to
his principal. It shows ( 1) the selling price of the goods, (2 ) all the ex
penses, including commission , and (3) the proceeds to be remitted .
19 . An agent, after deducting his commission , 5 % , other
expenses , $42.24 , had $ 983.76 to remit . Find the amount of
sales.
20. Sold flourat 31 % commission ; invested f of the proceeds
in coffee at 11 % commission ,and remitted thebalance , $432 .50.
What was the value of the flour, the coffee , and each commis
sion ?
Note . - All of the g of the sales of the flour was invested in coffee.
The commissions are taken out of the remaining f of the sales of the
flour.

136 . Stocks and Bonds.

NOTE. - Children in the public schools usually know little or nothing
about Stock Companies or Corporations. A day or two spent in working
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 265

out the eight examples below will be of great service to the pupils. Or
ganize the Galena Mining Company, have pupils represent Jones, Smith ,
Brown , etc., write out some of the certificates of stock , discuss the mean
ing of dividends, surplus, and so on. Pupils cannot intelligently solve
problems which they do not understand .
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK .

No. 1 . Capital Stock, $ 200,000. Shares, $ 100 each. 200 Shares.

GALENA MINING COMPANY,
GALENA, KANSAS.

This is to certify that William Smith is entitled to

Swo Hundred Shares in the Capital Stock of the Galena
Mining Company. Transferable only on the books of the Company,
in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate .
In Witness Whereof, the seal of said Company is
( L. S.) hereto affixed , this 1oth day of Jeb ., 1890 .
Attested by Galen Jerry,
President.
William Smith ,
Secretary .

The Par Value, or face value , of a share of stock is what it is

valued at on the face of the certificate .
The Market Value of a share of stock is its selling price in the
market.

NOTE . — When a share sells for more than its face value , it is said to
be above par, or at a premium . When a share sells for less than its face
value, it is said to be below par, or at a discount.
Stock companies usually divide their earnings ( profits or
gains) annually . The amount thus divided is called the divi
dend . Whoever owns a share of stock receives the dividend
paid on that share .
Buying or selling of stocks is sometimes done through a
broker (agent), who charges for his services a brokerage ( com
mission ) of so many % of the par value of the stocks bought or
sold .
266 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXAMPLES.

The Galena Mining Company was organized and incorporated

under the laws of Kansas , January 1 , 1890 , with the following
stockholders :

William Jones, 200 shares... $ 20000

William Smith , 400 shares ... 40000
James Brown , 350 shares ... 35000
Galen Terry, 400 shares.... 40000
G. W. Jolley , 650 shares . 65000

Capital stock (C.S.) $ 200000

At the close of the year 1890 , the net earnings of the com
pany were $ 22480.50 .

1. If the company reserves a surplus in the treasury of

$ 2480.50, what will be the rate of dividend (R. D.) ?

NOTE.- After reserving a surplus to pay running expenses,what is left

of the earnings or gains is divided among the stockholders.
Solution : (1) $ 22480.50 – $ 2480.50 = $ 20000 . Amt. to be divided .
(2 ) $ 20000 = ( )% of C. S. ? ( Question .)
(3 ) $ 200000 = 100 % of C. 8. ( Basis.)
lo of (3 ) = (4 ) $ 20000 = 10 % of O. S., answer.

2. What is Smith's share ofthe dividend ( his C. S., $ 40,000) ?

Solution : (1 ) 10 % of his C. S. = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(2 ) 100 % of his C. S. = $ 40000. (Basis.)
id of (2 ) = (3 ) 10 % of his C. S. = $ 4000, answer.

Note.- Brokerage is the commission an agent (broker) charges for

buying or selling stocks or bonds. But unlike commission , brokerage is
always some per cent of the PAR VALUE of the stocks or bonds, and not some
per cent of the cost.

3. Jones sells some of his shares to W. W.Miller at 90 ( 10 %

below par) , brokerage } % , for $ 13518.75 . Find the face value
of the stocks sold .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 267

Solution : (1) 90% of par value = price of stocks.

( 2) 3% of par value = brokerage.
( 3) 100 % of par value = $ ( ) ? (Question .)
(4 ) 901% of par value = $ 13518.75. (Basis .)
rit of ( 4 ) = (5 ) 1% of par value = $ 150 .
100 (5 ) = (6 ) 100 % of par value = $ 15000 , answer.

At the beginning of the year 1891, Terry sells his shares to

J. O. Bowers ; Jolley sells 300 shares to G.W.Greene at 120
( 20 % above par ) ; at the end of the year 1891 , the company
finds that, after reserving a surplus of $3124.40 , it can declare
a dividend of 6 % .

Note. For the sake of brevity the “ question ” will be omitted in the
remainder of these solutions.

4. Find the net earnings of the company for 1891.

Solution : ( 1) 100% of C. S. = $ 200000 . (Basis.)
ito of (1 ) = (2 ) 1% of C. S. = $ 2000.
6 X (2) = (3 ) 6 % of C. S. = $ 12000 .
(4 ) $ 12000 + 3124.40. = $ 15124.40 , answer.

5. What did Greene's 300 shares cost him (at 120 ) ?

Solution : ( 1) 100% of 300 shares = $ 30000. (Basis.)
ito of ( 1 ) = ( 2 ) 1 % of 300 shares = $ 300 .
120 X ( 2) = (3 ) 120 % of 300 shares = $ 36000 , answer.

6. What was Greene's dividend ?

Solution : ( 1) 100 % of 300 shares = $ 30000. (Basis .)

Ito of ( 1) = (2 ) 1% of 300 shares = $ 300.
8x ( 2) = ( 3) 6 % of 300 shares = $ 1800, answer.

7. What is Greene's rate of income on his investment ?

NOTE . - The rate of income” is always somenumber of per cent of the

investment or cost .
Solution : ( 1) $36000 = 100 % of his investment. (Basis.)
o of (1) = ( 2) $ 1800 = 5 % of his investment, answer.
268 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

8. If Bowers's rate of income is 8 % for 1891, for how much

below par did he buy his stock ? (R . D . was 6 % ).
Solution : ( 1 ) 100 % of investment = ( )% of his C . S . ? .
( 2 ) 8 % of investment = 6 % of C . S.
of (2 ) = ( 3 ) 1% of investment = 2% of C . S.
100x ( 3 ) = ( 4 ) 100% of investment = 75% of C . S ., or 25% below
par, answer.

Bondsare promissory notes issued by a public corporation

(nation , state, county, city ), or a private corporation ( railroad
company, banking company, mining company , etc.) . Bonds
have a face value (par value ), a rate of interest, and when bought
and sold they have a market value. Brokerage may be charged
by an agent for buying or selling bonds.
EXAMPLES

1. I own 6 's to the amount of $5500 ; what is my annual in

come, or interest ?
Note.— " 's” means that the rate of interest is 6% .
Solution : ( 1) 100% of P . V . = $5500. (Basis .)
Ido of (1) = (2) 1% of P . V . = $55 .
6x (2 ) = (3 ) 6 % of P . V . = $ 330, answer.

2 . A buys bonds amounting to $50000 at 104 , brokerage % ;

what do they cost him ?
Solution : (1) 100 % of P . V . = $50000 . (Basis .)
Ido of ( 1) = ( 2) 1% of P . V , = $500.
1041 X (2) = (3) 1041% of P . V . = $52125 , answer.
3. A invests $ 7210 in bonds at 90,brokerage $ % ; what is the
face value of the bonds ?
Solution : ( 1) 901% of P . V . = $7210 . (Basis.)
Få of ( 1) = (2) 1% of P . V . = $80 .
100 X ( 2) = (3 ) 100 % of P . V . = $ 8000 , answer .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 269

4 . B invests $ 24000 in 4 's , at 80 ; what is his interest ?

Solution : (1 ) 80% of P . V . = $ 24000 . (Basis.)
sto of (1) = (2 ) 1% of P . V . = $ 300 .
4X ( 2) = ( 3 ) 4 % of P . V . = $ 1200 , answer .

5. How must C buy 6's to yield an income of 5 % ?

Solution : (1) 5 % of M . V . = 6 % of P. V. (Basis.)
20 X ( 1 ) = ( 2) 100 % of M . V . = 120 % of P . V . , answer.

6 . Which furnishes the better income on the investment

5 's at 75 , or 6's at 80 ?
In the First : (1) 75% of P . V . = 100% of investment. (Basis.)
15 of (1) = (2) 5% of P . V. = 63% of investment.
In the Second : (1) 80% of P. V . = 100% of investment. (Basis.)
Roof ( 1 ) = ( 2 ) 1 % of P . V . = 5 % of investment.
6X (2 ) = (3 ) 6 % of P . V . = 73% of investment.
(4 ) 71% of investment - 68% of investment = % of
investment, in favor of the second, answer.
The problems of stocks and bonds are so nearly alike that
one set of principles and formulas applies to both .
PRINCIPLES : 1. The discount, premium , dividend ( or interest)
and brokerage are each some number of per cent of the par value.
2. The per cent (or rate ) of income is some number of per cent
of the cost.
3. The market value is equal to the par value plus the premium ,
or minus the discount.
4 . The cost is equal to the market value plus the brokerage.
TERMS.
P , par value.
M , market value.
C , cost.
B , brokerage.
D , dividend ( stocks).
I, interest (bonds).
270 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

In ., income.
Pr ., premium .
Dis ., discount.
R , number of % of the dividend or interest.
r , number of % of the income on the investment.
P , number of % of premium or discount.
p ' , number of % of the brokerage.

Develop the formulas for Stocks and Bonds :

1. Pr . or Dis. pP
( Prin . 1. )
100 *
p'P
2. B = (Prin . 1. )
100
rP
3. D or I = ( Prin . 1.)
100 *

Since the income on the investment is the same as the dividend

(stocks) or the interest (bonds), it follows that
rC
4. D or I =
100 • (Prin . 2.)
When there is no brokerage ,
rM
5. D or I =
100 * (Why ?)

By comparing formulas 3 and 4 , we obtain

RP rc
100 = 100 ; or,

6. RP = rC .

When there is no brokerage,

19. RP = rM .
When stocks or bonds are at a premium ,
( 1) M = P + Pr . (Prin . 3.)
( 2) C = P + Pr + B . (Prin . 4.)
pP
(1) = (3 ) M = P + pP 100 P + ; or,
100 100
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 271

8. M = P ( 100 + p )
100

( 2 ) = (4 ) C = P + pP + p'P_100 P +100
pP + p'P
; or ,
100 100

9. C - P ( 100 + p + p')
100

When stocks or bonds are at a discount, show that ,

10. M = P ( 100 — p ) and

100

11. C P ( 100 - p + p')

100

EXAMPLES.

NOTE. - In this book , the par value of a share or a bond is $ 100 , unless
it should be otherwise stated .

1. Find the discount on 20 shares of stock sold at 20 % be

low par .
20 x 2000
Solution : Dis. = 400 .
100
Answer, $400 .

2. Find the premium on 60 shares of stock sold at 12 %

premium .
124 x 6000
Solution : Pr . = = 750 .
10G
Answer, $ 750.

3. Find the brokerage at % on 40 shares of stock .

x 4000
Solution : B = $ = 5.
100
Answer, $5 .

4. Find the dividend on 50 shares of 8 % stock .

8 x 5000
Solution : D = 100 400 .

Answer, $ 400.
272 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

5. Find the rate of interest on 50 bonds that yield $ 450 an

nual interest .
RP

:
Solution : ( 1 ) I =
100
5000 R
( 2 ) 450 =
100
450 x 100
(3 ) R = = 9.
5000
Answer , 9 % .

6. If the annual interest of $ 920 on bonds pays an income of

8 % , find the cost .
rC
Solution : ( 1) I = 100 *
80
( 2 ) 920 =
100
920 x 100
(3 ) C = = 11500 .
8
Answer, $ 11500 .

7. Find the cost of 45 shares of stock bought at 110 .

4500 x 110
Solution : M = = 4950 .
100
Answer, $ 4950.

NOTE. — The “ 110 " = (100 + p ) = ( 100 + 10 ).

8. Find the cost of 15 bonds at 60, brokerage .

1500 X 60 %
:

Solution : C = = 901.875 .
100
Answer, $ 901.875 .
NOTE.— The 604 = (100 - p + p ') = 100 – 40 + 3 ).

9. I buy 6 % bonds at 80 ; find my rate of income.

NotE.- Assuming 1 bond as a basis , the P is $ 100 , the M is $80 .
Solution : ( 1 ) RP = rM .
( 2 ) 6x 100 = 80 r .
6 x 100
(3 ) r = = 71.
80
Answer , 71% .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 273

10. I bought 5's, 1 brokerage , for $ 903.75 . If they pay me

8,41 % on my investment , find the par value , the % of dis
count, the brokerage, and the market value.
NOTE.— “ 5's ” means bonds that bear 5 % interest per annum .

Solution : (1 ) RP = rC .
(2 ) 5 P =871 X 903.75 .
2000 x 903.75
(3) P = = 1500 .
241 x 5
Par value , $ 1500 .

4 x 1500
(4) B = = 3.75 .
100
Brokerage, $ 3.75.
(5 ) M = $ 903.75 – $ 3.75 = $ 900 .

(6 ) Dis . = $ 1500 – $900 = $600.

( 7 ) 1500P = 600 .
100
600 x 100
(8 ) p = = 10 .
1500
Discount, 40% .

EXERCISE CXIII.

1. Discuss the organization of a stock company- the capital

stock , the issuing of shares, and the distribution of earnings.
2. Define brokerage , par value, market value, premium , dis
count.
3. When a company loses instead of gaining during the year,
how is the assessmentmade to pay this loss ?
4. What is a bond ? The interest ?
5. Commit to memory the principles.
6. Develop the formulas, and write out the relation expressed
by each formula .
7. Find the discount on 34 shares of stock , sold in market at
30 % below par.
274 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

8. Find the premium on 75 shares of 10 % stock , sold in mar

ket at 30 % premium .
9. I bought bonds at 105 for $ 7350 . Find the par value.
10. 40 shares of stocks sold in market for $ 3600 . Find the
per cent . of discount.
11. I bought 30 shares of 6 % stock . Find my annual divi
dend .
12. My interest on 6 % bonds is $540. Find the face value
of the bonds.
13. I receive a dividend of $ 100 , which is 63 % on my invest
ment. Find the cost of the bonds .
14. I bought 60 shares of 8 % stock for 110 . Find the rate of
income.
15. I bought 5 % stock at 70. Find the rate of income.
16. I bought 6 % bonds so as to pay me 10 % on my invest
ment. Find the market price .
17. Find the cost of 40 shares of stock , sold at 80 , brokerage
1% .
18 . Find the cost of 75 shares of stock , sold at 120 , broker
age 1 % .
19. How many shares of stock at 777, brokerage % , can be
bought for $ 15000 ?
20. Which pays the better income on the investment, and
how much — 7's at 90 , or 6's at 75 ?
21. A man owns 5 % railroad stocks worth 90 and 4 % bonds
worth 80. If his income from each is $ 720 , find the par value
of each .
22. In No. 21 , find the rate of income on each investment.
23. How much money must be invested in 4’s at 90 to yield
an annual income of $ 120 ?
24. On bonds bought at 70 ,my rate of income is 5 % . This
income annually amounts to $ 1750 . Find the amount of the
bonds and the rate of interest .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 275

137. Taxes.- A tax is a sum of money levied on persons

( poll tax) or property (property tax ) .
PRINCIPLES : 1. A poll tax is a certain sum required usually of
those citizens who have the right to vote .
2. A property tax is some number of per cent of the value of the
property taxed .
TERMS.
V , value of property .
p , number of % of the taxes.
ma
taxes.

Formula : T = PV ( Prin . 2.)

100
EXAMPLES.

1. In a certain county there were 7570 polls , at $ 1.25 . Find

the poll tax.
Solution : T = 7570 x $ 1.25 = $ 9462.50, answer.

2. The property of the county was valued at $5897500 . Find

the tax raised by a 1 % (5 mills ) levy .

1 x 5897500
Solution : T = = 29487.50.
100
Answer, $ 29487.50 .

NOTE.- In tax levies is almost the only place in business where the
denomination mill is used . 1 mill = 10 % . A 5 -mill levy is a levy of 5
mills or ! on $ 1 ; or, 3% of the value of the property taxed .

EXERCISE CXIV .

1. Define poll tax ; property tax .

2. Give the principle governing poll tax ; property tax .
3. Give the relation expressed by the formula above .
4. If the number of polls be represented by N , and the tax
on each poll byt, give the formula for finding poll tax, T.
5. Find the tax on 1200 polls, at $ 1.35 each .
276 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

6 . Find the property tax on a farm valued at $ 10400 , if the

levy is 14 mills ( 13 % ).
7. What is the valuation of A 's property who pays $51 on a
15 mill (11 % ) levy ?
8 . A school district has $ 20000 taxable property , and desires
to raise $ 240 teachers' wages. What % levy must they run ?
9. A tax of $787.50 is raised on 25 polls at $ 1.50 each , and a
property tax of 6 mills . Find the value of the property taxed .
10. Find the % of the tax levy , when $ 17500 worth of prop
erty, and 40 polls at $ 1 each , produce a tax of $ 285 .
138. Duties. - Taxes levied by the government upon im
ported merchandise are called Duties. Duties are of two
kinds, specific duties and ad valorem duties.
A Specific duty is levied upon the amount of themerchandise
imported . An Ad valorem duty is levied upon the value of the
merchandise imported .
Tare, leakage, and breakage are allowances deducted from the
gross amount of imported merchandise . These deductions are
made before levying duties.
Tare is the deduction made for the weight of the boxes, bar
rels, etc., containing the merchandise.
Leakage is the deduction made for the loss of liquids shipped
in barrels or casks. The amount to be deducted is determined
by gauging.
Breakage is the deduction made for the loss of liquids shipped
in bottles.
PRINCIPLES : 1. Specific duty is a certain sum per pound, yard ,
gallon , etc., on the merchandise imported.
2 . Ad valorem duty is some number of per cent of the net value
of themerchandise imported .
TERMS .

V , net value of merchandise.

p , number of % of ad valorem duty .
D , the duty.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 277

Formula for ad valorem duty :

D = p V ( Prin . 2.)
100

EXAMPLES .

1. What is the duty on 560 bottles of wine, duty 60 ¢ per

dozen , breakage 12 % ?
Solution : (1 ) Breakage = 125% of560 bottles = 70 bottles.
( 2) 560 bottles – 70 bottles = 490 bottles = 407 dozen bottles.
(3 ) Duty = 405 x 60 ¢ = $24.50, answer.
2. Find the duty on 400 bags of coffee , each weighing 180 lb.
gross , invoiced at 8 € per lb., tare 5 % , ad valorem duty 20 % .
Solution : (1) Amount = 400 x 180 lb. = 72000 lb.
(2) Tare = 5 % of 72000 lb. = 3600 lb.
(3) 72000 lb. – 3600 lb. = 68400 lb.
(4 ) Value = 68400 x 89 = $5472.
20 x 5472
(5 ) D = ; 1094.40 .
100
Answer , $ 1094.40.

3. A merchant imports 10 casks of brandy, each containing

30 gallons , worth $1.40 per gallon ; duties are 10 € per gallon ,
and 25 % ad valorem ; leakage , 10 % . Find the whole duty .
Solution : (1 ) Amount = 10 x 30 gal. = 300 gal.
(2) Leakage = 10 % of 300 gal. = 30 gal.
( 3) 300 gal. - 30 gal. = 270 gal.
(4 ) Value = 270 x $ 1.40 = $ 378.

(5 ) Sp . D. = 270 x 10 ¢ = $ 27 .
(6 ) Ad. D. = 25% of $ 378 = $ 94.50.
( 7) $ 27 + $ 94.50 = $ 121.50, answer .
EXERCISE CXV .

1. Define duty , specific duty , ad valorem duty , tare, leakage ,

breakage.
2. Commit the principles .
3. Give the relation expressed by the formula .
278 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4 . Write the formula for specific duty ( D ),when the amount

( A ) of themerchandise and the duty ( d ) on the unit of amount
is given .
5. Find the duty on 500 yd . of silk invoiced at $ 1.50 , at 20 %
ad valorem .
6 . What is the duty at 25 % ad valorem on 400 boxes of
raisins of 40 lb . each , invoiced at 9¢ per lb ., tare 10 % ?
7 . The ad valorem duty on 1500 yd . Irish linen , valued at
40¢ per yd., is $ 210. Find the % of duty.
8. Find the specific duty on 750 yd . broadcloth at50¢ per yd .
9. What is the specific duty per gallon, when a duty of $540
is paid on 50 casks of wine of 30 gallons each , leakage 10 % ?
10 . Find the whole duty on 4500 lbs. of wool, invoiced at 20¢
per lb ., specific duty 10¢ per lb ., ad valorem duty 12 % , tare
8% .
139 . Insurance. - Insurance is indemnity against loss
by damage or death . ' Insurance is of two kinds, property in
surance and personal insurance.
Property insurance is indemnity for loss of property, caused
by fire, lightning , tornadoes, death of stock , and the like.
Personal insurance is indemnity for loss caused by death ,
sickness, or accident.
A Policy is the written contract between the insurance com
pany and the person insured .
A policy which insures the payment of a certain sum only at
the death of the person insured , is called a Life policy . A pol
icy which insures the payment of a certain sum at a specified
time, or at death occurring before that time, is called an En
dowment policy .
Premium is the sum paid for insurance.
The Risk is the amount insured .
NOTE . - Insurance companies seldom agree to insure property for its
full value. They usually make the risk į or of the full value.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 279

PRINCIPLES : 1. In property insurance, the premium , due an

nually , is some number of per cent of the risk .
2. In life insurance, the premium is usually a certain sum per
$1000, payable annually (semi-annually or quarterly ).

TERMS.
R , the risk .
p , number of % of the premium .
P , the premium .

Formula for Property Insurance :

pR
P = ( Prin . 1.)
100

EXAMPLES .

1. Find the premium at 2 % on a risk of $ 8400 .

2 x 8400
Solution : P = = 168 .
100
Answer, $ 168 .

2. The annual premium is $ 180 , paid on a factory valued at

$ 18000 , insured at of its value. Find the rate of insurance .
Solution : ( 1) ſ of $ 48000 = $32000 , risk .
(2 ) 480 = P x 32000 (Why ?)
100
480 x 100
(3 ) p = 32000 = 11.
Answer, 13% .

3. A company insured a vessel worth $60000 for its value

at 2 % ; they reinsured of their risk at 18 % . Find the pre
mium retained by the first company.
Solution : ( 1) f of $60000 = $ 400 whole risk .
( 2 ) 4 of $40000 = $ 30000, second risk .
(3 ) 1st premium = 2% of $ 40000 = $ 800.
(4 ) 2d premium = 12% of $30000 = $525 .
(5 ) $ 800 – $525 = $ 275, answer.
280 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4 . What will be the annual premium on a life policy of

$4000 at $25.40 per $1000 ?
Solution : Premium = 4 $ 25 .40 = $ 101.60, answer.
5 . If Mr. Jones was insured for $5000, at an annual pre
mium of $36.40 per $ 1000, what amount did the company pay
out more than it received , if Mr. Jones died after making 11
annual payments ?
Solution : (1) Premium = 11 x 5 x $ 36 .40 = $2002. (Why ?)
(2) $5000 - $ 2002 = $ 2998 , answer.
EXERCISE CXVI.

1. Define insurance, policy, premium .

2 . Define a life policy, endowment policy.
3. Give the principles .
4. Give the relation expressed by the formula .
5 . How do you find the premium on a life insurance policy
when the amount of the policy and the premium per $ 1000 is
given ?
6 . Find the premium at 3 % on a risk of $6500 .
9. What is the rate of insurance, if the premium on $5420 is
$ 135 .50 ?
8. The premium at 24 % on a certain risk was $ 99 . Find the
risk .
9. A vessel valued at $50400 was insured for its value at
11 % . The first company re-insured of the risk in a second
company, paying $441 premium . Find the first premium , and
the second rate of insurance.
10 . Find the premium paid in 15 yr. on a life policy of
$6000, at $27.50 per $ 1000 annually.
11. A man took out an endowment policy for $4000 and died
after making 10 annual payments . If his estate received $ 2632
more than he had paid out, what was the annual premium per
thousand ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 281

3. PERCENTAGE WITH TIME.

140. Terms used in Interest. Interest is a sum
paid for the use of money . The amount of money used is
the Principal. The per cent of the principal which equals
one year's interest is the Rate . If only the principal bear
interest , the interest is called Simple Interest.
When by the terms of a note interest is payable annually ,
(semi- annually , or quarterly, ) and is not paid when due , this
annual interest ( interest due annually , semi- annually , or
quarterly ) bears interest at the stipulated or legal rate until
paid . This is called Annual Interest . A note which
reads, “ and if the interest be not paid annually [semi-annu
ally , or quarterly ], it becomes as principal, and bears the same
rate of interest,” bears Compound Interest.

141. Time. Since the rate in interest problems is per

annum , or by the year, the time should be expressed in years .
By the common method of counting time in interest problems,
1 mo. = 1 yr.
1 da. = 360 yr.

This method of counting time is called the common interest

method .

Example : Express in terms of years ( 1) 3 mo., ( 2 ) 17 da.,

( 3 ) 6 mo. 8 da., (4 ) 5 mo. 18 da ., (5 ) 2 yr . 4 mo. 12 da .
Results : ( 1) 3 mo. = ', yr.
( 2 ) 17 da . = 360 yr.
(3 ) 6 mo. 8 da . = 388 yr .
5.6
(4 ) 5 mo. 18 da. 12 yr .
28.4
(5 ) 2 yr . 4 mo. 12 da. 12 yr.

Note. - In using these expressions in the interest problems to follow ,

cancellation will be used after the whole problem is stated ; therefore
282 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

these expressions need not be reduced to lowest terms. When the num
ber of days is a multiple of 3 ,divide by 3 and express the result as tenths
of a month ; as in (4 ) and (5 ) above. Thus:

Bler
yr.,and so on.
EXERCISE CXVII.
Express in years :
1. 6 mo. 9. 2 yr. 4 mo.
2 . 8 mo. 10. 1 yr. 8 mo.
8 . 9 mo. 11. 5 mo. 15 da .
4 . 5 mo. 12 . 6 mo. 24 da .
5 . 10 mo. 13. 7 mo. 21 da.
6 . 30 da. 14 . 1 yr. 6 mo. 12 da .
7 . 12 da. 15 . 2 yr. 4 mo. 10 da .
8 . 24 da. 16 . 1 yr. 11 mo. 23 da .
Find the time in years from —
17. Mar. 20 , 1900 , to Sept. 25, 1901.
yr. mo. da.
Form : 1901 9 25
1900 3 20
1 6 5 = idi yr.
NOTE. - Subtract as in compound numbers (p. 176 ).
18. Sept. 10, 1890, to Jan . 20, 1896 .
19. June 1, 1897, to Jan . 5 , 1898 .
20. July 10 , 1895 , to June 5 , 1896 .
21. Feb . 1, 1899, to Nov. 1, 1900 .
22. Dec. 25 , 1884, to July 5 , 1889.
23. Nov. 21, 1893, to Oct. 15 , 1895.
24 . Aug. 30 , 1898 , to April 10 , 1900.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 283
In Bankers' Interest (bank discount), the exact number of
days is counted ; but, in expressing the time in years, 360 da.
is considered 1 yr.
Example : Find the time in years from Jan . 4 , 1900 , to Feb .
15 , 1900 (bankers ' interest ).
Process : ( 1) From Jan. 4, 1900, to Feb . 15 , 1900 = 42 da.
(2 ) 42 da. = 360 yr.
NOTE. - After Jan. 4, there are 27 da. in Jan. and 15 da . in Feb . ; or,
42 da . in all.
In Exact Interest, the exact number of days is counted ; but,
in expressing the time in years, 365 days is considered 1 yr.
( 366 days in leap year) .
Example : Find the time in years from July 9 , 1897, to Oct.
12, 1897 (exact interest).
Process : (1 ) From July 9, to Oct. 12 = 95 days.
(2 ) 95 da. = 3 5 yr.
EXERCISE CXVIII.
Find the time in years (bankers' interest) from –
1. Feb . 12, 1900, to July 1, 1900 .
2. Feb . 4, 1899, to April 10, 1899.
3. Mar. 17, 1896 , to June 25 , 1896 .
4. Jan. 19, 1896, to May 10 , 1896 .
5 . July 29 , 1895 , to Oct. 11, 1895 .
6 . Dec. 10 , 1898, to Jan . 27, 1899 .
Find the time in years (exact interest) from
7. Nov . 12 , 1893 , to Jan . 1, 1894.
8. Oct. 21, 1900 , to Dec. 21, 1900 .
9 . May 5 , 1896 , to Aug. 1, 1896 .
10 . Sept. 28, 1892, to Dec. 1, 1892.
11. Jan . 12 , 1896 , to Mar. 1, 1896 .
12 . Dec. 20, 1897 , to Feb . 15 , 1898.
281 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

142. Simple Interest . (See definition , p . 281.)

TERM8.

P , the principal.
T , the time.
R , the number of % of the rate .
I , the interest .
A , the amount of principal and interest .

Develop the formulas for simple interest .

We know
(1 ) Int. on $ 1 for 1 yr. at 1% = $100.
Р
(2 ) Int. on $ P for 1 yr. at 1 % = $.100
PXT
(3 ) Int. on $ P for T yr. at 1% = 100
PX TXR
(4 ) Int. on $ P for T yr. at R % 100

Now , expressing ( 4 ) abstractly, we have the interest formula

PRT
1. I =
100

RELATION I. Abstractly , the interest is equal to the continued

product of the principal, rate , and time, divided by 100.

We know
PRT
( 1) A = P + I = P + 100
100 P + PRT
( 1 ) = (2) A = ; or,
100

2. A = P ( 100 + RT)
100

RELATION II . Abstractly , the amount of a given principal bear

ing interest at a given rate for a given time is equal to the product
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 285

of the principal and 100 plus the product of the number of per cent
of the interest and the time, divided by 100 .
Note.- Remember that in using these formulas the timemust be ex
pressed in years before applying the formula .
EXAMPLES .

1. Find the interest on $ 300 for 2 yr. 6 mo, at 8 % .

Solution : (1 ) 2 yr. 6 mo. = 21 yr. = yr.
300 x 8 x5
(2) I = = 60 .
100 x 2
Answer , $60 .

2. Find the interest on $ 1000 at 8 % for 1 yr. 3 mo. 20 da .

Solution : (1 ) 1 yr. 3 mo. 20 da = 478 yr.
1000 x 8 x 470
(2) I = 104.444.
100 x 360
Answer, $ 104.44 .

3. At what rate will $300 gain $ 36 in 1 yr. 4 mo. ?

Solution : ( 1 ) 1 yr. 4 mo. = $ yr.
PRT
(2) I =
100
300 X4XR
(3 ) $ 36
3 x 100
36 x 3 x 100
(4) R = = 9.
300 x4
Answer, 9 % .

4. In what timewill $ 400 gain $ 37.60, interest at 8 % ?

400 x 8XT
Solution : ( 1 ) 37.6 =
100
37.6 x 100
(2) T = = 1.175 .
400 x 8
Answer , 1.175 yr . = 1 yr. 2 mo. 3 da.

5. What principal will gain $39 in 1 yr. 3 mo. at 6 % ?

Solution : (1 ) 1 yr. 3 mo. = 1 yr.
6 X5 XP
(2 ) 39
4x100
39 x 4 x 100
(3 ) P = = 520 .
6x5
Answer, $520 .
286 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

6. Find the amount of $610 at 9 % interest for 1 yr . 5 mo.

15 da .
17.5
Solution : ( 1) 1 yr. 5 mo. 15 da . = -yr.
12
640 x 9 x 17.5
(2) I = - 84 .
100 x 12
Interest, $ 84 .
( 3) Amount = $640 + $ 84 = $724 , answer.

7. The amount of a note at interest for 1 yr. 4 mo. at 6 % is

$ 132. Find the principal.
Solution : ( 1) 1 yr. 4 mo. = 4 yr.
P (100 +61) Px 108
( 2 ) 432 =
100 100
432 x 100 =
(3 ) P = = 400 .
108
Answer , $ 100 .

8. At what rate will any principal double itself in 8 yr. ?

Note.— Any principal has doubled itself when the interest equals the
principal.
Solution : ( 1) Interest = P.
8 PR
(2) P ( Why ?)
100
PX 100
(3) R = = 122.
8xP
Answer, 12 % .
NOTE. — In ( 3 ), the P's cancel.
Another solution : ( 1) Int. for 8 yr. = 100% of prin . ( Why ?)
of ( 1) = (2) Int. for 1 yr. = 121% of prin ., answer .

9. In what time will any principal treble itself at 6 % ?

Solution : ( 1) Interest = 2 P. (Why ? )
PX6XT
(2 ) 2 P = (Why ? )
100
2 x P x 100
(3) T = = 333 .
PX6
Answer , 33 } yr. = 33 yr. 4 mo .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 287

Another solution : ( 1 ) 6 % of prin . = int. for 1 yr.

of (1) = (2 ) 1% of prin . = int. for $ yr.
200 x ( 2 ) = ( 3 ) 200% of prin . = int. for 333 yr., answer.

EXERCISE CXIX .
1. Define interest, principal, rate, amount.
2. What is simple interest ?
3. How does annual interest differ from simple interest ?
4 . How does compound interest differ from annual interest ?
5 . Why should the time be expressed in years ?
6 . Explain the common interest method of counting time.
7. Explain the bankers' interestmethod .
8 . Explain the exact interest method .
9. Develop the formulas for simple interest .
10 . Commit to memory the relations.
Find the simple interest on -
11. $240 for 2 yr. at 6 % .
12. $ 78 for 3 yr. at 8 % .
13. $654 for 5 yr. at 5 % .
14. $ 356 for 6 yr. at 41% .
15 . $2400 for 4 yr. at 8 % .
16 . $468 .50 for 3 yr, at 10 % .
17. $763.65 for 2 yr. at 7 % .
18. $ 95000 for 12 yr. at 54 % .
19. $ 86 for 2 mo. at 10 % .
20. $ 1500 for 3 mo. at 8 % .
21. $684 for 6 mo. at 6 % .
22 . $2450. 30 for 4 mo. at 7 % .
23 . $869 for 9 mo, at 10 % .
24. $ 1250 for 5 mo. at 12 % .
25. $ 763.40 for 8 mo, at 9 % .
26. $ 1386 .60 for 10 mo, at 8 % .
27. $ 79 for 30 da. at 12 % .
288 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

28 . $ 156 for 45 da . at 10 % .
29. $ 288 for 50 da. at 10 % .
30 . $855 for 33 da . at 8 % .
31. $926 .42 for 15 da . at 12 % .
32. $ 1346 .29 for 60 da. at 6 % .
33. $ 2400 for 93 da. at 8 % .
34. $ 1198.75 for 100 da . at 7 % .
35. $ 248 for 1 yr. 3 mo. at 8 % .
36 . $ 192 for 2 yr. 2 mo. at 7 % .
37. $ 486 for 4 yr. 6 mo. at 6 % .
38 . $ 1573.59 for 3 yr. 4 mo. at 8 % .
39. $2576 .42 for 5 yr. 6 mo. at 5 % .
40. $986 .54 for 6 yr. 8 mo. at 9 % .
41. $3546 for 10 yr. 9 mo. at 4 % .
42. $ 5684.76 for 15 yr. 8 mo. at 31 % .
43. $ 384 for 3 mo. 15 da . at 6 % .
44. $576 for 2 mo. 18 da. at 7 % .
45. $ 945 for 4 mo. 27 da . at 5 % .
46 . $ 128 . 73 for 3 mo. 20 da . at 6 % .
47. $894 .65 for 6 mo. 12 da. at 8 % .
48. $ 1246.68 for 6 mo. 15 da . at 8 % .
49. $ 967.95 for 8 mo. 24 da . at 7 % .
50 . $684 .88 for 2 mo. 5 da . at 10 % .
51. $ 129 for 1 yr. 3 mo. 15 da . at 5 % .
52 . $ 2700 for 1 yr. 4 mo. 18 da . at 6 % .

Find the amount of

53. $678 for 3 yr. 3 mo. 24 da . at 6 % .
54 . $ 940 for 4 yr. 3 mo. 21 da . at 7 % .
55. $1568 for 5 yr. 8 mo. 18 da. at 8 % .
56 . $2568 .72 for 2 yr. 9 mo. 27 da . at 5 % .
57. $ 5468.46 for 7 yr. 10 mo. 19 da . at 4 % .
58. $4698 .58 for 6 yr. 7 mo. 25 da. at 54 % .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 289

Find the rate required for

59. $800 to produce $ 114 interest in 1 yr. 7 mo.
60. $540 to produce $64.80 interest in 2 yr.
61. $ 276 to produce 11.96 interest in 6 mo. 15 da .
62. $ 1500 to produce $ 117.50 interest in 1 yr. 6 mo. 24 da .
63. $450 to produce $ 12.60 interest in 8 mo. 12 da .
64. $ 780 to produce $ 142. 35 interest in 1 yr. 9 mo. 27 da .

Find the timerequired for

65. $ 300 to produce $52.50 interest at 5 % .
66 . $540 to produce $86 .40 interest at 6 % .
67. $ 1000 to produce $ 110 interest at 8 % .
68. $ 240 to produce $ 16 .80 interest at 10 % .
69. $5000 to produce $ 262.50 interest at 7 % .
70 . $840 to produce $ 11. 76 interest at 8 % .
71. $ 235 to produce $ 2.585 interest at 12 % .
72 . $ 340 to produce $5 . 10 interest at 6 % .

Find the principal required to producem

73. $ 30 interest in 2 yr. 6 mo. at 6 % .
74 . $50.40 interest in 1 yr. 9 mo. at 8 % .
75. $208 interest in 4 yr. 4 mo. at 10 % .
76 . $ 96 . 35 interest in 1 yr. 8 mo. 15 da . at 6 % .
77. $35 interest in 3 mo. at 7 % .
78 . $ 28 .127 interest in 4 mo. 15 da. at 5 % .
79. $6 .40 interest in 45 da. at 8 % .
80 . $ 13 .50 interest in 90 da. at 6 % .
Find the principal which amounts to
81. $570 in 2 yr. 4 mo. at 6 % .
82. $ 751.20 in 6 mo. 15 da. at 8 % .
83. $ 904.444 in 1 yr. 3 mo. 20 da. at 10 % .
84 . $ 2516 .66 } in 30 da . at 8 % .
290 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Find the interest ( common interest method ) on

85. $ 350 from Jan. 10 , 1875 , to June 15 , 1876 , at 6 % .
86. $500 from May 1, 1880, to Dec. 1, 1884 , at 8 % .
87. $ 490 from March 15 , 1897 , to Jan. 1 , 1901, at 8 % .
88. $375 from July 5 , 1896 , to May 30 , 1899, at 10 % .
89. $ 100 from June 20 , 1895 , to Feb. 1 , 1898 , at 6 % .
Find the interest (bankers' interest method ) on
90. $ 80 from Jan. 8 , 1887, to Feb. 20 , 1887, at 10 % .
91. $ 250 from July 15 , 1890, to Sept. 20 , 1890 , at 8 % .
92. $385 from Aug. 12 , 1891, to Nov. 1 , 1891, at 12 % .
93. $ 1200 from Jan. 18 , 1892 , to April 1 , 1892 , at 8 % .
94. $ 840 from May 12 , 1893 , to Sept. 5 , 1893 , at 8 % .
Find the exact interest on
95. $ 125 from Feb. 1 , 1891, to Dec. 1 , 1891 , at 6 % .
96. $ 250 from May 18, 1891 , to July 31, 1891 , at 8 % .
97. $ 500 from June 15 , 1893 , to Nov. 1 , 1893 , at 5 % .
98. $ 475 from Dec. 25 , 1894, to March 19, 1895 , at 6 % .
99. $ 1000 from May 4 , 1895 , to Oct. 10 , 1895 , at 7 % .
100. $ 850 from Jan. 25 , 1896 , to June 30 , 1896 , at 8 % .
101. In what time will any principal double itself at 8 % ?
102. In what time will any principal treble itself at 10 % ?
103. At what rate will any principal double itself in 12 yr .?
104. At what rate will any principal treble itself in 18 yr. ?
143. Notes.
[ FORM . ]

No. 12 .
Austin, Texas, July 10 , 1898.
Shree years after date, I promise to pay E. B.
Ferrell , or order, at
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF AUSTIN ,

Five Hundred and no /100 Dollars, with interest at the

rate of ten per cent. per annum until paid , for value received.
$ 500.00 . S. A.Maroney .
 INDORSEMENTS
INDORSEMENTS

PAYMENTS
291

TRANSFER
ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Ferrell
Ferrell
R.
W.

OF
.OF

Ferrell
pay

.
to

B.
E.
,

BLANK
3.
E.
FULL

.)(IN
.](IN

order
or

Aug.
.

$ 5.50
100.00
Jan.

Jan.
899
99.50
901
899
10
1
,
10
10

1
2
$
,

,
$
A Promissory Note is a promise to pay to the party designated
a certain sum of money, with or without interest, at the time
specified in the note .
The principal is the amount of money mentioned in the
note . The Face of a note is what it calls for on its face . If a
note bears interest, the face includes principal and interest ; if
the note does not bear interest, the face is the principal.
NOTE. — Most authors define the face of a note as the principal only ;
but, if that be so , we should in the interest of simplicity discard the
term face . ( See Bank Discount.)

An Indorsement is something written on the back of a note.

The above note is payable to E. B. Ferrell, or his order. He
may order it paid to W. R. Ferrell ; ( see first indorsement above .)
This is called an indorsement in full, because it is complete. A
holder of a note may merely sign his name on the back ; thus
he orders it paid to any person who may be the holder at the
time the note is due. This is called indorsement in blank .

NOTE. — There are other forms of indorsing a note for transfer, but
they are not so commonly used as the above.
When payments are made upon a note, before final settle
ment, their dates and amounts are placed on the back of the
note (see " Indorsements of payments ” above ).
292 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

In many States, the holder of a note or bill due at a future

date must allow 3 days more than the time stated in the note
for payment. These are called Days of Grace. The holder gets
interest for this extra time, if the bill bears interest .

Note . - It is sometimes supposed that days of grace are only allowable

in Bank Discount. This is a mistake. It is a law governing the payment
of notes and bills , and not a principle of Bank Discount. But remember
that it applies only to notes and bills, and not to all debts that may bear
interest . The perplexing question to the student is , “ When am I to
include days of grace and when not ?” If in this book a problem reads,
“ What is due Feb. 10, 1897 ? ” or Find the interest for 1 yr. 2 mo.,' or
“ from May 1 , 1900 , to Jan. 1, 1901,” do not add days of grace ; but if it
reads, “ Dated Aug. 5 , 1900, time 3 mo. ” (or 90 da .), or when the wording
of the note is given , add days of grace . In business , this matter is gov
erned by law or custom .
EXERCISE CXX .

1. Write a note that bears interest from date.

2. Why should a note be dated ?
3. Who is the maker of your note ?
4. Who is the payee ?
5. Write a note that bears interest after it is due only .
6. What is the law concerning days of grace in your State ?
7. If a note says nothing about interest, what rate of inter
est will it bear after it is due, in your State ?
8. What is the highest rate of interest you can legally
charge in your State ?
9. If you charge more than is legal, what is it called ?
10. What does the law say about Usury in your State ?
11. What is indorsement in blank ? in full ?
12. How are payments indorsed ?

144. Partial Payments . – When partial payments

are made on a note or debt bearing interest and running one
year or less , it is customary to reckon interest on the principal
and on each payment to the time of settlement, and subtract
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 293
the amount of the payments from the amount of the debt.
This is called “ Merchants’ Rule .”
PRINCIPLES OF THE MERCHANTS’ RULE : 1. The whole principal
bears interest according to the terms of the note until final settle
ment.
2. Each payment bears interest from the time it is made until
date of final settlement.
When the debt or note bears interest for more than one year,
the interest is computed by the “ U . S . Rule.”
PRINCIPLES OF THE U . S. RULE : 1. Payments must first dis
charge interest due, and the balance, if any, will be applied to the
discharge of the principal.
2. Interestmust not bear interest.
3. Payments mustnot bear interest.
EXAMPLES.

1. A note of $ 400 , dated Jan . 1, 1897, interest 6 % , has the

following payments : May 1, 1897, $30 ; Nov. 16 , 1897, $ 100 .
What was due Jan . 1, 1898 ? (Merchants 'rule. Why ?)
Solution : ( 1) Interest on $400 for 1 yr. at 6% = $ 24.
(2) $400 + $ 24 = $ 424 , amt. of debt atmaturity .
(3 ) From May 1, 1897, to Jan . 1, 1898 = 8 mo. = j yr.
(4) Int. on $ 30 for fyr. at 6 % = $ 1. 20 .
(5) $30 + $ 1.20 = $ 31. 20 , amt. of first payment.
(6 ) From Nov. 16 , 1897, to Jan . 1, 1898 = 1 mo. 15 da. = yr .
(7) Int. on $ 100 for $ yr. at 6% = $.75 .
(8 ) $ 100 + $.75 = $ 100.75 , amt. of second payment.
(9 ) $ 424 - $ 31.20 - $ 100 .75 = $ 292.05, answer.
NOTE. — The work required in finding the interest in (1), (4) and (7 )
need not appear in the solution ; but the teacher should insist upon
speed and accuracy in mechanical work .
2. A note of $150 is dated May 10, 1896 ; interest 6 % . It
294 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

has the following indorsements : Sept. 10 , 1897, $ 32 ; Sept. 10,

1898, $ 6 .80. What is due Nov. 10, 1898 ? (U . 8. Rule. Why ?)
Dates.
1898 – 11 - 10
1898 — 9 — 10
1897 — 9 – 10 NOTE. - Arrange the dates in order,
1896 — 5 — 10 with the latest date above. Begin be
Payments . low ; subtract each date from the one
1– 4– 0 .. .. .$32 next above it.
1- 0– 0 . ... .$6 .80
2- 0
Solution : (1) Int. on $ 150 for 13 yr. at 6% = $ 12.
(2) $ 150 + $ 12 – $ 32 = $ 130, new principal.
(3) Int. on $ 130 for 1 yr. at 6 % = $ 7.80.
(4 ) $ 7 .80 – $6 .80 = $ 1 , unpaid interest.
(5 ) Int. on $ 130 for i yr. at 6 % = $ 1.30.
(6) $ 130 + $1 +$1.30 = $ 132.30 ,due atmaturity.
EXERCISE CXXI.
1. A note for $820 was given June 12, 1897 ; interest 6 % . It
has the following indorsements : Aug . 12, 1897, $ 100 ; Nov . 12,
1897, $ 250 ; Jan . 12, 1898, $ 120 . What was due Feb . 12, 1898 ?
2. A note of $ 1200, dated April 1, 1890, payable on demand ,
with interest at 7 % , has the following indorsements: May 6 ,
$210 ; July 5 , $ 210 ; Oct. 18, $ 322. What was due Jan . 1, 1891 ?
3. A note of $ 2000, dated Jan . 4 , 1893, interest 6 % , has the
following indorsements : Feb . 19, 1893, $ 400 ; June 29, 1894 ,
$ 1000 ; Nov. 14 , 1894, $520. What was due Dec. 24, 1896 ?
4 . Find the amount due at maturity on note No. 12 on pages
290 – 1, including 3 days of grace (Kansas allows days of grace),
5 . A note of $500, dated March 1, 1895 , interest 6 % , has the
following indorsements: Sept. 1, 1895, $ 10 ; Jan . 1, 1896 , $30 ;
July 1, 1896 , $ 11; Sept. 1, 1896 , $80. What was dueMarch 1,
1897 ?
145 . Annual Interest. ( See definition , p. 281.)
Example : A note of $ 800 drawing interest at 8 % , payable
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 295

annually , runs for 5 years 3 months : find the amount due at

maturity , if no payments have been made.
NotE.— Each year's interest will bear interest after it becomes due,
as follows :
1st year's int. for 4 yr. 3 mo.
2d year's int. for 3 yr. 3 mo.
3d year's int. for 2 yr. 3 mo.
4th year's int. for 1 yr . 3 mo .
5th year's int. for ( yr. 3 mo.
Total...... 11 yr. 3 mo.
Therefore, in addition to the simple interest on the principal for 5 yr .
3 mo., wemust count the interest on 1 year's interest for the sum of the
above periods, or 11 yr. 3 mo.
Solution : (1) Int. on $800 for 1 yr. at 8% = $64, due annually.
(2) Int, on $800 for 54 yr. at 8 % = $ 336 , int. on principal.
(3 ) Int. on $64 for 114 yr, at 8 % = $ 57.60 , int. on int.
(4 ) $800 + $ 336 + $57.60 = $ 1193.60 , amount due.
EXERCISE CXXII .
Find the annual interest
1. On $ 700 for 4 yr. 3 mo., at 6 % , payable annually .
2. On $840 for 2 yr . 4 mo., at 8 % , payable semi-annually .
3. On $ 1000 for 6 yr. 2 mo. 15 da., at 10 % , payable annually .
4. On $ 800 for 1 yr . 9 mo., at 5 % , payable quarterly .
5. On $ 400 for 6 yr. 4 mo. 8 da ., at 10 % , payable annually .

146. Compound Interest. (See definition , p . 281. )

EXAMPLES.
1. A note for $800 , drawing interest at 8 % , payable annually ,
runs for 5 yr. 3 mo.: find the amount due at maturity by com
pound interest.
Solution : ( 1) Amt. of $800 at 8 % for 1 yr . = $64 + $800 = $ 864.
( 2) Amt. of $ 864 at 8 % for 1 yr. = $69.12 + $864 = $ 933.12 .
(3) Amt. of $ 933.12 at 8 % for 1 yr. = $ 74.6496 = $933.12 = $ 1007.77.
(4) Amt. of $ 1007.77 at 8 % for 1 yr. = $80.62 + $ 1007.77 = $ 1088.39.
(5 ) Amt. of $ 1088.39 at 8 % for 1 yr . = $ 87.07 + $ 1088.39 = $ 1175.46 .
(6 ) Amt. of $ 1175.46 at 8% for 4 yr . = $ 23.51 + $ 1175.46 = $ 1198.97 .
296 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Note. - You will observe that this is the same problem which is solved
by annual interest . Up to the end of the second year , the results ob
tained by annual interest and compound interest would be the same, but
after that time the compound interest plan begins to advance faster than
the annual interest plan . Why is this so ?

Solving problems as above would be too tedious for use in

business . A person having many problems to solve in com
pound interest should use a table like the following :
TABLE ,
Showing the amount of $ 1, at 3, 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 and 8 per cent., at Compound In
terest, for any number of years, from 1 to 25 .

Yr. 3 per cent. 4 per cent. 5 per cent. 6 per cent. 7 per cent. 8 per cent.

1 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08

2 1.060 1.0816 1.1025 1.1236 1.1449 1.1664
3 1.092727 1.124864 1.157625 1.191016 1.225043 1.259712
4 1.125509 1.169859 1.215506 1.262477 1.310796 1.360488
5 1.159274 1.216653 1.276282 1.338226 1.402551 1.469328
61 1.194052 1.265319 1.340096 1.418519 1.500730 1.586874
7; 1.229874 1.315932 1.407100 1.503630 1.605781 1.713824
8 1.266770 1.368569 1.477455 1.593848 1.718186 1.850930
9 1.304773 1.423312 1.551328 1.689479 1.838459 1.999004
10 1.343916 1.480244 1.628895 1.790848 1.967151 2. 158924
11 1.384234 1.539454 1.710339 1.898299 2.104851 2.331638
12 1.425761 1.601032 1.795856 2.012196 2.252191 2.518170
13 1.468534 1.665074 1.885649 2.132928 2.409845 2.719623
14 1.512590 1.731676 1.979932 2. 260904 2.578534 2.937193
15 1.557967 1.800944 2.078928 2.396558 2.759031 3.172169
16 1.604706 1.872981 2.182875 2.540352 2.952163 3.425942
17 1.652848 1.947900 2.292018 2.692773 3. 158815 3.700018
18 ! 1.702433 2.025817 2.406619 2.854339 3.379932 3.996019
19 ! 1.753506 2.106849 2.526950 3.025600 3.616527 4.315701
20 1.806111 2.191123 2.653298 3. 207135 3.869684 4.660957
21 1.860295 2.278768 2.785963 3.399561 4.140562 5.033833
22 1.916103 2.369919 2.925261 3.603537 4.430401 5.436540
23 1.973587 2.464716 3.071524 3.819750 4.740529 5.871463
24 2.032794 2.563304 3.225100 4.048935 5.072366 6.341180
25 2.093778 2.665836 3.386355 4.291871 5.427432 6.848475

2. Find the compound interest on $ 1500 for 12 yr . at 7 % .

payable annually .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 297

Solution : (1) Comp. amt. of $ 1 for 12 yr. at 7% = $ 2.252191.

1500 X ( 1) = (2) Comp. amt. of $ 1500 for 12 yr. at 7% = $3378. 2865 .
( 3 ) $ 3378 . 2865 - $ 1500 = $ 1878 . 2865 , answer .

3. Find the compound amount of $400 for 4 yr. 2 mo.at 6 %

payable semi-annually .
Note . - Double the time and use of the rate . Compound interest
for 4 yr. 2 mo. at 6 % , payable semi-annually , is the same as for 8 yr. 4 mo.
at 3 % , payable annually.
Solution : (1 ) Comp. amt. of $ 1 at 3 % for 8 yr . = $ 1.26677.
(2) Comp. amt. of $400 at 3% for 8 yr. = $ 506 .708.
(3) Int. on $ 506 .708 at 3 % for 4 mo. = $ 5 .067 .
(4 ) $506 .708 + $ 5 .068 = $511.776 , answer .

EXERCISE CXXIII.
Find the compound interest as in example 1 –
1. On $ 1000 for 4 yr. at 5 % , payable annually.
2. On $ 850 for 2 yr. at 4 % , payable semi-annually .
3. On $ 900 for 5 yr. 4 mo., at 6 % , payable annually.
Find the compound interest as in examples 2 or 3 —
4. On $ 700 for 8 yr. at 5 % , payable annually.
5 . On $ 1200 for 9 yr. at 8 % , payable semi-annually .
6 . On $ 1100 for 6 yr. at 12 % , payable quarterly.
7. Find the compound amount on $ 1200 for 5 yr. 2 mo. at
6 % , payable semi-annually.
8. Find the compound amount on $600 for 17 yr. 3 mo. 15
da. at 10 % , payable annually .
147. Bank Discount. — The face of a note is the
amount due at maturity . If the note bears interest, the face
is the amount of principal and interest due at maturity. If
the note does not bear interest, the face is the principal. Bank
Discount is the simple interest counted on the face of the note
from the date of discounting to the date of maturity. The
298 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

manner of counting the interest is not different from that al

ready studied . The proceeds are the difference between the
bank discount and the face of the note . The time to run ' is
the actual number of days from the date of discount to the
date of maturity ; this is sometimes called the term of dis
count,” which is perhaps a more appropriate name.
To find the date of maturity of a note : ( 1 ) When the time for
which the note bears interest is expressed in months , as, “ due
in 4 mo.,'' count by months. From a certain day in one month
to the same day in the next month is 1 mo. , and so on . (2 )
When the time is expressed in days, count the actual days to
find the date of maturity .

PRINCIPLES : 1. The face of the note , the amount due at matur

ity , is the amount to be discounted .
2. The bank discount is the simple interest on the face of the note
for the given time at the given rate.
3. The face of the note minus the bank discount equals the pro
ceeds. TERMS.
F , face of the note.
R , number of % of the discount.
T , time to run .
D , discount.
P , proceeds.
Developing the formulas for bank discount.
FRT
1. D = (Prin . 2.)
100
( 1) P = F – D. (Prin . 3.)
FRT 100 F - FRT
(1) = (2) P = F ; or ,
100 100
100 - RT)
2. P F (
100
Note . In the following examples and exercise, days of grace are con
sidered .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 299

EXAMPLES .

1. A note of $ 240, dated Jan. 1 , 1888 , time 4 months, was

discounted March 5 , 1888 , at 10 % : find the time to run , and
proceeds.
Solution : (1 ) Date ofmaturity : 4 mo. 3 da. from Jan. 1 , or May 4 .
(2) Term of discount : From Mar. 5 to May 4 ,or 60 days. = { yr.
240 ( 100- x 10 ) 236 .
( 3) P =
100
Proceeds, $ 236 .
2. A note of $ 2400 , dated July 3 , 1891, bearing 5 % interest ,
was discounted Jan. 9 , 1892, at 10 % ; the note falls due 10
months from date . Find the time to run , bank discount, and
proceeds.
Solution : (1 ) Date of maturity : 10 mo. 3 da . from July 3 , May 6 , 1892.
(2 ) Int. on $ 2400 for 127 yr. at 5 % = $ 101.
(3) $ 2400 + $ 101 = $ 2501, face of note .
(4 ) Term of discount: From Jan. 9 , 1892 , to May 6 , 1892 , or 118
da. (leap year). = ido yr .
2501 x 10 x 59
(5 ) D = = 81.98 .
100 x 180
Discount, $81.98 .
(6 ) P = $ 2501 - $81.98 = $ 2419.02, proceeds.
3. For what sum must a 60 -day note , without interest, be
drawn to produce $500 , when discounted for the full time at 6 % ?
F (100 – TR)
:

Solution : ( 1) P = 100
F (100 – 40X6)
( 2 ) 500 = 100
FX9818
(2 ) = (3 ) 500 = 100
500 x 100 x 20
(4) F = = 505.306 - .
1979
Face , $505.306 .
Another Solution : ( 1) Bank discount on any principal for to yr, at 6 % =
12 % of principal.
(2 ) Proceeds : 100 % of prin . -12 % of prin . = 9818% of
prin .
(3 ) 9838% of prin . = $500.
(4) 1% of prin . = $5.05306 .
(5 ) 100 % of prin. = $505.306 , answer.
300 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CXXIV .

1. Commit to memory the principles of bank discount.

2. Develop the formulas , and give the relations.

Find date of maturity , time to run , and bank discount.

3. Prin ., $600 ; date , May 30 ; time, 5 mo.; rate , 10 % ; dis
counted , July 1.
4. Prin . , $810 ; date, Feb. 15 ; time, 8 mo.; rate , 6 % ; dis
counted , June 10 .
5. Prin ., $ 1000 ; date , July 10 ; time, 90 da .; rate , 8 % ; dis
counted , Aug. 1 .

Find date ofmaturity, time to run , and proceeds, if each of the

following bears 8 % interest from date :
6. Prin . , $800 ; date, Jan. 10 ; time, 6 mo. ; rate, 10 % ; dis
counted , Mar. 6 .
7. Prin ., $500 ; date , Apr. 12 ; time, 9 mo.; rate, 6 % ; dis
counted , Aug. 18 .
8. Prin ., $ 170 ; date , May 15 ; time, 120 da .; rate , 10 % ;
discounted , July 1.
9. I desire to use to -day $ 680 , which I can secure by giving a
bankable note payable in 30 days , without interest , discounted
at 9 % . For what sum must I write the note ?

148. True Discount. - The Present Worth of a debt

payable at a future date without interest is that sum of money
which , when put at interest for the given time, will amount to
the debt. The difference between the present worth and the
debt is the True Discount. To find the present worth of a debt
is the same problem that we had in Interest : to find the prin
cipal when the amount of principal and interest, time, and
rate are given . ( See formula 2 , p . 284. )

Note . If the debt discounted be a note , given in a State where days

of grace are recognized by law , days of grace should be considered in true
discount as well as in any other application of interest.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 301

If a debt or note , bearing interest , is discounted , the interest

due at maturity must be added to the principal, before dis
counting
EXAMPLES.

1. What is the present worth and true discount of a debt of

$627 if paid 9 months before it is due, discount 6 % ?
P (100 + RT )
Solution : (1 ) A
100
P (100 + 6X12 ) _ Px 1041
( 2 ) 627 = 100 100
( 3) P = 627 x 100 x 2 = 600 .
209
(4 ) Present Worth = $600 .
(5 ) True Discount = $ 27 .

No. 5 .
Chicago,III., Jan. 5 , 1900 .
Five months after date, I promise to pay
Richard Roe , or order,
Swelve Hundred and no / 100 Dollars,
with interest from date at the rate of 5 per cent. per annum , for
value received .

$ 1200.00 .
H. G. Adams.

2. Find the true present worth of note No. 5 , on April 9, 1900 ,

discount, 6 % .
Solution : ( 1) Interest on $ 1200 at 5 % for 5 mo. 3 da. = $ 25.50.
(2 ) $ 1200 + $ 25.50 = $ 1225.50 .
( 3 ) 5 mo. 3 da . from Jan. 5 , 1900 , is June 8 , 1900 , the
date ofmaturity .
( 4 ) From April 9 to June 8 = 60 da ., the term of dis
count .
(5 ) 1225.50 = P (100 +6x )
100
1225.5 x 100
(6 ) P = = 1213.366 .
101
Answer , $ 1213.366.
302 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CXXV .

1. A debt of $ 942 is due in 4 yr . 6 mo. 6 da ., without interest :

find its present worth if money is worth 6 % .
2. A debt of $ 273.75 is due in 1 yr. 7 mo., without interest :
find its present worth and true discount at 6 % .
3. A debt of $ 366 is due in 3 yr. 8 mo., without interest : find
its true discount at 6 % .
4. A debt of $ 338.20 is due in 5 yr . 7 mo. 27 da ., without in
terest . What is its present worth , money being worth 10 % ?
5. A note of $ 800 ,dated Jan. 10 , time, 6 mo., bearing interest
at 8 % , is discounted at true discount Mar. 6 , at 10 % . Find
the true discount.
6. The difference between true and bank discount is equal to the
simple interest on the true discount for the given time at the given
rate. Illustrate this fact by solving and comparing result in
the following :
What is the difference between the true and bank discount
on $510 for 4 mo. at 6 % ?

149. Exchange . - Exchange is the process of mak

ing payment in distant places without transferring the money .
Exchange is effected by means of drafts or bills of exchange.
[ A DRAFT. ]

No. 9 . FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF DES MOINES .

Des Moines, Iowa, July 6 , 1895 .

Pay to the order of Charles Clark , $ 250.00

00
Two Hundred Fifty and 100 Dollars .
TO WESTERN NATIONAL BANK , f . I. Bradley ,
New York , N. Y. Cashier.

This is the form of an ordinary draft, or bill of exchange ,

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 303

issued by one bank upon another. This draft purports to have

been issued by the cashier of the First National Bank of Des
Moines upon the Western National Bank of New York . The
New York bank is hereby ordered to pay $ 250 to Charles Clark .
To illustrate the use of a draft : Suppose that you owe
Charles Clark $250, and that he lives near New York city .
One of the easiest as well as the safest ways to pay the debt is
to go to your bank and get a draft on New York , just like the
above, and send it to Clark . He can take it to the Western
National Bank , or any other bank in that country, and get his
money .
Banks usually charge a premium for issuing drafts, as, 1 % ,
1 % , 1 % , 11 % . Sometimes a bank will issue drafts at a dis
count ; that is , give you something in order to get you to take
the drafts. This is when there is a money panic at themoney
centers, or a scarcity of money at the local bank .
The above is a sight draft; it is payable on demand . Occa
sionally a customer wants a draft and does not care to have it
paid for 30 , 60 , or 90 days. Such a draft is called a time draft ,
and the purchaser gets interest on his money for that time.
Domestic, or Inland Exchange is exchange between people in
the same nation or country. Foreign exchange is exchange be
tween people in different nations or countries .
PRINCIPLES: 1. The premium or discount is some number of
per cent of the face value of the draft.
2 . In sight drafts, the cost is equal to the face of the draft plus
the premium or minus the discount.
3 . In time drafts, the cost is equal to the face of the draft minus
the interest, plus the premium or minus the discount.
TERM8 .
F , the face of the draft .
p , number of % of premium or discount .
P, the premium .
301 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

D , the discount.
C , the cost.
I , the interest .
R , number of % of the interest .
T , the time.

Development of formulas for exchange .

1. P = pF
100

F
2. De p
100
In sight drafts at a premium ,
C = F + P = F + pF 100F + pF ; or ,
100 100

3. CE F ( 100 + p )
100
In sight drafts at a discount,
C = F - D = 100F - pF ; or,
100

4. C = F ( 100 — p) .
100
In timedrafts at a premium ,
FRT pF
( 1) C = F - 1 + P = F +
100 100
100F – FRT + pF .
( 1) = (2 ) C = ; or ,
100

F ( 100— RT + p )
5. C =
100
In time drafts at a discount,
FRT pF
C = F - I- P = F or,
100 100 ;

6. C = F ( 100— RT - P )
100
Note.— Days of grace are usually considered in time drafts.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 305

EXAMPLES.

1. What will a draft on Kansas City for $880 cost, at 1 %

premium ?
Solution : C = 880 x 1001 - 882.2 .
100
Answer, $882.20 .
2. What will a draft on St. Louis for $ 1200 cost , at { % dis
count ?
Solution : C = 1200 x 991 = 1194 .
100
Answer, $ 1194 .

3. I have $ 2000 : how large a draft can I purchase with it, if

I have to pay $ % premium ?
FX100 :
Solution : ( 1) 2000 =
100
2000 x 100
(2) F = = 1990.05 .
1002
Answer, $ 1990.05 .
4. How large a draft can I buy for $ 2000 , discount £ % ?
Solution : ( 1 ) 2000 = F x 992
100
2000 x 100
(2 ) F = = 2005.01+ .
99
Answer, $ 2005.01 + .

5. I want a 60 -day draft on New York for $ 2000 : what will

it cost me, if interest is 6 % and premium on New York is £ % ?
F (100 - RT + p )
Solution : ( 1) C =
100
2000 ( 100- 40 x 6 + 1 )
(2) C =
100
2000 x 99.0 2000 x 1989 : 1989.
(3) C =
100 100 x 20
Answer , $ 1989.
Another solution : (1) Int. on draft for 1 yr. at 6 % = 6 % of draft.
ao of (1 ) = (2 ) Int. on draft for 7 yr. at 6 % = 120 % of draft.
( 3 ) 100% of draft + 1% of draft - 1,5 % of draft = 99.9 %
of draft .
(4 ) 100% of draft = $ 2000. (Basis.)
Too of (4 ) = (5 ) 1 % of draft = $ 20 .
99 % X (5 ) = (6 ) 99.9 % of draft = $ 1989, answer.
306 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

6. What will the draft in Example 5 cost if the exchange on

New York is at a discount of % ?

Note. — This is the same as above, except that you should use formula
No. 6 instead of No. 5. Answer , $ 1969.

7. How large a 30 -day draft can I get for $ 2000 , interest be

ing 8 % and premium % ?
F ( 100-8X16 + 1 )
Solution : (1 ) 2000
100
Fx 9931 F x 5971
( 1 ) = (2 ) 2000
100 100 x 60
2000 x 100 x 60
(3) F = 2009.71+ .
5971
Answer , $ 2009.71 + .

8. What will be the size of the draft in Example 7 , if ex

change is at a discount of 1 % ?

Note . — This is the same as above , except that you should use formula
No. 6 instead of No. 5. Answer , $ 1980.52 + .

9. What will an exchange on London for £ 240 cost, at

$ 4.85 ?
Solution : ( 1) Cost of £ 1 = $ 4.85. (Basis .)
240 x ( 1) = (2 ) Cost of £ 240 = $ 1164 .

10. I have $ 2635.20 with which to buy a draft on Liverpool,

at $ 1.88 : what will be the size of the draft ?
Solution : (1 ) $ 4.88 = cost of £ 1. (Basis .)
1 1
4.88 of ( 1 ) = (2 ) $ 1 = cost of £ 4.88
2635.2 x (2 ) = ( 3 ) $ 2635.20 = cost of £ 540 .

EXERCISE CXXVI.

1. Define exchange, domestic exchange, foreign exchange .

2. Draw a draft , using amount, names , date, etc., as you may
choose .
3. Develop all the formulas for exchange.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 307

4. Commit to memory the principles.

5. Give the relations expressed by the formulas.
6. What will be the cost of a draft on Chicago for $ 8600 at
% premium ?
7. What will be the cost of a draft on New Orleans for $ 9400
at 4 % discount ?
8. I paid $5420 for a draft on Kansas City at 8 % premium :
what was the size of the draft ?
9. I paid $7240 for a draft on New York at 4 % discount :
what was the face of the draft ?
10. Whatwill be the cost of a 60 - day draft on San Francisco
for $6540 , premium 4 % , interest 8 % .
11. What will be the cost of a 90 -day draft on Philadelphia
for $ 2450 , discount 3 % , and interest 6 % ?
12. I have $ 7800 with which I desire to purchase a 60 -day
draft on New York : if exchange is at 11 % premium , and
money is worth 8 % , what will be the face of my draft ?
13. What size bill of exchange can I get on London for
$ 12150, if exchange is $ 4.86 ?
14. I bought a bill of exchange on Liverpool for £ 842 : what
did it cost if exchange is $ 4.83 } ?
15. A draft on Pittsburg cost $ 1771, exchange 8 % premium :
what was the face of the draft ?
16. The face of a 30 -day draft on St. Paul is $ 4220 : what
did it cost if exchange is 11 % premium and interest 8 % ?
17. A grain merchant in Toledo sold 11875 bu . of corn at 40 €
per bushel; deducting 3 % commission , he purchased a 60-day
draft with the proceeds, interest 6 % , premium 2 % : required
the face of the draft .
18. An agent owed his principal $ 1011.84 . He bought a
draft with the sum , and remitted : the principal received $ 992.
Find the rate of exchange.
19. What is the cost of a bill on Amsterdam for 4800 guild
ers, quoted at 41 } ¢ , brokerage 1 ?
308 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

20. Jones, of St. Louis , has a debt of $6000 to pay in New

York. The direct exchange is 1 % premium ; but exchange on
Philadelphia is 3 % premium , and from Philadelphia to New
York is 1 % discount. By circular exchange how much will
pay the debt, and how much does he gain over the direct ?
C . MECHANICS .
150 . Force . - Force is that which tends to produce or
overcome motion of matter.
The several units of force in common use are the poundal,
dyne, pound, and gram , and may be defined as follows:
1. The force required to add 1 ft. in 1 sec . to the velocity of 1 lb .
of matter = 1 poundal (pl.).
2 . The force required to add 1 cm . in 1 sec. to the velocity of 1 g .
of matter = 1 dyne.
3 . The force required to add 32. 16 ft. in 1 sec . to the velocity of
1 lb . of matter = 1 pound ( N . Y.).
4 . The force required to add 980 cm . in 1 sec. to the velocity of 1
g . ofmatter = 1 gram ( N . Y .) .
Note. - It should be remembered that we have pounds of matter and
pounds of force, and grams of matter and grams of force. The pupil
should distinguish clearly between the two.
The units which have “ N . Y .” after them are called gravity units, be
cause they vary with the attraction of gravitation at different places on
the earth . As given above, the units are correct at the sea -level at New
York . The dyne and poundal are called absolute units, and are the same
for all places. TABLE OF EQUIVALENTS.
1 lb . of force ( N . Y .) = 32. 16 pl.
1 g . of force ( N . Y .) = 980 dynes .
1 pl. = 13826 dynes .
EXERCISE CXXVII.
1. Reduce 534 pl. to dynes.
2 . Reduce 340 lb . ( N . Y .) to pl.
3. Reduce 34 g . (N . Y .) to dynes.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 309

4. Reduce 103695 dynes to pl.

5. Reduce 19296 pl. to lb. (N. Y.) .
6. Reduce 3859200 dynes to lb. (N. Y.) .
7. Reduce 1960 lb. (N. Y.) to g . (N. Y.) .
8. Reduce 34 lb. (N. Y.) to dynes .
The amount of velocity added per second to the motion of a
body is called its Acceleration .
TERM8 .
F ,> the force .
M , the mass .
v,'the velocity ,
t , the time ( in sec. ) .
a , the acceleration .

Development of the formulas for force.

If a body starts to move from a state of rest, its velocity at the end of
the 1st sec. will be the same as its acceleration ; or
( 1) Velocity for 1 sec. = a .
and (2 ) Velocity for t sec. = at ; or,
1. v = at.

From the definition of a poundal,

( 1) Force required to add 1 ft . in 1 sec. to the velocity of 1 lb. of mat
ter = 1 pl.
(2) Force required to add v ft. in 1 sec. to the velocity of 1 lb. of mat
ter = v pl.
(3 ) Force required to add v ft. in 1 sec. to the velocity of M lb. of mat
ter = Mv pl.
(4 ) Force required to add v ft. in t sec. to the velocity of M lb. of mat
Mv
ter =
t pl.; or , stated abstractly,
Μυ
2. F =

From formula 1 ,

(1) a = ;
7
Substituting a for in formula 2 , we have
t

3. F = Ma .
310 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

When M is expressed in lb., v or a in ft., and t in seconds, formulas 2

and 3 give the force in poundals. When M is expressed in g ., v or a in
cm ., and t in sec., these formulas give the force in dynes.
1
Since a poundal is 32.16 pound of force (N. Y.), and a dyne is ofo gram of
1
force (N.Y.), these formulaswill represent32.16 as many pounds as pound
als ; or oto as many grams as dynes .
Now , 32.16 ft . = 980 cm .
If we represent this amount by g , these formulas, when used to find
the force in pounds or grams, will be —
Μυ
4. F = and
gt
Ma
5. F =
g

NOTE.- Do not forget that g in feet is 32.16 ; in centimeters it is 980.

EXAMPLES.

1. What force will give 15 lb. of matter an acceleration of

25 ft . per second ?

Solution : F = 15 x 25 = 375.
.. the required force is 375 poundals.

2. What force will give to 21 grams of matter an accelera

tion of 10 centimeters per second ?

Solution : F = 21 x 10 = 210.
.. the required force is 210 dynes.

3. What force will give 6 cwt. 20 lb. of matter an accelera

tion of 1 ft . 6 inches per second ?
:

Solution : (1 ) 6 cwt. 20 lb. = 620 lb.

( 2) 1 ft. 6 in . = 1 } ft.
(3 ) F = 620 x1) = 930 .
is the required force = 930 poundals.

4. What is the force in poundals that will in 10 minutes

produce a velocity of a mile a minute in 100 lb.?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 311

Solution : ( 1 ) 1 mi. = 5280 ft.

(2 ) 1 min . = 60 sec.
(3) 10 min . = 600 sec.
(4) Velocity of 1 mi. per min . = velocity of
88 ft. per sec .
100 x 88 =
(5 ) F = = 143 .
600
', the reqd . force is 147 poundals .

5. A force of 30 dynes , acting for 12 seconds upon a body,

gives it a velocity of 120 cm . per second . Find themass of the
body .
120 XM
Solution : ( 1 ) 30 = = 10 X M.
12
( 2 ) M = 18 = 3 .
... the required mass is 3 grams.

6. A force of 40 poundals is acting upon a mass of 16 pounds ;

how much velocity is given the body per second ?

Note.- Acceleration is wanted .

Solution : ( 1 ) 40 = 16 xa.
(2 ) a = 18 = 2 ).
.. the reqd . acceleration is 21 ft. per sec.

7. A body, acted upon by a force of 100 dynes , receives an

acceleration of 20 cm . per second . Find its mass.
Solution : ( 1) 100 = 20 x M.
( 2 ) M = 1,00 = 5 .
is the reqd . mass is 5 grams.

8. A force of 360 poundals acts upon a mass of 6 pounds for

4 seconds . What velocity did the body receive ?

6 Xv 3Xv
Solution : ( 1 ) 360 =
4 2
360 X2
( 2) v = = 240 .
3
.. the reqd . velocity is 240 ft. per sec.
312 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

9. A body of 30 pounds received a velocity of 480 ft. per sec

ond from a force of 120 poundals . How long did the force act
to do this ?
480 x 30
Solution : ( 1) 120 =

( 2 ) 120 xt= 480 x 30 .

---
480 x 30
(3) t = 120 .
120
.. the reqd . time is 120 sec. , or 2 min .
10. How many pounds of force will add to 321.6 pounds of
matter a velocity of 20 ft. per second ?
321.6 x 20
Solution : F = = 200 .
32.16
.. the reqd . force is 200 lb.

11. A force of 800 pounds gives a body a velocity of 80 ft.

per second in 5 seconds. Find its weight.
80 x M
Solution : ( 1) 800 =
32.16 x 5 °
800 X 32.16 x 5
(2) M = 1608 .
80
.. the reqd . weight is 1608 lb.

12. Find the acceleration per second given to a body of 700

grams by a force of 140 grams.
700 x a
Solution : ( 1) 140 =
980
140 x 980
(2 ) a = = 196 .
700
.. the reqd . acceleration is 196 cm . per sec.

EXERCISE CXXVIII.
1. What is force ? Velocity ? Acceleration ?
2. What is a poundal ?
3. What is a dyne ?
4. What is a lb. of force ( N. Y.) ?
5. What is a gram of force (N. Y.) ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 313

6. Repeat the table of equivalents .

7. How would you reduce grams to pl. ?
8. How would you reduce pounds to dynes ?
9. What is the difference between a pound of force and a
pound of matter ?
10. Develop the formulas for force .
11. Give the relation expressed by each formula .
12. A constant force acting upon a mass of 15 g . for 4 sec .
gives it a velocity of 20 cm . per sec . Find the force in dynes .
13. What is the force in poundals that will give to 1000 lb.
of matter in 20 min . a velocity of 2 miles a minute ?

NotE . - Express the time in sec . and the velocity in ft. What is the
velocity per sec ., if themass is traveling at the rate of a mile a minute ?

14. A mass of 15 lb. lying on a smooth , flat table is acted

upon by a force of 60 pl. Find the velocity at the end of 2
sec .
15. A force of 1000 dynes acting on a mass for 1 sec . gives a
velocity of 20 cm . per sec . Find the mass in grams.
16. What force in dynes will in 1 sec. give to a mass of 12 g .
a velocity of 6 cm . per sec. ?
17. What velocity will be produced by a force of 490 dynes
acting on a mass of 70 g . for 10 sec . ?
18. In what time will a force of 7500 pl. give to a mass of
300 lb. a velocity of 250 ft. per sec . ?

151. Work . - Work is moving a body ; and the amount

of work depends upon the amount of force ( resistance ) over
come and the distance through which that force is overcome.
The several units of work in common use are the foot- poundal
( ft.-pl.), erg, foot- pound (ft.-lb.) , and gram -centimeter (g.-cm.) ,
and are defined as follows :

1. The work done in overcoming 1 poundal of force through a

distance of 1 foot = 1 foot- poundal .
314 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

2 . The work done in overcoming 1 dyne of force through a dis

tance of 1 centimeter = 1 erg.
3. The work done in overcoming 1 pound of force through a dis- .
tance of 1 foot = 1 foot-pound .
4 . The work done in overcoming 1 gram of force through a dis
tance of 1 centimeter = 1 gram -centimeter .
NOTE. — The foot-poundal and the erg are called absolute units of work ;
and the foot-pound and gram - centimeter are called gravity units. This
classification agrees with that of the force units (see p . 308).

TABLE OF EQUIVALENTS.
1 g .-cm . ( N . Y . ) = 980 ergs.
1 ft. - lb . ( N . Y . ) = 32. 16 ft.-pl.
1 ft. -pl. = 421402 ergs .

EXERCISE CXXIX .
1. Reduce 16 ft.-pl. to ergs.
2 . Reduce 132 ft.-lb . to ft.-pl.
3 . Reduce 842 g .-cm . to ergs.
4 . Reduce 8428040 g.-cm . to ft .-pl.
5 . Reduce 64320 ft.-pl. to ft .-lb .
6 . Reduce 69580 ergs to g.-cm .
7. Reduce 742 ft. - lb . to ergs .
8 . Reduce 21070100 ergs to ft.-pl.
TERMS .
W , the work .
F , the force (resistance).
d , distance .

Developing the formula for work .

From the definition of foot-poundal,
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 315

(1 ) Work done in overcoming 1 pl. of force through a distance of 1 ft.

= 1 ft.-pl.
(2 ) Work done in overcoming F pl. of force through a distance of 1 ft.
= F ft.-pl.
(3 ) Work done in overcoming F pl. of force through a distance of d ft.
= Fd ft.-pl.; or, stated abstractly ,

W = Fd.

NotE . — When F is poundals and d , ft., the work is foot-poundals ; when

F is dynes and d , cm ., the work is ergs ; when F is pounds and I , ft., the
work is foot-pounds; and when F is grams and d , cm ., the work is gram
centimeters.
EXERCISE CXXX .

1. Define work , foot-poundal, foot-pound , erg , and gram

centimeter.
2. Does the question of time enter into the work formula ?
Is the work in No. 4 the same whether done in 10 min . or in 10
hr. ?
3. Develop the work formula , and give the relation which it
expresses.
4. A team of horses draws a wagon 2 miles . If the draft is
1200 pl., how much work is performed ?
5. 240000 ergs of work is performed in overcoming a force of
800 dynes. Through what distance did the body move ?
6. 9640 ft.-pl. of work overcomes a certain force through a
distance of 120 ft. 6 in . Find the force .
7. Two horses draw a machine 40 rd ., and thus do 105600
ft.-lb. of work . What is the draft of the machine in pounds ?
in poundals ?
8. How much work is done in lifting 50 Kg. of matter 20
meters high ? (Answer in g.-cm.)
9. 6240 g .-сm of work is performed in overcoming a resist
ance of 120 dynes . Find the distance .

152. Activity or Power. — The rate at which work is

316 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

done is called Power or Activity, and its amountdepends upon

the work done and the time in which it is done.
There are two units of activity in use , the wat: and the
horse-power, which may be defined as follows :
1. The activity required to do 10000000 ergs of work in 1 second
-= 1 watt .

2. The activity required to do 550 ft.-lb. of work in 1 second = 1

horse-power (h.-p.) .

NOTE. — The watt is called the absolute unit of activity, and the horere
power the gravity unit.
EQUIVALENTS .

1 h.-p. (N. Y .) = 746 watts .

TERM8 .
A , the activity or power .
W ,, the work .
t , the time.

Development of formulas for activity .

From the definition of watt,
(1) Activity reqd . to do 10000000 ergs of work in 1 sec. = 1 watt.
1

( 2) Activity reqd . to do 1 erg of work in 1 sec . = 10000000 watt.

W
(3 ) Activity reqd . to do W ergs of work in 1 sec. = 10000000 watts .
W
(4 ) Activity reqd . to do W ergs of work in t sec. = watts ; or ,
10000000 t
stated abstractly ,
1. A =
107Xt
This formula is correct for finding the activity in watts. By using the
definition for horse-power , the formula for finding horse-powers will be
found to be
W
2. A =
550 X
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 317

EXERCISE CXXXI.
1. What is power or activity ? How does it differ from work ?
2 . Define watt, and horse-power .
3. Reduce 520 h .-p. to watts .
4. Reduce 17158 watts to h .-p.
5 . Develop all the formulas for activity . Give the relation
expressed by each .
6 . How many watts of activity will do 720000000 ergs of work
in 6 sec. ?
7. How much work will be done by an activity of 12 h .- p . in
min . ?
8. How much time will be required for an activity of 5 watts
to do 150000000 ergs of work ?
9. How many h -p . of activity will do 385000 ft.- lb . of work
in 5 sec . ?
10 . What is the horse-power of an engine that can raise 2376
lb . 1000 ft . in 3 min .?
11. How far can a 2 -horse-power engine raise 5 tons in 30
sec. ?
12. How long will it take a 2-horse-power engine to raise 5
tons 100 ft. ?
153 . Simple Machines. — The simple machines are
the Lever, Wheel and Axle , Inclined Plane, and Screw . (See Dic
tionary or Physics for definitions.)
I. The elements involved in lever problems are power ( P ) ,
weight ( W ) , the distance from the fulcrum to the power (D ),
and the distance from the fulcrum to the weight ( d ).
NOTE. - The distances D and d , are often spoken of as power arm and
weight arm , respectively.
LAW OF THE LEVER : The power is to the weight as the weight
arm is to the power arm .
Proportion : P : W :: d : D .
318 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

II. The elements involved in the problems of the wheel and

axle are power ( P ), weight ( W ), radius (diameter or circum
ference) of the wheel ( R ) , and the radius (diameter or cir
cumference) of the axle (r).
LAW OF THE WHEEL AND AXLE : The power is to theweight as
the radius (diameter or circumference) of the axle is to the radius
(diameter or circumference ) of the wheel .
Note. - In this statement of the law , the power is supposed to be ap
plied to the wheel.
Proportion : P : W ::r : R .
NOTE. — The diameters or the circumferences may be used instead of
the radii.
III . The elements involved in problems of the inclined plane
are power ( P ), weight (W ), the height of the plane ( h) , the
length of the plane (1) , and the base of the plane (b ) .
LAWS OF THE INCLINED PLANE : ( 1 ) When the power acts
parallel to the plane, The power is to the weight as the height of
the plane is to its length. ( 2) When the power acts horizontally,
The power is to the weight as the height of the plane is to its base .
Proportions : (1) P : W : : h :1.
(2 ) P : W : :h :b.
IV . The elements involved in problems of the screw are
power ( P ), weight ( W ), the distance between the threads of
screw (d ), and the circumference through which the power
moves ( C ) .
LAW OF THE SCREw : The power is to the weight as the distance
between the threads is to the circumference through which the power
moves.
Proportion : P : W : :d : C .
Note . — These proportions are formulas, stated in the form of propor
tion instead of that of equations.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC , 319

EXAMPLES.

1. The pilot-wheel of a boat is 3 feet in diameter ; the axle ,

6 inches ; the resistance of the rudder 180 pounds. What
power applied to the wheel will move the rudder ?
6 in . = } ft .
Proportion : (1 ) P : 180 :: 1 : 3 .
180 x
(2) P = = 30 .
3

.. the power will be 30 lb. to balance the resistance of the rudder ;

anything more than 30 lb. will move it.

2. The distance between the threads of a screw is 14 inches,

the circumference through which the power moves is 134 feet .
What weight will a power of 20 pounds support (neglecting
friction ) ?
13 ) ft. = 162 in .
Proportion : ( 1) 20 : W :: 11 : 162.
20 x 162
(2) W = = 2160 .
15
is the required weight is 2160 lb.

3. A man exerts 120 pounds of power in supporting a 280-1b .

barrel upon a 7-ft. plane extending from the ground to a
wagon : how high is the wagon ( pressure exerted in the direc
tion of plane) ?
Proportion : ( 1) 120 : 280 : h : 7 .
120 x 7
(2) h = = 3.
280
.. the height is 3 ft .

4. The length of a lever is 16 feet ; weight at one end, 100

pounds: what power must be put at the other, 4 feet from the
fulcrum , to support the weight ?
Proportion : (1 ) P : 100 :: 12 : 4 .
100 x 12
(2) P = = 300 .
4
.. the required power is 300 lb.
320 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CXXXII.

Name the elements and give the law of -

1. The lever .
2. The wheel and axle .
3. The inclined plane.
4. The screw .
5. State the formula (proportion ) for each .
6. Suppose a power of 75 pounds be applied to one end of a
12-foot lever to support a load at the other end : what will be
the load when the fulcrum is at the center ? when the fulcrum
is 3 feet from the weight ?

7. In a nut-cracker the nut is placed 1 inch from the hinge

( fulcrum ) , the hand 6 inches . If I exert a pressure of 10
pounds, how many pounds of resistance does the nut furnish ?
8. Four men hoist an anchor weighing 1 ton ; the barrel of
the capstan is 8 inches in diameter ; the circle described by the
handspikes is 6 ft . 8 in . in diameter . How great a force must
each man exert ? ·
9. A power of 70 pounds on a wheel 10 feet in diameter bal
ances a weight of 300 pounds : find the diameter of the axle .
10. The base of an inclined plane is 10 feet, the height 3
feet . What force applied parallel to the base will balance a
weight of 2 tons ?
11. In No. 10 , if the force applied be 500 pounds, what
weight will it support ?
12. A weight of 800 pounds rests on an inclined plane 8 feet
high , being held in equilibrium by a force of 25 pounds, acting
parallel with the plane : find the length of the plane.
13. How great a pressure will be exerted by a power of 15
pounds applied to a screw whose head is 1 inch in circumfer
ence , and whose threads are } inch apart ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 321
D . MISCELLANEOUS.
154. Partitive Proportion . - Partitive Pro
portion is the process of dividing a given number into parts
having a given ratio to one another.
EXAMPLES
1. Divide $ 25 into two parts, in the ratio of 2 to 3 .
NOTE. - If the two answers were obtained and the first answer divided
into two parts and the second answer into 3 parts, there would then be
5 parts all of the same size . These 5 parts then represent the amount to
be divided , or $ 25 ; 2 parts, the first answer ; and 3 parts the second an
ower . Hence ,
Proportions : (1) 5 parts : 2 parts :: $ 25 : $ ( ) ?
(2) 5 parts : 3 parts : : $ 25 : $ ( ) ?
. . the answers are $ 10 and $ 15 .
2. A lever 33 feet long has a power of 50 pounds at one end
and a weight of 60 pounds at the other end. Where is the ful
crum , if the power balances the weight ?
From the law of the lever, we know that
50 lb .: 60 lb .::wt.arm : pr.arm .
Then the weight arm must be to the power arm as 50 to 60 , or 5 to 6.
Now , the problem is to divide 33 feet into 2 parts in the ratio of 5 to 6 .
Proportions : (1) 11 parts : 5 parts :: 33 ft .: ( ) ?
(2 ) 11 parts : 6 parts : : 33 ft. : ( ) ?
. . the armsare 15 ft. and 18 ft.
3. Divide 65 bushels of wheat into 3 parts , in the ratio of 3
to 2 to 14.
3 pt. + 2 pt. + 1} pt. = 6 ) pt.
Proportions : (1) 6 ) parts : 3 parts :: 65 bu .: ( ) bu .?
(2) 63 parts : 2 parts :: 65 bu. : ( ) bu .?
(3 ) 61 parts : 1 ) parts :: 65 bu . : ( ) bu .?
. . the reqd .parts are 30 bu ., 20 bu ., and 15 bu .
322 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CXXXIII.

1. Divide $ 750 into 2 parts in the ratio of 1 to 4 ; in the

ratio of 4 to 11 .
2. Divide $ 220 in the ratio of 3 to 7 to 12 .
3. A and B balance on opposite ends of a pole 10 feet long.
A weighs 120 pounds, and B 180 pounds : where is the fulcrum ?
1
4. At the opposite ends of a lever 20 feet long, two forces are
acting whose sum is 1200 pounds . The two arms of the lever
are as 2 to 3. What are the two forces when the lever is in
equilibrium ?
5. A fails , and can pay his three creditors , E , F , and G , but
$ 750 . He owes E $ 700 , F $500 , and G $ 300 : how much should
each receive ?

155. Mixture Problems.

1. Different kinds of tea sold as follows : 10 lb. for $ 7 , 30 lb.
for $ 18 , and 20 lb. for $ 8 . Find the average price per pound .
Solution : ( 1) Price of 10 lb. = $7.
(2) Price of 30 lb. = $ 18 .
(3) Price of 20 lb. = $8 .
(1 ) + (2 ) + ( 3) = (4 ) Price of 60 lb.= $ 33.
60 of (4 ) = (5 ) Price of 1 lb. = $ .55 .

2. A mixture composed of sugar at 2 ¢ per lb. and sugar at

5 ¢ per lb. is worth 3 ¢ per lb. How is it mixed ?

NOTE. —There is a gain on the 2 ¢ sugar when it becomes a part of a

mixture valued at 3¢ per lb., and a loss on the 5 ¢ sugar . They must be
mixed in such a ratio as will make the gain on the one equal to the loss
on the other.
Solution : ( 1) Gain on 1 lb. of 2¢ sugar at 34 = 1% .
( 2) Loss on 1 lb. of 5 ¢ sugar at 3 ¢ = 29.
(2 ) = ( 3 ) Amt. of 5 ¢ sugar reqd . to lose 24 = 1 lb.
1 of ( 3) = (4 ) Amt. of 59 sugar reqd . to lose 1 $ = } lb.
(1 ) = (5 ) Amt. of 2 ¢ sugar reqd . to gain 1 € = 1 lb.
Comparing (5 )and (4 ), we see that the mixture must be made in the
ratio of 1 lb. of the 2 ¢ sugar to } lb.of the 5 ¢ sugar , or in the ratio of 2 to 1 .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 323

3. How many pounds of coffee at 25 ° per lb. must I mix

with 15 lb. at 30 ¢ per lb. to make a mixture worth 28 ¢ ?
Solution : ( 1) Loss on 1 lb. of 30 % coffee at 28 ¢ = 24 .
15 (1 ) = (2 ) Loss on 15 lb. of 30 % coffee at 28 € = 30% , whole loss.
(3) Gain on 1 lb. of 25 % coffee at 28 € = 34.
(3 ) = (4 ) Amt. of 25 ¢ coffee reqd . to gain 3g = 1 lb.
10 (4 ) = (5 ) Amt. of 25 ¢ coffee reqd . to gain 30% = 10 lb., answer .

4. Mix two kinds of coffee at 20 ¢ and 25 ¢ per lb., to make a

mixture of 25 lb. worth 24 ¢ per lb.
Solution : ( 1) Gain on 1 lb. of 20 % coffee at 24 ¢ = 4 % .
( 2 ) Loss on 1 lb. of 25 % coffee at 24 ¢ = 1 % .
(1) = (3 ) Amt. of 20% coffee reqd . to gain 4 ¢ = 1 lb.
1 of ( 3 ) = ( 4 ) Amt. of 20 ¢ coffee reqd. to gain 1€ = { lb.
(2 ) = (5 ) Amt. of 25¢ coffee reqd . to lose 1¢ = 1 lb.
From (4 ) and (5 ), we see the mixture must be in the ratio of 1 lb. of
20¢ coffee to 1 lb. of the 25¢ coffee, or the ratio of 1 to 4. The problem
now is , to divide 25 lb. in the ratio of 1 to 4 .
(6 ) 5 parts: 1 part :: 25 lb.:( ) ?
(7 ) 5 parts : 4 parts :: 25 lb.:( ) ?
1 x 25 lb.
.:. Smaller part = = 5 lb.
5
4 x 25 lb.
and the larger part = = 20 lb.
5

EXERCISE CXXXIV .

1. How many pounds of sugar at 8 ¢ per lb. must I mix with

10 lb. at 11¢ per lb. to make a mixture worth 10 ¢ per lb.?
2. How must I mix coffee at 24 ¢ per lb. with coffee at 30 €
per lb. to make a mixture worth 26c per lb.?
3. I mix sugar at 9 ¢ per lb. with 72 lb. at 5 ¢ ; the whole
mixture is worth 7 ° per lb .: how much of the 9 ¢ sugar did I
use ?
4. A vintner mixed two kinds of wine, one at 40c per pint
and the other at 60c per pint. He finds that the mixture is
worth just 55 € per pint: how did he mix it ?
324 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

5 . A saloon -keeper watered his 60¢ wine, and sold it at 45€

per pint: if there were 6 gallons and 1 quart of water added,
how much wine was there ?
6 . A man mixed coffee at 26¢ per lb . with coffee at 32¢ per
1b .,making a mixture of 48 lb . worth 30€ per lb .: how much
of each did he use ?
7. I mix wine at 40¢ and 50€ per pint with wine at 60¢ per
pint ; the 50¢ and 60¢ wine is mixed in the ratio of 2 of the
50¢ to 1 of the 60€ : if the mixture is worth 48¢ per pint, how
do I mix it ?
8. If quarters and dimes are mixed in such a ratio that the
same money might be molded into the same number of 15€
pieces, how are they mixed ?
156 . Equation of Payments. – Equation of
Payments is the process of finding the date on which one
paymentmay be made in settlement of several debts or an ac
count of several items, falling due at different times, without
loss to either debtor or creditor.
EXAMPLES
1. I owe $600 due in 10 months, $800 due in 9 months, and
$ 1000 due in 6 months, without interest . When can I settle
all together ?
Solution : Suppose that I should settle all now , then I would lose -
( 1) Use of $600 for 10 mo. = use of $ 1 for 6000 mo.
(2) Use of $ 800 for 9 mo. = use of $ 1 for 7200 mo.
(3 ) Use of $ 1000 for 6 mo. = use of $ 1 for 6000 mo.
$ 2400,amt. paid . Use of $ 1 for 19200 mo., loss.
(4 ) Use of $ 1 for 19200 mo. = use of $ 2400 for 8 mo.
. : 8 months from now , $ 2400 will settle the debt.

2. My account with Jones is as follows: I owe him $600 due

in 11 months, $800 due in 4 months, $500 due in 1 year, and
$ 200 due now ; he owes me $ 700 due in 8 months and $600 due
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 325

in 9 months. When will $800 settle the account ? and how

much will be due 1 year hence , interest being 6 % ?

Solution : Assume now as the date of settlement.

( 1) Use of $600 for 11 mo. = use of $ 1 for 6600 mo.
(2) Use of $ 800 for 4 mo. = use of $ 1 for 3200 mo.
(3 ) Use of $ 500 for 12 mo. = use of $ 1 for 6000 mo.
$ 200 due now .
$ 2100, amt. paid . Use of $ 1 for 15800 mo., loss .
(5 ) Use of $700 for 8 mo. = use of $ 1 for 5600 mo.
(6 ) Use of $600 for 9 mo. = use of $ 1 for 5400 mo.
$ 1300 ,amt.recd . Use of $ 1 for 11000 mo., gain .
(7 ) $ 2100 – $ 1300 = $ 800 , balance .
(8 ) Use of $ 1 for 15800 mo. - use of $ 1 for 11000 mo. = use
of $ 1 for 4800 mo., net loss.
(9 ) Use of $ 1 for 4800 mo. = use of $ 800 for 6 mo.
.. the time of payment is 6 mo. from now . (1st ans.)
(10) Amt. of $ 800 at 6 % for 1 yr. = $ 24 + $800 = $824. (20 ans.)

3. I bought goods Jan. 1 , 1898 , on 30 days' credit, $600 ; Feb.

10 , on 60 days ' credit, $ 500 . When can I settle the whole by
paying $ 1100 ?

Solution : Assume Jan. Ist as the date of settlement. The first debt
will be paid 30 days before it is due, and the second will be paid 100 days
before it is due.
(1 ) Use of $ 600 for 30 days = use of $ 1 for 18000 days.
( 2) Use of $500 for 100 days = use of $ 1 for 50000 days.
$ 1100 , amt. paid . Use of $ 1 for 68000 days, loss .
(3 ) Use of $ 1 for 68000 days = use of $ 1100 for 62 days, nearly .
62 days after Jan. 1, 1898, is March 4 , 1898.

NOTE.- A part of a day is always counted as a full day in equating the

time of payment. This is plain , for in the above problem , as the time
wasmore than 61 days, it must fall on the 62d day.

These solutions are given in full. After the pupil writes out
326 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

a few in this way , he should shorten the solution . Thus, for

Example 1 :
Solution : ( 1) 600 x 10 = 6000.
(2) 800 X 9 = 7200.
(3) 1000 x 6 = 6000 .
2400 19200.
19200 + 2400 = 8.
Answer, $ 2400, 8 mo. from now .
EXERCISE CXXXV.
1. I owe $400 due in 4 months and $ 800 due in 7 months,
each bearing interest at 8 % . Find the equated time and the
amount due.
2 . I owe Smith $ 1200 due in 8 months and $600 due in 5
months ; Smith owes me $ 2000 due in 10 months: when will
$ 200 settle what he owes me ?
3. A merchant owes his creditor for goods, as follows: July
3, $640 ; July 15 , $300 ; Aug . 10 , $520 : when will $ 1460 settle
his account ?
4. In No. 3 , a note of $500 , due Aug. 1st without interest, is
credited . When will $ 960 settle the balance ?
5. If, in No. 3,each amount is a note due in 60 days, bearing
10 % interest, find the equated timeof payment and the amount
due.
157 . Partnership .
EXAMPLES.

1. A , B and C form a partnership. A puts in $ 200 , B $300 ,

and C $400 . They gain $ 450 . Divide it among them .
Solution : The whole capital is $ 900. Each partner's capital is to the
whole capital as his share of the gain is to the whole gain . Hence
( 1 ) For A , $ 200 : $ 900 : : $ ( ) : $ 450 ?
. . A 's gain is $ 100.
( 2) For B , $300 : $900 :: $ ( ) : $450 ?
. . B 's gain is $ 150 .
(3) For C , $400 : $ 900 :: $ ( ) : $450 ?
. . C 's gain is $200.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 327

2. A invests $ 100 for 6 months ; B , $200 for 2 months. They

gain $50 . Divide it between them .
Solution :
(1) Earnings of $ 100 for 6 mo. = earnings of $600 for 1 mo., A's part.
(2 ) Earnings of $ 200 for 2 mo. = earnings of $400 for 1 mo., B’s part.
(3 ) The whole earnings = earnings of $ 1000 for 1 mo.
(4) For A ,{$600"for mo.
} : {$ 1000 for i mo.}::$(
I ):$50?
. A's gain is $ 30 .
NOTE.— The “ 1 mo. ” may be omitted, as it is the same in both the 1st
and the 2d terms, and the proportion may be shortened as in (5 ).
(5) For B , $ 400 : $ 1000 :: $ ( ) : $50 ?
.. B’s gain is $ 20.

EXERCISE CXXXVI.

1. Three persons purchase a farm for $ 2800 , of which A pays

$ 1200, B $ 1000 , and C $600 . How shall they divide the rent,
which pays $224 a year ?
2. A , B and C owned a cargo of corn valued at $ 3475.60 . A
owned 1 , B $ , and C the remainder. How much did each lose
if the cargo, which was insured for $ 2512 , was lost ?
3. A , B and C form a copartnership . B puts in $ 250 for 6
months, C $275 for 8 months, and A $ 450 for 4 months. Divide
their gain , $ 825 .
4. A , B and C form a copartnership for 1 year, and invest
respectively $ 9600, $ 8400 , and $ 7200 . After 4 months, A in
vests $ 2000 additional, B $ 1400, and C $800 . They gain
$ 12800 : what is each man's gain ?

158. Longitude and Time.-I. LONGITUDE.

Longitude is the distance east or west of the prime meridian
measured in degrees (º ) , minutes ( ) , and seconds ("') .
TABLE
1 ° = 60 ' .
1 ' = 60 ' .
328 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

The meridian of Greenwich , England, has been selected as

the prime meridian. 180° east from the prime meridian (0°)
reaches half around the earth . Any place on that half of the
earth is said to be in east longitude. 180° from 0° west reaches
around the other half of the earth. Any place on that half of
the earth is said to be in west longitude. The longitude of a
place is its distance ( less than 180°) east or west of the prime
meridian . The distance measured in one direction (east or
west) around the earth is 360°.
II. TIME. - ( 1) Sun Time : The sun appears to travel west
ward around the earth ( 360°) once in 24 hours. It passes over
15° of longitude in 1 hour of time; 15 ' of longitude in 1 min
ute of time; and 15%' of longitude in 1 second of time. There
fore the difference of longitude between two places, expressed in
01 " , is numerically 15 times the difference of time, expressed in
hours, minutes, seconds. Of two places on meridians nearer to
each other than 180°, the place west is earlier and the one east is
later, except when the I. D . L . (see below ) and midnight are
both between the two places; in which case the place west is
later by the difference between their difference of time and 24
hours.
(2 ) The Day : Every day begins first at or near the 180th
meridian . On this account the 180th meridian is often called
the International Date Line ( I. D . L .).* When midnight is on
the I. D . L ., there is one, and but one, day on all the earth ,
( say ) Sunday. As midnight moves westward , it changes the
day on every part of the earth over which it passes to the new
day, Monday. When it has gone all the way around and again
* The International Date Line used to have a very winding course. After coming south
ward through Bering Strait, it took a southwesterly course, passing west of the Philippine Is
lands, then bending eastward , then southward into the Southern ocean near the 180th meridian .
But now , after passing southward through Bering Strait, it swerves a little (20° or 30°) to the
westward . Returning to the 180th meridian about 40° N ., it follows that meridian to a point
about 10° s . Then it swerves eastward about 10° or 15°. Returning to the 180th meridian
again about 50° s ., it continues southward on that meridian . This description was taken from
a diagram given in The Pathfinder in 1899 .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 329

reaches the I. D. L., it is Monday all over the earth . When

any place is between the I. D. L. and the midnight meridian ,
if it is west of the I. D. L. and east of midnight, it is the new
day ; if it is east of the I. D. L. and west of midnight, it is the
old day.
( 3 ) Standard or Railroad Time : There are five standards of
railroad time in the United States and Canada : Intercolonial,
Eastern , Central, Mountain , and Pacific. Each covers a lon
gitude of 15 °. Intercolonial commences 527 ° W., and the Pa
cific ends 1271° W. The time throughout each standard is the
sun time of its central meridian : For Intercolonial , 60th ; for
Eastern , 75th ; for Central, 90th ; for Mountain , 105th ; and
for Pacific , 120th .

NOTE.- Railroad companies vary the boundary -lines of these standards

in some places.

III . PROBLEMS : There are two classes of problems usually

given in Longitude and Time: ( 1) Given the longitudes of two
places and the time at one of them , to find the time at the
other ; and (2 ) given the times of two places and the longitude
of one, to find the longitude of the other .

EXAMPLES.

i. When it is noon , Monday, 150° W., what is the time 120°

E.?

DIRECTION . - In drawing a figure to repre W.

sent a longitude problem , the following will
help to make your problem clear : (1) Sketch
0
120

a circular figure to represent a parallel of lat

1500
itude ; ( 2) place 0 ° at the top ; (3 ) 180° ( I. D.L.) 1800
at the bottom ; (4 ) locate approximately the D
two places under consideration and midnight D. = I. D. L.
(M.) . M. = midnight.
330 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Solution : (1) 180° – 150° = 30°.

(2) 180° - 120° = 60°. M

(3) 30° + 60° = 90°,difference of longitude.

.:. 6 hours = difference of time.
6 hours earlier than noon = 6 a . m .

OC
T
Soo 180°
150° W . is in the old day (Monday).
120°E. is in the new day (Tuesday).
2. When it is 6 hr. 40 min . p. m ., Friday, 20° E ., what is
the time 140° E .?
Solution : (1) 140° – 20° = 120°, difference of longitude.
. . 8 hr. = difference of time.
8 hr. later than 6 hr. 40 min . p. m . = 2 hr. 40
min . a . m . of the following day, Saturday.

3. When it is 7 hr. 20 min . a . m ., Friday, 160°W ., on what

meridian is it 3 hr. 20 min . a. m . Saturday ?
Solution : (1) 7 hr. 20 min . - 3 hr. 20 min .= 4 hr., dif
ference of time.
. . 60° = difference of longitude.
Since 3 hr. 20 min . a . m . is earlier than 7 hr. 20 min .
a . m ., the required place is west. 60° west of 160° W .
is 140° E . ; and it is Saturday ,because it is in the new
day (beyond the I. D . L .).
4 . When it is noon at Greenwich , 0°, what is the time at St.
Louis (standard time) ?
Solution : The time of St. Louis is that of 90° W ., or 6 hr. earlier than
noon = 6 hr. a . m . of the same day .

5. When it is 3 o'clock a . m . at Kansas City , where is it 2

o 'clock a . m .? 4 o'clock a . m .?
Solution : (1) Kansas City is in Central Time; it is 2 o'clock a . m . on all
the standard west, or 73° each side of 105° W .
(2) It is 4 o'clock a . m . on all the standard east of Central
Time, or 71° each side of 75º W .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 331
EXERCISE CXXXVII.
1. When it is 9 o'clock p. m ., Wednesday, 20° E ., what is
the time at Greenwich (0°) ?
2. When it is 9 o 'clock p . m ., Wednesday , 20° E ., what is
the time at 30° W . ?
3. When it is 9 o 'clock p . m ., Wednesday, 20° E ., what is
the timeat 120° W . ?
4. When it is 9 o'clock p . m ., Wednesday , 20° E ., what is
the time at 80° E . ?
5 . When it is noon at Greenwich , at what place is it 2
o 'clock a . m .?
6 . When it is noon at .Greenwich , at what place is it 7
o'clock a . m . ?
7. When it is noon at Greenwich , at what place is it 3
o 'clock p . m .?
8. When it is noon at Greenwich , at what place is it 8
o' clock p . m .?
9. When it is 1 hr. 20 min . p. m ., Saturday, 110° E ., what
is the time 170° E .?
10. When it is 1 hr. 20 min. p. m ., Saturday, 110° E ., what
is the time 105º W . ?
11. When it is 1 hr. 20 min . p. m ., Saturday, 110° E ., at what
place is it 9 hr. p . m .?
12. When it is 1 hr. 20 min . p. m ., Saturday , 110° E ., atwhat
place is it 11 hr. p . m . ?
13. When it is 1 hr. 20 min . p. m ., Saturday, 110° E ., what is
the time at Boston ? at New York ? at St. Louis ? at Cincin
nati ? at Kansas City ? at San Francisco (standard time) ?
14. When it is noon on the 180th meridian , it is 6 hr. 52
min .40 sec. p . m .at Harrisburg, Pa. ( sun time) . Find the lon
gitude of Harrisburg.
15 . A watch is set right at Pekin , China, longitude 116° 26 '
E . On what meridian is the watch when , at noon , it shows 9
hr. 20 min . a. m .?
332 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

16 . When it is 5 minutes after 4 o 'clock on Sunday morning

atHonolulu , longitude 157° 52' W ., what is the timeat Sydney,
Australia, longitude 151° 11' E .?
17. The battle of Manila began 41 min . after 5 o'clock , Sun
daymorning,May 1. Manila is in longitude 121° 20 ' E . Wash
ington is in longitude 77° W . What was the time at Washington
when the battle began ,by sun time ? by standard time ?
18. When it is 10 o'clock p. m . Wednesday, 20° E ., what is
the time at Sydney , Australia ? at Honolulu ? railroad time at
San Francisco, Cal. ? at St. Louis, Mo. ? at Boston , Mass.?
NOTE.— When time is required,always give the day aswell as the hour
of the day.
 PART III.
I. STUDY OF NUMBERS.
A . INTEGRAL NUMBERS.
159. Positive and Negative Numbers. — The
signs plus ( + ) and minus ( - ) are placed before numbers,
when written with figures or letters, to indicate opposite mean
ings or conditions. Thus,
If + $ 4 means $ 4 gain , – $ 4 means $ 4 loss.
If + $ 4 means $ 4 capital, - $ 4 means $ 4 debt.
If + 4 means 4 to be added , - 4 means 4 to be subtracted .
If + 4°means 4°(temperature) above zero, - 4°means4°below zero.
If + 4 ft.means 4 ft. traveled to the right, - 4ft.means 4 ft. trav
eled to the left.
A Positive Number is a number which , when written ,
is preceded by the plus sign , expressed or implied .
NOTE. — For convenience, a positive number, standing alone or first in
an expression , is usually written without the sign , + .
A Negative Number is a number which , when written ,
is preceded by the minus sign .
NOTE.— The sign, -, is never omitted before negative numbers .
All numbers are either positive or negative . To illustrate:
5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, - 1*, - 2 , -3 , - 4, - 5.
The numbers in this series decrease in absolute value from
left to right; each number, beginning with 4, is one less than
* Read,minus one,minus two, and so on.
( 333 )
331 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

the number to the left of it. Notice that from 0 to the right
the absolute value decreases as the numerical value increases ;
-5 is less than –4, – 4 is less than -3, etc.
The question is sometimes asked , “ Can a number be less
than nothing ? ” Yes : a number may be less than nothing.
Suppose that I have but $ 5 and owe nothing, and you ask me
how much I am worth : I would say, “ $ 5 .” That means that
I am worth $ 5 more than nothing, + $ 5 . Suppose now , that I
have the $ 5 , and in addition I owe some one $ 3 . I am now
worth $ 3 less than before , or but $ 2 . Suppose again that I owe
another debt of $ 3 : my worth is again decreased $ 3 , and I am
now worth $ 1 less than nothing, – $ 1 . If I should have another
debt of $ 3 , I would then be worth $ 4 less than nothing, – $ 4 .

Note.- It does not follow that all negative numbers represent value
less than nothing . A negative distance is not less than nothing ; – 10 °
( temperature) is not less than nothing .

160. Numbers Expressed by Means of Let

ters.- In expressing numbers by means of letters, or letters
and figures, there are four things to be considered : ( 1 ) the
literal part , ( 2 ) the coefficient, (3 ) the exponent, and (4 ) the
sign .

The Literal Part is the letter or letters used as factors in ex

pressing a number. Thus,

In -5a², a is the literal part ; in 5a²b , a and b form the literal part.

The Coefficient is a factor ( expressed by figures in this book ) ,

placed on the left of the literal part. Thus,
In 15 ax, 15 is the coefficient.

Note . - In such expressions as ax, or – ax?, the coefficient is not ex

pressed , but is understood to be 1.

An Exponent is a small figure ( sometimes a letter ) , placed

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 335

just above and to the right of a factor to show what power of

the factor is used . ( See p . 179. )
The Sign of a number is used to indicate whether the number
is positive or negative.
A number of one term is called a Monomial. A number of
more than one term is called a Polynomial .
A polynomial of two terms is called a Binomial ; of three
terms, a Trinomial.

EXERCISE CXXXVIII.

1. Give use of the signs plus and minus.

2. What is a positive number ?
3. What is a negative number ?
4. Explain how somenumbers do have values less than nothing.
5. How many things are to be considered in expressing num
bers by letters or by letters and figures ?
6. Explain what is meant by literal part. Give example .
7. Define coefficient. Give example .
8. Define exponent . Give example .
9. What does the sign of a number show ?
10. Define monomial. Give example .
11. Define polynomial. Give example .
12. Define binomial. Give example.
13. Define trinomial. Give example .

161. Addition . - Since we now have to consider both

positive and negative numbers , our process of addition must
be extended to cover the addition of negative as well as positive
numbers .
In explaining the following examples, let us assume that +
means capital and means debt.
386 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

BXAMPLE8.
1. Add + $ 8 and + $ 4 .
$ 4 (capital) added
Process : + $ 8 + ( + $ 4 ) = + $ 12, result .
to $ 8 (capital) makes
2. Add – $ 8 and - $ 4 . $ 12 (capital).
$ 4 (debt) added to
Process : - $ 8 + ( - $ 4 ) = - $ 12 , result. $ 8 (debt) makes $ 12
3. Add + $ 8 and - $ 4 . (debt).
$ 4 (debt) added to
Process : + $ 8 + ( - $ 4 ) = + $ 4 , result. $ 8 ( capital) gives $ 4
( capital).
4. Add – $ 8 and + $ 4 .
$ 4 (capital) added
Process : - $ 8 + ( + $ 4 ) = - $ 4 , result. to $ 8 (debt) gives $ 4
(debt).
Let us write these processes abstractly and compare :
(1) +8 + ( + 4) = +12.
(2) -8 + ( - 4)= - 12.
(3 ) +8 + ( - 4) = +4.
(4 ) -8 + ( + 4) = - 4.
Observe that in (1) the signs were alike (both plus), and we added 8
and 4 ; in (2 ) the signs were alike (both minus), and we added 8 and 4 ; in
( 3 ) and (4 ) the signs were unlike (one plus, the other minus), and we sub
tracted 4 from 8. In every case , the sign of the result is the same as that
of the larger addend .
RULE FOR ADDITION : When the signs are alike, add the num
bers and prefix the common sign ; when unlike , subtract the smaller
from the larger , giving the result the sign of the larger addend .
5. Add 50 , +38, -14 , -73, -52 , +23, +44 .
I. Process : (1 ) 50 + 38 = 88 ; (2 ) 88 – 14 = 74 ; ( 3 ) 74 - 73 = 1 ; (4 ) 1-52 = -51 ;
(5 ) -51 + 23 = -28 ; (6 ) – 28 + 44 = 16 , result.
NOTE.— The process may bemuch shortened by uniting the positive
numbers into one amount and the negative numbers into another. The
difference of these amounts preceded by the sign of the greater will be
the mathematical sum . Thus :
II. Process : ( 1 ) 50 + 38 + 23 + 44 = 155 .
(2 ) - 14 - 73-52 = – 139.
(3 ) 155 – 139 = 16 , result .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 337

Literal numbers are similar , when they are composed of the

same letters affected by the same exponents. Thus :
ab2 and 25 ab2 are similar , but
alb and ab2 are dissimilar .

PRINCIPLES : 1. Only similar numbers can be added to form one

term .
2. The addition of dissimilar numbers is indicated by placing
between them the proper sign .

6 . 19 . 8.
-4 a 5 ху 7 azy
-7a 434 –5 cºu
+5 a -9 y - 14 .cy
+15 a -8.cy + 11x2y
a -3ay + 2y
+ 8a , result . - 11 xy, result. 0 , result .

9. Add -76, +96, + 6xy, +46, -7xy + 2 .

Process : – 7b + 6 xy + z
+ 9b- 7 xy
+46
6b - xy + z , result.

10. Add 12.cy. – 15 ax - c , 7 ax + 9c, -5xy ' +17 ax - 12c.

Process : 12xy2 – 15 ax -C
+ 7 ax +90
-5.xy2 +17 ax - 12c
7 xy2 + 9ax – 4c, result .

11. Add 5 (x − y) , -7(x − y ), 15 (x − y ).

Process : 5 (x - y)
– 7 (x - y )
15 (x - y )
13 (x - y ), result .

NOTE . — When the expressions in parentheses are similar they may be

treated as one number.
As, 5x No. - 7x No. + 15 x No. = 13x No.
338 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CXXXIX .

1. Give rule for addition . Give principles .

2. Explain examples 1 to 4 , letting the numbers represent
distance , the positive numbers distance measured to the
right, and negative numbers distance measured to the left .
Thus, In Example 1,
+8, to the right.
+4 , to the right.
+12 ; or, 12 to the right of starting- point.
In Example 3 ,
+8 , to the right.
-4, to the left.
+4 ; or , still 4 to the right of starting -point.
Add ( orally ) :
3. 4. 5. 6 . 7.
-7 +7 +7 -7 14
-5 +5 -5 +5 -9

8. 9. 10 . 11. 12 .
-5 +9 -17 +4 -1 )
+7 -6 +4 -18 +12
-4 +3 - 2 +5 -6

13 . 14 . 15 . 16 . 17 .
a -5x +12 3y - 3 a²x –20 xưy?
+5 a +25 . - 15 xy +5 a'x + 18x? y ?
–7α -32 + 9xy - 12 a x + 4x2y2
ta - 11x - 12y +4 a . - 14 x " y

18 . 19 . 20 .
7 (1-2y) -8 (22 - y ) 9 (x + y ) ?
-9 ( x - 2y) +6 (22 - y ) -5 ( x + y ) ?
+ ( x - 2y) -122- y ) + (x + y ) ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 339

Copy and add :

21. 12 a - 9c, -4a + 17c, -7c + 15 a , 27 a - c .
22. 42 a2-5 ab, -36 a² +12 ab , 7 a ? -15 ab , -ab - 14 a ?.
23. a ? - 2 ab + b2, 5 a ' - 9 ab + 4b", -12 a ’ + 26 ab - 12 62, 36 a ?
-24 b2 + 7 ab .
24. 11 a'b + 11 aba + a %b2, 5 a²b - 21 ab2 +6 a²b?, 14 ab2-5 a %b2 +
9 a'b , -4aPb2 + 5 ab2 + 3 aºb .
25. 9x2y + 4x + 3y - 9 y ’, 4 y2– 2 x y – 5x + 3 y, 12 x — 14 y - 6y2
— 2 xạy , x2y — x + y - y2.

162. Subtraction . It will help to explain the process

of subtracting positive and negative numbers , if we will note
the fact , that any monomial may be expressed as a binomial , one of
whose terms is positive and the other negative , and that the numeri
cal value of either term may be increased at will, provided the nu
merical value of the other be correspondingly increased .
EXAMPLES .

1. Represent +5 by an expression containing +8, +12 , +17 ,

-5 , -14 , -21 .

( 1) 5 = 8- 3. ( 4 ) 5 = 10 - 5 .
(2 ) 5 = 12 7. (5 ) 5 = 19-14 .
( 3 ) 5 = 17 -12. (6 ) 5 = 26 – 21.

2. Represent – 7 by an expression containing +4, +12 , +15 ,

-9, -13 , -25 .

( 1) -7 = -11+ 4 . ( 4 ) –7 = - 9+ 2 .
(2 ) – 7 = -19 + 12 . (5 ) -7 = - 13+ 6 .
(3 ) –7 = -22 + 15 . (6 ) - 7 = - 25 + 18 .

The process of subtraction consists in taking from the minu

end the number expressed by the subtrahend .
EXAMPLES
3. From +8 take +4.

(1) +8 - ( + 4 ) = +4, result. Taking +4 from +8 leaves +4.

310 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4. From - 8 take +4 .
( 1 ) -8 = -12 +4 . The -8 is the same as – 12 + 4 ; tak
( 2) (-12 + 4 ) - ( + 4 ) = -12, result . ing away the +4 leaves – 12.

5. From +8 take – 4 .
( 1 ) + 8 = + 12-4. The +8 is the same as + 12-4 ; tak
( 2 ) ( + 12-4 ) - ( - 4 ) = +12, result. ing away the – 4 leaves +12.

6. From -8 take -4 .
( 1) - 8 - ( - 4 ) = -4, result. Taking – 4 from – 8 leaves – 4 .
Note.- The same result will be obtained by the capital and debt plan
of explanation . ( See Addition , p . 336.)
Let us compare these examples :
( 1) +8 - ( + 4 ) = + 4 .
( 2) -8 - ( + 4 ) = -12.
( 3 ) +8 - ( - 4 ) = +12.
(4 ) -8 - ( - 4 ) = – 4 .
Observe that, when the signs of the subtrahend and minuend were
alike ( in ( 1 ) and (4 ) ), we took the difference between the 8 and the 4 ;
when the signs of the subtrahend and minuend were unlike (in (2 ) and
( 3 ) ) , we took the sum of the 8 and the 4 .
As we might have expected , this is exactly the reverse of our com
parison in addition .

Suppose that in the four examples above, we change the sign

of each subtrahend and add (instead of subtracting ) and see
what results we get :
( 1) +8 + ( - 4 ) = +4.
( 2 ) -8 + ( - 4 ) = -12.
( 3 ) +8 + ( + 4 ) = +12 .
( 4) - 8 + ( + 4 ) = -4 .

These results are just the same as above , and we have sub
tracted by changing the signs of the subtrahends and adding.
RULE FOR SUBTRACTION : Conceive the sign of the subtrahend
to be changed , (the + to - or the – to + ) and proceed as in addi
tion .

NOTE.- Do not actually change the sign of the subtrahend on paper

 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 341

or slate in written work , but do it mentally . An actualchange ofwritten

signs leads to confusion in reviewing the work .
PRINCIPLES : 1. The result can be expressed in one term only
when the minuend and subtrahend are similar.
2. The subtraction of dissimilar numbers is indicated by placing
between them the proper sign .

7. From 12-5 + 4 take 8-3 + 2 .

( 1) 12-5 + 4 = 11. Collect the terms of both minuend and
( 2) 8-3 + 2 = 7 . subtrahend ; change the sign of the sub
(3 ) 11-7 = 4 . trahend , and proceed as in addition . Or,
change all signs of the subtrahend ,
Or, 12-5 + 4-8 + 3–2 = 4 .
and then collect.

8. 5 + 17-3- ( 4 + 8-10 + 2 ) = ?
Process : 5 + 17-3- (4 + 8–10 + 2 ) =
5 + 17 – 3 – 4-8 + 10 – 2 = 15 , result .
NOTE . - The- before the parentheses shows that all the numbers within
are to be subtracted , and that the expression within the parentheses is
a subtrahend .

RULE FOR CLEARING OF PARENTHESES PRECEDED BY A MINUS

SIGN : Drop the parentheses with the minus sign , and change the
sign of every term within .

9. 10 . 11. 12
7α — XY + 3x2 - 17 cy?
5 a + 5.cy -9 x2 -5xy
2 a , result. –6 xy, result. +12 x2, result. – 12 xy ?, result.

13. 722 +4 ax + 262 - ( - 562 + 7xa – 522) = ( ) ?

Process : 7 x2 +4 ax + 2
5.62 + 7 ax – 5 52
12 x2 – 3 ax +7 62, result .
Or ,
7.x2 +4 ax + 262 – ( -5 62 + 7 ax – 5 x2) =
7.x2 + 4 ax +212 + 5 12 – 7 ax + 5.72
12 x2 – 3 ax + 762, result.
342 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

14. From 5 ( a + x ) take 2 (a + x ) .

5(a + x )
2(a + x )
3 ( a + x ), result .

EXERCISE CXL .

1. Explain examples 3 to 6 , letting positive numbers mean

capital and negative numbers mean debt ; letting positive num
bers mean distance moved to the right, and negative numbers
distance moved to the left.
2. Give the rule for subtraction .
3. Give the principles .
4. Give the rule for removing parentheses preceded by a minus
sign .
5. Do you change any signs in removing parentheses pre
ceded by a plus sign ?

Subtract ( orally ) :
6. nr . 8. 9. 10 .
-7 +7 +7 -7 12
-5 +5 -5 +5 -9

11 . 12 . 13 . -14 . 15 .
< a -7 a -9a -12 x +123
-5ą + 3a -4a - 6x + 6x

16 . 117 . 18 . 19 . 20 .
- a’x -9.xy - 12mn tab +1723
7a²x + 12x2y - 9 mn -20 ab -3.23

21. 22. 23 .
-9(: -2y ) +5 (x2 — y ) 7 (x2 + 2xy + ya)
+40.0 -2y ) +9 (x2 - y2) -4 ( x2 + 2xy + y2)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 343

Copy and subtract :

24. From 3 a - 562 — c take 7a + 462 — 10c.
25 . From 7 a ? + 9xy - 6 63 take 1163 + 4xy – 10 a ”.
26 . From – 75 (x y — xy?) take – 150 (x2y — xy?).
27. 17 x -5y + 6 — (5x + 117 - 10 ) = ( ) ?
28. 9xy - ( 7 ax + 12 xy - 3 z ) = ( ) ?
29. 7x²y — 3 xy2 + 48 – ( - 7.48 + 6 xy2 – 9 yx2) = ( ) ?
30 . a + b - c - d - x - (a - b + c - d - x ) = ( ) ?
31. x2 + 2 xy + y2 — (x2 – 2 xy + y ) = ( ) ?
32. 23 + 3 xạy + 3 xy² + y: — ( x8 — 3 x+y + 3 xy2 — y ) = ( ) ?
163. Multiplication . — When the multiplier is posi
tive, it shows how many times the multiplicand is to be taken
as an addend (see p . 21) ; but, when negative, it shows how
many times the multiplicand is to be taken as a subtrahend .
EXAMPLES .

1. Multiply + 7 by + 3.
NOTE. - Starting with 0, we add + 7 three times.
Process : ( 1) 0 + ( + 7 ) = + 7 , used once.
(2) + 7 + ( + 7) = + 14 , used twice .
(3) + 14 + ( + 7) = + 21, used three times.
. . + 3x + 7 = + 21, result.
2. Multiply – 7 by. + 3 .
NOTE. - Starting with 0 , add – 7 three times.
Process : (1) 0 + ( - 7) = - 7, used once.
(2) - 7 + ( - 7) = - 14, used twice.
(3) - 14 + ( - 7) = - 21, used three times.
. : + 3X – 7 = - 21, result.
3. Multiply + 7 by – 3.
NOTE.- Starting with 0, subtract + 7 three times.
Process : ( 1) 0 - ( + 7 ) = - 7 , used once.
( 2) - 7 - ( + 7) = - 14 , used twice .
(3) - 14 - ( + 7) = – 21 , used three times.
.:. - 3x + 7 = - 21, result.
344 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4. Multiply – 7 by -3.
NOTE. - Starting with 0, subtract – 7 three times.
Process : (1) 0 - ( - 7 ) = + 7 , used once .
(2) + 7 - (- 7) = + 14, used twice .
(3) + 14 - ( - 7) = + 21, used three times.
.. -3 - 7 = + 21.
Let us compare these examples :
(1) + 3x + 7 = + 21.
(2) + 3x – 7 = - 21 .
X
(3 ) - 3x + 7 = - 21 .
X
(4) - 3x – 7 = + 21.
X

Observe ( 1) that the numerical products are the same (each 21, or the
product of 5 and 7 ), and (2) when the signs of the factors are alike (both
plus as in (1 ) or both minus as in (4 ) ), the product is positive ; butwhen the
signs are unlike (as in (2) and (3) ), the product is negative.
LAW OF SIGNS IN MULTIPLICATION : Like signs give plus ; un
like signs give minus.
5. 6. • 8.
+ 12 a + 12 a – 12 a – 12 a
+ 66 - 66 +66 – 6b
+ 72 ab, result. – 72 ab,result. — 72 ab,result. + 72 ab,result.
9. — 7ax +5bX - 3c = ( ) ?
Process : (1) – 7ax + 5b = - 35 ab.
(2) – 35 ab x - 3c = + 105 abc, result.
10. Multiply 4m - 7 n by 5 n .
Process : 4m – 7n
- 5n
- 20 mn + 35 n2; or,
35 n2 – 20mn , result.
NOTE . - In writing polynomials, it is customary (but not necessary) to
write a positive term (if there be one) on the left, and omit its sign .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 345

11. Multiply 5 a (x + y ) by —b.

NOTE. — This multiplication may be performed ( 1) bymultiplying the 5 a
by – b , (2) by multiplying (x + y) by - b , or (3 ) by removing the paren
theses from the multiplicand and multiplying each term by – 6 . Thus :

( 1) (2)
5a (2x + y ) 5a (x + y )
- b - b
-5 ab ( x + y ), result . 5 a ( - bx – by), result .
(3) 5 a ( x + y ) = 5 ax + 5 ay
-b
- 5 abx – 5 aby, result.

12. ( a − b ) = ( a − b ) ( a − b ) = ( ) ?
Process : a - b
a -b
- ab +62
a ’ – ab
a – 2ab + ba, result .

PRINCIPLE : 1. The square of the difference of two numbers is

equal to the square of the first minus twice the product of the first
times the second plus the square of the second. (Commit.)

NOTE.- Compare this principle with the one on page 181, noting the
points of similarity and difference.

13. Multiply a + b by a — b .
Process : a + b
a-b
tab – 62
a2 - ab
al – 62, result .

PRINCIPLE : 2. The product of the sum and difference of two

numbers is equal to the square of the first minus the square of the sec
ond . (Commit. )
316 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

14. Multiply 3 a – 2x by 5b - a .
Process : 3a - 2.2
56 - a
15 ab - 10 bx – 3 a² +2ax, result .

EXERCISE CXLI.

1. What change in the definition ( p . 21) is necessary to

make it include the multiplication of negative numbers ?
2. What does a positive multiplier mean ?
3. What does a negative multiplier mean ? Give the law of
signs.
4. Repeat principle 1. In what respect does it differ from
that on p . 181 ?
5. Repeat principle 2 .

Multiply (orally ) :
6. –5x + 12. 10. -ax + b . 14. ( a + b )2 = ( ) ?
7. + 6X – 10 . 11. – 2 a X - 3 b . 15. ( a − b )2 = ( ) ?
8. -7X -9. 12. +5 ax +7 m². 16. (x , y ) = ( ) ?
9. -8x +11. 13. -40 X 12 y . 17. (x - y ) ( x + y ) = ( ) ?

Copy and multiply :

18. –9 (x − y ) by -5 a .
19. 73-12 y by a - b .
20. 24 m2 - 7 mn by 6 m - 11 n .
21. 36 xy - 5 xy2 by 3x - 52.
22. 22 + 2 xy + y ? by + y.
23. 23 — 3 x y + 3 xy2 - y2 by 22—42.
24. 5 xy - 7 am + n ? by 6 a - 76 .

164. Division . - By principle 3 in division ( page 25 ) ,

the dividend equals the product of the divisor and quotient.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 347

Since ( 1 ) + 7x + 3 = + 21, +21 = + = + 3 .

Since ( 2 ) -7X + 3 = -21, -21 : -7 = + 3 .
Since ( 3 ) -7X - 3 = +21, +21 ; -7 = -3.
Since ( 4 ) + 7X - 3 = -21, -21 : + 7 = -3 .

Observe that when the signs of the dividend and divisor are alike the
quotient is positive , and when the signs of the dividend and divisor are
unlike the quotient is negative.

LAW OF SIGNS IN DIVIgION : Like signs give plus ; unlike signs

give minus.
EXAMPLES.
1. 2. 3. 4.
6 ) 24 -6 ) — 24 -6 ) 24 6 ) -24
4 , result. 4 , result . –4 , result. -4, result.

5. 6 . 9. 8.
4y) 24 xy -6x) — 24xy + 6y) -24 xy -4y) 24 xy
6 x , result . 4y, result. -4x , result . -6x, result.

9. 10 .
6y) 12 xy — 6 y ? -5x ( 15 ax -10 ay
2 x -y, result. - 3a + 2y ; or,
2y - 3 a , result.
11. Divide x2 -2 xy + y ? by 3 - y .
Process : x - y ) x2 – 2 xy + y2(x – y , result.
x2 - xy
- xy + y2
- xy + y2

EXPLANATION : ( 1) Find how many times the first term of the dividend
contains the first term of the divisor. x2 + x = x . Place x in the quotient.
Multiply the whole divisor by the quotient x , and subtract the product
from the dividend .
( 2 ) Proceed just as before. Find how many times the first term of the
remaining dividend contains the first term of the divisor. - XY = x = -y.
Place - y in the quotient. Multiply the whole divisor by - y and sub
tract. Result, x - y .
348 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

12 . Divide x2 - y2 by x + y.
Process: x + y) x2 - y2 (x – y, result.
22 + xy
- xy - y2
– xy - y2
NOTE. — When we go to subtract + xy, there is no similar term in the
dividend ; so the remainder is – xy, to which we bring down the next
term of the dividend , making - xy - y2.

EXERCISE CXLII.
1. What is the law of signs in division ? Compare with the
law of signs in multiplication .
Divide (orally ) :
2. 25 : 5 . 7. – 25 a2x = - 5ax .
8. – 25 ; 5 . 8. – 36x2y2 --9xy.
25 : - 5 . 9. 17 ax2y +-axy.
5. – 25 ; - 5 . 10. – 12 ax (m + n ) : 12 ax.
6 . – 10 ab : tab. 11. – 12 ax ( y - 2 ) = ( y - 2 ) .
Copy and divide
12. 5 man — 4 mn2 by mn.
13 . 15 x2 — 25 xy2 by 5x.
14 . x2 + 2 xy + y2 by x + y.
15 . x2 – 2 axta2 by x - a .
16 . 23 — 3 xưa + 3 xa — ay by x2 — 2 ax + a .
17. 248 + 3 x2y + 3 xy2 + y by x + y.
165 . Factoring. – The factors of numbers may be found
by inspection or by division . (See pp . 40 and 41.)
EXAMPLES .
1 . Factor 5 ab .
Process : 5 ab = 5 xa xb.
Factors , 5, a , and b.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 349

2. Factor 25 a ?c ( Inspection ).
Factors,5,5,a,a,and c.
Fact dc.

3. Factor 562(x + y).

Factors,5 ,b, b, and x + y.
4 . Factor 5 ab - 10b2.
Process : 5b )5 ab – 10 62
a - 2b .
Factors, 5 , b, and a - 2b.
5. Factor a2 + 2 ab + b2.
NOTE.-- By the principle (p. 181), a² + 2 ab + b2 is the square of the sum of
two numbers.
Process : a² + 2 ab + b2 = (a + b) (a + b).
Factors, a + b and a + b .

6. Factor a2 — 2 ab + 62.
Note. - Apply prin . 1 , p. 345 .
Factors, a – b and a - b .

7. Factor a2 — 62.
NOTE.— Apply prin .2, p.345.
Factors, a + b and a - b .

EXERCISE CXLIII.
Factor —
1. 12 a . 5. 48 x ? y2. 9. 12 (x , y).
2 . 15 b2. 6 . 51mno. 10 . x (m + n ) .
3 . 25 ab. 7. 64x322. 11. 16xy (a + b ).
4 . 72 m ?n . 8. 121x4y2z. 12 . 75 x2(a + b)?
15. m2 + 2 mn + na. 16 . x2 – 2x + 1 .
14. x2 – 2 xz + z2. 17. # 2 — y2.
15 . ap + 2 a + 1. 18. – 3 cºg + 3 xy - gº.
350 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

166 . Greatest Common Divisor. - The G . C . D is

usually found by factoring. The plan here is not different
from that found on page 47.
EXAMPLES .

1. Find the G . C. D . of 5 ac, 25 ax, 15 an .

Process : (1) 5 ac = 5 xa xc.
(2) 25 ax = 5 X5 Xa xx.
(3 ) 15 an = 3 x 5 xa xn .
. : G . C . D . = 5 Xa =5a.
2. Find the G . C. D . of 5a (x − y), 15 mx — 15my.
Process : ( 1) 5 a (x - y ) = 5 xa x ( x - y ).
(2) 15 mx – 15my = 3 X5 X m X (x - y) .
i . G . C . D . = 5 x (x - y) = 5 (x - Y); or,5x - 5 y.
3. Find the G . C . D . ofx2 + 2xy + y ?, æ2 — y?, 7x + 7 y.
Process : (1) x2 + 2xy + y2 = (x + y) ( x + y).
(2 ) x2 - y2 = ( x + y ) (x - ) .
(3 ) 7x + 7 y = 7 (x + y ).
. . G . C. D . = x + y.

EXERCISE CXLIV .
Find the G . C . D . of
1. a ?, 5 ax, 3 ay. 3. 24x2y2, 16 xy ?, 40x2yz3.
2. 7mx, 14am , 35my. 4. 12 a manº, 18 amºn , 36 a m n2.
5 . 3 ax (m , n ), m 2 — n2, 7 m - 7n.
6 . 25 ax (y - 2) , 15 ay ? – 15 az ?, 10 ay - 10 az .
7. x2 + 2xy + y ?, x2 - y2, 17 ax + 17 ay.
8. (x − y)?,x2 - y2,5bx — 5 by.
167 . Least Common Multiple . - The L . C . M . is
usually found by factoring. The plan here is not different
from that found on page 49.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 351
EXAMPLES.

1. Find the L. C. M . of 5 a, 10 ay, 15 a ?y2.

Process : (1) 5a =5xa.
(2 ) 10 ay = 2x5 xaxy.
(3) 15 a ’y2 = 3 X5 xaxaxyxy.
. . L. C. Mg = 2x3x5Xa Xa XgXv = BO aºgº.
2 . Find the L . C . M . of 5 a (x − y), 7 ab, 35 a (x - y ) ?.
Process : (1) 5 a (x - y ) = 5 xa x (x - y) .
(2 ) 7 ab = 7 xa xb.
(3 ) 35 a (x - y )2 = 5x7xa x (x - y) (x - y ).
i . L . C . M . = 5 x 7 xaxbx( x - y)(x - y ) = 35 ab(x - y )2; or,
35 ab(x2 – 2xy + y ).
EXERCISE CXLV .
Find the L. C. M . of
1. 7a, 14 ab, 28 a²b .
2. 9y², 18 xy, 24 x y2.
3. 2 mn2z , 6 m ? nz, 12 mnza.
4 . ms?, 5 mns, 20 xns.
5 . 15 ax( m , n ) , 25 , 10 a ( m , n ), 5 x (m2 — n2).
6. 12 , x2 — Y?, (x − y)2, 6 (x − y).
7. 86, 12 c, 3b2c, 4b(m — n ).
8. x2 – 2 xy + y , x2 + 2 xy + y ?, x2 - y2.
B. FRACTIONAL NUMBERS.
168 . Reduction . - The reduction of fractions here does
not differ in principle from that found in Articles 35 to 39.
EXAMPLES
1. Reduce to a fraction whose denominator is 10 bx.
Process : ( 1) 10 bx + 2 b = 5 x .
1. 5 x x 5 a 2510 brax , result .
(2) 55 xx Xx 226b
352 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

48 axay
2. Reduce to its lowest terms.
72ax( m - n )

Note. - 24 ax is the G. C. D. of the numerator and the denominator.

Process : 48 axạy + 24 ax 2 xy result .

72 a’x (m - n ) + 24 ax 3a (m – n )'

ab
3. Reduce 5x - a to the form of a fraction .
XY
Process : 5x -a - ab _xy (5x – a ) – ab _5.xay –axy – ab result.
ху xy Xy

Note .- (1 ) Multiply the integral part by the denominator, ( 2) add the

numerator, and (3 ) place the sum over the denominator .

a2 — 2 ab +362
4. Reduce to a mixed number .
a - 6
2 62
Process : a - b ) a ? – 2 ab + 3 62 ( a -6+
- result .
a2 - ab a -b '
- ab +362
- ab +62
+2 ba , remainder .
5 2b 5 m
5 . to least common denominator .
a ' 6c ad

NOTE.-L. O. D. of a , 6c, and aềd is 6 a²cd .

6 acd x5 30 acd
Process : (1) 6 a²cd + a = 6 acd ; 6 acd xa 6 u²cd
add x 2b 2 a2bd
( 2 ) 6 a²cd +6 cra’d ; aʼd x 60 6 a²cdº
вс х5 т __ 30 ст
( 3 ) 6 aʼcd + a²d = 6c ; 6cxa’d 6a²cd *

EXERCISE CXLVI.
Reduce
1. 5 to a fraction whose denominator is x .
3 a
2. to a fraction whose denominator is 7 amz.
mz
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 353

25 azy
3. to lowest terms.
50 a my
12xy ( m - n )
4. to lowest terms.
18x2 (m2 — n2 )
x2 + 2xy + y ?
5. to lowest terms.
22 - y2
22-5 y ?
6. to mixed number .
3 + y
22 + 2xy - 2y ?
7. to mixed number.
3 + y
b
8. al to fractional form .
с
с
9. b2y -mt to fractional form .
xay
a 2b 3 x
10 . to L. C. D.
ū'ac ' ab
а у? a
to L. C. D.
11. 7 ,zī'ī
5x 76
12 . to L. C. D.
a’y ' ay? ' ay( m , n )

169. Addition . - Addition of fractions here does not

differ in principle from that found in Article 40 .

EXAMPLES.
3 x 5 x 7 x
1. Add
4'8'12
3x5x72 18x + 15x + 14.x 47
Process : + + result.
4 8 12 24 244,
47 47 x
NOTE : -x is the same as
24 24
a с с
2. Add
D'ab : 57
a с C 5 a2 + 5ctac
Process : + + result.
b ab 5b 5 ab
351 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

7α 8 bm
3. Add 2b , +
2 m - -n
8 bm7 a
Process : 25+
m - n
2 bmx – 2 bnx 7 am - 7 an +8 bmx
хт - хт хт - хп cm - Xn
2 bmx – 2 bnx + 7 am - 7 an - 8 bmx
Im - In
7 am - 2 bnx - 7 an - 6 bmx
result.
хт — хт

NOTE. - Have the pupil explain each step .

EXERCISE CXLVII.
Add :
a a a mn 3 mn 5 mn
1. + + 4. 5 ' +
6 4 ' 3 6 10
2 a 3 7 5x - 5 7. - 31
2. + 5. >
20 ay 8 12
3 - Yx + y 5-3 32-6
3. 6 . b,
>

2 2 a d
5 3 X —Y
r :
3x + 3y ' 5x + 5 y ' (x + y) 2
5a 7 ab За
8. +
mc 5 m 40 = ( ) ?

21
9. 3x – 7 + a96-227 = ( ) ?
z+

170. Subtraction.- Subtraction of fractions here does

not differ in principle from that found in Article 41.

EXAMPLES.
2
5

1. From take
CC 5 x 4.2 2
Process :
4 5 20 20 20 ' result.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 355

5 y 4 y
2. From take
7 9
5 5 y 4 y
Process : ( 1) +
(Why ?)
54 - - 4 ) =54 7 9
5 y 4 y _ 45 y +28 y _ 73 y result.
(2 ) 7 + 9 63 63
52 5x + 3y
3. = ( )?
a 6 a
5
Process : x (5x + 3y = 30.X (5x + 3y
a 6α 6α βα
30 x – (5x + 3y) _25 x – 3y
result.
6α 6 a

6 x -5 6 x —5
4. From take
X - Y x + y
Process : 6x –5_6.x – 5 _ 6 x2 – 5 x +6 xy –5y_6.x2 – 5 r -6xy +5 y
X - Y x + y x2 - y2 22 - y2
6 .x2–5x + 6xy - 57 - (6.x2 – 5 x − 6 xy + 5y)
22 - y2
6 x2 – 5 :8 +6 xy -5 y -6.x2 + 5.x + bay - 5 - 12xy - 10 y result .
x2 - y2 x2 - y2

EXERCISE CXLVIII.

7 2 5 X
1. From take
5 9 .

2. From 12 y take 5 y
X 11 x
7 10
3. From take
Y 13 y
22 X2
4. From take
y 7y
a + b a- 6
5. From take
12 15 .
m m
6. From take
-Y

x + y
356 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

12-10 6x - 5
7. From take
2 + 2 y 3 x + 6y
3b 17 a -5 6
8. a -61 = ( ) ?
10 9

171. Multiplication . - Multiplication of fractions

here does not differ in principle from that found in Article 42.

EXAMPLES.
5 a 36
1. Multiply 6 by ax :

Process : 36 Х 5a 56 result .
AC 2.x '

Note.- Cancel, when possible.

a - 6 m + n
2.
a +b * a - = ( ) ?
a - 6 Х mtn mtn
Process :
a + b a - b a + b ' result.

a a
3. X ( ) ?
b 3 с
a с a a2
Process : result.
b 3 с 312

EXERCISE CXLIX .
Multiply
5 3 x 3 axy 11 bay
1. by 5. by
b 10 22 13c 12 ax2
7 X b 6 y X — Y
2. y 6 . 3 + y by
3 y 12 w x + z 3 —2
5 ab 14 xz + b) a - 6
3. by 19 . x (a by
7xy 10 a26 . a - 6 12 (x + a )
5 m 5 a - 66 5 m - 3 n
4. 3 ab by 8. by
7 az 3x + 6y 5 n - 3b
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 357

172. Division . - Division of fractions here does not dif

fer in principle from that found in Article 43 .
EXAMPLES.
5 a 36
1. Divide by
m m2
5 a 3b 5 a m2 5 am
Process : Х result .
m m2 m 3b 3 b '
m - n m - n
2. Divide by
m + n x + y
m - n m - n m - n
Process : Х x + y _ x + y result.
mtn x + y m + n m - n m + n'
3α
3. Divide by 5b .
4 m
1 3 a
Process : 3 a + -5b = 3 a Х result.
4 m 4 m 56 20 bm '

EXERCISE CL .
Divide
72 92 82-4 42-2
1. by 5. by
5 10 7 x 5
81 .cy 90 x2 x + y a -
2. by 6 . by
25 Z 35 22 mtn 2 m + 2 n '
14 22 5 zx 12-9 x
3. by
27 ay 9 my 4
. = ( ) ?
5 abc 20 abc2 16–12 x
4. by
72 XYZ 12 x2m x + y

II. STUDY OF PROBLEMS.

A. PROBLEMS OF ONE BASIS .

173. Solving Equations of One Unknown

Number.- We have learned that various operations may be
performed on an equation without destroying the equality :
( 1 ) The terms may be transposed . (See p . 81. )
358 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXAMPLES.

1. 5x – 15 = 4x - 5 . Find the value of x .

Process : (1 ) 5.x – 15 = 4 x – 5 .
Transposing , ( 2 ) 5 x – 4 x = 15 – 5 .
(2 ) = (3 ) x = 10, result .

(2 ) An equation may be multiplied . ( See p . 83.)

X 20
2. = 7. Find the value of x .
4 5
X 2
Process : ( 1 ) = 7.
4 5
5 x - 4x
(1) = (2) = 7.
20
20 X (2 ) = ( 3 ) 5 x - 4x = 140 .
( 3 ) = (4 ) x = 140 , result.

PRINCIPLES : 1. Any equation may be cleared of fractions by be

ing multiplied by the L. C. M. of the denominators of all the frac
tions.

7 x 6x + 4 -
3. -13 . Find the value of x .
7

8
7 x 6x +4
Process : (1 ) = 13 .
8 7
56 x ( 1) = (2 ) 49 x – (48.x +32) = 728.
( 2) = ( 3) 49 x – (48 x – 32 = 728.
Transposing , (4 ) 49 x – 48 x = 728 + 32.
Collecting , (5 ) x = 760 , result.

2. The signs of all the terms of an equation may be changed by

multiplying the equation by – 1.

4. 5.0 + 3 = 6x - 9 . Find the value of x .

Process : (1 ) 5.x + 3 = 6 x –9.
Trans., (2 ) 5 x - 6x = -9-3.
Col., (4 ) – x = -12 .
-1 (4 ) = (5 ) x = 12, result.
Note. - In practice, we simply rewrite the equation with the signs
changed .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 359

(3 ) An equation may be divided . (See p . 89.)

5. 35 x — 15 = 18x + 70. Find the value of x.
Process : (1) 35 x – 15 = 18x + 70 .
Trans., (2 ) 35 x – 18 x = 70 + 15 .
Col. , ( 3 ) 17 x = 85 .
(3 ) + 17 = (4) x = 5 , result.

PLAN : In finding the value of the unknown number in an

equation , it is best to follow a definite plan . The operations
required should usually be performed in the following order :
( 1 ) Clear of fractions.
( 2 ) Clear of parentheses .
(3 ) Transpose all terms containing the unknown number to
the left member of the equation , and all other terms to the
rightmember.
(4 ) Collect the terms of each member into one term .
(5 ) Change the signs.*
(6 ) Divide by the coefficient of the unknown number.
NOTE. — It is not often that all these operations will be -required in
solving one equation , but it is usually best to perform those that are re
quired in the order indicated .

EXERCISE CLI.
1. What is an equation ?
2. What principles are involved in the transposition of the
terms of an equation (page 81) ? Give the law of transposition
(page 82).
3. What is the rule for removing parentheses (page 341) ?
4. Give principle for clearing of fractions.
5 . Upon what principle may the signs of all the termsof an
equation be changed ?
* Th
Th e (6 ) ay be dispensed with , by dividing by the negative coefficient in the (6 ).
300 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Find the value of the unknown number in

6. 7 -15 = 5x + 9 . 2 3
18 . + - = 42.
7. 25–5 x = 0 . 5 6 3
8. 7y + 12 = 43 y . 5 x 3 x
19 . = 111.
9. 5.X - 18-42-33 = 0 . 6 11
10. 9.c + 4x - x = 251 . 5x 32
20. 12 x -424
11. 5n + 16 + 3 n = 10 n . 7 4
12. - 2 + 3 : = 51-63 . 3 x
21. 7x + 30 = 205 .
13. 24 a - 123-64a = 54 . 4
53 X 1 3 x
14 . == 15 . 22. + = 1 % .
11 5 4
3 b 2 x - 4
15 . - = 21. 23 . 72 + = 1015
3 5
w w 3y - 7 44-2
16 . -3. 24. = -77.
4 6 9 3
m m
17 . + - = 26 . 25 . 5 m + 5_6 m – 7_9 m - 57 .
4'8 4 3 6

174. Problems.
EXAMPLES.
1. of a number, I of the number, and 10 , are together
equal to the number. Find the number,
Solution : Let x = the number . *
Then , (1) 5x + 3x + 10 = x . (Why ?)
12 x ( 1 ) = ( 2 ) 4x + 3x + 120 = 12x .
( 2 ) = ( 3 ) 12 x = 120 + 4x + 3x.
Trans. , ( 4) 12x - 4x – 3 x = 120.
Col., (5 ) 5 x = 120 .
f of (5 ) = (6 ) x = 24 , answer.
2. Find a number whose exceeds its by 150 .
Solution : Let x =- the number.
Then , ( 1) $ x - 4x = 150. (Why ? )
12 x ( 1 ) = (2 ) 4x – 3 x = 1800.
Col., ( 3 ) X = 1800, answer .
* " Let x = the number," means that x is to be used to represent the number. The sign = is
used because it is more convenient than the word represent.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 361

3. The sum of two numbers is 25 , and their difference is 5 .

Find the numbers.
Solution : Let x = the smaller number.
Then , 25 – x = the larger number
and ( 1) 25 – x - x = 5 . (Why ? )
Trans., ( 2 ) – X – X = 5 – 25 .
Col., (3 ) -2x = - 20 .
(3 ) + - 2 = (4 ) x = 10 , smaller number .
(5) 25 – x = 15 , larger number.
4. What four successive integers are together equal to 46 ?
Solution : Let x = 1st number .
Then , x + 1 = 2d number ,
x + 2 = 3d number,
x + 3 = 4th number,
and (1 ) x + ( x + 1) + (x + 2) + (x + 3 ) = 46. (Why ?)
( 1) = ( 2 ) x + x + 1 + x + 2 + x + 3 = 46 .
Trans., (3 ) x + x + x + x = 46-1-2-3.
Col., (4 ) 4 x = 40 .
4 of (4 ) = (5 ) x = 10, 1st number.
Then , the other numbers are 11, 12, and 13,
5. Henry spent i of his money, and then received $65 ; he
then lost of all his money , and had in hand $ 10 less than at
first . How much had he at first ?
Solution : Let x = his money at first.
Then , lix = amt. left,
191x + 65 = amt. after receiving $65,
and ( 1) 4 ( 11 % + 65) = x – 10. (Why ?)
( 1 ) = (2 ) 24x + 63 = x – 10 .
44 X ( 2) = (3 ) 9x + 715 = 44 x - 440 .
Trans. , (4 ) 9 x - 44 x = -- 440 - 715 .
Col., (5 ) – 35x = - 1155 .
(5 ) + - 35 = (6 ) x = 33 .
Answer, $ 33.

Goods sold at 10 % gain ; if the goods had cost $ 120

more , the loss would have been 10 % . Find the cost price .

Note . - The selling price is 110 % or it of the real cost, and 90 % or 10 of

the supposed cost .
362 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Solution : Let x = real cost.

Then , x + 120 = supposed cost
and (1) 1fx = 185(x + 120). (Why ? )
10 X (1) = (2 ) 11 x = 9 x + 1080 .
Trans., (3) 11 x – 9 x = 1080 .
Col. , (4 ) 2 x = 1080 .
} of (4 ) = (5 ) x = 540 .
Answer, $540.
7. By selling my watch for $ 36 , I lose of its cost. What
did it cost ?
Equation : x - x = 36. (Why ? )
8. A and B have equal sumsof money ; A gains $ 100 and B
loses $ 150 ; then , twice A 's money is equal to three times B 's.
What sum had each at first ?
Equation : 2 (x + 100) = 3 (x – 150 ). (Why ? )
9. In a certain weight of gunpowder the saltpetre is 6 lb .
more than ļ of the whole , the sulphur is 5 lb . less than of
the whole, and the charcoal is 3 lb . less than of the whole.
Find the entire weight and the weight of each part.
Equation : Let x =whole weight.
Then, (1) (1 x + 6)+ (fx - 5) + (1x – 3) = x, (Why ?)
10 . 6 times the ratio of } to 4 is equal to how many times the
ratio of 3 to 9 ?
Solution : Let x = required number.
Then , (1) 6x (3 : 1) = X X ( 3 : 9). ( Why ? )
( 1) = ( 2 ) 6X = X X3.
(2 ) = (3 ) fix = g.
3 X (3 ) = ( 4 ) x = 8 , answer.

11. A and B can perform a piece of work in 10 days. They

both work three days and B then finishes it in 12 days. How
long will it take each to do the work ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 363

Equation : Let x = time reqd . by A to do the work .

1
Then , = part done by A in 1 da.,

b = part done by both in 1 da.,

1% = part done by both in 3 da .,

1
1
10 part done by B in 1 da. ,
x
12 12
10 part done by B in 12 da .,
3 12 12
and ( 1 )
10 +' 10 α = 1. (Why ? )

Note.— The question is sometimes asked , “ Where did you get the 1 ? ”
The concrete form of the equation will explain :
3 12 12
of work + of work of work = 1 x the work .
10 10 U

12. If I subtract $ 20 from } of my money , multiply the dif

ference by 7 , and subtract this product from $ 1300, the result
will be equal to mymoney. How much have I ?
Equation : 1300 - 7 (5.2 - 20) = x . (Why ?)

NotE.— Always require the pupil to explain his reasons for forming
the equation ; because there is where the pupil does his investigative
thinking. Solving the equation is mechanical.

EXERCISE CLII.

1. }, } and of a number exceed the number by 14 : find the

number .
2. A number decreased by its $ and equals 54 : find the
number.
3. A number increased by its ☆ and io equals 171 : find the
number .
4. of a number is 30 greater than its į : find the number .
5. 5 times a certain number is 27 more than its 1 : find the
number .
6. The sum of 3 successive numbers is 72 : find the numbers .
364 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

7. The sum of 5 numbers each differing from the next

smaller by 4 is 140 : find the numbers.
8. The sum of 3 numbers each 3 times the next smaller is
39 : find the numbers.
9 . A and B had the same amount of money ; A lost $ 40 and
B gained $60 ; # of A 's money was then equal to of B 's: what
did each have at the start ?
10 . A and B had the sameamount of money ; A gave B $ 10 ;
B then had 5 times as much as A : what sum had each at
first ?
11. In the composition of a quantity of gunpowder, the nitre
was 10 lb .more than of the whole , the sulphur was 41 lb . less
than £ of the whole, and the charcoal was 2 lb . less than of
the whole : what was the amount of powder ? :
12. A lady spent at one store $ 1 more than f of her money ;
at another $ 7 more than of what was left; at a third, $ 1
more than ļ of what was left , and then had $ 1 : what did she
have at first ?
13 . Several detachments of artillery divided a certain num
ber of cannon -balls : the first took 72 balls and į of the re
mainder ; the second took 144 balls and of the remainder ;
the third took 216 balls and į of the remainder , and so on .
The balls were thus divided equally among the detachments :
how many balls and how many detachments ?
14 . Find a number which , when multiplied by 5, 24 taken
from the product, the remainder divided by 3 , and 28 taken
from the quotient, will give the same number.
15. A and B have the same annual income; A saves of his,
but B spends annually $400 more than A ; at the end of 4 years
B finds himself $ 1100 in debt: what is the income of each ?
16 . What number is asmuch more than $ as is less than # ?
17. Five times ß of what number is 4 less than 8 times 4
of it ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 365

18. Seven times the ratio of what number to 15 is equal to

that number added to f of the ratio of 9 to 4 ?
19. Divide the number 54 into two parts such that of the
smaller increased by 12 will equal of the larger diminished
by 3 .
20. The sum of two numbers is 160 ; } of their difference is
24 : what are the numbers ?
21. The greater of two numbers divided by their difference
equals 21; their sum is 164 : what are the numbers ?
22. One-half of the ratio of 4 to 6 is equal to į of the ratio
of 5 to what number ?
23. Twelve times the ratio of } to } is equal to $ of the ratio
of what number to 16 ?
24. How many times the ratio of 1 to 4 is equal to 3 times
the ratio of 1 to 3 ?
25. A can do a piece of work in 10 days; A and B can do it
in 6 days. In what time can B do it alone ?
26. A and B can do a piece of work in 16 days; after work
ing 4 days , A leaves B to finish the work , which he does in 36
days. In what time can each do it alone ?

B. PROBLEMS OF TWO BASES .

175. Solving Equations of Two Unknown

Numbers. - When there are two unknown numbers to be
found , there must be two independent equations to be used in
finding the unknown numbers .
NOTE . - Two equations are independent of each other , when one can
not be obtained from the other alone . Thus,
x + y = 10 and
X – y = 4,
are independent ; but
x + y = 10 and
3x + 3y = 30 ,
are dependent.
Two independent equations, relating the same two unknown
366 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

numbers , may be so combined as to form one new equation ,

containing but one unknown number. This process is called
Elimination . There are three plans of elimination : (1) by
substitution , (2 ) by comparison , and (3 ) by addition and sub
traction .

I . By Substitution . EXAMPLES.

1. If x + y = 10 and y = 4 , find the value of x .

Process : ( 1) x + y = 10 .
(2 ) y = 4 .
Putting 4 for the y in ( 1),we have
( 3 ) x + 4 = 10 .
Trans., (4 ) x = 10 – 4 = 6 , result.
2. 2x − y = 13 . Find the values of x and y .
Process: (1) 2x – y = 13.
(2) 2 = 5
9 X (2 ) = (3 ) y = f = 3, one result.
(1) = (4) 2 x - 3 = 13.
Trans., (5 ) 2 x = 13 + 3 = 16 .
1 of (5 ) = (6 ) x = 8 , the other result.

8. 2 – 7y = - 38 and 24 = 3. Find the values of x and y .

Process: (1) x – 7y = - 38.
(2) 24–3.
3x4
(3) y = - * * = 6 ,one result.
(1) = (4 ) x – 42 = - 38 .
Trans., (5 ) x = 42 – 38 = 4, the other result.
4. x + y = 15 , and x - y = 5 . Find the value of x and y .
Process : (1) x + y = 15 .
(2 ) X – Y = 5 .
Trans., ( 3 ) x = 5 + y .
(1) = (4) (5 + y ) + y = 15 ; or,
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 367

(5 ) 5 +y + y = 15 .
Trans, and col., (6 ) 2 y= 15 – 5 = 10.
(7 ) y = 5 .
(3 ) = (8 ) x = 5 + 5 = 10.

5. 3x — 4y = 10 and 5x + 6y = 42 . Find the values of x and y .

Process : ( 1 ) 3x – 4y = 10.
( 2 ) 5x + 6 g = 42.
Trans. in (1 ), (3 ) 3 x = 10 + 4 y.
10 + 4y
$ of ( 3 ) = (4 ) x = 3
10 + 4y
( 2 ) = (5 ) 5 + 6y = 42.
(1084 %)
3x (5 ) = (6 ) 5 ( 10 + 4 y ) +18 y = 126 .
(6 ) = (7 ) 50 + 20y + 18 y = 126 .
Trans., (8 ) 20 y +18 y = 126 – 50 = 76 .
Col., (9 ) 38 y = 76.
( 10 ) y = 2 .
10 + 8
(4 ) = (11) x = 3 =6.

3x + 7 7 x — 6
6 . = 5 and = 2 . Find the values of x and y .
3y - 4 5y + 3
3x + 7
Process : (1 ) =5.
34-4
7x – 6
(2) = 2.
5y + 3
(37–4) (1) = (3 ) 3x + 7 = 15 y – 20 .
(5y + 3) (2 ) = (4 ) 7x – 6 = 10 y + 6 .
Trans. in (3 ), (5 ) 3x – 15 y = - 27 .
Trans. in (4 ), (6 ) 7 x = 10 y + 12.
10 y +12
1 of (6 ) = (7 ) x = 7
(5 ) = (8 ) 3 ( 109 +12) - 15 y = -27 .
7
7x (8 ) = (9 ) 3 (10 y +12) – 105 y = – 189.
( 9 ) = (10) 30y +36 – 105 y = – 189.
Trans. and col., ( 11) – 75 y = – 225 .
( 12) y = 3.
30 + 12
7

(7 ) = (13) x = -6 .
308 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CLIII.

Find the values of the unknown numbers :

1. I 2x + y = 22 . 5 . 2 x – 3y = —7.
y = 6. x = y.
7x + y_4_5.
X —2 y = -3 .
2. Y = 1. 6. $ +
9 X
5
5 ey .
4x - 1
3x – 2y = 10 . = 1.
53 7. 3x + y
- 10 . 52-44 -7.
6
X —Y
25 x x - 3 + 7 y = 71.
= 15 .
4. 8.5y - 12 = 3
Y - X
3x = 9 . X - 1

II. By Addition and Subtraction .

EXAMPLES .
1. x + y = 25 and x - y = 7 . Find the values of x and y .
Process : ( 1) x + y = 25 .
(2) X – Y = 7.
( 1) + (2) = ( 3) 2.x = 32.
( 4 ) c = 16 .
( 1 ) = (5 ) 16 + y = 25 .
(6 ) Y = 25 -16 = 9 .
2. 5x — 7 y = 18 and 4x + 3y = 23 . Find the values of x and y .
Process : (1) 5 x — 7 y = 18 .
( 2 ) 4x + 3y = 23 .
3x ( 1) = ( 3 ) 15 x - 21 y = 54.
7x (2 ) = ( 4 ) 28x + 21 y = 161.
( 3 ) + (4 ) = (5 ) 43.x = 215 .
(6 ) X = 5 .
( 2 ) = (7) 20 + 3y = 23.
Trans., (8 ) 3y = 23 - 20 = 3 .
(9) y = 1.
PLAN : ( 1) Multiply the equations by such numbers as will make the
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 369

coefficient of the x's or the y's equal. (2) If the signs be unlike, add ; if
alike, subtract.
Questions: Why did I multiply by 3 and 7 in No. (2) ? Could I have
made the coefficients of the x's equal by multiplying by 4 and 5 ? Can the
equations be solved in that way ? Try it .

3. 5x - 3 y = 37 and 6x = 11 y. Find the values of x and y .

Process: ( 1) 5 x – 3 y = 37.
(2 ) 6 x = lly.
Trans., ( 3 ) 6.x – 11y = 0 .
5x (3 ) = (4 ) 30 x – 55 y = 0 .
6 X (1) = (5 ) 30 x – 18 y = 222.
(4 ) – (5 ) = (6 ) -37 y = – 222.
(7) y = 6 .
(2 ) = ( 8 ) 6 x = 66 .
( 9 ) x = 11.

3x + 7 7x — 6
4. 5 and = 2 . Find the values of x and y .
3-4 5y + 3
3x + 7
Process : ( 1 ) =5.
34-4
7x - 6 =
(2 ) 2.
5y + 3
(3y - 4 ) * (1) = (3 ) 3 x +7 = 15 y – 20 .
(5y +3) x ( 2) = ( 4 ) 7.x – 6 = 10 y + 6 .
Trans. in ( 3), (5 ) 3x – 15 y = – 27 .
Trans. in ( 4 ), (6 ) 7 x – 10 y = 12 .
2x (5 ) = (7 ) 6.x – 30 y = -54 .
3x (6 ) = (8 ) 21 x - 30 y = 36 .
( 7 ) - (8 ) = ( 9 ) - 15 x = -90 .
(10 ) x = 6 .
(5 ) = ( 11) 18 – 15 y = – 27.
(12) – 15 Y = - 18 - 27 = -45 .
(13 ) y = 3 .

EXERCISE CLIV .

Find the values of x and y :

1. x + y = 29 . 2 . | 3x + y = 22 .
1 x - y = 17. x + y = 12 .
370 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

34–
60 .
3 . | 3x – 2 y = -1.
7 4x = 3 y . 6 . \ 52-35
9
x + y = 28.
4. ( 5x – 7y = -10. 16x - 74 y = 50 .
X = Y.
7.3x + 5 = 4.
C у 2y - 3
= 0.
4 3
5. x + 5 y 2y + x
. -1.
y 8. 13 11
3 + 3 = 7.
3x - y = 2 .

III. By Comparison .
EXAMPLES.

1. x + y = 12 and x - y = 6 . Find the values of x and y .

Process : ( 1) x + y = 12 .
( 2 ) X -- y = 6 .
Transpose in (1), (3 ) x = 12 - y .
Transpose in (2 ), (4 ) x = 6 + y .
(5 ) 6 + y = 12 - y . (Why ?)
Transpose, (6 ) y + y = 12-6 = 6 .
(7) 2 y = 6 .
(8 ) y = 3 .
(4 ) = ( 9 ) x = 6 + 3 = 9 .

2. 3x + 2y = 17 and 4x + y = 16 . Find the values of x and y .

Process : ( 1) 3 x + 2y = 17 .
(2 ) 4x + y = 16 .
Trans. in ( 1 ), (3 ) 2 y = 17 – 3 x .
17–3x
1 of (3 ) = (4 ) y = 2
Trans. in (2 ), (5 ) y = 16 - 4x.
17 - 3x
(6 ) 16 – 4 x = (Why ?)
2
2 x (6 ) = (7 ) 32-8.x = 17 – 3x.
Trans. , (8 ) 3 x - 8 x = 17 -32 .
Col., (9 ) -5x = - 15 .
(10) x = 3 .
(5 ) = (11) y = 16 – 12 = 4.
PLAN : Solve each equation for y in terms of x ; then , make those
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 371

values of y equal. This gives equation (6 ), containing one unknown

number, x .
Questions : Could I have solved for values of x in terms of y ? Would
this be correct ? Try it .
30 2
3. +
–8 and x — 2 = -3. Find the values of x and z .
3 4
2
Process : ( 1) + -8.
3 4
(2 ) x – z = - 3 .
z
Trans. in ( 1 ), ( 3 )
3 = 8 - 4
32
3x (3 ) = (4 ) x = 24 – 4
Trans. in ( 2 ), (5 ) x = 2 – 3 .
3z
(6 ) 2- 3 = 24 4 (Why ? )
4x (6 ) = (7 ) 42–12 = 96 – 3 z .
Trans., (8 ) 4z + 3 z = 96 +12.
Col., ( 9 ) 7 z = 108 .
( 10 ) 2 = 15 ) .
(5 ) = (11) x == 153 - 3 = 123.
4. 5x - 3y = 34 and 5 y - 3x = 2 . Find the values of x and y .
Process : (1) 5x – 3 y = 34 .
( 2) 5 y - 3x = 2.
Trans. in ( 1), (3 ) 5 x = 34 + 3y .
34 + 3
☆ of ( 3 ) = (4 ) x = 5
Trans. in ( 2 ), (5 ) -3x = 2-5 y .
Changing signs, (6 ) 3.x = 5 y - 2 .
54-2
f of (6 ) = (7 ) x =
3

(8 ) 54 -2 _34 +5 3y . ( Why ?)
3
15 (8 ) = ( 9 ) 25 y - 10 = 102 + 9 y .
Trans., ( 10) 25 y - 9 y = 102 + 10 .
Col., (11) 16 y = 112.
(12) y = 7 .
35 - 2
(7 ) = ( 13) x = 3 - 11.
372 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

1
3 3 9
5. + -4 . - 83 . Find the values of x and y .
2 y Y
3
Process : ( 1) + = 4.
2 y
9 1
(2 ) -83 .
y
3 3
Trans. in ( 1) , ( 3) 4
y
1 4 1
$ of (3) = (4 ) 3 y
9 26.1
Trans. in ( 2 ), (5 ) +
X 3 y
1

26 1
} of (5 ) = (6 ) 27 .9.4
4 1 26 1
(7 ) +
3 y 27 " gy
27 y X (7 ) = (8 ) 36 y – 27 = 26 Y + 3 .
Trans, and col., (9 ) 10 y = 30. 1
(10) y = 3 .
1 4 1
( 4 ) = (11) X -1.
3 3
(12 ) x = 1 .
Note . - Instead of expressing the values of x in terms of y , I expressed
1

values of in terms of y . This is the more convenient plan .

EXERCISE CLV .

Find the values of x and y .

3 5
7x + 3y = 59 . + = 2.
5. X Y
1.1 : +5 y = 45 .
1

( 73-5 y = 12 . 8
2. + ---
2x + y = 18. X Y 15 :
4x + 2y = 15 . X Y 3x — 6
3. 6. 3 10
32-4y = -8 .
1
1

7 x - 2y = 6 .
+
20 Y 12 11 x _6y + 22
4.
12 18 r. 5 . 4
+ –9.
2 у 3x - 4y = 29.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 373
176 . Problems. EXAMPLES
1. The sum of two numbers is 50 , their difference is 30 : find
the numbers.
Solution : Let x = one number and
y = the other number.
Then , (1) x + y = 50
and (2) x - y = 30.
(1) + (2) = (3) 2 x = 80 .
(4) x = 40 .
(1) = (5) 40 + y = 50.
(6 ) y = 50 - 40 = 10 .
Answer, 40 and 10 .
2. A and B together have $ 1500 ; A has twice as much as B .
How much has each ?
Solution : Let x = A 's money and
y = B 'smoney .
Then, (1) x + y = 1500
and (2) x = 2 y.
(1) = (3) 2y + y = 1500 .
(4 ) 3y = 1500.
(5) y = 500 .
(2) = (6 ) x = 1000 .
Answer : A , $ 1000 ; and B , $500.
3. If of the time past noon is equal to f of the time to
midnight,what is the hour ?
NotE. - The time
n .
past noon
hr.
plus the time to midnight is 12 hours .
m .

past noon. to midnight.

Solution : Let x = time past noon and
y = time to midnight.
Then , (1) x + y = 12
and (2) x = y .
X (2 ) = (3 ) X = } y .
(1) = (4) by + y = 12.
(5 ) fy = 12 .
(6 ) y = 9.
(3) = (7) x = 3.
As the time past noon is the hour, the answer is 3 p. m .
374 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4 . Divide 12 into two such parts that 3 times the one and 5
times the other shall be 46 .
Solution : Let x = the larger part and
y = the smaller part.
Then , (1) x + y = 12
and (2) 3 x + 5 y = 46 .
3 x (1) = (3) 3x + 3y = 36 .
(2 ) – (3 ) = (4 ) 2 y = 10 .
(5) y = 5.
(1) = (6) x + 5 = 12 .
(7) x = 12 - 5 = 7.
Answer, 7 and 5 .
5. A and B had $30 each ; after B paid A a certain debt, A
then had twice as much as B . How much has each ?
Solution : Let x = A 's money at close and
y = B 's money at close .
Then , (1) x + y = 60
and (2 ) x = 2 y .
(1) = (3 ) 2 y + y = 60 .
(4 ) 3 y = 60 .
(5 ) y = 20 .
(1) = (6) x + 20 = 60.
(7) x = 40.
Answer, $40 and $ 20 .
6 . A certain number is composed of two digits ; the sum of
the units and tens is 6 ; and if 3 times the digit in tens' place
be subtracted from 4 times that in units' place, the remainder
will be minus 4. Find the number.
Solution : Let x = the units' figure and
y = the tens' figure.
Then (1) x + y = 6
and (2) 4 x – 3y = – 4 .
3x (1) = (3) 3.x +3y= 18 .
(2) + (3) = (4) 7 x = 14.
(5 ) x = 2.
(6 ) y = 6 - 2 = 4.
Number , 42.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 375

7. Thomas Reed bought 6 % mining stock at 1141 % , and 4 %

furnace stock at 112 % , brokerage 1 % in each case ; the latter
cost him $ 430 more than the former , but yields the same annual
income. What did each cost ?
Note . - The cost is the market value plus the brokerage. Then , the
cost of the furnace stock is 1121% , or f of furnace stock ; and the cost of
the mining stock is 115 % , or j } of mining stock .
Solution : Let x =- par value of furnace stock
and y = par value of the mining stock .
Then ( 1 ) fx – 3y = 430 (why ? )
6 Y = 4 x
and (2 ) (Why ? )
100 100
100 X ( 2 ) = ( 3 ) 6 y = 4x.
40 ( 1) = (4 ) 45 x - 46 y = 17200 .
2x (4 ) = (5 ) 90 x – 92 y = 34400 .
Trans. in (3 ), (6 ) - 4x + 6y = 0 .
22 ] (6 ) = ( 7 ) - 90 x +135 y = 0 .
(5 ) + (7 ) = (8 ) 43 y = 34400 .
( 9 ) y = 800 .
( 10 ) 3 y = 920 .
( 3 ) = (11) 4 x = 4800 .
(12) x = 1200 .
9x
(13 ) - 1350 .
8
Answer, $ 1350 and $920 .

8. 5 apples and 4 oranges cost 22 ¢ , 3 apples and 7 oranges

cost 27 ¢ . Find the cost of 1 apple and 1 orange.
:

Solution : Let x = cost of 1 apple and

y = cost of 1 orange.
Then , ( 1) 5x + 4 y = 22 and
(2 ) 3x + 7 y = 27.
3x ( 1) = (3 ) 15x + 12y = 66 .
5X ( 2 ) = ( 4 ) 15 x + 35 y = 135 .
( 4) - (3 ) = (5 ) 23 y = 69.
(6 ) y = 3 .
(2 ) = (7) 3 x +21 = 27 .
( 8 ) 3.x = 6 .
(9 ) X = 2.
Answer, 24 and 3 % .
376 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

9. A and B can do a piece of work in 16 days ; after working

4 days, A leaves B to finish the work , which he does in 36
days. In what time can each do it alone ?
Solution : Let x = time reqd . by A to do the work
and y = time reqd . by B to do the work .
1
Then , = - part A can do in 1 da. ,
.
1 - part B can do in 1 da. ,
y
16 16
(1) X + = 1, (why ? )
y
4 4 36
and (2 ) + = 1. (Why ? )
y y
16 160
4x (2 ) = (3 ) + = 4.
Y
144
(3 ) - ( 1 ) = (4 ) -3.
y
(5 ) 3 y = 144 .
(6 ) y = 48 .
4 40
(2 ) = (7 ) + = 1.
X 48
4 = 40
(8 ) 1.
2 48

(9) 4 = 35
( 10 ) X = 24.
Answer, 24 da . and 48 da .

10. Divide $600 into two parts, having the ratio of 1 to d .

Solution : Let x = larger part and
y = smaller part.
Then , (1) x + y = 600
and (2 ) X : Y :::..
(2 ) = ( 3 )
Y
6 y
y X (3) = (4) x = 4 .
Trans. in ( 1) , (5 ) x =-600 - y .
6 y
(6) * 4 =600 – y. (Why ?)
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 377

( 7) 6 y = 2400 – 4y.
(8 ) 6 Y + 4 y = 2400 .
( 9) 10 y = 2400 .
( 10 ) y = 240.
6 x 240
( 4 ) = (11) x = 4 - 360 .
Answer, $ 360 and $ 240 .
11. At what time between 4 and 5 o'clock are the hour-hand
and minute -hand of a clock together ?
NOTE . — At 4 o'clock the minute -hand is at XII and the hour-hand is at
IIII . Then , when the minute-hand gains 20 minute spaces on the hour
hand they will be together .
Solution : Let x = the minute -hand's travel
and y = the hour-hand's travel .
Then , ( 1 ) x - y = 20
and (2 ) x = 12 y . ( Why ? )
Trans. in (1 ), ( 3 ) x = 20 + y .
(4 ) 12 y = 20 + y . ( Why ? )
(5 ) 12 y - y = 20 .
(6 ) 1ly = 20 .
(7) y = il.
12 x 20
(8 ) x = 11 = 2111 .
Answer , 2111 min . after 4 o'clock .
12. At what time between 4 and 5 o'clock are the hour-hand
and the minute -hand equally distant from V ?
NOTE . — There are two answers to this problem : ( 1) When the two
hands are together, the conditions are the same as in Example 4 ; (2 )
when the hands are on opposite sides of V. We will solve for the second
answer.
Draw a clock -face and verify this statement : When the hands reach
the required places , the minute -hand will lack as far of being to VI as
the hour-hand is past IIII.
Solution : Let x = min .-hand's travel ( 4) 13 y = 30.
and y = hour -hand's travel. 30
(5 ) y 13
Then , (1 ) x = 30 -- Y (statement
above) 12 x 30
27 13
and (2 ) x = 12 y . (Why ?)
( 2 ) = (6 ) x = 13 =
(3 ) 12 y = 30 - y . (Why ? ) Answer , 2715 min . after 4 o'clock .
378 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

13. The head of a fish weighs 9 pounds, the tail weighs as

much as the head and half the body, and the body weighs as
much as the head and tail together . Find the weight of the
fish .
Solution : Let x = weight of body
and y = weight of tail.
Then , ( 1) y = 9 + 1 x
and ( 2 ) x = y + 9 .
Trans. in ( 2 ) (3 ) y = x – 9 .
(4 ) x - 9 = 9 + 1x. (Why ? )
Trans., (5 ) x – 1 x = 9 + 9 = 18.
(6 ) x = 36 .
( 7) y = 36 -9 = 27 .
Answer = 36 lb. +27 lb. +9 lb. = 72 lb.

14. A and B rent a field for $ 27 ; A puts in 4 horses for 5

months, and B puts in 10 cows for 6 months : what ought each
to pay if 2 horses eat as much as 3 cows ?

Solution : (1 ) Pasture for 2 h . = pasture for 3 c .

2 x (1 ) = (2)
Pasture for 4 h . = pasture for 6 c .
..
А’s 4 horses are equivalent to 6 cows.
(3 )
Pasture of 6 c . for 5 mo. = pasture of 30 c . for 1 mo.
( 4)
Pasture of 10 c . for 6 mo. = pasture of 60 c . for 1 mo.
..
they should pay in the ratio of 30 to 60.
Letx = A's part and
y = B’s part.
Then , (5 ) x + y = 27
and (6 ) X : Y :: 30 : 60.
(6 ) = (7 ) 30 = 1 .
y
(8) 2x = y .
(5 ) = ( 9 ) x + 2 x = 27 .
(10) x = 9.
(11) y = 18 .
Answer, $ 9 and $ 18.

15. A fox is 70 leaps in advance of a hound ; the fox takes 8

leaps to the hound's 6 , but 2 of the hound's leaps equal 5 of
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 379

the fox's : how many leaps must the hound take to catch the
fox ?
Solution : ( 1) 5 f . 1. = 2 h.l.
} of ( 1 ) = (2 ) 1 f . 1. = { h . 1.
8 X ( 2 ) = ( 3 ) 8 f. 1. = 3 ; h . 1.
70 X ( 2 ) = (4 ) 70 f. 1. = 28 h . l.
Note.- Re-writing the problem , putting for fox-leaps their equiva
lents found in (3 ) and (4 ), the leaps will all be of the same length. We
have, “ A fox is 28 leaps ahead of a hound , and takes 3 } leaps while the
hound takes 6. How many leaps will the hound make in overtaking the
fox, the leaps being all of the same length ? ”
8 y
Let x = No. of leaps for the (8 ) x = 15
fox
Trans. in (5 ), ( 9 ) x = Y – 28.
and y = No. of leaps for the 89
hound . ( 10 ) y - 28 = 15
Then , (5 ) y - x = 28
15 (10) = (11) 15 y - 420 = 8y.
and (6 ) X : Y :: 3 } : 6 .
. Trans., (12) 15 y - 8 y = 420 .
(6 ) = (7 ) +38 = 165 . (13) y = 60 .
y
Answer, 60 leaps .
NOTE . — If fox - leaps had been required in the answer, the hound-leaps
should have been reduced to fox - leaps.

16. A banker owns 21 % stocks bought at 10 % below par,

and 3 % stocks boughtat 15 % below par . The income from the
former is 663 % more than from the latter, and the investment
in the latter is $ 11400 less than in the former. Find the invest
ment in each .
Solution : Let x = par value of 1st ( 3 ) + 2 ) = (5 ) x = 2y .
stocks (6 ) 180 y - 85 y = 1140000 .
and y = par value of 2d (Why ?)
stocks. ( 7 ) 95 y = 1140000 .
2.C 3 4 – 54 (8) y = 12000.
Then , ( 1) = 13 x
100 100 100 854
( 9) - 10200 .
(Why ?) 100
90 x 85 y 11400 . (5) = ( 10 ) x =: 24000 .
and (2 )
100 100 90 x
(Why ?) ( 11) = 21600 .
100
100 x ( 1) = (3 ) 2 ; x = 5 y .
Answer, $ 10200 and $ 21600.
100 X (2 ) = (4) 90 x – 85 y = 1140000 .
380 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

17. My agent sold my flour at 4 % commission ; increasing

the proceeds by $ 1.20 , I ordered the purchase of wheat at 2 %
commission ; after which , wheat declining 31 % , my whole loss
was $ 5 . What was the selling price of the flour ?
Solution : Let x = selling price of flour

..
and y = cost price of wheat.
96 x
Then , 100 = proceeds from flour,
96 x
100 + 4.2 = investment in wheat,
102 y 296 x
( 1) 100 100 +4.2 , (why ?)
963 y
and (2 )
100 X + 4.2-5. (Why ?)
100 X ( 1) = ( 3 ) 102 y = 96.x + 420 .
300 X (2 ) = (4 ) 290 y = 300x + 1260 – 1500 .
(5 ) 29 y = 30 x – 24 .
f of ( 3 ) = (6 ) 34 y = 32 x +140 .
16 (5 ) = ( 7 ) 464 y = 480 x – 384.
15 x (6 ) = (8) 510 y = 480 x +2100 .
(8 ) – (7) = (9 ) 46 y = 2484.
( 10 ) y = 54.
963 y
Trans . in (2 ), (11) x = + 5-4.2 .
100
963 x 54
(12) x = 100 +5 - 4.2 = 53. Answer, $53 .

18. Suppose 10 % state stock 20 % better in market than 4 %

railroad stock . If A's income be $500 from each , how much
has he paid for each , the whole investment bringing 633 % ?
Note. — The solution to this problem is given in four steps: ( 1) We ob
tain the par value of the state stock ; ( 2) the par value of the railroad
stock ; ( 3) the amount of the investment ; and (4 ) with the results ob
tained from the first three steps we are enabled to obtain the bases for
the last step , which , when solved , gives required results.
Step 1 : ( 1) 10% s . s. = $500 , income on s. s . (Basis .)
10 ( 1) = (2 ) 100% s . s . = $5000 , par value of s . s.
Step 2 : ( 1) 4 % r . r . S. = $500 , income on r. r. s. (Basis .)
25 X ( 1) = ( 2 ) 100 % r , r . s. = $ 12500 , par value of r . r . s .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 381

Step 3 : (1) 6738% inv. = $ 1000 , whole income. (Basis .)

303 % of ( 1 ) = ( 2 ) 1% inv. = $ 166.50.
100 X ( 2 ) = ( 3 ) 100% iny. = $ 16650 .

NOTE . - There are 50 shares state stock and 125 shares r . r . stock .

Step 4 : Let x =-market value of 1 share s. s .

and y = market value of 1 share r . r . s .
Then , ( 1 ) 50 x = 138 X 50 y (why ? )
and ( 2 ) 50 x +125 y = 16650.
Trans. in ( 1), (3 ) 50.x – 60 y = 0 .
( 2 ) – (3) = ( 4) 185 y = 16650 .
(5 ) y = 90 .
(6 ) 5ã = 540 .
( 7 ) x = 108 .
State stock : 50 sh . at 108 % = $5400 , answer .
R. R. stock : 125 sh . at 90 % = $ 11250 , answer.

EXERCISE CLVI.

1. Divide $ 500 between A and B , so that A may have $ 40

more than B.
2. Divide $420 between Charles and Henry , so that Henry
will have $ 25 less than Charles.
3. Two men owe a debt of $ 54 in the ratio of 4 to 5 : what
does each owe ?
4. Two men owe a debt; for every dollar that A owes , B
owes $ 1.50 . If the debt is $ 250 , find each man's part.
5. Divide 20 into two such parts that the smaller plus 5 shall
equal the larger minus 5 .
6. A and B have $ 500 ; A says to B , “ Give me $50 and then
I will have asmuch as you will have.” How much has each ?
7. James and John bought a watermelon for $ .35 ; they di
vided it so that John got 24 times as much as James : what
should each pay ?
8. of the time past noon is equal to } of the time to mid
night : what is the time ?
382 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

9. I of the time past noon plus 31 hours is equal to of the

time to midnight. Find the hour.
10. of the time past midnight plus 2 hours is equal to of
the time to noon minus 11 hours : find the time past midnight.
11. All the time past midnight minus 2 hours is equal to 1
of the time to noon . What is the time ?
12. A number is composed of 2 digits ; the sum of the digits
is 5 , and the number of units is of the number of tens. Find
the number .
13. A number is composed of 2 digits ; the sum of the digits is
12 ; 5 times the number of units is equal to 24 times the num
ber of tens. Find the number.
14. A number has two places ; the sum of the units and tens
is 4 ; if 36 be subtracted , the order will be reversed . Find the
number.

NotE.- Any number expressed by the French system of notation is

equal to the sum of its 1st ( units' ) digit , 10 times its 2d (tens’ ) digit, 100
times its 3d ( hundreds') digit, and so on . Convince yourself of this
truth by applying it to several numbers .

15. A and B are partners ; A invests a capital of $500 , and B

a capital of $850 ; the gain is $ 540 : divide it .
16. A and B are partners ; they invested capital in the ratio
of 5 to 8 ; they have gained $650 : divide it .
17. Divide I in the ratio of 6 to 7 .
18. Divide .06 in the ratio of 1 to 1 .
19. Divide 10.6 in the ratio of .1 and .05 .
20. A and B are partners ; A puts in $ 660 for 10 months,
and B has in $500 for the first 6 months and only $ 100 for
the other 4 months ; they gain $600 : divide it.
21. A and B have a joint stock of $ 2000 by which they gain
$ 640 , of which A receives $ 128 more than B : what is each
man's share of the stock ?
22. How many minutes does it lack of 4 o'clock , if of an
hour ago it was twice as many minutes past 2 o'clock ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 383

23. A and B start at the same time from two places, M and
N , 154 miles apart , and each travels toward the other till they
meet ; A travels 3 miles in 2 hours, and B travels 5 miles in 4
hours : where will they meet ?

NOTE . - In 1 hour A travels 1 } miles and B travels 14 miles ; therefore

the distance is to be divided in the ratio of 13 to 14.

24. A house and garden cost $ 850 ; 5 times the price of the
house equals 12 times the cost of the garden : find the cost of
each .
25. The sum of two numbers is 5760 , and their difference is
equal to of the greater : find the numbers.
26. A agrees to work for $ 2 a day and forfeit $ 1 for every
day he is idle ; at the end of 20 days he receives $ 25 : how many
days does he idle ?

NOTE. - To receive $ 25 hemust work 12 } days . During the remaining

71 days he forfeited all he earned ; therefore he idled twice as much as
he worked . The problem then becomes : Divide 7 ) into two parts in the
ratio of 1 to 2 .

27. A has 7 loaves of bread , B 5 , and C none. The three eat

all of the bread , each the same amount ; C pays to A and B 12
cei : what should each receive ?

NOTE.- Each will eat one-third of the twelve loaves , or 4 loaves. A

eats 4 , and has 3 left for C ; B eats 4 , and has 1 left for C. C therefore
eats 3 of A's and 1 of B's, and the 12 cents should be divided in the ratio
of 3 to 1.

28. Two boys run a race : the smaller boy steps 4 feet and the
larger steps 6 feet ; and the smaller boy takes 5 steps while the
larger boy takes 4 ; the larger boy gives the smaller 120 feet the
start, and they comeout even : how many steps does the larger
boy take, and how far does he run ?
29. In the last number , how many steps does the smaller boy
take, and how far does he run ?
384 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

30. Two cog-wheels work together ; one has 11 cogs and the
other 35 cogs : in how many rounds of the large wheel will the
smaller gain 72 rounds ?
31. A hare is 30 leaps in advance of a greyhound ; the hare
makes 11 leaps while the hound makes 9 , and leaps four-fifths
as far as the hound : how many more leaps will the hare make
before the hound catches him ?
32. There are two numbers, the one twice as large as the
other ; one-third of the smaller and one-half of the larger equal
20 : find the numbers.
33. Four-fifths of A's money is equal to one-half of B's ; A
gains $ 200 and B loses $ 100 ; they now have the same: what
had they at first ?
34. A number is composed of 2 digits ; the number is equal
to 9 times the units, less 18 ; it is also equal to 12 times the
difference between the units and the tens : find the number.
35. A number is composed of two digits : the difference be
tween the units and the tens is 4 ; 5 times the units is equal to
24 times the tens : find the number .
36. A is 4 times as old as his son ; in 14 years he will be only
twice as old as the son : find their ages .
37. At what time between 8 o'clock and 9 o'clock are the
hands of a clock together ?
38. At what time between 8 o'clock and 9 o'clock are the
hands of a clock opposite each other ?
39. At what times between 5 and 6 is the minute -hand half
way between the hour-hand and XII ?
40. At what times between 5 and 6 will the hands be at right
angles to each other ?
41. If one-half of the time past midnight is equal to one
sixth of the time past noon , what is the hour ?
42. If one-fourth of the time past noon is equal to one-six
teenth of the time past midnight, what is the hour ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 385

43 . If the time to noon equals one-seventh of the time to

midnight, what is the hour ?
44. If one-half of the time to midnight is equal to one
eighth of the time to noon , what is the hour ?
45 . A farmer sold to one man 20 bushels of wheat and 8
bushels of oats for $ 14 ; to another 12 bushels of wheat and 10
bushels of oats for $ 9 .70 : find the price of the wheat and the
oats.
46 . A man bought 3 cows and 7 calves for $ 95 ; again , he
bought 5 cows and 4 calves for $ 120 : find the price of a cow
and a calf .
47. A is 30 years old ; A 's age is equal to B ’s plus one-half
of C 's ; and C is as old as A and B : find the ages of B and C .
48. The head of a fish is 6 inches long ; its tail is as long as
the head and one-fourth of the body ; and the body is as long
as the head and the tail : find the length of the fish .
49. A bag contains three times as many dollars as quarters;
if 8 dollars and 8 quarters be taken away, there will be 5 times
as many dollars as quarters : find the number of each .
50 . A has two horses and a saddle ; the saddle is worth $ 20 ;
if it be placed on one horse it will make him worth asmuch as
the other ; but if it be placed on the second horse, he is then
worth twice as much as the first : find the value of each horse.
51. A flag -pole consists of two parts ; the length of the upper
is five-sevenths of the length of the lower ; and 9 times the
upper part added to 13 times the lower part is longer than 11
times the whole pole by 36 feet ; find the length of the pole .
52. A party was composed of men and women ; 6 of the
women left ; there were then twice as many men as women ;
when the 6 women returned with their husbands, the number
of women was only two-thirds of the number of men . What
was the size of the original party ?
386 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

53. Twenty -six tons can be carried by 15 wagons and 22

carts , or by 18 wagons and 16 carts : what is a load for a cart
and for a wagon ?
54. A and B started from M and N respectively , and trav
eled till they met; it appeared that A had traveled five -sev
enths as far as B ; but if A had traveled 15 miles farther, he
would have traveled twice as far as B : how far did each travel ?
55. A cistern is filled by one pipe and emptied by another.
Their capacities for carrying water are to each other as 6 : 5 . If
both pipes are left open , the cistern will fill in 90 min . Find
the time required by the first alone to fill the cistern , and the
time required by the second alone to empty it .
56. A cistern is filled by two pipes in 75 min . Their capac
ities for carrying water are to each other as 5 : 3 . In what time
can each alone fill the cistern ?
57. A , after doing of a work in 5 days, calls the assist
ance of B , and they finish the work in 6 days : in what time
could each have done the whole work ?
58. A and B could have done a work in 15 days, but after
working together 6 days , B was left to finish it, which he did
in 30 days : in what time could A have finished it if B had left
at the end of the 6 days ?

C. PROBLEMS OF THREE OR MORE BASES.

177. Solving Equations of Three or More

Unknown Numbers.- When there are three or more un
known numbers to be found , there must be as many equations
( bases ) as there are unknown numbers .
The process of elimination here is not different from that
given under Problems of Two Bases .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 387
EXAMPLES

1. 3x +57 — 2 = 18 , 5x —6y +52= 8, x + y + z = 6. Find the

values of x, y, and z. -
Process : (1) 3x + 5 y - 2 = 18 .
(2) 5 x - 6y + 5 2 = 8 .
(3 ) x + y + z = 6 .
3x (3) = (4 ) 3x + 3y + 32 = 18 .
(1) - (4) = (5 ) 2 y -42 = 0.
5x (3) = (6) 5.x + 5 y + 52 = 30 .
(6 ) - (2) = (7) 11 y = 22.
(8) y = 2 .
(5 ) = (9) 4 -42 = 0.
(10 ) 2 = 1.
(3) = (11) x + 2 + 1 = 6.
(12) x = 3.
2. x + y + z = 22, y + z + r = 21, x + z + r = 19, x + y + r = 16 . Find
the values of x, y, z, and r.
Process : (1 ) x + y + z = 22.
(2 ) y + z + r = 21 .
( 3) x + z + r = 19.
(4) x + y + r = 16 .
Adding, (5) 3x + 3y + 32 + 3r = 78.
tof (5 ) = (6 ) x + y + z + r = 26 .
(6 ) - (1 ) = (7) r = 4 .
(6) – (2) = (8) x = 5.
(6 ) – (3 ) = (9 ) y = 7 .
(6) – (4)= (10) z = 10.
3. 3x + 2y = 13, 3y - 22 = 8, 2x - 32 = 9. Find the values of
X , y, and z.
Process : (1) 3x + 2y = 13 . 9 x (3) = (8 ) 18 x – 27 2 = 81.
(2 ) 3 Y - 22 = 8 . (8) – (7) = (9) - 35z = 35.
(3 ) 2x - 32 = 9 . (10) 2 = - 1.
3x (1) = (4) 9x +6y = 39. (2) = (11) 3y + 2 = 8 .
2x (2) = (5 ) 6 Y - 42 = 16 . (12) y = 2.
(4 ) – (5 ) = (6 ) 9 x + 4z + 23 . (1) =(13) 3x + 4 = 13.
2x (6 ) = (7 ) 18 x + 8 z = 46 . (14 ) x = 3 .
388 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CLVII.
Find the values of the unknown numbers :
( 2 x + y = 13 . 3x + y = 11.
1. } x + 32 = 11. 4y + 6z= 2 .
ly + z = 5 . 1 7z + 5r = 11.
x + y + z = 11. ( 3r + 2x = 4 .
{ 2x - y + 4z = 26 . 8x - 10 y + 4z = 60 .
16x - 2 = - 14 . 7 x + 3y - 5z = 23 .
x + 3y + 22 = 17 . (x - 2y + 4z = 36 .
4x - 2y + z = 12 .
( 3x - y = 10. 6 . T8
( 6 x + 5 + 42 = 37. 8. {5x , 3 y 42 =_ 20
{ 7 x - 3y + 32 = 26 . 14 + 4 39.
( 3 x + 2y - 2 = 3. (x + y + z = 43.
x + y + z = 7.
Jy + z + w = 6 .
| ztw + x = 8 .
I w + x + y = 9.
178 . Problems. EXAMPLES
1. A , B and C have $210 : twice A 's money and 3 times B 's
money added to C ' s will make $ 400 ; A 's money and 4 times
B 's added to twice C 's will make $510 . How much has each ?
Solution : Let x = A 's money ,
y = B ' s money , and
z = C 's money .
Then , (1) x + y + z = 210 ,
( 2 ) 2 x + 3y + z = 400 ,
and (3 ) x + 4y + 22 = 510 .
(3) – (1) = (4 ) 3y + z = 300.
2x (1) = (5) 2 x + 2y + 22 = 420.
(5) - ( 2) = (6 ) - y + z = 20 .
(4 ) – (6 ) = (7 ) 4y = 280.
( 8 ) y = 70 .
(6 ) = (9 ) – 70 + 2 = 20 .
( 10 ) 2 = 90 .
( 1) = (11) x + 70 + 90 = 210 .
(12) x = 50.
Answer, $50, $70, and $ 90 .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 389
2. A and B together have $600 ; A and C , $ 700 ; B and C ,
$500. How much has each ?
Solution : Let x = A 's money,
y = B 's money , and
2 = O 's money .
Then, (1) x + y = 600 ,
(2) x + z = 700 ,
and (3) y + z = 500 .
Adding (4 ) 2x + 2y + 22 = 1800 .
(5 ) x + y + z = 900 .
(5 ) – (1) = (6) 2 = 300.
(5) - (2) = (7) y = 200.
(5 ) - (3) = (8 ) x = 400 .
Answer, $400 , $ 200, and $ 300.
3. A number is expressed by 3 digits, the sum of which is 9 ;
the number is 42 times the sum of the third and the second
digits , and the first (units ') digit is twice the sum of the other
two : find the number.
NOTE . - Any number expressed by the French system of notation is
equal to the sum of its 1st (units') digit, 10 times its 2d (tens') digit, 100
times its 3d (hundreds') digit, and so on . Convince yourself of this
truth by applying it to several numbers.
Solution : Let x = units' figure , Trans. in (3), (7) x – 2y - 22 = 0 .
y = tens' figure , (1) - (7) = (8) 3 y + 32 = 9.
and 2 = hundreds' (9) y + 2 = 3.
figure. of (6 ) = (10) 19z - 11 y = - 3 .
Then , (1) x + y + z = 9, 11 (9) = (11) 11z + 11 y = 33 .
(2) 100z + 10y + x = (10) + (11) = (12) 30 z = 30.
42 (y + z), (13) 2 = 1.
and (3) x = 2 (z + y) = 2z + (9) = (14 ) y + 1 = 3.
2y. (15 ) y = 2.
(2) = (4) 100z + 10y + x = (1) = ( 16 ) x + 2 + 1 = 9.
42 y + 422 . (17) x = 6 .
Col., (5) x – 32 y + 58 z = 0. Number, 126 .
(5 ) - (1) = (6 ) 572 – 33 y = - 9.
390 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

4. A , B , C , D and E have money ; B gives A 1 of his ; C gives

B $ of his ; D gives C I of his ; and E gives D & of his : each
then has $ 30 . How much had each at first ?
Solution : Let x = A's money, (4 ) = (7 ) { w + 6 = 30 .
y = B's money , ( 8 ) { w = 24 .
2 = O's money , (9 ) w = 32 .
w = D's money , and ( 3 ) = (10) 2 + 8 = 30.
p = E's money . (11) 2 = 33.
Then , (1 ) x + 2y = 30 , (2 ) = (12 ) y +11 = 30 .
(2 ) ky + } z = 30, (13 ) y = 38 .
( 3 ) ģz + { w = 30 , ( 1) = (14) x + 19 = 30 .
( 4 ) { w + àr = 30 , ( 15 ) x = 11 .
and (5 ) ár = 30 . Answer , $ 11, $ 38, $33, $32, $ 36 .
f of (5 ) = (6 ) r = 36 .

5. A and B can do a piece of work in 12 days ; A and C in

15 days ; and B and C in 20 days . In what timecan each do it
alone ?
Solution : Let x = time req'd by A to do the
work ,
y = time req'd by B to do the
work ,
and 2 = time req'd by C to do the
work .
1
Then , = part done by A in 1 da .
1
part done by B in 1 da .
y
1
2 - part done by C in 1 da.
12 12
(1) + = 1,
y
15 15
( 2) + -1,
20 20
and (3 ) + : 1.
y 2
1

1 1
its of (2 ) = (4 ) +
2 15
1

1
ab of (3 ) = (5 ) +
y 2 20
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 391

1 1 1
12 of ( 1) = (6 ) + 12
Y
2 + 2 2 12
Adding , ( 7) XC

+
y 60

1
1 1 6 1
1 of 7 = (8 ) х + + 2 60 10
Y
1 1
(8 ) – (6 ) = (9 ) 2 and 2 = 60 .
60

1
1
( 8 ) – ( 4 ) = (10) > and y = 30.
y 30

1
- 1
(8 ) – (5 ) = (11) C and x = 20 .
20
Answer, 20 da., 30 da., and 60 da.

EXERCISE CLVIII.

1. Two calves, 5 sheep and 8 hogs cost $ 84 ; 8 calves , 6 sheep

and 7 hogs cost $ 108 ; 10 calves, 12 sheep and 3 hogs cost $ 98 :
find the cost of a calf , a sheep, and a hog.
2. I bought corn , wheat and oats , as follows : 4 bushels of
corn and 3 bushels of wheat for $ 3.70 ; 6 bushels of wheat and
8 bushels of oats for $6.20 ; 12 bushels of corn and 9 bushels
of oats for $ 7.05 : find the price of each per bushel.
3. A , B and C have $ 1000 ; A and B together own $800 ; B
and C together own $630 : what does each own ?
4. A , B and C have $ 3600 ; if B gives A one-half of his , and
C gives B one-third of his , they will all have the sameamount :
what had each at first ?
5. After a battle in which 24000 men were engaged , it was
found that the number slain was one- seventh of those who sur
vived , and that the number wounded was equal to one-half of
the slain : find the number slain , the number wounded , and the
number not hurt.
6. A farmer has 45 head of horses , cows, and sheep ; there
are six times as many sheep as cows, and one-third as many
horses as sheep : find the number of each .
392 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

7. A , B and C built a wall 200 feet long ; B built as many

feet as C and one third more , and A built three-fourths as
much as B : how many feet did each build ?
8. A man divided his estate of $4000 as follows : To his wife
$500 more than to his son , and to the son $ 1000 more than to
the daughter : find the share of each .
I. Four persons compare their money ; the first man has one
half as much as all the others ; the second , one third as much
as all the others ; the third , one fourth as much as the other
three ; and the fourth , $ 14 less than the first : find theamount
of each man's money .
10. A says to B , “ Give me $ 100 and I will have as much
money as you will have ;'' and he says to C , “ Give me $ 200
and I will have as much as you will have." B says to C , “ Give
me $ 350 and my money will be to yours as 19 : 9. ” Find how
much each has .
11. A and B can do a piece of work in 48 days ; A and C can
do it in 30 days ; B and C can do it in 263 days : in what time
can each do it alone ?
12. A , B and C earn $63 in 14 days ; A and B can earn it in
18 days ; A and C can earn it in 21 days ; in what time can each
earn it alone ?
13. A and B can earn $ 40 in 6 days; A and C can earn $54
in 9 days; B and C can earn $ 80 in 15 days : what can each
earn per day ?
14. A cistern is filled by 3 pipes ; the first and second fill it
in 1 hr. 10 min .; the first and third in 1 hr. 24 min .; and the
second and third in 2 hr. 20 min .: in what time can each fill it ?
15. Find three numbers, such that the first together with }
of the second is equal to 19 ; } of the second with of the third
is equal to 23 ; and of the third with of the first is equal to
the second .
16. A certain number is composed of three digits whose sum
is 15. The digit in units ' place is 3 times that in the hundreds'
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 393

place; and if 396 be added to the number , the digits will be

reversed in order. Find the number.
17 . A jeweler sold three rings. The price of the first with }
the sum of the second and third was $ 25 ; the price of the sec
ond with of the sum of the first and third was $ 26 ; and the
price of the third with 4 the sum of the first and second was
$ 29. What was the price of each ?
18 . Find four numbers such that, by adding each to twice
the sum of the remaining three, you will obtain 46 , 43 , 41, and
38, respectively .
19 . A gives to B and C twice as much money as each of them
has ; B then gives to A and C twice as much as each of them
has; and C then gives to A and B twice as much as each of
them has ; each then has $ 27 . How much had each at first ?
20 . A , B , C and D together have $ 40. After B gives to A }
of his money, C to B of his , and D to C } of his , each has
$10. How much had each at first ?
D . PROBLEMS CONTAINING QUADRATIC EQUATIONS.

179 . Quadratic Equations. - An equation that con

tains the second power (or square ) of the unknown number is
called a Quadratic Equation . An equation that contains
no form of the unknown number except the square is called an
incomplete quadratic equation . An equation that contains both
the first and second powers of the unknown number is called a
complete quadratic equation . Thus :
(1 ) x2 = 64 . (Incomplete.)
(2 ) 22 + 4x = 12. (Complete.)
When an equation is of the form of (1 ), the value of the un
known number may be found by extracting the square root of the
equation .
When an equation is of the form of ( 2 ), something must be
391 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

added to render the first member a perfect square ; then , the

value of the unknown number may be found by extracting the
square root of the equation .
PRINCIPLE : Extracting the square root of each member of an
equation extracts the square root of the equation .
EXAMPLES.

1. 6.x2 = 54 . Find the values of x .

Process : ( 1) 6.x2 = 54 .
# of ( 1) = ( 2 ) x2 = 9 .
v (2) = (3 ) x = +3, result.
Note .- + 3x + 3 = 9 and -3 % -3 = 9 . Then , x may equal +3 or - 3 .
When a number is true for either sign , the double sign + is used . This
sign is read plus or minus, and should be used whenever we extract the
square root.
X 3 20 12
2. + - + Find the values of x .
3 2 12 20
3 2 12
Process : ( 1 ) +
3 X 12 + X
12 x X ( 1 ) = ( 2 ) 4 x2 + 36 = x2 +144.
( 3 ) 4x2 – x2 = 144 -36 .
( 4 ) 3 x2 = 108 .
(5 ) x2 = 36 .
V (5 ) = (6 ) x = +6, result.

Weare now to study how to complete the square of the first

member in a complete quadratic equation . We know that ,
( x + a ) ? = x2 + 2 axta?, and
(x - a ) = x2-2 axta2.

How could we get the third term in these results, if we had

the second term ?
Answer : Take half of the 2 a and square it.
How can we get the third term in
22 + 12x and
22 — 12 x ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 395

Answer : Take half of the 12 and square it . Thus :

22 + 12x + 36
22-12x + 36 .
RULE FOR COMPLETING THE SQUARE : Add the square of half
the coefficient of the first power of the unknown number.
3. x2 – 12 x = 13 . Find the values of x .
Process : ( 1 ) x2 – 12 x = 13.
Completing the sq., (2 ) 22 – 12 x +36 = 13 + 36 .
(3) x2 - 12 x + 36 = 49 .
(3 ) = (4 ) X – 6 = +7.
(5 ) x = 6 + 7 = 13 or -1, results.

4. 52% + 20x = 60 . Find the values of x .

Note . - Always divide by the coefficient of x2 before completing the
square .
Process : (1 ) 5 x2 + 20 x = 60.
(2 ) x2+4 x = 12.
( 3 ) 22 +4 x + 4 = 12 + 4 = 16 .
v (3 ) = (4 ) x + 2 = +4 .
(5 ) X = 2 or -6 .

5. x2 +11 x = -18. Find the values of x .

Process : (1 ) x2 +11 x = -18.
(2 ) x2+11 x +131 = –18 + 121 = .
v (2) = (3 ) x + 41 = + .
(4 ) x = -9 or -1.
2 44
6 . -4 . Find the values of x .
4 20 -2
X 44
Process : ( 1 ) -4.
4 X :-2-
(2 ) x2 – 2x – 176 = 16 x – 32.
(3) x2 – 2x – 16 x = 176 - 32 = 144.
(4 ) x ? – 18x = 144 .
(5 ) 22 – 18x + 81 = 144 + 81 = 225 .
V (5 ) = (6 ) X – 9 = +15 .
x = 24 or - 6 .
396 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CLIX .
1. What is a quadratic equation ?
2. Define incomplete quadratic equation. Complete quadratic
equation.
3. Give the principle governing extracting the square root of
an equation .
4 . How do you complete the square in a complete quadratic
equation ?
Find the values of x in
5. 22 + 2 x = 8 . 15 . 3x2+ 7 = 43 + 2x2.
6 . x2 + 6 x = 7. 7 .22
16 . -7 = 8 + 3x2 .
7. x2 — 10 x = 11.
8 . x2 — 8x = 33 . 17. x2 + 10x = 11.
9 . 22 — x = 1 18. 5x2 — 40x = 165 .
10. x2 + x = - 1 . 19 . 4 x2 — 4x = 3 .
11. x2 – 14x = - 24 . 20 . 4x2 + 20x = - 9 .
12 . x2 + 5x = - 27 . 21. x + 2 _ 4 _ x _ 7
13 . x2 = 625 . x - 1 2x ~ 3
3 x2
14u . = 15 .
180. Problems.
EXAMPLES
1. A bought a lot of flour for $ 126 . If the number of $ 's
per barrel was equal to of the number of barrels bought, find
the number of barrels and the price per barrel.
Solution : Let x = number of barrels .
Then , fx = price per barrel
and ( 1) x x g x = 126 .
(2) 4x2 = 126.
(3 ) x2 = 441.
V (3 ) = (4) x = + 21.
(5 ) of 21 = 6 .
Answer, 21 bbls. @ $6 each .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 397

Note. - While the negative answer satisfies the equation it will not
satisfy the problem , and the positive answer only is used in the problem .

2. Divide 12 into two parts , such that their product will be

11 .
Solution : Let x = one part .
Then , 12 - x = the other part
and ( 1) x (12- x ) = 11 .
(2 ) 12 x – x2 = 11.
( 3 ) 22–12 x = -11 .
(4 ) 22 – 12 x + 36 = -11 + 36 = 25.
(5 ) X – 6 = +5 .
(6 ) x = 11 , or 1 .
(7) 12 - x = 1 , or 11.
Answer, 1 and 11.

3. If we should reduce the length of an edge of a cube 1 inch ,

the volume would be reduced 397 cu . in . What is the volume
of the cube ?

NOTE . - If we commence with the cube left and think of

building the 1 inch back on to it, let x = one edge of that
cube. Then , wemust add a block x in . l., x in . W., 1 in .
th ., to each of three faces of the cube ... = 3.72 ,
a rectangular solid x in . 1., 1 in . W., 1 in . th . , to each of
three edges ... = 3x ,
and a 1 - inch cube in the corner .. = 1
The whole addition . 3 x2 + 3x +1.

Then , ( 1) 3 x2 + 3x + 1 = 397 .
( 2 ) 3 x2 + 3 x = 397 -1 = 396 .
(3 ) x2 + x = 132.
(4 ) .x2 + x + 1 = 132 + 1 = 512
V (4 ) = (5 ) 3+ ! = + .
(6 ) x = 11, - 12.
The old cube 11 in . +1 in . = 12 in ., answer .
398 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CLX .

1. Find two numbers , such that their difference is 5 and their

product is 66 .
2. Find that number whose square plus 6 times the number
equals 55 .
3. The sum of two numbers is 12, their product is 35. Find
the numbers .
4. A rectangular field is twice as long as it is wide, and con
tains 20 acres . How wide is it ?
5. The product of two consecutive integers exceeds six times
their sum by 6. Find the numbers .
6. If we cut enough from a cubical block to make its dimen
sions 1 inch shorter , it will lose 1657 cu . in . Find the size of
the block .
7. If we cut enough from a cubical block to make its dimen
sions 2 inches shorter, it will lose 728 cu . in . Find the size of
the block .
8. The hypotenuse of a right triangle is 50 inches , its base
equals one-half of its perpendicular. Find the base and per
pendicular.
Hint : Let x = base ,
Then , 2 x = perpendicular,
and ( 1) x2 + (2x )2 = 50 % , or
( 2 ) x2 +4 x2 = 2500 .

9. Find the altitude of an equilateral triangle if one side is

40 inches .

Hint : A perpendicular from the vertex to the base is the

altitude. It divides the triangle into two equal right tri
angles. The base of each right triangle is one-half of the hy
potenuse (40 in .). Letting x = the altitude, we have
402 = 202 + x2.

10. A merchant sold a piece of cloth for $ 24 , gaining as many

% as the number of dollars the cloth cost. Find the cost.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 399

11. A tree 90 ft. high was blown over by a storm so that the
top touched the ground 40 ft. from the tree, while the other
end of the part broken off rested on the stump. How much
was broken off ?
12. The base of a rectangle is 11 ft . longer than its altitude.
If its area is 900 sq . ft ., find the length of each side.
13. Find the altitude and area of a triangle whose sides are
15 , 12 , and 8 .

NOTE . — When you drop the altitude on the base 15 , you have two
right triangles. Let x = the base of one triangle and 15 – x the base of
the other. Then ,

(Altitude) = 122- ( 15 - 2 )2 = 82 - (Why ? )

Find the value of x , and complete the solution .

E. PROGRESSIONS .

181. Arithmetical Progressions. - An Arith

metical Progression is a series of numbers that in
crease or decrease by a common difference . Thus,

1, 4 , 7 , 10 , 13 ,

is an increasing arithmetical progression . The common differ

ence is 3 .
11, 9 , 7 , 5 , 3 , 1,

is a decreasing arithmetical progression . The common differ

ence is – 2 .
TERM8 .

a , the first term .

l, the last term .
n , the number of terms.
d , the common difference.
S , the sum of the series .
100 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Developing the formulas for arithmetical progressions.

I. The formula for the last term : Using the terms given above , we may
write an arithmetical progression or series. Thus,
( 1 ) (2 ) (3) (4 ) (5) (n )
S = a + ( a + d ) + (a +2d ) + ( a +32 ) + ( a + 4d ) . :( ).
Observe ( 1 ) that each term of the series has a , and that each term
after the first has d ; ( 2 ) that the coefficient of d is always 1 less than the
number of the term . Then , for the nth term , the coefficient of d is (n - 1).
From these data , we may write the last term . Thus,

l = a + ( n - 1) d .
RELATION : In an arithmetical progression , the last term is equal
to the first term , plus the common difference times the number of
terms less 1.
II. The formula for the sum of the series : An arithmetical series may
be written thus :
( 1) S = a + ( a + d ) + (a + 2d ) . + (1-2d) + (1 - d ) +1 ;
also , (2 ) S = l + (1 - d ) + (1 – 2 d ) + (a +20) + ( a + d ) + a .
Adding , ( 3 ) 2 S = (a +1) + (a +1) + ( a + l) ..... + ( a +1) + ( a +1) + ( a + l).
Since there are n terms and each has (a + l),
(3 ) = (4 ) 2 S = n ( a + 1) ; or ,

S = " ( +1)

RELATION : The sum of an arithmetical series is equal to the

product of one-half of the number of terms and the sum of the cr
tremes (the first and last terms) .
EXAMPLES .

1. Find the 7th term of the series, whose 1st term is 5 , and
the common difference is 9 .
Solution : ( 1) l = a + (n − 1)d .
(2 ) l = 5 + ( 7 - 119 = 59, answer.

2. Find the 10th term of the series 2 , 6 , 10 , etc.

Solution : (1 ) a = 2 . (Why ? )
( 2) d = 4 . (Why ? )
( 3 ) 1 = 2+( 10 - 1)4 = 38 , answer.
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 401

3. Find the sum of a series of 19 terms, whose first term is 6

and whose last term is 96 .
n
Solution : (1) S = Fla + l) .
19
( 2 ) S = 5 (6 + 96 ) = 969, answer.

4. Find the last term and the sum of the series , 5 , 8 , etc.,
to 25 terms.
Solution : ( 1 ) a = 5 .
(2 ) d = 3 .
( 3 ) n == 25 .
(4 ) l = 5 + (25 - 1 ) 3 = 77, 1st answer.
(5 ) S = (5 + 77) = 1025, 2d answer.

5. Find the last term and the sum of the series 12 , 9 , 6 , etc.,
to 15 terms.
Solution : ( 1) a = 12.
(2) d = -3. (Why ?)
( 3 ) n = 15 .
(4 ) 1 = 12-+ ( 15 – 1)( - 3 ).
(5 ) l = 12-42 = -30 , 1st answer.
(6) S = 16 (12 + ( - 30) ].
(7 ) S = 1,6 X – 18 = – 135 , 2d answer.

Note . — Be careful to handle the signs correctly ,and a minus common

difference will give you no trouble.

6. Find the first term of a series whose last term , common

difference , and number of terms are respectively 27, 2 , and 11.
Solution : ( 1) 27 = a + (11-1) 2 = a + 20.
Trans. , (2 ) a = 27 – 20 = 7 , answer.

7. Find the number of terms of the series whose first term ,

last term , and sum are respectively – 1, 44 , 215 .
n
- X 43.
Solution : ( 1 ) 215 = 2 -( -- 1 + 44) =. ;;
43 n
(2 ) 215 .
2
215 x 2
( 3 ) n = 43 == 10 , answer .
102 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

EXERCISE CLXI.

1. What is an arithmetical progression or series ?

2. Name and explain the terms used .
3. Write a series of 8 terms whose first term is 5 and whose
common difference is 12 .
4. Write a series of 12 terms, whose first term is 12 and
whose common difference is -5 .
5. Develop the formula for finding l. Give the relation .
6. Develop the formula for finding s . Give the relation .
1

No. a n d S
?

7. 7 9 door ?
8. ? -5 12 -3 ?
9. ? 27 18 -4 ?
10 . 2 ? 7 -1 ?
cocrinolong

11. 24 - 15 14 ? a.
giging

12 . 116 5 ?
?

13 . 31 7 7
14 . 13 27 ? ?
15 . 4 ? ?
16 . 24 ? 48
a.

17. ? 9 ? 63
colo ao

18. 54 12 -99
19 . 153 ? 168
20 . ? 17 --394

Note . - The last two (Nos. 19 and 20) will require two equations. Sub
stitute in both formulas . This will give you two equations to solve for
two unknown numbers.

21. 40 potatoes are 2 yd . apart and the first is 2 yd . from a

basket. How far will a boy travel, who gathers them and puts
them into the basket one at a time ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 403

182. Falling Bodies. - Falling of bodies furnishes an

example of arithmetical series . A body, if left unsupported ,
will fall by its own weight during the 1st second , 16.08 ft. (N.
Y.) ; during the 2d second , 48.24 ft.; during the 3d second ,
80.4 ft.; and so on . Thus,

16.08, 48.24 , 80.4 , 112.56 ,

NOTE.- Observe that in this series the first term (a ) is 16.08 , and the
common difference (d ) is 32.16.

EXAMPLES .

1. How far will a body fall during the 10th second ?

Solution : ( 1) a = 16.08 .
( 2 ) d = 32.16 .
(3 ) n == 10 .
(4 ) 1 = a + (n - 1) d .
(5 ) l = 16.08 + 9 x 32.16 = 305.52 .
Answer , 305.52 ft .

2. How far will a body fall in 8 seconds ?

Solution : ( 1) l = 16.08 + 7x32.16 = 241.2.
( 2 ) S = f ( 16.08 + 241,2) = 1029.12.
Answer, 1029.12 ft .

3. A body is thrown downward so that it travels 70 ft. the

first second . How far does it fall in 5 seconds ?

NOTE.- Here a = 70 .

Solution : ( 1) 1 = 70 + 4x32.16 = 198.64.

( 2 ) S = 3 (70 + 198.64) = 671.6 .
Answer, 671.6 ft.

In the falling of bodies it has been determined that the ve

locity increases 32.16 ft. per second . This is the acceleration .
Using 32.16 for a in formula on page 309, we have
V = 32.16t.
404 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

RELATION : Abstractly , the velocity of a falling body is 32.16

times the time expressed in seconds .

4. A body strikes the ground with a velocity of 160.8 ft. per

second. How many seconds has it been falling and how far
has it fallen ?
Solution : ( 1 ) V = 32.16 t.
(2 ) 160.8 = 32.16 t.
160.8
(4) = = 5.
32.16
Time, 5 seconds.
(5 ) 1 = 16.08 + 4 x 32.16 = 144.72.
(6 ) S = 3 ( 16.08 + 144.72) = 402.
Distance , 402 ft .
Note . — A body thrown upward will decrease in its travel just as a
falling body increases in its travel.

5. How high will a body rise , if thrown upward with a veloc

ity of 321.6 ft. per second ?
Solution : ( 1 ) V = 32.16 t.
( 2) 321.6 = 32.16 t.
321.6
(3 ) t = 32.16 = 10 .
Time in rising , 10 sec.

NOTE. - If it was 10 sec , rising, the last second it rose 16.08 ft. To find
how far it rose the first second , consider from the top downward and get
the 10th term of the series .

( 4 ) 1 = 16.08 + 9 x 32.16 = 305.52.

(5 ) S = ? ( 16.08 + 305.52) = 1608 .
Distance , 1608 ft .

EXERCISE CLXII.

1. How far will a body fall in 1 sec . ? In 2 sec . ? In 3 sec . ?

2. Do the distances fallen during the successive seconds
form an arithmetical progression ? If so , what is the common
difference ?
3. What is the formula for the velocity of falling bodies ?
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 405

4. A body thrown upward is gone 6 sec . How much time is

1 taken in rising ? How much in falling ?

5. How fast will a body be falling at the end of the 6th sec
ond of its descent ? Give its fall during the 7th second .
6. A boy throws a stone over a tree ; it strikes the ground in
4 sec . How high is the tree ?

7. A body strikes the ground with a velocity of 96.48 ft. per

sec . How long has it been falling ?

8. A body is thrown downward with a velocity of 60 ft . per

second. What will its velocity be in 6 sec. ? How far will it
fall ? (a = 60 + 16.08 . Why ? )
9. A tower is 321.6 feet high . With what velocity will a
stone, let fall from the top, strike the ground ?

PLAN : (1) Find the time and (2 ) the velocity.

183. Geometrical Progressions. - A Geometri

cal Progression is a series of numbers that increase or
decrease by a common ratio.

1 , 4 , 16 , 64 , etc.,

is an increasing geometrical series . The common ratio is 4 .

24 , 12, 6 , 3 , etc.,

is a decreasing geometrical series. The common ratio is .

TERM8 .

a , the first term .

l, the last term .
r, the common ratio .
n, the number of terms.
S, the sum of the series .
406 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

Developing the formulas for geometrical series .

I. The formula for the last term : Using the terms given above , we may
write a geometrical series .
(1) (2) (3) (4)... . (n ).
S = a + ar + ar + aru. . ( ).
Observe (1) that each term of the series has a factor a , and ( 2) every
term after the first has a factor r whose exponent is 1 less than the number
of the term . Then , wemay write the last term

l = arn - 1

NOTE. - n - 1 is the exponent of r .

RELATION : In a geometrical series, the last term is equal to the

first term times the ratio raised to a power whose exponent is 1 less
than the number of terms.
II . The formula for the sum of the series : The series may be written in
this form :
(1) (2) (3 ) (4). (n )
(1 ) S = a + ar + ara tapu . .1.
(1) (2) (3) . · (n − 1) (n )
rx (1 ) = (2 ) Sr = artara + ap3. 1 + lr
(2 ) - ( 1) = (3 ) Sr - S = lr - a .
(4 ) S (r - 1) = lr - a ; or,
Ir - a
SE
p - 1
NOTE. — When (1 ) is subtracted from ( 2 ), all the terms in the second
members disappear, except the first term in ( 1) and the last term in (2 ).

RELATION : The sum of a geometrical series is equal to the frac

tion whose numerator is the last term times the ratio , minus the
first term , and whose denominator is the ratio less 1.

EXAMPLES .

1. Find the fifth term of the series whose first term and com
mon ratio are respectively 4 and 3 .
Solution : (1 ) l = arn - 1
( 2) 1 = 4 x 34 = 324, answer .
 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC . 407

2. Find the ratio of the series whose first term , number of

terms and last term are respectively 20 , 4 , and 540.
Solution : ( 1) 1 = arn - 1
(2) 540 = 20 73.
(3) pu3 = 27 .
(4 ) r = 27 = 8, answer.

3. Find the sum of 8 terms of the series , 3 , 6 , 12 , etc.

Solution : ( 1) r = 2 .
( 2) 1 = 3 x 27 = 384.
rl - a
(3) s
p - 14
2 x 384-3
(4 ) s 765, answer .
1

4. Find the sum of the infinite series ,

1 + 1 + * + & + etc .
Note. - An infinite series continues forever. This series is decreasing
and its last term approaches infinitely near to 0 - so near that no other
value represents it so accurately as 0. Then , we have a = 1, p = } , and
l = 0.
0-1 -1
Solution : S = = 2 , answer.
1-1 - }

5. Find the number of terms in the series whose 1st term ,

last term , and ratio are respectively 5 , 1280 , 4 .
Solution : ( 1) 1280 = 5 X 4 –1
(2 ) 4" -1 = 256 .
(3 ) 44 = 256 .
(4 ) n - 1 = 4.
(5 ) n = 5 , answer.
NOTE. — To obtain ( 3), you know that 4 raised to some power equals 256.
Proceed by expanding 4 , and when you reach the 4th power you will
have 256 .

EXERCISE CLXIII.

1. What is a geometrical progression or series ?

2. Give and explain all terms used in geometrical series.
408 ADVANCED ARITHMETIC .

3. Write a geometrical series of 4 terms, whose 1st term is 5

and whose ratio is 7 .
4 . Write a series of 4 terms, whose 1st term is 4 and whose
ratio is 1.
5 . Write 5 terms of the series whose 1st term is 4 and whose
ratio is – 3.
6 . Develop the formula for l. Give the relation .
7. Develop the formula for S. Give the relation .
8. What is an infinite series ? If the infinite series is de
creasing, what does the l approach ?
No.

infinite |
e U |
e-ANH
118096
co

13122
375000 .

infinite
 ose

108

de
 To avoid fine, this book should be returned on
or before the date last stamped below
5 OM - 9.40

JAN 23/19557

FEB 9 1955
‫بیان‬
‫وتا‬

WAR 1 7 1955
MAR 2 8 1955

3
APR 2 7 1955

11 1955

MAY 25 1955

NX5 1954
7
2-5
7-2

MAR 20 2002
 Тх J .A.
,Ferrell 81082
E

511.2 .
arithmeti
Advanced c
F383
2 NAME 10194
MAY DATE 4 NAME DATE
Rasm
2. ussen MAY
1
0 946
ren ew
LI JUN
8-
1955
195 B
Welsh 23
JAN5 RA
FE
RY 15
Jun
JF.
1955 Welsh
7 BS
1955
FE C cd2-235
C
m onstan 7
TOO 100 SO [ 9

12 95B HO
Stanford University Libraries

O
L
MARO 1
9 955
F
922

17
MAR95 ED045
MAIN UC
AT
1A P IO
3 R N1965
,
S
T
A $17 95
L
I

55

81082
g
XL
 To avoid fine, this book should be returned on
or before the date last stamped below
50M - 9 . 40

JAN 23(1955
FERY 1955
Phd luube

MAR I 7 1955
MAR 2 8 1955
APR 2 7 1955
11 1956
MAY 25 1955

Www X $ 195$
7 - 22 -59
MAR 2 0 2002
 3

J
, .A. 81082
Fer rell
Тх
.
ar edic
511.2 Adit ncet
vahm
F383 DATE
DATE NAME
NAME new 1955
8-
JUN
Rasmussen
2.
7 LI
123 96N5
JA BR 1
5
1995
Welsh JUN
.
W el sh
FEB
AR JE
195 5
7 . Y
Stantord University Libraries

S :52
2-23
FEB
12 C
I 1956
O
O
MAR 1 L
9 955
6105 008 001 278

O
F
795
VAR 955ED
UC
AT
13APR I
10O55
N
,
1
?Z 95
Sh5
ah
J
i

28018
Х

511.2

br ,2
7383
 d ned n
To avoid fine , this book shoul be retur o
e ped below
or befor the date last stam 5OM - 9.40

JAN 23, 1955

1955
FFB 7

‫ن‬ ‫تا ن‬

WAR 1 7 1955
MAR 2 8 1955
3
APR 2 7 1955
1 1 1955

MAY 25 195i5mam ti

57
2 2- 5
7N-15
S

MAR 2 0 2002
 ,J.A
Ferrell 81082
.2
511 .arithmetic
Advanced
F383
k2. NAME DATE NAME DATE

Mku 12
101ran 8-1955
JUN
Luens 1AN 23955 LIBR
.
ARY FEB7
1956
W
.JEelsh
JUN
F
12 95EB S -2257
12
Stanford University Libraries

5 CHO
91955
MAR
ut OL
O
3 6105 008 001 278

17M95A85R45EDF
U
1A30P6R5 CATI
ON
S,TA
NLO
RD

81082
C
Tx